VERITAS NetBackup™ 4.5 - University of Rochester

VERITAS NetBackup 4.5
™
Troubleshooting Guide
for Windows
March 2002
30-000524-011
Disclaimer
The information contained in this publication is subject to change
without notice. VERITAS Software Corporation makes no warranty
of any kind with regard to this manual, including, but not limited to,
the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular
purpose. VERITAS Software Corporation shall not be liable for errors
contained herein or for incidental or consequential damages in
connection with the furnishing, performance, or use of this manual.
Copyright
Copyright © 1998 - 2002 VERITAS Software Corporation. All Rights
Reserved. VERITAS, VERITAS SOFTWARE, the VERITAS logo,
Business Without Interruption, VERITAS The Data Availability
Company, VERITAS NetBackup, VERITAS NetBackup
BusinesServer, VERITAS Remote Storage for Microsoft Exchange,
VERITAS Storage Migrator, and VERITAS Storage Migrator Remote
are trademarks or registered trademarks of VERITAS Software
Corporation in the U.S. and/or other countries. Other product names
mentioned herein may be trademarks or registered trademarks of
their respective companies.
Portions of this software are derived from the RSA Data Security, Inc.
MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm. Copyright 1991-92, RSA Data
Security, Inc. Created 1991. All rights reserved.
VERITAS NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide for Windows
VERITAS Software Corporation
350 Ellis Street
Mountain View, CA 94043
USA
Phone 650–527–8000
Fax 650-527-8050
www.veritas.com
Contents
Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix
Audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix
Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix
Related Manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . x
Accessibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . x
Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . x
Type Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . x
Notes and Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi
Key Combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi
Command Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi
Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .xii
Getting Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .xii
Chapter 1. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Define the Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
What was the Error Indication? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
What Were You Trying to Do When the Problem Occurred? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Record All Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Troubleshooting the Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Problem Report Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Chapter 2. Troubleshooting Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Preliminary Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
iii
Troubleshooting Installation and Configuration Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
To Resolve Installation Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
To Resolve Common Configuration Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
To Resolve Device Configuration Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
General Test and Troubleshooting Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
To Test Master Server and Clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Testing Media Server and Clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Resolving Network Communication Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Verifying Host Names and Services Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Using bpclntcmd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Host Name and Service Entry Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Example 1: Master Server and Client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Example 2: Master and Media Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Example 3: NetWare and Macintosh Clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Example 4: Clients in Multiple Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Example 5: Server Connects to Multiple Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Using the Host Properties Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Chapter 3. Using the Logs and Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Status for User Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Windows Event Viewer Application Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Debug Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Debug Logs on Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Debug Logs on PC Clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Debug Logs on Windows and Netware Clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Debug Logs on Macintosh Clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Media Manager Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Windows Event Viewer Logging Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
To Enable the Logging Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
iv
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
eventlog File Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Troubleshooting the Administration Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Enabling Detailed Debug Logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Chapter 4. NetBackup Status Codes and Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
Status Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Chapter 5. Media Manager Status Codes and Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Status Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Media Manager Status Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Device Configuration Status Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Format Optical Status Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Device Management Status Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Robotic Status Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Robotic Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Chapter 6. Disaster Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Master Server Disk Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Recovery When Windows is Intact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Before Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
To Recover the Master Server (Windows intact) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Total Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Assumptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Before Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
To Recover the Master Server (total recovery) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Media Server Disk Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
Client System Disk Recovery - Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Assumptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Contents
v
Before Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
To Recover a Windows Client Disk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
Recommended Backup Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
Recovering the NetBackup Catalogs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
Identifying the Most Recent Database Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
Example 1: List by Using a Raw Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
Example 2: List by Using a Media Manager Controlled Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
Example 3: List Disk Path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
Procedures for Recovering NetBackup Catalogs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
Before Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
Recover Catalogs From Tape - Media Manager Catalogs Lost . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
Recover Catalogs from Tape - Media Manager Catalogs Intact . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
Recover Catalogs From Disk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
Appendix A. Functional Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Backup and Restore Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Startup Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
Backup and Archive Processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Backups and Archives - UNIX Clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Backups and Archives - Windows 95/98 Clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
Backups and Archives - Windows NT/2000 Clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
Backups and Archives - NetWare Clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
Backups - Macintosh Clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
NetBackup Database Backups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
Restore Processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
Restores - UNIX Clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
Restores - Windows 95/98 Clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
Restores - Windows NT/2000 Clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
Restores - NetWare Clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
Restores - Macintosh Clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
vi
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
NetBackup Directories and Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
NetBackup Programs and Daemons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
NetBackup Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
Media Manager Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
Startup Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
Media and Device Management Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
Barcode Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
Media Requests Involving Barcodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
Media Manager Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
Media Manager Directories and Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
Programs and Daemons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
Appendix B. Networks and Hostnames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
Appendix C. Robotic Test Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
Appendix D. Backup Exec Tape Reader for NetBackup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .473
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
beconv Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
bephyinv Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
bpimport Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
Backup Exec File Browse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
Backup Exec File Restore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
Redirected Restores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
Restoring to Windows Clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
Restoring to UNIX Clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
Restoring to Netware Clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
Troubleshooting with the Debug Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
Backup Exec File Browse Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
Backup Exec File Restore Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
Contents
vii
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521
viii
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Preface
This guide explains how to isolate and resolve problems encountered when installing,
configuring, or using VERITAS NetBackup™ for Windows. This publication refers to
VERITAS NetBackup as NetBackup. This includes coverage for Media Manager, a
component of NetBackup used for media and device management.
Audience
This guide is intended primarily for the system administrator who is responsible for
installing, configuring, and managing NetBackup. The system administrator is assumed
to have a good working knowledge of both NetBackup and Windows. Some sections will
also be useful to less-technical users who encounter problems when backing up,
archiving, or restoring files.
Organization
◆
Chapter 1, “Introduction,” explains how to define a problem and describes the
information you should gather during troubleshooting. Both administrators and
client users should read this chapter first.
◆
Chapter 2, “Troubleshooting Procedures,” includes procedures for isolating the
problem to a specific area.
◆
Chapter 3, “Using the Logs and Reports,” discusses the NetBackup logs and how to
interpret them.
◆
Chapter 4, “NetBackup Status Codes and Messages,” explains each NetBackup status
code and provides corrective actions for error conditions.
◆
Chapter 5, “Media Manager Status Codes and Messages,” explains each Media
Manager status code and provides corrective actions for error conditions.
◆
Chapter 6, “Disaster Recovery,” explains how to recover critical NetBackup
information in case of a disk crash.
◆
Appendix A, “Functional Overview,” provides a functional overview of NetBackup
and its Media Manager component, for both Windows and UNIX.
ix
Related Manuals
◆
Appendix B, “Networks and Hostnames,” provides information useful when
configuring NetBackup on a host with multiple network connections and when hosts
have multiple names.
◆
Appendix C, “Robotic Test Utilities,” explains how to start the tests that are included
with the robotic software.
◆
Appendix D, “Backup Exec Tape Reader for NetBackup,” provides troubleshooting
assistance when browsing, restoring, or converting catalogs from Backup Exec media
and databases.
Following the appendixes is a glossary of NetBackup terms.
Related Manuals
Refer to the NetBackup Release Notes for a complete list of NetBackup manuals.
Accessibility
NetBackup contains features that make the user interface easier to use by people who are
visually impaired and by people who have limited dexterity. Accessibility features
include:
◆
Support for assistive technologies such as screen readers and voice input (Windows
servers only)
◆
Support for keyboard (mouseless) navigation using accelerator keys and mnemonic
keys
For more information, see the NetBackup system administrator's guide.
Conventions
The following explains typographical and other conventions used in this guide.
Type Style
Table 1. Typographic Conventions
Typeface
Usage
Bold fixed width
Input. For example, type cd to change directories.
x
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Conventions
Table 1. Typographic Conventions (continued)
Typeface
Usage
Fixed width
Paths, commands, filenames, or output. For example: The default installation
directory is /opt/VRTSxx.
Italics
Book titles, new terms, or used for emphasis. For example: Do not ignore cautions.
Sans serif (italics)
Placeholder text or variables. For example: Replace filename with the name of your
file.
Serif (no italics)
Graphical user interface (GUI) objects, such as fields, menu choices, etc.
For example: Enter your password in the Password field.
Notes and Cautions
Note This is a Note. Notes are used to call attention to information that makes using the
product easier or helps in avoiding problems.
Caution This is a Caution. Cautions are used to warn about situations that could cause
data loss.
Key Combinations
Some keyboard command sequences use two or more keys at the same time. For example,
holding down the Ctrl key while pressing another key. Keyboard command sequences
are indicated by connecting the keys with a plus sign. For example:
Press Ctrl+t
Command Usage
The following conventions are frequently used in the synopsis of command usage.
brackets [ ]
The enclosed command line component is optional.
Vertical bar or pipe (|)
Separates optional arguments from which the user can choose. For example, when a
command has the following format:
command arg1|arg2
the user can use either the arg1 or arg2 variable.
Preface
xi
Getting Help
Terms
The terms listed in the table below are used in the VERITAS NetBackup documentation to
increase readability while maintaining technical accuracy.
Term
Definition
Microsoft Windows,
Windows
Terms used as nouns to describe a line of operating systems
developed by Microsoft, Inc.
A term used as an adjective to describe a specific product or
noun. Some examples are: Windows 95, Windows 98,
Windows NT, Windows 2000, Windows servers, Windows
clients, Windows platforms, Windows hosts, and Windows
GUI.
Where a specific Windows product is identified, then only that
particular product is valid with regards to the instance in which
it is being used.
For more information on the Windows operating systems that
NetBackup supports, refer to the VERITAS support web site at
http://www.support.veritas.com.
Windows servers
A term that defines the Windows server platforms that
NetBackup supports; those platforms are: Windows NT and
Windows 2000.
Windows clients
A term that defines the Windows client platforms that
NetBackup supports; those platforms are: Windows 95, 98, ME,
NT, 2000, XP (for 32- and 64-bit versions), and LE.
Getting Help
For updated information about this product, including system requirements, supported
platforms, supported peripherals, and a list of current patches available from Technical
Support, visit our web site:
http://www.support.veritas.com/
VERITAS Customer Support has an extensive technical support structure that enables you
to contact technical support teams that are trained to answer questions to specific
products. You can contact Customer Support by sending an e-mail to
support@veritas.com, or by finding a product-specific phone number from the VERITAS
support web site. The following steps describe how to locate the proper phone number.
xii
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Getting Help
1. Open http://www.support.veritas.com/ in your web browser.
2. Click Contact Support. The Contacting Support Product List page appears.
3. Select a product line and then a product from the lists that appear. The page will
refresh with a list of technical support phone numbers that are specific to the product
you just selected.
Preface
xiii
Getting Help
xiv
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
1
Introduction
This chapter explains the basic steps to take if you encounter a problem while using
NetBackup. Other chapters provide more specific information.
Note The term media server, as distinct from master server or server, may or may not apply
to the NetBackup BusinesServer product and depends on the context. When
troubleshooting a BusinesServer installation, be aware that there is only one host. the master and media server are one and the same. References to a media server on
a different host can be ignored.
Define the Problem
The first step in troubleshooting is to define the problem.
What was the Error Indication?
In defining the problem, you must know what went wrong and sometimes resolving the
problem also requires that you also know what went right.
Error messages are usually the vehicle for telling you something went wrong. So the first
thing to do is look for an error message. If you don’t see an error message in an interface,
but still suspect a problem, check the reports and logs. NetBackup provides extensive
reporting and logging facilities and these can provide an error message that points you
directly to a solution.
The logs also show you what went right and what NetBackup was doing when the
problem occurred. For example, a restore can be waiting for media to be mounted and the
required media is currently in use for another backup.
The“Using the Logs and Reports” chapter describes the log information that NetBackup
provides. The “NetBackup Status Codes and Messages” and “Media Manager Status
Codes and Messages” chapters provide interpretations of NetBackup (and Media
Manager) status codes and messages.
1
Record All Information
What Were You Trying to Do When the Problem Occurred?
Another important part of defining the problem is to clearly define what you were trying
to do in the first place.
Some questions to ask here are:
◆
What operation was being attempted?
◆
What method were you using? For example, there is more than one way to install
software on a client. There is also more than one possible interface to use for many
operations and some operations can even be performed with a script.
◆
What type of server platform and operating system was involved?
◆
If your site uses both master and media servers, was it a master or a media server?
◆
If a client was involved, what type of client was it?
◆
Have you ever performed the operation successfully in the past? If so, what is
different now?
◆
What is the service pack level?
◆
Are you using operating system software with the latest fixes supplied, especially
those required for use with NetBackup?
◆
Is your device firmware at a level, or higher than the level, at which it has been tested
according to the posted device compatibility lists?
Record All Information
As you define and troubleshoot a problem, always try to capture potentially valuable
information, such as:
◆
NetBackup progress logs
◆
NetBackup Reports
◆
NetBackup debug logs
◆
Media Manager debug logs
◆
Error or status messages in dialogs
◆
Check for error or status information in the Event Viewer Application log
Record this information for each attempt. A benefit of this approach is that you can
compare the results of multiple attempts. It is also useful for others at your site and for
customer support in the event that you cannot solve the problem yourself.
The“Using the Logs and Reports” chapter explains the various logs.
2
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Record All Information
If your troubleshooting attempt is unsuccessful, customer support can provide further
assistance. Before calling, have the following information ready.
◆
Product, platform, and device information:
◆
Product and its release level.
◆
Server hardware type and operating system level.
◆
Client hardware type and operating system level, if a client is involved.
◆
Storage units being used, if it is possible that storage units are involved.
◆
If it looks like a device problem, be ready to supply device information, such as
the types of robots and drives, and their version levels along with Media Manager
and system configuration information.
◆
Software patches to the products that were installed.
◆
Service packs and hotfixes that were installed.
◆
What is the definition of the problem as described earlier in this chapter? Copies of
logs or core dumps (if any) can also be required.
◆
Have you had this problem before? If so, was there a successful resolution and what
did you try that time?
◆
Has the configuration been changed recently and, if so, what was changed?
◆
If necessary, can you communicate with technical support through ftp, email, or fax?
This can be useful for sending things such as copies of logs.
“Problem Report Information” on page 5 lists the information you need and also provides
methods for gathering information.
Chapter 1, Introduction
3
Troubleshooting the Problem
Troubleshooting the Problem
After defining the problem, use the information in the other chapters of this manual to try
and correct it.
◆
When you have a status code or message, proceed directly to “NetBackup Status
Codes and Messages” or “Media Manager Status Codes and Messages” and try the
corrective actions recommended there.
◆
When you do not see a status code or message, or the actions in “NetBackup Status
Codes and Messages” or “Media Manager Status Codes and Messages” do not solve
the problem, try the troubleshooting procedures in the “Troubleshooting Procedures”
chapter. Those procedures describe an effective approach for isolating common
problems.
If you don’t find the solution, obtain assistance by contacting customer support.
4
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Problem Report Information
Problem Report Information
General Information
Date: _________________________
Servers (master and media):
Platform Types and
Host Names
OS Levels
Product Version and
Patch Levels
OS Levels
Product Version and
Patch Levels
Clients:
Platform Types and
Host Names
Devices:
Robotic Library and
Drive Models
Chapter 1, Introduction
Firmware Levels
Firmware Level Listed as
“Tested” in the VERITAS
Device Compatibility Lists at
www.support.veritas.com
5
Problem Report Information
What were you attempting when the problem occurred? (for example, a backup on a
Windows client)
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
What were the error indications? (for example, status code, error dialog box)
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
Did this occur during or shortly after any of the following:
_____ Initial Installation
_____ Configuration change (explain)
_____ System change or problem (explain)
_____ Have you seen the problem before: (if so, what did you do that time)
Logs or other failure data you have saved:
_____ All log entries report
_____ Media Manager debug logs
_____ NetBackup debug logs
_____ Event Viewer Application logs (Windows)
Can you communicate with us through any of the following:
_____ ftp
_____ telnet
_____ email
_____ fax
6
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
2
Troubleshooting Procedures
This chapter has procedures for finding the cause of NetBackup errors. These procedures
are general in nature and do not attempt to cover every problem that could occur. They
do, however, recommend methods that usually result in successful problem resolution.
When performing these procedures, try each step in sequence. If you have already
performed the action or it does not apply, skip to the next step. If it branches you to
another chapter, use the solutions suggested there. If you still have a problem, go to the
next step in the procedure. Also, alter your approach based on your specific configuration
and what you have already tried.
There are three troubleshooting procedures:
◆
Preliminary Troubleshooting
◆
Troubleshooting Installation and Configuration Problems
◆
General Test and Troubleshooting Procedures
Start with “Preliminary Troubleshooting.” This explains what to check first and then
branches off to other procedures as appropriate. “Troubleshooting Installation and
Configuration Problems”
7
Preliminary Troubleshooting
1. Ensure that your servers and clients are running supported operating system versions
and the peripherals you are using (if any) are supported. See the NetBackup release
notes and the NetBackup device compatibility lists on www.veritas.com for this
information.
2. Check for status codes or messages.
a. Use the All Log Entries report and check for NetBackup errors for the appropriate
time period. This report can show the context in which the error occurred and can
often provide specific information that is useful when the status code can result
from a variety of problems.
If the problem involved a backup or archive, check the Backup Status report. This
report gives you the status code.
If you find a status code or message in either of the above reports, go to the
chapter titled “NetBackup Status Codes and Messages” or “Media Manager
Status Codes and Messages”and perform the recommended corrective actions.
b. If the problem pertains to media or device management and either NetBackup
does not provide a status code or you cannot correct the problem by following the
instructions in “NetBackup Status Codes and Messages” or “Media Manager
Status Codes and Messages”, check the Event Viewer Application log. This log
can show the context in which the error occurred and the error messages are
usually descriptive enough to point you to a problem area.
c. Check applicable debug logs that are enabled and correct problems you detect.
If these logs are not enabled, enable them before retrying the failed operation (see
the “Using the Logs and Reports” chapter).
d. If you performed corrective actions, retry the operation. If you did not perform
corrective actions or the problem persists, go to step 3 below.
3. If you encountered the problem:
◆
During a new installation
◆
During an upgrade installation
◆
After making changes to an existing configuration
Then, go to “Troubleshooting Installation and Configuration Problems” on page 10.
4. Ensure that the server and client are operational.
8
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Preliminary Troubleshooting
Verify there is enough space available in the disk partitions that NetBackup uses. If
one or more of these partitions is full, NetBackup processes that access the full
partition will fail. The resulting error message depends on the process but you could
see messages such as “unable to access” or “unable to create or open a file.”
Check the following disk partitions:
◆
The partition where NetBackup software is installed (by default, C:\Program
Files\VERITAS).
◆
On the NetBackup master or media server, the partition where the NetBackup (or
Media Manager) databases reside (by default, C:\Program Files\VERITAS).
◆
The partition where the NetBackup processes write temporary files.
◆
The partition where NetBackup logs are stored (by default, C:\Program
Files\VERITAS\NetBackup\logs).
◆
The partition where the operating system is installed.
Use Disk Administrator or Explorer to view disk partition information.
5. Enable verbose logging either for everything or just for areas you think are related to
the problem. See the “Using the Logs and Reports” chapter for information on
verbose logging.
Note If you are using ACS robotic control, the acsssi and acssel processes will
remain running when ltid is stopped. For more information about stopping these
daemons, refer to the Automated Cartridge System (ACS) Appendix in the
NetBackup Media Manager System Administrator’s Guide.
6. On Windows NetBackup servers, verify that the required services and processes are
running:
a. Use the NetBackup Activity Monitor, or the Services application in the Windows
Control Panel, to start the following services if they are not running:
Note To start all of them, execute install_path\NetBackup\bin\bpup.exe.
On NetBackup master servers:
◆
NetBackup Request Manager service
◆
NetBackup Database Manager service
◆
NetBackup Device Manager service (if the system has devices configured)
◆
NetBackup Volume Manager service
◆
NetBackup Client service
Chapter 2, Troubleshooting Procedures
9
Troubleshooting Installation and Configuration Problems
On NetBackup media servers:
◆
NetBackup Device Manager service (if the system has devices configured)
◆
NetBackup Volume Manager service
◆
NetBackup Client service
On NetBackup clients (including NetBackup Remote Administration Consoles)
◆
NetBackup Client service
b. Use the NetBackup Activity Monitor to see if the following Media Manager
processes are running:
◆
avrd (automatic volume recognition)
◆
Processes for all configured robots (see the Media Manager System Administrator’s
Guide for Windows)
If the above processes are not running, stop and then restart the NetBackup
Device Manager service by using the NetBackup Activity Monitor or the Services
application in the Windows Control Panel.
7. If you had to start any of the processes or services in the previous steps, retry the
operation. If they are running or the problem persists, go to “General Test and
Troubleshooting Procedures” on page 16.
If you cannot start any of these processes or services, check the appropriate debug
logs (see the “Using the Logs and Reports” chapter) for NetBackup problems.
When started, these processes and services continue to run unless you stop them
manually or there is a problem with the system.
Troubleshooting Installation and Configuration Problems
To Resolve Installation Problems
Note Before you install or use NetBackup on a Linux (RedHat/SuSE) client, verify that
the inetd (or xinetd) service is started on that machine. This will ensure proper
communication between the NetBackup master and the Linux (RedHat/SuSE)
client.
1. Could you install the software on the master and media servers by using the release
media?
Some reasons for failure could be:
10
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Troubleshooting Installation and Configuration Problems
◆
Not logged in as an Administrator (you must have permission to install services
on the system)
◆
Permission denied (ensure you have permission to use the device and to write the
directories and files being installed)
◆
Bad media (contact customer support)
◆
Defective drive (replace the drive or refer to vendor’s hardware documentation)
◆
Improperly configured drive (refer to system and vendor documentation)
2. Could you install NetBackup client software on the clients?
3. For general network communications problems, go to “Resolving Network
Communication Problems” on page 21.
To Resolve Common Configuration Problems
If this is an initial installation or if you have changed the configuration, check for these
problems before proceeding:
1. Check for the following device configuration problems:
◆
Configuration for robotic drive does not specify the robot.
◆
Drive is configured as wrong type or density.
◆
Incorrect Robotic Drive Number.
◆
SCSI ID for the robotic control is specified instead of the logical Robot Number
assigned to the robot.
◆
The same robot number is used for different robots.
◆
SCSI ID for the drive is specified instead of a unique Drive Index number.
◆
A platform does not support a device or was not configured to recognize it.
2. Check for the following problems with the services:
◆
Services do not start during reboot (configure system so this occurs).
◆
Configuration was changed while services were running.
◆
The %SystemRoot%\System32\drivers\etc\services file does not have
an entry for vmd, bprd, bpdbm and bpcd. Also, ensure there are entries for the
processes for configured robots (see the Media Manager System Administrator’s Guide for
Windows for a list of these processes).
Chapter 2, Troubleshooting Procedures
11
Troubleshooting Installation and Configuration Problems
3. If you found and corrected any configuration problems, retry the operation and check
for NetBackup status codes or messages.
a. Check the All Log Entries report for NetBackup errors for the appropriate time
period. This report can show the context in which the error occurred and can
often have specific information that is useful when the error can result from a
variety of problems.
If the problem involved a backup or archive, check the Backup Status report. This
report gives you the status code.
If you find a status code or message in either the Backup Status or All Log Entries
report, go to the “NetBackup Status Codes and Messages” chapter or “Media
Manager Status Codes and Messages” chapter and perform the recommended
corrective actions.
b. If the problem pertains to device or media management and either NetBackup
does not provide a status code or you cannot correct the problem by following the
instructions in status codes chapters, check the Event Viewer Application log for
NetBackup entries.
c. Check appropriate debug logs that are enabled and correct problems you detect.
If these logs are not enabled, enable them before your next attempt. For more
information, see the “Using the Logs and Reports” chapter.
d. If you performed corrective actions as a result of step a through step c, retry the
operation. If you did not perform corrective actions or the problem persists, go to
the next section, “General Test and Troubleshooting Procedures.”
To Resolve Device Configuration Problems
Certain auto-configuration warning messages are displayed in the second panel of the
Device Configuration wizard if the selected device meets any of the following conditions:
◆
Not licensed for NetBackup BusinesServer
◆
Exceeds a license restriction
◆
Has inherent qualities that make it difficult to auto-configure
These are the messages relating to device configuration, along with explanations and
recommended actions:
Message: Drive does not support serialization
12
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Troubleshooting Installation and Configuration Problems
Explanation: The drive does not return its serial number. Note that some manufacturers
do not support serial numbers. Although automatic device configuration will not function
optimally, the drive can be manually configured and operated without its serial number.
Recommended Action: Ask the manufacturer for a newer firmware version that returns
serial numbers (if available), or manually configure and operate the drive without a serial
number.
Message: Robot does not support serialization
Explanation: The robot does not return its serial number or the serial numbers of the
drives contained within it. Note that some manufacturers do not support serial numbers.
Although automatic device configuration will not function optimally, the robot and/or
drives can be manually configured and operated without serial numbers.
Recommended Action: Ask the manufacturer for a newer firmware version that returns
serial numbers (if available), or manually configure and operate the robot and/or drives
without serial numbers.
Message: Too many drives in robot
Explanation: The robotic library has more than two installed drives—the maximum
allowed with a NetBackup BusinesServer license.
Recommended Action: Remove all but two drives.
Message: Too many slots in robot
Explanation: The robotic library has more than 30 installed slots—the maximum allowed
with a NetBackup BusinesServer license.
Recommended Action: If possible, configure the robotic library to have 30 or fewer slots.
Only use robotic libraries that are supported with NetBackup BusinessServer.
Message: No license for this robot type
Explanation: The robotic type defined for this robot is not supported by NetBackup
BusinesServer.
Recommended Action: Define a different robot. Only use robotic libraries that are
supported with NetBackup BusinessServer.
Message: No license for this drive type
Explanation: The drive type defined for this drive is not supported by NetBackup
BusinesServer.
Recommended Action: Define a different drive. Only use drives that are supported by
NetBackup.
Chapter 2, Troubleshooting Procedures
13
Troubleshooting Installation and Configuration Problems
Message: Unable to determine robot type
Explanation: The robotic library is not recognized by NetBackup. The robotic library
cannot be auto-configured.
Recommended Action:
1. Download a new external-robot-mapping file from the VERITAS support web site,
and try again.
2. Configure the robotic library manually.
3. Use only robotic libraries that are supported by NetBackup.
Message: Drive is standalone or in unknown robot
Explanation: Either the drive is standalone, or the drive or robot is not returning a serial
number. Note that some manufacturers do not support serial numbers. Although
automatic device configuration will not function optimally, the drive or robot can be
manually configured and operated without a serial number.
Recommended Action: Ask the manufacturer for a newer firmware version that returns
serial numbers (if available), or manually configure and operate the drive/robot without
serial numbers.
Message: Robot drive number is unknown
Explanation: Either the drive or robot is not returning a serial number. Note that some
manufacturers do not support serial numbers. Although automatic device configuration
will not function optimally, the drive or robot can be manually configured and operated
without a serial number.
Recommended Action: Ask the manufacturer for a newer firmware version that returns
serial numbers (if available), or manually configure and operate the drive/robot without
serial numbers.
Message: Drive exceeds drive limit
Explanation: The NetBackup BusinesServer license allows a maximum of two drives and
two drives have already been configured.
Recommended Action: To use this drive, a previously configured drive must be
disabled (deleted from the device configuration).
Message: Robot exceeds robot limit
Explanation: A robotic library has already been configured.
14
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Troubleshooting Installation and Configuration Problems
Recommended Action: To use this robot, a previously configured robot must be
disabled (deleted from the device configuration).
Message: Drive is in an unlicensed robot
Explanation: The drive is in a robotic library that cannot be licensed for the NetBackup
BusinesServer. Since the robot cannot be licensed for NetBackup BusinesServer, any
drives configured in that robot are unusable.
Recommended Action: Configure a drive that does not reside in the unlicensed robot.
Message: Drive’s scsi adapter does not support pass-thru (or pass-thru path does not
exist)
Explanation: A drive was found that does not have a SCSI pass-through path configured.
There are two possible causes for this message:
◆
The drive is connected to an adapter that does not support SCSI pass-through.
◆
The pass-through path for this drive has not been defined.
Recommended Action: Change the drive’s adapter, or define a pass-through path for the
drive. See the Media Manager Device Configuration Guide for UNIX for scsi adapter pass-through
information.
Message: No configuration device file exists
Explanation: A device has been detected without the corresponding device file necessary
to configure that device.
Recommended Action: Refer to the chapter for your system type in the Media Manager
Device Configuration Guide for UNIX for information on creating device files.
Message: Unable to determine drive type
Explanation: The drive is not recognized by NetBackup BusinesServer. The drive cannot
be auto-configured.
Recommended Action:
1. Download a new external-drive-mapping file from the VERITAS support web site,
and try again.
2. Configure the drive manually.
3. Use only drives that are supported by NetBackup.
Message: Unable to determine compression device file
Chapter 2, Troubleshooting Procedures
15
General Test and Troubleshooting Procedures
Explanation: A drive has been detected without the expected compression device file
used to configure that device. Automatic device configuration attempts to use a device file
that supports hardware data compression. When multiple compression device files exist
for a drive, automatic device configuration cannot determine which compression device
file is best. It uses a non-compression device file instead.
Recommended Action: If you do not need hardware data compression, no action is
necessary. The drive can be operated without hardware data compression. If you need
hardware data compression, refer to the chapter for your system type in the Media Manager
Device Configuration Guide for UNIX for information on configuring tape drives.
General Test and Troubleshooting Procedures
If the “Preliminary Troubleshooting” or “Troubleshooting Installation and Configuration
Problems” procedures did not reveal the problem, perform the following procedures,
skipping those steps that you have already performed.
The procedures assume that the software was successfully installed, but not necessarily
configured correctly. If NetBackup or Media Manager has never worked properly, there
are probably configuration problems. Repeat the checks mentioned in the
“Troubleshooting Installation and Configuration Problems” procedure when you
encounter errors. In particular, look for device configuration problems.
You may also want to perform each backup and restore twice. Perform them first as a user
that is a member of the Administrators group and then as a user that is not a member of
the Administrator group. In all cases, ensure that you have read and write permissions on
the test files.
To Test Master Server and Clients
1. Enable appropriate debug logs on the master server (see the “Using the Logs and
Reports” chapter). If you do not know which logs apply, enable them all until you
solve the problem. Delete the debug log directories when you have resolved the
problem.
2. Configure a test policy (set backup window to be open while you are testing). Name
the master server as the client and a storage unit that is on the master server
(preferably a nonrobotic drive). Also, configure a volume in the NetBackup volume
pool and insert the volume in the drive. If you don’t label the volume by using the
bplabel command, NetBackup automatically assigns a previously unused media
ID.
3. Verify that the NetBackup services are running on the master server:
16
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
General Test and Troubleshooting Procedures
Use the NetBackup Activity Monitor or the Services application in the Windows
Control Panel.
4. Start a manual backup of a policy by using the manual backup option in the
NetBackup administration interface. Then, restore the backup.
This verifies:
◆
NetBackup server software is functional, including all services, programs, and
databases.
◆
Media Manager can mount the media and use the drive you configured.
If a failure occurs, first check the NetBackup All Log Entries report. For failures
relating to drives or media, verify that the drive is in an UP state and the hardware is
functioning.
To further isolate the problem, use the debug logs.
If the debug logs do not reveal the problem, check the following:
◆
Event Viewer System logs
◆
Event Viewer Application logs
◆
vmd debug logs on the volume database host for the device
◆
bptm debug logs
See the vendor manuals for information on hardware failures.
If you are using a robot and this is an initial configuration, verify that the robotic drive
is configured correctly. In particular, verify that:
◆
The same robot number is used both in the Media Manager and storage unit
configurations.
◆
Each robot has a unique robot number.
5. If you previously configured a nonrobotic drive and your system includes a robot,
change your test policy now to specify a robot. Add a volume to the robot. The
volume must be in the NetBackup volume pool on the volume database host for the
robot.
Repeat this procedure starting with step 3, but this time for the robot. This verifies
that Media Manager can find the volume, mount it, and use the robotic drive.
If you have difficulties with the robot, try the test utilities described in the “Robotic
Test Utilities” appendix.
Chapter 2, Troubleshooting Procedures
17
General Test and Troubleshooting Procedures
Note Do not use the Robotic Test Utilities when backups or restores are active. These
utilities prevent the corresponding robotic processes from performing robotic
actions, such as loading and unloading media. This can cause media mount
timeouts and prevent other robotic operations like robotic inventory and
inject/eject from working.
6. Add a user schedule to your test policy (the backup window must be open while you
are testing). Use a storage unit and media that has been verified in previous steps.
7. Start a user backup and restore of a file by using the client-user interface on the master
server. Monitor the status log for the operation. If successful, this operation verifies
that client software is functional on the master server.
If a failure occurs, check the NetBackup All Log Entries report. To further isolate the
problem, check the appropriate debug logs from those listed below. The “Using the
Logs and Reports” chapter explains which logs apply to specific client software.
Note These logs exist only if you enabled debug logging in step 1. The debug logs are in
the install_path\NetBackup\logs\directory.
◆
bpbkar
◆
bpcd
◆
bprd
◆
nbwin
◆
bpinetd
8. Reconfigure your test policy to name a client that is located elsewhere in the network.
Use a storage unit and media that has been verified in previous steps. If necessary,
install the NetBackup client software.
9. Create debug log directories for the processes listed below. The “Using the Logs and
Reports” chapter explains which logs apply to specific client types.
◆
bprd on the server
◆
bpcd on the client
◆
bpbkar on the client
◆
nbwin on the client
◆
bpinetd
10. Perform a user backup and then a restore from the client specified in step 8.
18
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
General Test and Troubleshooting Procedures
This verifies:
◆
Communications between the client and master server
◆
NetBackup software on the client
If an error occurs, check the following:
◆
All Log Entries report
◆
Debug logs created in the previous step
A likely cause for errors is a communications problem between the server and the
client.
11. When the test policy operates satisfactorily, repeat specific steps as necessary to verify
other clients and storage units.
12. When all clients and storage units are functional, test the remaining policies and
schedules that use storage units on the master server. If a scheduled backup fails,
check the All Log Entries report for errors, then follow the actions suggested in the
status codes chapters.
Testing Media Server and Clients
If you are using media servers, verify their operation as explained in the following steps.
Before proceeding, eliminate all problems on the master server by completing “To Test
Master Server and Clients” on page 16.
1. Enable appropriate debug logs on the servers (see the “Using the Logs and Reports”
chapter). If you are uncertain which logs apply, enable them all until you solve the
problem. Delete the debug log directories when you have resolved the problem.
2. Configure a test policy with a user schedule (set the backup window to be open while
you are testing).
◆
Name the media server as the client and a storage unit that is on the media server
(preferably a nonrobotic drive).
◆
Add a volume on the volume database host for the devices in the storage unit
(master server is recommended for the volume database host). Ensure the volume
is in the NetBackup volume pool.
◆
Insert the volume in the drive. If you do not prelabel the volume by using the
bplabel command, NetBackup automatically assigns a previously unused
media ID.
3. Verify that all NetBackup services are running on the master and media servers.
Chapter 2, Troubleshooting Procedures
19
General Test and Troubleshooting Procedures
To perform this check, use the Activity Monitor or the Services application in the
Windows Control Panel.
4. Perform a user backup and then a restore of a file. Perform these operations from a
client that has been verified to work with the master server.
This test verifies:
◆
NetBackup media server software
◆
Media Manager on the media server can mount the media and use the drive that
you configured
◆
Communications between the master server process bpsched and media server
processes bpcd and bpbrm
◆
Communications between media server process bpbrm and client processes bpcd
and bpbkar
For failures relating to drives or media, ensure that the drive is in an UP state and the
hardware is functioning.
If you suspect a communications problem between the master and media servers,
check the debug logs for the involved processes. If the debug logs don’t help you,
check the following:
◆
Event Viewer Application log
◆
vmd debug logs
See the vendor manuals for information on hardware failures.
If you are using a robot and this is an initial configuration, verify that the robotic drive
is configured correctly. In particular, verify that:
◆
The same robot number is used both in the Media Manager and storage unit
configurations.
◆
Each robot has a unique robot number.
5. If you previously configured a nonrobotic drive and a robot attached to your media
server, change the test policy to name the robot. Also, add a volume for the robot to
the volume database host for the robot. Verify that the volume is in the NetBackup
volume pool and in the robot.
Then, repeat this procedure starting with step 3, this time for a robot. This verifies that
Media Manager can find the volume, mount it, and use the robotic drive.
If a failure occurs, check the NetBackup All Log Entries report. Look for errors
relating to devices or media. If the All Log Entries report doesn’t help, check:
◆
20
vmd debug logs on the volume database host for the robot
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
General Test and Troubleshooting Procedures
◆
Event Viewer Application log
In an initial configuration, verify that the robotic drive is configured correctly. Do not
use a robot number that is already configured on another server.
Try the test utilities described in the “Robotic Test Utilities” appendix.
Note Do not use the Robotic Test Utilities when backups or restores are active. These
utilities prevent the corresponding robotic processes from performing robotic
actions, such as loading and unloading media. This can cause media mount
timeouts and prevent other robotic operations like robotic inventory and
inject/eject from working.
6. When the test policy operates satisfactorily, repeat specific steps as necessary to verify
other clients and storage units.
7. When all clients and storage units are working, test the remaining policies and
schedules that use storage units on the media server. If a scheduled backup fails,
check the All Log Entries report for errors, then follow the actions suggested in the
status codes chapters.
Resolving Network Communication Problems
The following procedure is for resolving NetBackup communications problems, such as
those associated with NetBackup status codes 54, 57, and 58.
Note In all cases, ensure that your network configuration is working correctly outside of
NetBackup before trying to resolve NetBackup problems.
1. Before retrying the failed operation:
◆
Increase the logging level on the client (see the user’s guide for the client).
◆
On the NetBackup server, create a bprd debug log directory and on the clients
create a bpcd debug log.
◆
On the NetBackup server, set the Verbose level to 1 on the TroubleShooting tab in
the NetBackup Client Properties dialog. To display this dialog, start the Backup,
Archive, and Restore interface and click NetBackup Client Properties on the File
menu (also see “Using the Host Properties Window” on page 40).
2. If this is a new client, verify the client and server names in your NetBackup
configuration as explained in “Verifying Host Names and Services Entries” on
page 25.
Chapter 2, Troubleshooting Procedures
21
General Test and Troubleshooting Procedures
3. Verify basic network connectivity between client and server by pinging from the
server to the client and from the client to the server. Use the following command:
ping hostname
Where hostname is the name of the host as configured in:
◆
NetBackup policy configuration
◆
WINS
◆
DNS (if applicable).
◆
hosts file in the system directory:
%SystemRoot%\system32\drivers\etc\hosts (Windows NT/2000)
C:\Windows\hosts (default on Windows 98 and 95)
If ping succeeds in all instances, it verifies basic connectivity between the server and
client.
If ping fails, you have a network problem outside of NetBackup that must be
resolved before proceeding. As a first step, verify the workstation is turned on, as this
is a common source of connection problems with PC workstations.
4. On Microsoft Windows or NetWare clients, check the NetBackup Client service:
a. Ensure that the service is active, either by checking the logs (see step b) or as
follows:
◆
On Windows NT/2000 clients, use the Services application in the Control
Panel to verify that the NetBackup Client service is running and start it if
necessary.
◆
On Windows 98 or 95 clients, check the system tray on the taskbar for the
NetBackup client icon. If the icon is not there, run the NetBackup Client Job
Tracker program from the NetBackup Program folder or the Start menu.
When the icon is present, right-click on the icon to start the NetBackup client
daemon.
◆
On NetWare clients, enter load bpcd from the NetWare server console to
start the NetBackup client daemon.
b. Check the bpcd debug logs for problems or errors. See “Using the Logs and
Reports” chapter for instructions on enabling and using these logs.
c. Verify that the same NetBackup client Service (bpcd) port number is specified on
both the NetBackup client and server (by default, 13782).
22
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
General Test and Troubleshooting Procedures
◆
On Microsoft Windows, check the NetBackup Client Service Port number on
the Network tab in the NetBackup Client Properties dialog. To display this
dialog, start the Backup, Archive, and Restore interface on the client and click
NetBackup Client Properties on the File menu.
Verify that the setting on the Network tab matches the one in the services file.
The services file is located in:
%SystemRoot%\system32\drivers\etc\services (Windows
NT/2000)
C:\Windows\services (Windows 98 and 95)
The values on the Network tab are written to the services file when the
NetBackup Client service starts.
◆
On NetWare clients, see the BPCD setting in the openv\netback\bp.ini
file.
◆
Or, instead of the first bullet under step c, above: On Windows NetBackup
servers, see the Client Properties dialog box in the Configure - NetBackup
window (see “Using the Host Properties Window” on page 40).
Correct the port number if necessary. Then, on Windows clients and servers, stop
and restart the NetBackup Client service. On Microsoft Windows 98 or 95 and
NetWare clients, stop and restart the NetBackup client daemon (bpcd).
Note Do not change NetBackup port assignments unless it is absolutely necessary in
order to resolve conflicts with other applications. If you do change them, do so on
all NetBackup clients and servers. These numbers must be the same throughout
your NetBackup configuration.
5. Verify that the NetBackup Request Service (bprd) Port number on Microsoft
Windows and NetWare clients is the same as on the server (by default, 13720).
◆
On Microsoft Windows clients (use the same method as in step c under step 4).
◆
On NetWare clients, see the BPRD setting in the openv\netback\bp.ini file.
◆
Or, instead of the first bullet: On Windows NetBackup servers, set these numbers
in the Client Properties dialog box in the Configure - NetBackup window (see
“Using the Host Properties Window” on page 40).
6. On a Macintosh client, check NetBackup configuration settings as follows:
Chapter 2, Troubleshooting Procedures
23
General Test and Troubleshooting Procedures
a. Ensure that NetBackUpListen and NetBackupBPCD are in the Extensions
folder.
b. Check log.mmddyy in the Preferences:NetBackup:Logs:inetd folder to
see if NetBackUpListen is running and if it reported any errors.
c. Check log.mmddyy in the Preferences:NetBackup:Logs:bpcd folder to see
if NetBackupBPCD was started and if it reported any errors.
d. If NetBackUpListen or NetBackupBPCD are not running, try rebooting the
Macintosh. If that does not work, reinstall the software.
e. Ensure that bpcd port number (portnum in the
Preferences:NetBackup:mac.conf file) is the same as on the server (by
default, 13782).
On Windows NetBackup servers, check the NetBackup Client Service Port
number on the Network tab in the NetBackup Client Properties dialog. To display
this dialog box, start the Backup, Archive, and Restore interface on the server and
click NetBackup Client Properties on the File menu.
Also verify that the setting on the Network tab matches the one in the services
file. The services file is located in:
%SystemRoot%\system32\drivers\etc\services
Correct the port number, if necessary, and reboot the Macintosh.
f.
Verify that the NetBackup request daemon (bprd) port number is the same as on
the server (by default, 13720).
◆
On the client, this is the bprdport setting in the mac.conf file, in the
NetBackup folder in the Preferences folder.
◆
On a Windows NetBackup server, check the NetBackup Request Service Port
number on the Network tab in the NetBackup Client Properties dialog. To
display this dialog box, start the Backup, Archive, and Restore interface on
the server and click NetBackup Client Properties on the File menu.
g. Ensure that other values in mac.conf are correct and also check the bp.conf
file. Both files are in the Netbackup folder in the Preferences folder.
If you make changes to mac.conf or bp.conf, reboot the Macintosh.
7. Verify that the hosts file or its equivalent contains the NetBackup server name. On
Windows clients, the hosts files are:
◆
24
%SystemRoot%\system32\drivers\etc\hosts (Windows NT/2000)
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
General Test and Troubleshooting Procedures
◆
C:\Windows\hosts (Windows 98 or 95)
◆
NetWare clients: SYS:etc\hosts
8. Verify client-to-server connectability by using ping or its equivalent from the client
(step 3 verified the server-to-client connection).
9. If the client’s TCP/IP transport allows telnet and ftp from the server, try these as
additional connectivity checks.
10. For a Macintosh or NetWare client, ensure that the server is not trying to connect
when a backup or restore is already in progress on the client. Attempting more than
one job at a time on these clients, results in a “can’t connect” or similar error.
11. Use the bpclntcmd utility to verify basic client to master server communications.
When run on a NetBackup client, the -pn and -sv options initiate inquiries to the
NetBackup master server (as configured in the server list on the client). The master
server then returns information to the requesting client. For more information, see
“Using bpclntcmd” on page 28.
12. Verify that the client operating system is one of those supported by the client
software.
Verifying Host Names and Services Entries
This procedure is useful if you encounter problems with host names or network
connections and want to verify that the NetBackup configuration is correct. Several
examples follow the procedure.
Note For more information on host names, refer to the “Networks and Hostnames”
appendix in this manual and to the “Rules for Using Host Names in NetBackup”
appendix in the NetBackup System Administrator’s Guide.
1. Verify that the correct client and server host names are configured in NetBackup.
a. On Windows servers, Windows clients and NetWare nontarget clients, check the
General tab in the NetBackup Client Properties dialog and the Servers tab in the
Specify NetBackup Machines dialog box. To display these dialog boxes, start the
Backup, Archive, and Restore interface on the client. For the General tab, click
NetBackup Client Properties on the File menu; for the Servers tab, click Specify
NetBackup Machines on the File menu.
◆
On the Servers tab, ensure that there is a server entry for the master server
and each media server.
Chapter 2, Troubleshooting Procedures
25
General Test and Troubleshooting Procedures
The correct server must be designated as the current master server in the list.
If you add or modify server entries on the master server, stop and restart the
NetBackup Request service and NetBackup Database Manager services.
◆
On the General tab, verify that the client name setting is correct and matches
what is in the policy client list on the master server.
◆
On a master or media server, ensure there is a server entry for each Windows
administrative client that can be used to administer that server.
You can also make the above changes on the appropriate tabs in the properties
dialog boxes on a Windows NetBackup server (see “Using the Host Properties
Window” on page 40).
b. On Macintosh clients, check the server and client name entries in the bp.conf
file:
◆
Ensure there is a SERVER entry for the master server and each media server in
the configuration. The master server must be the first name in the list.
◆
Ensure that the CLIENT_NAME option (if included) is correct and matches
what is in the policy client list on the master server.
The bp.conf file is in the NetBackup folder of the Preferences folder on
Macintosh clients.
c. On NetWare clients, check the openv\netback\bp.ini file to ensure that:
◆
There is a SERVER entry for the master server and each media server in the
configuration. The master server must be the first name in the list.
◆
The ClientName entry and the entries in the [clients] section are correct and
match what is in the policy client list on the master server.
d. On the master server, verify that you have created any required
install_path\NetBackup\db\altnames files
Pay particular attention to requirements for host.xlate file entries.
2. Verify that each server and client has the required entries for NetBackup reserved
port numbers.
Note The examples following this procedure show the default port numbers. Do not
change NetBackup port assignments unless it is absolutely necessary in order to
resolve conflicts with other applications. If you do change them, do so on all
NetBackup clients and servers. These numbers must be the same throughout your
NetBackup configuration.
26
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
General Test and Troubleshooting Procedures
a. On NetBackup servers, check the services files to ensure that they have entries
for:
◆
bpcd and bprd
◆
vmd
◆
bpdbm
◆
Processes for configured robots (for example, tl8cd). See the Media Manager
System Administrator’s Guide for Windows for a list of these processes.
On Windows, the services file is
%SystemRoot%\system32\drivers\etc\services.
b. On Windows and NetWare clients, verify the NetBackup Client and NetBackup
Request service port numbers.
◆
On Microsoft Windows clients, verify that the NetBackup Client Service Port
number and NetBackup Request Service Port number on the Network tab in
the NetBackup Client Properties dialog match the settings in the services file.
To display this dialog, start the Backup, Archive, and Restore interface on the
client and click NetBackup Client Properties on the File menu.
The values on the Network tab are written to the services file when the
NetBackup Client service starts.
The services file is located in:
%SystemRoot%\system32\drivers\etc\services (Windows
NT/2000)
C:\Windows\services (Windows 98 and 95)
◆
On NetWare clients, check the BPCD and BPRD entries in the
openv\netback\bp.ini file.
c. On Macintosh clients, check the mac.conf file in the NetBackup folder in the
Preferences folder to ensure that it has the correct portnum and bprdport
entries.
3. On Windows servers and clients, verify that the NetBackup Client service is running.
4. WINS or DNS host name information must correspond to what is in the policy
configuration and the name entries in the following:
◆
On Windows NetBackup servers, Microsoft Windows clients, and NetWare
nontarget clients, check the General tab in the NetBackup Client Properties dialog
and the Servers tab in the Specify NetBackup Machines dialog. To display these
Chapter 2, Troubleshooting Procedures
27
General Test and Troubleshooting Procedures
dialogs, start the Backup, Archive, and Restore interface on the client. For the
General tab, click NetBackup Client Properties on the File menu; for Servers tab,
click Specify NetBackup Machines on the File menu.
◆
The bp.conf file on Macintosh clients.
◆
The openv\netback\bp.ini file on NetWare clients.
Also, verify that reverse DNS addressing is configured.
5. To confirm the setup of the IP addresses and hostnames in DNS and (or) local hosts
files on each NetBackup node, use the NetBackup bpclntcmd utility.
Using bpclntcmd
The bpclntcmd utility resolves IP addresses into host names and host names into IP
addresses by using the same system calls as the NetBackup application software. The
command that starts the utility is located in the following directory:
install_path\NetBackup\bin
Run it in an MSDOS command window so you can see the results.
bpclntcmd options that are useful for testing the functionality of the host name and IP
address resolution are -ip, -hn, -sv and -pn. The following topics explain each of these
options:
bpclntcmd -ip IP_Address
The -ip option allows you to specify an IP address. bpclntcmd uses
gethostbyaddr() on the NetBackup node and gethostbyaddr() returns the host
name with the IP address as defined in the node’s DNS, WINS, or local hosts file entries.
No connection is established with the NetBackup server.
bpclntcmd -hn Hostname
The -hn option allows you to specify a host name. bpclntcmd uses gethostbyname()
on the NetBackup node to obtain the IP address associated with the host name defined in
the node’s DNS, WINS, or local hosts file entries. No connection is established with the
NetBackup server.
You can use the -ip and -hn options to verify the ability of a NetBackup node to resolve
the IP addresses and host names of other NetBackup nodes. For example, you can verify
that a NetBackup server can connect to a client. In this case, the steps are:
28
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
General Test and Troubleshooting Procedures
1. On the NetBackup server, use bpclntcmd -hn to verify that the operating system
can resolve the host name of the NetBackup client (as configured in the client list for
the policy) to an IP address. The IP address is then used in the node’s routing tables to
route a network message from the NetBackup server.
2. On the NetBackup client, use bpclntcmd -ip to verify that the operating system
can resolve the IP address of the NetBackup server (the IP address is in the message
that arrives at the client’s network interface).
bpclntcmd -pn
When run on a NetBackup client, the -pn option initiates an inquiry to the NetBackup
master server, and the server then returns information to the requesting client. First,
bpclntcmd identifies the server to which it is making the request (Current Server in the
server list), then it displays the information that the server returns.
For example:
bpclntcmd -pn
expecting response from server rabbit.friendlyanimals.com
dove.friendlyanimals.com dove 123.145.167.3 57141
Where:
◆
expecting response from server rabbit.friendlyanimals.com is the
master server entry from the server list on the client.
◆
dove.friendlyanimals.com is the connection name (peername) returned by the
master server. The master server obtained this name through
gethostbyaddress().
◆
dove is the client name configured in the NetBackup policy client list.
◆
123.145.167.3 is the IP address of the client connection at the master server.
◆
57141 is the port number of the connection on the client.
bpclntcmd -sv
The -sv option displays the NetBackup version number on the master server.
Chapter 2, Troubleshooting Procedures
29
General Test and Troubleshooting Procedures
Host Name and Service Entry Examples
Example 1: Master Server and Client
The example network in the following figure shows a Windows NT/2000 master server
with one Windows NT/2000 client.
30
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
General Test and Troubleshooting Procedures
Example 1: Windows NT/2000 Master Server and Client
Windows NT/2000
Master Server
jupiter
Ethernet
Windows NT/2000
Client
mars
Policy Client List
jupiter
mars
NetBackup Configuration 1
Servers
NetBackup Configuration 1
Server List: jupiter
General
Client Name: jupiter
.../etc/services 2
bpcd 13782/tcp bpcd
bprd 13720/tcp bprd
bpdbm 13721/tcp bpdbm
vmd 13701/tcp vmd
tl8cd 13705/tcp tl8cd
odld 13706/tcp odld
.
.
Servers
Server List: jupiter (master)
General
Client Name: mars
.../etc/services 2
bpcd 13782/tcp bpcd
bprd 13720/tcp bprd
Notes: 1. The NetBackup Client Properties dialog also has a Network tab with “NetBackup
client service port (BPCD)” and “NetBackup request service port (BPRD)” settings
that must be the same as the bpcd and bprd settings in the services file.
2. The complete path to the Windows NT/2000 \etc\services file is:
%SystemRoot%\system32\drivers\etc\services
3. All other applicable network configuration must also be updated to reflect the
NetBackup information. For example, this could include the
%SystemRoot%\system32\drivers\etc\hosts file and also WIN and DNS (if used).
Chapter 2, Troubleshooting Procedures
31
General Test and Troubleshooting Procedures
Example 2: Master and Media Servers
The network in this example (see the next figure) is the same as the previous one except
that it includes a NetBackup media server named saturn. The difference to note is the
addition of a server list for saturn on all the systems. Jupiter is designated as the master.
32
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
General Test and Troubleshooting Procedures
Example 2: Windows NT/2000 Master and Media Servers
Windows NT/2000
Master Server
Windows NT/2000
Media Server
jupiter
saturn
Ethernet
Windows NT/2000
Client
mars
Policy Client List
jupiter
mars
saturn
NetBackup Configuration 1
NetBackup Configuration 1
Servers
Servers
NetBackup Configuration 1
Server List: jupiter
General
Client Name: jupiter
.../etc/services 2
bpcd 13782/tcp bpcd
bprd 13720/tcp bprd
bpdbm 13721/tcp bpdbm
vmd 13701/tcp vmd
tl8cd 13705/tcp tl8cd
odld 13706/tcp odld
.
.
Servers
Server List: jupiter
saturn
Server List: jupiter
saturn
General
Client Name: saturn
General
Client Name: mars
.../etc/services 2
bpcd 13782/tcp bpcd
bprd 13720/tcp bprd
.../etc/services 2
bpcd 13782/tcp bpcd
bprd 13720/tcp bprd
vmd 13701/tcp vmd
tl8cd 13705/tcp tl8cd
odld 13706/tcp odld
.
.
Notes: 1. The NetBackup Client Properties dialog also has a Network tab with “NetBackup
client service port (BPCD)” and “NetBackup request service port (BPRD)” settings
that must be the same as the bpcd and bprd settings in the services file.
2. The complete path to the Windows NT/2000 \etc\services file is:
%SystemRoot%\system32\drivers\etc\services
3. All other applicable network configuration must also be updated to reflect the
NetBackup information. For example, this could include the
%SystemRoot%\system32\drivers\etc\hosts file and also WIN and DNS (if used).
Chapter 2, Troubleshooting Procedures
33
General Test and Troubleshooting Procedures
Example 3: NetWare and Macintosh Clients
The network in the next figure shows a NetBackup master server with NetWare and
Macintosh clients.
Note the following about this configuration:
34
◆
The server configuration is the same as with for other clients.
◆
Configuration entries on the Macintosh client are in the mac.conf and bp.conf
files.
◆
Configuration entries on the NetWare client are in the openv\netback\bp.ini file.
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
General Test and Troubleshooting Procedures
Example 3: PC Clients
Windows NT/2000
jupiter
Master Server
pluto
Macintosh
Client
Ethernet
NetWare
Target
Client
mars
Policy Client List
jupiter
mars
pluto
Preferences Folder
NetBackup Folder
bp.conf
SERVER=jupiter
CLIENT_NAME=pluto
bp.ini
NetBackup Configuration 1
Servers
Server List: jupiter
General
Client Name: jupiter
[bp]
ClientName=mars
[servers]
master=jupiter
[clients]
browser=jupiter
[tcpip]
bpcd=13782
bprd=13720
mac.conf
portnum=13782
bprdport=13720
.../etc/services 2
bpcd 13782/tcp bpcd
bprd 13720/tcp bprd
bpdbm 13721/tcp bpdbm
vmd 13701/tcp vmd
tl8cd 13705/tcp tl8cd
odld 13706/tcp odld
.
.
Notes: 1. The NetBackup Client Properties dialog also has a Network tab with “NetBackup
client service port (BPCD)” and “NetBackup request service port (BPRD)” settings
that must be the same as the bpcd and bprd settings in the services file.
2. The complete path to the Windows NT/2000 \etc\services file is:
%SystemRoot%\system32\drivers\etc\services
3. All other applicable network configuration must also be updated to reflect the
NetBackup information. For example, this could include the
%SystemRoot%\system32\drivers\etc\hosts file and also WIN and DNS (if used).
Chapter 2, Troubleshooting Procedures
35
General Test and Troubleshooting Procedures
Example 4: Clients in Multiple Networks
The network in this example shows a client (mars/meteor) that is a router to clients in
another network. The client’s host name on the master server side is mars and the host
name presented to the client pluto is meteor.
Example 4: Clients in Multiple Networks
Windows NT/2000
saturn
Media Server
Windows NT/2000
jupiter
Master Server
Ethernet
Policy Client List
jupiter
mars
saturn
pluto
mars
meteor
Windows NT/2000
Client
pluto
Windows NT/2000
Client
Ethernet
NetBackup Configuration 1
Servers
Server List: jupiter (master)
saturn
General
Client Name: jupiter
.../etc/services
2
bpcd 13782/tcp bpcd
bprd 13720/tcp bprd
bpdbm 13721/tcp bpdbm
vmd 13701/tcp vmd
tl8cd 13705/tcp tl8cd
odld 13706/tcp odld
NetBackup Configuration 1
NetBackup Configuration 1
Servers
Servers
Server List: jupiter
saturn
Server List: jupiter
saturn
General
General
Client Name: mars
Client Name: pluto
.../etc/services 2
.../etc/services 2
bpcd 13782/tcp bpcd
bprd 13720/tcp bprd
bpcd 13782/tcp bpcd
bprd 13720/tcp bprd
Notes: 1. The NetBackup Client Properties dialog also has a Network tab with “NetBackup
client service port (BPCD)” and “NetBackup request service port (BPRD)” settings
that must be the same as the bpcd and bprd settings in the services file.
2. The complete path to the Windows NT/2000 \etc\services file is:
%SystemRoot%\system32\drivers\etc\services
3. All other applicable network configuration must also be updated to reflect the
NetBackup information. For example, this could include the
%SystemRoot%\system32\drivers\etc\hosts file and also WIN and DNS (if used).
36
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
General Test and Troubleshooting Procedures
First, we examine the configuration of the router system. The NetBackup policy client list
shows this system as mars because that is the name of the interface to the master server.
There is no special configuration to note other than the client name setting. This name
must be set to mars, because this is the name that the master server recognizes.
The second client, pluto, is also configured no differently than if it were in the same
network as the master server. Assuming that all the standard networking files (for
example, hosts, DNS, WINS, and routing tables) are set up correctly, all the required
network connections can be made.
There would be a problem, however, with restoring files from pluto if the mars/meteor
system were a type of router that hides the name of the originating host when it routes
requests between the two networks. A router between an Ethernet and a token ring
network exhibits this behavior.
To illustrate what occurs, assume that pluto is on FDDI (token ring) and the server is on
Ethernet. If a user on pluto starts a restore, the router could use the name of its network
interface to pluto (meteor) as the peername when it forwards the request to the server.
The server interprets the request as coming from a host named meteor and does not allow
the restore because meteor is not in the client list.
To resolve this problem, the administrator creates an altnames directory on the master
server and adds a file for meteor to that directory.
On a Windows NT/2000 NetBackup server, the file is:
install_path\NetBackup\db\altnames\meteor
Then, the administrator adds the following line to this file:
pluto
The master server now recognizes, as legitimate, restore requests that show a peername of
meteor and client name of pluto. Refer to the NetBackup System Administrator’s Guide for
Windows for more information on altnames configuration.
Regardless of the type of router, the configuration for the media server, saturn, is still the
same as in example 2. If a media server is involved in a backup or restore for pluto, the
master server provides the correct peername and client name for the media server to use
in establishing connections.
Chapter 2, Troubleshooting Procedures
37
General Test and Troubleshooting Procedures
Example 5: Server Connects to Multiple Networks
The network in this example (see the next figure) shows a NetBackup server
(jupter/meteor) that has two Ethernet connections and clients in both networks. The
server’s hostname is mars on one network and meteor on the other.
The first thing to note about this configuration is that the NetBackup policy client list
specifies jupiter as the client name for the master server. The list could show either jupiter
or meteor but not both.
Another important item to note is the configuration of the NetBackup server list.
The NetBackup server list on the master server has entries for both jupiter and meteor.
The reason for both names is that when the server does a backup, it uses the name
associated with the client it is backing up. For example, it uses the meteor interface when
backing up pluto and the jupiter interface when backing up mars. The current server
entry (master server name) is jupiter because that is the name used to back up the client on
the master server.
The NetBackup server list for the other systems also have entries for both the jupiter and
meteor interfaces. This is recommended in order to keep the server entries the same on all
clients and servers in the configuration. It would be adequate to list only the
master-server name for the local network interface to the client system or media server
(for example, meteor for pluto).
For the network shown, the differences mentioned for the policy client list and the server
list is the only unique configuration required. Assuming that all the standard networking
files (for example, the hosts file, WINS, DNS, and routing tables) are set up correctly, all
required network connections can be made.
If the master server system is a type of router that hides the name of the originating host
when routing requests between networks, you see the same type of restore problem
discussed in example 4. For example, if pluto were on FDDI (token ring), the master
server would use meteor as the peername when it forwarded the request to NetBackup.
NetBackup would then interpret the request as coming from a host named meteor, which
was not in the client list, and the restore would fail.
The solution, in this case, is also identical to that discussed in “Example 4: Clients in
Multiple Networks” on page 36.
38
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
General Test and Troubleshooting Procedures
Example 5: Server Connects to Multiple Networks
Windows
mars
Client
saturn
Windows NT/2000
Media Server
Ethernet
NetBackup Configuration 1
Servers
Server List: jupiter
meteor
saturn
jupiter
Windows NT/2000
Master Server
meteor
Ethernet
Clients
Client List: mars
2
.../etc/services
bpcd 13782/tcp bpcd
bprd 13720/tcp bprd
Policy Client List
jupiter
mars
saturn
pluto
pluto
NetBackup Configuration 1
Servers
Server List: jupiter
meteor
saturn
Windows NT/2000
Client
NetBackup Configuration 1
Servers
Server List: jupiter
meteor
saturn
General
General
Client Name: jupiter
Client Name: pluto
.../etc/services 2
.../etc/services 2
bpcd 13782/tcp bpcd
bprd 13720/tcp bprd
bpcd 13782/tcp bpcd
bprd 13720/tcp bprd
bpdbm 13721/tcp bpdbm
vmd 13701/tcp vmd
tl8cd 13705/tcp tl8cd
odld 13706/tcp odld
Notes: 1. The NetBackup Client Properties dialog also has a Network tab with “NetBackup
client service port (BPCD)” and “NetBackup request service port (BPRD)” settings
that must be the same as the bpcd and bprd settings in the services file.
2. The complete path to the Windows NT/2000 \etc\services file is:
%SystemRoot%\system32\drivers\etc\services
3. All other applicable network configuration must also be updated to reflect the
NetBackup information. For example, this could include the
%SystemRoot%\system32\drivers\etc\hosts file and also WIN and DNS (if used).
Chapter 2, Troubleshooting Procedures
39
Using the Host Properties Window
Using the Host Properties Window
Note Available only in the NetBackup Administration Console for Windows.
The Host Properties window in the NetBackup Administration console on Windows
provides access to many configuration settings for NetBackup clients and servers. For
example, you can modify the server list, e-mail notification settings, and various timeout
values for servers and clients. The following are general instructions for using this
window. For more information, see the online help or the NetBackup System Administrator’s
Guide for Windows.
1. Start the NetBackup Administration interface on a Windows server or on a
NetBackup Remote Administration Console.
2. Click Host Properties.
3. Select the servers or clients where you want to make the change.
4. Select Properties from the Actions menu.
5. In the properties dialog box that appears, select the appropriate tab and make your
change.
Many procedures in this guide also refer to the NetBackup Client Properties dialog in the
Backup, Archive, and Restore interface on Microsoft Windows clients. This dialog lets you
change NetBackup configuration settings only for the local system where you are running
the interface. Most settings in the NetBackup Client Properties dialog are also available in
the Host Properties window.
40
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
3
Using the Logs and Reports
NetBackup produces the following categories of information that you can use for
troubleshooting problems.
◆
Reports
◆
Status for User Operations
◆
Windows Event Viewer Application Logs
◆
Debug Logs
◆
Media Manager Logs
◆
Windows Event Viewer Logging Option
◆
Troubleshooting the Administration Console
Note The format of the entries in the NetBackup logs is subject to change without notice.
The following figure shows whether this information is available on the client or server
and the processes involved in making the information available. The remaining topics in
this chapter describe the reports and logs shown on the figure.
See Appendix A for more information on the programs and daemons mentioned in this
figure and elsewhere in this chapter.
41
Note The term media server, as distinct from master server or server, does not apply to the
NetBackup BusinesServer product. When troubleshooting a BusinesServer
installation, please ignore any references to media server in this guide.
SERVER
Error
Catalog
CLIENT
File
Catalog
Client
Debug
Logs
Status
Logs
NetBackup
Administration
Interface
NetBackup
Database
Manager
e
e
Master Server
Server Programs
Master or Media Server
Client
Programs
Media
Catalog
e
e Notes:
These logs must be enabled
Server
Debug Logs
System Logs
System Messages
Windows Event Log
42
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Reports
Reports
NetBackup provides a set of standard reports that gives you most of the status and error
information you need. To run these reports, use the NetBackup administration interface
(see the NetBackup System Administrator’s Guide for instructions). The following table provides
a brief description of the reports.
Table 2. NetBackup Reports
Report
Description
Status of Backups
Status and error information on backups and archives completed
within the specified time period.
Media Reports
Provides the following reports about the media:
◆ Media Lists - Shows information about volumes that
NetBackup has used for backups or archives. This report
does not show information for disk storage units.
◆ Media Contents - Lists the backup IDs that are on a single
volume. The information is read directly from the media.
This report does not show information for disk storage units.
◆ Images on Media - Shows the contents of media as recorded
in the NetBackup file database. This report shows
information for any type of storage unit, including disk.
◆ Media Logs- Lists the media errors that have been recorded.
This information is a subset of the All Log Entries report.
◆ Media Summary - Summarizes active and nonactive volumes
and groups them according to expiration date. The report
shows the expiration date and the number of volumes that
are at each retention level.
◆ Media Written - Identifies volumes that have been used for
backups or archives within the specified time period. This
report does not show media used for image duplication if the
original image was created prior to the specified time period.
Client Backups
Detailed information on backups and archives completed within
the specified time period.
Problems with
Backups
Problems that the server has logged during the specified time
period. This information is a subset of the information in the All
Log Entries report.
All Log Entries
All log entries for the specified time period.
Chapter 3, Using the Logs and Reports
43
Status for User Operations
Status for User Operations
NetBackup allows you to view status on the progress of user operations. See the
NetBackup user guides for instructions
Windows Event Viewer Application Logs
On Windows, the NetBackup services and programs log information to the Event Viewer
Application log. Look for messages pertaining to NetBackup in these logs.
Debug Logs
If a problem requires more information than is available through the normal logs and
reports, you can enable debug logs that show detailed information about specific
processes. To enable debug logging for a process, create a directory for its logs as
explained in the following topics. Each process creates logs in its own logging directory.
The logs that are available depend on whether the system is a server or a client.
Debug Logs on Servers
Note Refer to the Media Manager Logs section for enabling Media Manager debug log
entries.
To enable debug logging on NetBackup servers, create the appropriate directories under:
install_path\NetBackup\logs
The table below lists the debug log directories that apply to servers. When these
directories exist, NetBackup creates log files in the directory for the associated process.
On a Windows server, you can create all of the NetBackup debug log directories at once by
running the following batch file:
To create all of the NetBackup debug log directories at once on a master or media server,
run the following batch file:
install_path\NetBackup\Logs\mklogdir.bat
Note Media servers have only the bpbrm, bpcd, bpdm, and bptm debug logs.
44
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Debug Logs
Table 3. NetBackup Server Debug Logs
Debug Log
Directory
Associated Process
admin
Administrative commands.
bpbrm
NetBackup backup and restore manager.
bpcd
NetBackup client manager. This process is started by the NetBackup
Client service.
bpdbjobs
NetBackup jobs database manager program.
bpdm
NetBackup disk manager.
bpdbm
NetBackup database manager. This process runs only on master servers.
It is the NetBackup Database Manager service.
bprd
NetBackup request manager. This process is the NetBackup Request
Manager service.
bpsched
NetBackup backup scheduler. This process runs only on master servers.
bptm
NetBackup tape management process.
symlogs
System log.
user_ops
The user_ops directory is created during the install of NetBackup on
all servers and clients. The NetBackup Java interface programs use it for
temporary files and for job and progress log files generated by the user
backup, archive, and restore program (jbpSA). This directory must exist
for successful operation of any of the Java programs and must have
public read, write and execute permissions. user_ops will contain a
directory for every user that is using the Java programs.
The following is a list of facts to be familiar with before using debug logs:
◆
NetBackup retains debug logs for the number of days you specify with the Duration to
Retain Logs global attribute (28 days by default) and then deletes them. For
instructions on changing Duration to Retain Logs, see the NetBackup System
Administrator’s Guide for Windows.
◆
Debug logs can grow very large. Enable them only if unexplained problems exist and
delete both the logs and the associated directory when they are no longer needed.
◆
Each debug log is kept in a separate subdirectory under:
install_path\NetBackup\Logs
Debug logging takes place only if you create the subdirectory where the process can
store its logs.
Chapter 3, Using the Logs and Reports
45
Debug Logs
◆
A process creates one debug log file per day.
On Windows, the file names created are of the form:
mmddyy.log
For example:
040198.log
◆
A debug log file is created when the process begins. Therefore, you must create the
directory for a debug log before the process starts.
To increase the amount of information that processes write in the logs, set the Verbose
level to 1 or more on the TroubleShooting tab of the NetBackup Client Properties
dialog. To open this dialog box, start the Backup, Archive, and Restore interface and
click NetBackup Client Properties on the File menu.
Debug Logs on PC Clients
Debug Logs on Windows and Netware Clients
To enable detailed debug logging on Microsoft Windows or NetWare target clients, create
the appropriate directories in the following locations:
Note These are the default locations in which to place these directories. You can specify
another location during client installation (see the user guide for the respective
client).
◆
Windows clients - C:Program Files\VERITAS\NetBackup\Logs\
◆
NetWare clients - SYS:\OPENV\NETBACK\LOGS\
The following table lists the debug log directories that apply to the above clients:
Table 4. PC Client Debug Logs
46
Debug Log
Directory
NetBackup
Client
Associated Process
bp
NetWare target
Client-user interface program for NetWare.
bpinetd
Windows NT/2000
Client service logs. These logs have
information on the bpinetd32 process.
bparchive
Windows NT/2000, 98, Archive program that is run from the
95
command line.
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Debug Logs
Table 4. PC Client Debug Logs
Debug Log
Directory
NetBackup
Client
Associated Process
bpbackup
Windows NT/2000, 98, Backup program that is run from the
95
command line.
bpbkar
Windows NT/2000
Backup and archive manager. These logs have
information on the bpbkar32 process.
bpcd
All Windows and
NetWare clients
NetBackup client manager. These logs have
information on communications between the
server and client. On NetWare and Windows
98 and 95 clients, these logs also contain the
log information for the
backup and restore processes.
bplist
Windows NT/2000, 98, List program that is run from the command
95
line.
bpmount
Windows NT/2000, 98, Program used to collect drive names on the
95
client for multistreaming clients.
bprestore
Windows NT/2000, 98, Restore program that is run from the
95
command line.
bpsrv
NetWare nontarget
NetBackup service utility. This program
allows the system with the user interface to
communicate with the NetBackup for
NetWare client.
nbwin
Windows 98, 95
Client-user interface program for Windows
98/95.
nbwin
Windows NT/2000
Client-user interface program for Windows
NT/2000.
tar
Windows NT/2000
tar process. These logs have information
about the tar32 process.
user_ops
Windows NT/2000, 98, See Table 3.
95
Before using the debug logs, note the following:
◆
For Windows clients, logs are kept for the number of days specified in the Backup,
Archive, and Restore interface, under the File menu, NetBackup Client Properties,
General tab: “Keep status of user-directed backups, archives, and restores for.” For
NetWare clients, logs are kept the number of days specified in file
openv\netback\bp.ini (under Keep_Log_Days).
The currently active logs have names of the form:
Chapter 3, Using the Logs and Reports
47
Debug Logs
mmddyy.log
For example, 120198.log.
◆
You can increase the amount of information that processes write in the logs.
◆
On Windows clients, set the debug level on the TroubleShooting tab of the
NetBackup Client Properties dialog. For instructions, see the NetBackup user
guide for the client.
◆
On NetWare clients, change the value of the level and tcp parameters in the
debug section of the bp.ini file. For instructions, see the NetBackup user guide
for the client.
Note Increasing the log level can cause the logs to grow very large, so take this action
only if unexplained problems exist.
Debug Logs on Macintosh Clients
There are two types of debug logs on Macintosh clients:
◆
bpcd logs, which are located in the Preferences:NetBackup:Logs:bpcd folder.
These logs have information on NetBackupBPCD, which controls communications
between the server and the client.
◆
inetd logs, which are located in the Preferences:NetBackup:Logs:bpcd
folder. These logs have information on NetBackupListen.
NetBackupBPCD and NetBackupListen each create one debug log file per day. The file
names for these log files are of the form:
log.mmddyy
For example:
log.110899
To increase the amount of information that these processes write in the logs, change the
value of the loglevel parameter in the mac.conf file in the NetBackup folder.
Increasing the log level can cause these logs to grow very large, so take this action only if
unexplained problems exist.
NetBackup retains Macintosh debug logs for the number of days you specify with the
logexpire parameter in the mac.conf file in the NetBackup folder. The default is
seven days.
For more on changing the loglevel or the logexpire value, see the NetBackup User’s
Guide for Macintosh.
48
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Media Manager Logs
Media Manager Logs
On Windows, Media Manager records robotic and drive errors in the Event Viewer
Application log. Log entries are also made when drives change between the UP and
DOWN states.
If a problem requires more information, increase the level of logging to the Event Viewer
Application log by adding a VERBOSE entry to the following file:
install_path\Volmgr\vm.conf
In addition, you can enable debug logging for the NetBackup Volume Manager service by
creating the following directories:
install_path\Volmgr\debug\daemon
(Debug information on the service)
install_path\Volmgr\debug\reqlib
(Debug information on the process requesting the service)
install_path\Volmgr\debug\tpcommand
(Debug information on the tpconfig and tpautoconf commands)
install_path\Volmgr\debug\ltid
(Debug information on ltid)
NetBackup creates one log per day in each of the above debug directories with file names
of the form:
mmddyy.log
For example:
110894.log
To disable debug logging for the NetBackup Volume Manager service, either delete or
rename the directories.
Windows Event Viewer Logging Option
NetBackup Windows master servers can be configured so messages from NetBackup
reports are written to the Windows Event Viewer Application Log. This allows you to see
these messages in the Application Log and also to use third party tools to monitor the
Application Log for these messages.
Chapter 3, Using the Logs and Reports
49
Windows Event Viewer Logging Option
To Enable the Logging Tool
1. Create the following file on the NetBackup master server:
install_path\NetBackup\db\config\eventlog
2. Add an entry (optional) to the eventlog file that specifies the severity and type of
NetBackup messages that are written. The following is an example:
56 255
The next topic explains the format of the entry. If you do not add an entry, a default
value is used, which is also explained in the next topic.
eventlog File Entries
The eventlog entry has two parameters:
◆
The first parameter controls which messages NetBackup writes to the Application
Log, based on severity level.
◆
The second parameter controls which type of messages NetBackup writes to the
Application Log.
Both parameters are specified as decimal numbers and equate to a bitmap that expresses
the values below:
Severity:
1 = Unknown
2 = Debug
4 = Info
8 = Warning
16 = Error
32 = Critical
Type:
1 = Unknown
2 = General
4 = Backup
8 = Archive
16 = Retrieve
32 = Security
50
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Troubleshooting the Administration Console
64 = Backup Status
128 = Media Device
◆
If the file is empty, the default severity is Error (16) and the default type is Backup
Status (64).
◆
If the file has only one parameter, it is used for the severity level and the default value
of Backup Status (64) is used for the type.
Example
Assume you want to include all types of messages that have severity levels of warning,
error, and critical. In this instance, the entry is:
56 255
Where:
56 = severity= the sum of warning, error, and critical (8 + 16 + 32)
255 = type = the sum of all types (1 + 2 + 4 + 8 + 16 + 32 + 64 +128)
The following is an example of a message written in the Windows Event Viewer
Application Log:
16 4 10797 cacao bush bpsched backup of client bush exited with status
71
The meaning of each field is as follows (left to right):
severity - 16 (Error)
type - 4 (Backup)
jobid - 10797
server - cacao
client - bush
process - bpsched
text - backup of client bush exited with status 71
Troubleshooting the Administration Console
Most errors that occur in the NetBackup (Java) Administration Console appear in an
attention dialog. Those that appear elsewhere are Java exception errors (which are not
documented in this guide); they may appear in the status line (bottom) of the NetBackup
Administration window, or in the log file that contains stdout or stderr messages
written by Java APIs or by the NetBackup Administration Console.
Chapter 3, Using the Logs and Reports
51
Troubleshooting the Administration Console
The following are the four kinds of error messages seen in the NetBackup Administration
Console.
◆
NetBackup status codes and messages as documented in Chapter 4.
Operations performed in the Administration Console can result in errors recognized
in other parts of NetBackup. These errors usually appear exactly as documented in
Chapter 4.
Note The error message is not always accompanied by a status code. You can find the
status code by looking up the message in the alphabetical listing at the end of
Chapter 4. Then use the status code to find the full description of the message in the
first half of Chapter 4.
◆
NetBackup Administration Console: application server status codes and messages as
documented in Chapter 4.
These messages have status codes in the 500 range. Messages with status codes 500,
501, 502, 503 and 504 begin with "Unable to login, status:". Messages with status codes
511 and 512 may or may not begin with “Unable to login, status:".
The message is not always accompanied by a status code (see the above note).
◆
Java exceptions
These are generated by either the Java APIs or by NetBackup Administration APIs.
These messages begin with the name of the exception. For example:
java.lang.ClassCastException
or
vrts.nbu.NBUCommandExecutionException
Java exceptions usually appear in one of three places:
◆
◆
In the status line (bottom) of the NetBackup Administration window
◆
In the log file generated by the jnbSA or jbpSA commands
◆
When set up, in the output file of the Windows Display Console .bat file (see
“Enabling Detailed Debug Logging” below, for more detail)
Operating system errors
Messages that do not match those documented in this manual are probably operating
system errors.
52
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Troubleshooting the Administration Console
Enabling Detailed Debug Logging
The NetBackup Administration Console is a suite of client-server applications that allow
administration of remote NetBackup servers. All administration is accomplished via the
application server of the NetBackup Administration Console. This application server is
made up of an authentication service and a user service.
The login request from the login dialog is sent to the authentication service for validation.
The user name and password have to be valid in the Windows/UNIX authentication
files/process.
After validation, the authentication service starts a user service under the user’s account.
Thereafter, all NetBackup administrative tasks are performed through that instance of the
user service.
On both UNIX and Windows, the authentication service is the bpjava-msvc application
and the user service is the bpjava-usvc application.
Some of the recommendations in Chapter 4 refer to enabling detailed debug logging and
examining log files. These are the instructions for this activity.
1. On the NetBackup client (*) or server specified in the login dialog, create the
bpjava-msvc and bpjava-usvc debug log directories in the
/usr/openv/netbackup/logs directory (UNIX) or in
install_path\NetBackup\logs (Windows). Refer to Debug Logs earlier in this
chapter for more information.
Note The NetBackup Java application server runs only on NetBackup UNIX clients. On
Windows, the NetBackup Java application server runs only on NetBackup master
servers.
2. On the UNIX machine where you execute the jnbSA or jbpSA commands, add the
following line to the Launch.properties or JBPSimple.properties file,
respectively, in the /usr/openv/java directory.
debugLevel=2
The log file name is displayed in the xterm window where you executed the jnbSA or
jbpSA commands.
3. If you are using the NetBackup Windows Display Console, add the following line to
the host_name.properties file in the NetBackup Java installed folder (for
example, C:\Veritas\java):
debugLevel=2
Chapter 3, Using the Logs and Reports
53
Troubleshooting the Administration Console
4. If you are using the Windows Display Console, you should also add the following to
the end of the last command in the associate.bat file in the NetBackup Java
installed folder:
> jnbdebug
This redirects output to a file.
54
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
4
NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
This chapter lists all the status codes and messages provided by NetBackup. (Media
Manager Status Codes and Messages are provided in Chapter 5). There are two parts to
the chapter:
◆
The first section, Status Codes, lists the NetBackup status codes in numerical order
and includes an explanation of what occurred along with recommended actions.
◆
The second section, Messages, lists the same status codes but sorts them
alphabetically according to the message. Only the messages and status codes are
included in the second section.
If you see a status code without its associated message text, you can determine the
message, its explanation and recommended action by using the bperror command:
install_path\NetBackup\bin\admincmd\bperror -statuscode statuscode
[-recommendation]
where statuscode is the number of the message.
Example:
install_path\NetBackup\bin\admincmd\bperror -statuscode 150
termination requested by administrator
The process is terminating (or has terminated) as a direct result of a
request from an authorized user or process.
Status Codes
Note The term media server, as distinct from master server or server, does not apply to the
NetBackup BusinesServer product. When troubleshooting a BusinesServer
installation, please ignore any references to media server.
NetBackup Status Code: 0
Message: the requested operation was successfully completed
55
Status Codes
Explanation: There were no problems detected with the requested operation.
Recommended Action: None, unless this was a database backup performed through a
database extension product (for example, NetBackup for Oracle or NetBackup for SQL
Server). In those instances, code 0 means the backup script that started the backup ran
without error. However, you must check other status as explained in the related
NetBackup manual to see if the database was successfully backed up.
NetBackup Status Code: 1
Message: the requested operation was partially successful
Explanation: A problem that may require corrective action was detected during the
requested operation.
Recommended Action: Check the All Log Entries report and also the progress log (if
there is one).
Some of the problems that can show up under status code 1 are:
◆
A file or directory path that is more than 1023 characters long.
For NetBackup ServerFree Agent: the maximum pathname length is 1000 characters
for frozen image backups, not 1023. When the frozen image is created, a new mount
point is added to the beginning of the file path. If this new mount point plus the
original file path exceeds 1023 characters, the backup fails with status code 1. The
progress log includes the entry “ERR - Skipping long dir path.”
◆
Could not open a file.
◆
Read error encountered in a file.
◆
File is of an unknown type.
◆
On clients using Open Transaction Manager (OTM) for open file management, the
OTM cache may be full. See the recommended actions under status code 11.
◆
A vault job may terminate with status code 1 if non-fatal errors are encountered
during one or more of the following operations:
◆
duplication
◆
suspension of unvaulted media
◆
expiration of disk images
◆
execution of vlt_ejectlist_notify script
◆
catalog backup
◆
eject and/or report
In the event of a non-fatal error, Vault will attempt to complete all the steps
configured in the vault profile.
56
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Identify which of the above operations encountered an error by reviewing the
detail.log file in each of the sidxxx directories that had problems:
UNIX: /usr/openv/netbackup/vault/sessions/vault_name/sidxxx
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\vault\sessions\vault_name\sidxxx
(where xxx is the session id)
Or review the vault debug log file in the following directory:
UNIX: /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/vault
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\logs\vault
Correct the problem and rerun the vault job.
NetBackup Status Code: 2
Message: none of the requested files were backed up
Explanation: A backup or archive could not back up any of the files in the file list.
Recommended Action: Verify that the files exist and you have read access to them.
◆
Check to see if there is a trailing space on one or more of the filenames in the client’s
file list. Remove any inadvertent trailing characters (such as spaces or tabs).
◆
Check the exclude list per the instructions in the user’s guide for the client.
◆
On Windows clients, verify that the account used to start the NetBackup Client
service has read access to the files.
If you are backing up a network drive or a UNC (universal naming convention) path,
use the Services application in the Windows Control Panel to verify that the
NetBackup Client service does not start under the SYSTEM account. The SYSTEM
account cannot access network drives.
To back up network drives or UNC paths, change the NetBackup Client service
startup to log in as a user that has permission to access network drives.
NetBackup Status Code: 3
Message: valid archive image produced, but no files deleted due to non-fatal problems
Explanation: The backup portion of the archive command reported problems so the files
were not deleted.
Recommended Action: Examine the status of the archive on the client to determine if you
need to retry the archive after correcting the problem. If the problem is not serious and the
files were backed up, you can manually delete the files. To verify which files were backed
up, use the NetBackup client-user interface in restore mode and browse the files in the
archive.
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
57
Status Codes
NetBackup Status Code: 4
Message: archive file removal failed
Explanation: The backup portion of the archive completed was successful but the delete
failed.
Recommended Action: Verify that you have permission to delete the files and that the
read-only flag is not set for the files. Since the backup was successful, you can delete the
files that were backed up (or have the system administrator delete the files if you do not
have the necessary permissions).
NetBackup Status Code: 5
Message: the restore failed to recover the requested files
Explanation: There were errors that caused the restore to fail.
Recommended Action:
1. Ensure that the client’s server list contains entries for the master server and for any
media servers that could be used during a backup or restore.
2. Examine the status on the client for messages on why the restore failed. Also, check
the All Log Entries report on the server.
3. Check ownership and permission on directories where files will be restored.
4. Correct problems that you find and retry the restore.
5. For NetBackup for EMC Fastrax: you may need to increase the
CLIENT_READ_TIMEOUT and CLIENT_CONNECT_TIMEOUT values in the server’s
/usr/openv/netbackup/bp.conf file. Although the optimal time-out values for
your system may be different, the following values may suffice:
CLIENT_READ_TIMEOUT = 3000
CLIENT_CONNECT_TIMEOUT = 3000
The safest approach is to increase the timeout values and rerun the restore. Note,
however, that the Fastrax system may have completed the restore successfully on its
own, even though NetBackup experienced the timeout.
NetBackup Status Code: 6
Message: the backup failed to back up the requested files
Explanation: Errors caused the user backup to fail.
Recommended Action:
58
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
1. Verify that you have read access to the files. Check the status on the client for
messages on why the backup failed. Correct problems and retry the backup.
2. On Windows clients, verify that the account used to start the NetBackup Client
service has read access to the files.
3. On Macintosh clients, this code can be due to multiple backups being attempted
simultaneously on the same client. Some possible solutions are:
◆
Adjust the backup schedules.
◆
If the client is only in one policy, set the policy attribute, Limit jobs per policy, to 1.
◆
Set the NetBackup global attribute, Maximum jobs per client, to 1 (note that this
limits all clients in all policies).
NetBackup Status Code: 7
Message: the archive failed to back up the requested files
Explanation: Errors caused the user archive to fail.
Recommended Action: Verify that you have read access to the files. Check the status on
the client for messages on why the archive failed. Correct problems and retry the archive.
On Windows clients, verify that the account used to start the NetBackup services has read
access to the files.
NetBackup Status Code:NetBackup Status Code: 9
Message: an extension package is needed but was not installed
Explanation: A NetBackup extension product is required in order to perform the
requested operation.
Recommended Action: Install the required extension product.
NetBackup Status Code: 10
Message: allocation failed
Explanation: Allocation of system memory failed because there is insufficient system
memory available. This could be caused by the system being overloaded with too many
processes and not enough physical or virtual memory.
Recommended Action: Free up memory by terminating unneeded processes that
consume memory. Add more swap space or physical memory.
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
59
Status Codes
NetBackup Status Code: 11
Message: system call failed
Explanation: A system call failed. This status code is used for a generic system call failure
that does not have its own status code.
Recommended Action:
1. Check the All Log Entries and Problems reports to determine which system call failed
and other information about the error.
2. For NetBackup ServerFree Agent:
◆
The file system specified as a frozen image source is not mounted. In this case, you
may see the following in the /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/bpbkar log:
17:12:51 bpbkar: FTL - frozen image processing failed, status 11
17:12:51 bpbkar: ERR - bpbkar FATAL exit status = 11: system call failed
17:12:51 bpbkar: INF - EXIT STATUS 11: system call failed
and the following in the /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/online_util log:
17:12:51 onlfi_vfms_logf: INF - cannot snap_on, err: 5
17:12:51 delete_mount_point: INF - Deleted mount point
/tmp/__jody_test:20958
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL - VfMS error 11; see following messages:
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL - Fatal method error
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL - vfm_freeze: method: nbu_snap, type: FIM,
function: nbu_snap_freeze
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL - VfMS method error 5; see following message:
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL - nbu_snap_freeze: Cannot turn on snapshot;
frozen image source=/opt, cache=/dev/rdsk/c1t3d1s0, snap error=5
17:12:51 onlfi_thaw: WRN - / is not frozen
Make sure that the file system specified for the frozen image source has been
mounted.
◆
The file system specified as the frozen image source does not correspond to the file
system that contains the actual files (as opposed to symbolic links to the files). The
mounted file system for the frozen image source must contain the actual files, not
symbolic links. If items in the file list, such as /oracle/datafile and /oracle, are
actually symbolic links to /export/home/oracle, the frozen image source must
specify /export, or /export/home, not /oracle.
◆
vxvm is selected as the frozen image method but the frozen image source is not
configured over a VERITAS Volume Manager VxVM volume. In this case, you may
see the following in the /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/bpbkar log:
17:12:51 bpbkar main: FTL - frozen image processing failed, status 11
60
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
17:12:51 bpbkar Exit: ERR - bpbkar FATAL exit status = 11: system call
failed
17:12:51 bpbkar Exit: INF - EXIT STATUS 11: system call failed
and something like the following in the /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/
online_util log:
17:12:51 onlfi_vfms_logf: INF - vxvm_freeze: Frozen image source /cockpit1
on device /dev/dsk/c1t0d0s6 is not on a VxVM volume
17:12:51 delete_mount_point: INF - Deleted mount point
/tmp/_cockpit1_coc_group1:3518
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL - VfMS error 11; see following messages:
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL - Fatal method error
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL - vfm_freeze: method: vxvm, type: FIM, function:
vxvm_freeze
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL - VfMS method error 9; see following message:
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL - vxvm_freeze: Frozen image source /cockpit1 on
device /dev/dsk/c1t0d0s6 is not on a VxVM volume
17:12:51 onlfi_thaw: INF - fim=vxvm
17:12:51 onlfi_thaw: WRN - /cockpit1 is not frozen
Make sure that the frozen image source is configured over a VERITAS Volume
Manager VxVM volume.
◆
vxvm was selected as the frozen image method, but a VERITAS Volume Manager
snapshot mirror of the frozen image source volume had not been created prior to
running the backup, or if another backup is currently running that is using the
snapshot mirror. In either case, you may see the following in the
/usr/openv/netbackup/logs/online_util log:
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze:
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze:
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze:
vxvm_freeze
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze:
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze:
snapshot mirror
FTL - VfMS error 11; see following messages:
FTL - Fatal method error
FTL - vfm_freeze: method: vxvm, type: FIM, function:
FTL - VfMS method error 3; see following message:
FTL - find_ready_snapshot: Cannot find available
As described under “Creating a Snapshot Mirror of the vxvm Frozen Image Source”
in the NetBackup ServerFree Agent System Administrator’s Guide, create a snapshot mirror on
the client before running the backup.
◆
vxvm was selected as the frozen image method, and a VERITAS Volume Manager
snapshot mirror of the frozen image source volume has been created. However, two
different backup jobs (A and B) attempt to back up the same volume (for example,
vol01), but job A starts just before job B. Because there is a brief pause between
finding an available snapshot mirror and actually forming the frozen image of it, job B
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
61
Status Codes
(running slightly behind job A) might attempt to create a frozen image of the snapshot
mirror just before job A (running slightly ahead) actually creates the frozen image and
gets the lock on it.
In this case, you may see the following in the
/usr/openv/netbackup/logs/online_util log:
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL - VfMS error 11; see following messages:
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL - Fatal method error
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL - vfm_freeze: method: vxvm, type: FIM, function:
vxvm_freeze
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL - VfMS method error 3; see following message:
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL - vxvm_freeze: Command failed with status=11:
/usr/sbin/vxassist -g rootdg snapshot vol01 VfMSCAAu7a4Uw </dev/null
>/var/tmp/VfMSAAAs7a4Uw 2>/var/tmp/VfMSBAAt7a4Uw
The job that was unable to get a lock (job B in the above example) fails, and must be
run again.
◆
When using nbu_snap as a frozen image method, you may have stale snapshots if
status code 11 occurs with the following messages in the
/usr/openv/netbackup/logs/online_util log. (Stale snapshots are those that
were not automatically deleted by nbu_snap.)
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL - VfMS error 11; see following messages:
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL - Fatal method error
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL - vfm_freeze: method: nbu_snap, type: FIM,
function: nbu_snap_freeze
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL - VfMS method error 5; see following message:
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL - nbu_snap_freeze: Cannot turn on snapshot;
frozen image source=/oracle/ufs_r, cache=/dev/rdsk/c4t1d11s4,snap error=11
a. Look for stale snapshots by running the
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/driver/snaplist command when there are
no active backups running. If the snaplist command shows cache entries, there
are stale snapshots. Nothing is displayed if there are no stale snapshots.
Example snaplist output:
id
43
62
ident
6515
size
cached
minblk
err time
83909707( )1ok07( )1k07( )115 k07( )197(r)-12.7(/r)-12.7(6de)-12.70051
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
◆
If a backup using the fsclone frozen image method failed, the NetBackup bpbkar
process should automatically remove the clone. Sometimes, however, bpbkar is
unable to remove the clone. In this case, you may see messages such as the following
in the /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/online_util log:
15:21:45.716 [4236] <4> create_mount_point: INF - Created mount point
/tmp/_vtrax_test_fastrax_dlt:4236
15:21:45.869 [4236] <2> onlfi_vfms_logf: INF - vxfs clone handle : 9600344
15:21:45.870 [4236] <2> onlfi_vfms_logf: INF - fsclone_freeze: Cannot create
checkpoint; status=17
15:21:45.872 [4236] <4> delete_mount_point: INF - Deleted mount point
/tmp/_vtrax_test_fastrax_dlt:4236
15:21:45.873 [4236] <32> onlfi_freeze: FTL - VfMS error 11; see following
messages:
15:21:45.873 [4236] <32> onlfi_freeze: FTL - Fatal method error was reported
15:21:45.873 [4236] <32> onlfi_freeze: FTL - vfm_freeze: method: fsclone,
type: FIM, function: fsclone_freeze
15:21:45.873 [4236] <32> onlfi_freeze: FTL - VfMS method error 17; see
following message:
15:21:45.874 [4236] <32> onlfi_freeze: FTL - fsclone_freeze: Cannot create
checkpoint; status=17
Remove the clone as follows.
Note If the clone is not removed, you will not be able to use fsclone to back up any data in
the file system where the clone is mounted.
a. List the name of the clone by entering the following VxFS command:
/usr/lib/fs/vxfs/fsckptadm list /file_system
where file_system is the name of the file system where the clone is mounted.
Following is sample output. In this example, /vtrax_test is the file system and
fi_ckpt is the name of the clone.
/vtrax_test
fi_ckpt:
ctime
mtime
flags
= Mon Nov 12 10:08:13 2001
= Mon Nov 12 10:08:13 2001
= largefiles
b. Remove the clone by entering the following:
/usr/lib/fs/vxfs/fsckptadm remove name_of_clone /file_system
c. If the clone cannot be removed, unmount the clone and retry step b.
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
63
Status Codes
◆
If a frozen image backup failed using one of the Extended Frozen Image Services
methods (TimeFinder, ShadowImage, BusinessCopy), there may be a VxVM clone left
over from a previous backup. You may see messages similar to the following in the
/usr/openv/netbackup/logs/online_util log:
19:13:07.686 [14981] <2> onlfi_vfms_logf: INF - do_cmd: Command failed with status=20:
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bpdgclone -g wil_test -n vol01 -f /var/tmp/HDSTFCAAs7aOqD
</dev/null >/var/tmp/VfMSAAAq7aOqD 2>/var/tmp/VfMSBAAr7aOqD
19:13:07.687 [14981] <2> onlfi_vfms_logf: INF - --- Dumping file /var/tmp/VfMSAAAq7aOqD (stdout):
19:13:07.687 [14981] <2> onlfi_vfms_logf: INF - --- End of file /var/tmp/VfMSAAAq7aOqD
19:13:07.687 [14981] <2> onlfi_vfms_logf: INF - --- Dumping file /var/tmp/VfMSBAAr7aOqD (stderr):
19:13:07.687 [14981] <2> onlfi_vfms_logf: INF clone group and volume already exists
19:13:07.688 [14981] <2> onlfi_vfms_logf: INF - --- End of file /var/tmp/VfMSBAAr7aOqD
NetBackup automatically creates VxVM clones for Extended Frozen Image Services
backups of data configured over volumes. After the backup has completed,
NetBackup removes the VxVM clone. In this case, a system crash or reboot may have
prevented the removal. Remove the clone as follows.
a. When no backups are running, use the following VxVM command to list any
clones: vxdg list
The clone name will be of the form clone_disk_group_clone.
b. To remove the clone, enter the following:
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bpdgclone -g disk_group -n volume -c
For example:
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bpdgclone -g wil_test -n vol01 -c
where wil_test is the name of the disk group and volo1 is the name of the
VxVM volume.
For more information on removing a VxVM clone, refer to the NetBackup ServerFree
Agent System Administrator’s Guide. For vxdg, refer to the VERITAS Volume Manager
Administrator’s Guide.
c. Before running the backup again, resynchronize the primary disk with the
secondary disk. For assistance, refer to the “Extended Frozen Image Services”
chapter of the NetBackup ServerFree Agent System Administrator’s Guide.
3. For NetBackup for EMC Fastrax:
If a backup fails with a status code 11, and the NetBackup progress log has a message
stating SYMINIT failed (see example log below), a /usr/symcli symbolic link
must be created that points to the SYMAPI libraries installed on your system.
The following is an example progress log:
Backup started Thu 06 Dec 2001 03:53:52 PM CST
64
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
15:53:52 Initiating backup
15:54:01 ERR - SYMINIT failed status = -1
EXIT STATUS 11: system call failed
15:54:04 INF - Status = system call failed.
EMC releases several different versions of its SYMAPI library (libsymapi.so), to
support multi-threading, 32-bit and 64-bit machines, and so forth. The library name
and install location vary, depending on your configuration.
When the SYMAPI library is being installed, the EMC package creates a link to the
correct library file name, but in some cases this link may not point to the correct
directory (/usr/symcli). This may happen if your installation has multiple
packages, or if you install another version (such as multi-threaded, or 64-bit symcli).
Without the proper symbolic link, Fastrax backups will fail.
As a result, you may need to create a /usr/symcli symbolic link to the SYMAPI
shared libraries. For instance, NetBackup Fastrax must be able to find the following:
/usr/symcli/shlib/libsymapi.so
/usr/symcli/shlib/libsymlvm.so
The default symcli location is the following:
lrwxrwxrwx
1 root
/opt/emc/SYMCLI/V4.3.2
other
22 Dec
3 09:23 symcli ->
Note that this example is for version 4.3.2.
4. A frequent cause is that the server’s file system is full. For example, you may see a
message similar to the following in the Problems report or bpdbm debug log:
06/27/95 01:04:00 romb romb
06/27/95 01:04:01 romb romb
06/27/95 01:05:15 romb romb
(system call failed)
db_FLISTsend failed: system call failed (11)
media manager terminated by parent process
backup of client romb exited with status 11
On Windows systems, verify that there is enough room in the disk partition where
NetBackup is installed.
5. Verify that the system is not running out of virtual memory. If virtual memory is the
problem, shut down unused applications or increase the amount of virtual memory.
To increase virtual memory on Windows:
a. Display the Control Panel.
b. Double-click System.
c. On the Performance tab, set Virtual Memory to a higher value.
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
65
Status Codes
6. Examine other debug logs or the status on the client.
7. If a backup on a Windows NetBackup client fails with status code 11 and the client is
using Open Transaction Manager (OTM) for open file management, it is possible that
the error was caused by the OTM cache file being full. If this is the case and bpbkar
debug logs are turned on, a message similar to the following should appear at the end
of the backup:
04/28/99 11:27:56 AM: [216]: ERR - OTM Error:0xe0001005
04/28/99 11:27:59 AM: [216]: INF - OTM Terminate - disabled for all
processes
04/28/99 11:27:59 AM: [216]: FTL - Backup operation aborted!
If this error is encountered, try one of the following (the first is preferred):
◆
Set maximum OTM cache size to zero (0); at run time, OTM will determine how
much cache is needed and set it accordingly.
◆
Increase either the initial OTM cache size or the maximum OTM cache size on
your own, depending on the requirements of your installation and your usage of
OTM.
If resizing OTM cache does not fix the problem, you may not have enough free disk
space.
NetBackup Status Code: 12
Message: file open failed
Explanation: An open of a file failed.
Recommended Action:
◆
For NetBackup ServerFree Agent only:
Status code 12 may appear in the /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/bptm or bpdm
log, accompanied by the following:
tpc_read_config failed: cannot open file
/usr/openv/volmgr/database/3pc.conf
This may indicate that the policy is configured with either NetBackup Media Server
or Third-Party Copy Device as the offhost backup method, but that the 3pc.conf file
does not exist or is in the wrong location. (When upgrading from NetBackup 4.0V to
4.5, you must recreate the 3pc.conf file.) For instructions on creating the 3pc.conf
file, refer to the latest version of the NetBackup ServerFree Agent System Administrator’s Guide.
66
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
◆
Check the NetBackup Problems report. Try to determine the file and why the error
occurred. A possible cause is a permission problem with the file. For detailed
troubleshooting information, create a debug log directory for the process that
returned this status code. Then, retry the operation, and check the resulting debug
log.
NetBackup Status Code: 13
Message: file read failed
Explanation: A read of a file or socket failed. Possible causes include:
◆
I/O error reading from the file system.
◆
Read of an incomplete or corrupt file.
◆
Socket read failing. A socket read failure can be caused by a network problem or a
problem with the process that is writing to the socket.
◆
A problem specific to NetBackup ServerFree Agent (see recommended actions).
Recommended Action:
1. Check the NetBackup Problems report for clues on where and why the problem
occurred.
2. For detailed troubleshooting information, create a debug log directory for the process
that returned this status code, retry the operation, and check the resulting debug log.
3. For NetBackup ServerFree Agent only:
Status code 13 may appear in the /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/bpbkar log, and
can indicate the following:
◆
The files to back up reside on an IDE drive as opposed to SCSI, and the offhost
backup method was set to either NetBackup Media Server or Third-Party Copy
Device. If you are using offhost backup, the disk containing the client files must
be a SCSI or Fibre Channel device.
If the disk is an IDE drive, you may see the following in the /usr/openv/
netbackup/logs/online_util log:
get_disk_info: FTL - /var/tmp/caa026fEU disk_inquiry failed.
Errno = 25: Inappropriate ioctl for device
and the following may appear in the /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/bpbkar
log:
bpbkar: INF - Processing /var
bpbkar: ERR - get_disk_info() failed, status 13
bpbkar: ERR - tpc_get_disk_info() failed: err 13
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
67
Status Codes
bpbkar: ERR - bpbkar FATAL exit status = 13: file read
failed
bpbkar: INF - EXIT STATUS 13: file read failed
◆
The files to back up exist on a file system that is not mounted. The file system
specified as the frozen image source must be mounted. If the frozen image source is
not mounted but the mount point is present, NetBackup may try to take a frozen
image of the directory above the directory that was specified as the frozen image
source.
NetBackup Status Code: 14
Message: file write failed
Explanation: A write to a file or socket failed. Possible causes include:
◆
I/O error writing to the file system.
◆
Write to a socket failed. This can be caused by a network problem or a problem with
the process reading from the socket.
◆
Writing to a full disk partition.
Recommended Action:
◆
Check the NetBackup Problems report for clues on where and why the problem
occurred.
◆
For detailed troubleshooting information, create a debug log directory for the process
that returned this status code, retry the operation, and check the resulting debug log.
◆
Make sure that routers, bridges, and other network devices are all at “full” duplex.
◆
Use a “sniffer” program to determine the number of packets being rejected and/or
re-requested.
◆
On Windows systems, the client bpbkar log may contain a 10054 “Connection Reset
Error”error (usually indicates a hardware error). Somewhere between the NetBackup
client and server, the connection was reset. When NetBackup receives this error, it is
unable to continue the backup. This error has been attributed to the following:
◆
68
◆
A hiccup in the network.
◆
A bad network interface card on a NetBackup client.
◆
A bad network interface card on the NetBackup server.
◆
Faulty routers.
◆
Other applications interfering with NetBackup connections.
On Novell systems, status code 14 has also been attributed to network issues. Try a
“sniffer” program, as suggested above.
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
NetBackup Status Code: 15
Message: file close failed
Explanation: A close of a file or socket failed.
Recommended Action: Check the NetBackup Problems report for clues on where and
why the problem occurred. For detailed troubleshooting information, create a debug log
directory for the process that returned this status code, retry the operation, and check the
resulting debug log.
NetBackup Status Code: 16
Message: unimplemented feature
Explanation: The specified operation is unimplemented. This error should not occur
through normal use of NetBackup.
Recommended Action: Save all error information and call customer support.
NetBackup Status Code: 17
Message: pipe open failed
Explanation: Occurs in NetBackup client menu and vault areas.
Recommended Action: None
NetBackup Status Code: 18
Message: pipe close failed
Explanation: Close of a pipe failed, when one process tries to start a child process.
Recommended Action: Check the NetBackup Problems report for clues on why the
failure occurred. For detailed troubleshooting information, create a debug log directory
for the process that returned this status code, retry the operation, and check the resulting
debug log.
NetBackup Status Code: 19
Message: getservbyname failed
Explanation: A call to getservbyname() failed. The getservbyname()function uses
the name of the service to find a service entry in the services file .
Recommended Action:
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
69
Status Codes
1. Check the NetBackup Problems report for clues on why the failure occurred.
2. On a Windows system, verify that the
%SystemRoot%\system32\drivers\etc\services file shows the correct
entries for the NetBackup internet processes: bpcd, bpdbm, and bprd.
Ensure that the NetBackup Client Service Port number and NetBackup Request
Service Port number on the Network tab in the NetBackup Client Properties dialog
match the settings in the services file. To display this dialog, start the Backup,
Archive, and Restore interface and click NetBackup Client Properties on the File
menu. The values on the Network tab are written to the services file when the
NetBackup Client service starts.
Also, see “Verifying Host Names and Services Entries” on page 25.
3. Check the level of network activity. An overloaded network can cause this error.
4. If the above actions do not reveal the problem, create a debug log directory for the
process that returned this status code, retry the operation, and check the resulting
debug log.
NetBackup Status Code: 20
Message: invalid command parameter
Explanation: One or more command parameters were not valid. This error can occur
when a master and its media servers or a master server and a client have different levels
of NetBackup installed. For example, if a NetBackup master server has NetBackup 4.5 and
the media server has NetBackup 3.4.
This error can also occur if the wrong parameters are used when executing a command
line.
Recommended Action:
1. Check the NetBackup Problems report for clues.
2. If the error occurs when executing a command on the command line, verify that the
parameters are valid.
3. For NetBackup ServerFree Agent:
◆
If the following appears in the /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/bptm log,
bptm: cannot perform Third-Party-Copy for multiplexed backups
send_brm_msg: ERROR 20
bptm: EXITING with status 20
70
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
multiplexing was enabled on a third-party copy backup. The Third-Party Copy
Device offhost backup method is incompatible with multiplexing (the writing of
two or more concurrent backup jobs to the same storage device). You must
disable multiplexing for any third-party copy backups. If multiplexing is enabled,
the backup will fail.
◆
The media server may not have the correct 3pc.conf file entry for the client disk
needed for the backup. The following appears in the /usr/openv/netbackup
/logs/bpbkar log:
14:45:00.983 [15773] <4> bpmap_mm_get_devid: GET_DEVICE_INDEX 1
EMC:SYMMETRIX:601092014000
14:45:00.986 [15773] <4> bpbkar child_send_keepalives: keepalive
child started, pid = 15822
14:47:02.029 [15773] <4> bpmap_mm_get_devid: keepalive child:
15822 killed
14:47:02.030 [15773] <4> bpmap_mm_get_devid: DEVICE_INDEX -1
14:47:02.031 [15773] <16> bpmap_send_extend: ERR - can’t obtain
device id string EMC:SYMMETRIX:601092014000
14:47:33.167 [15773] <16> bpbkar Exit: ERR - bpbkar FATAL exit
status = 227: no entity was found
14:47:33.167 [15773] <4> bpbkar Exit: INF - EXIT STATUS 227: no
entity was found
14:47:33.168 [15773] <2> bpbkar Exit: INF - Close of stdout
complete
This shows that a particular device cannot be found in the 3pc.conf file on the
media server (14:47:02.031 [15773] <16> bpmap_send_extend: ERR
- can’t obtain device id string EMC:SYMMETRIX:601092014000).
The problem is one of the following:
◆
The 3pc.conf file on the media server is outdated. Recreate the 3pc.conf
file.
◆
The media server is not on the same fibre channel network as the third-party
copy device and client disk. As a result, the 3pc.conf file does not have a
correct entry for the client disk. Run the bptpcinfo command with the
-x client_name option; this adds the client disk to the 3pc.conf file. For
each disk added to the file by means of bptpcinfo -x client_name, you
must add the device’s world-wide name (wwn=), as explained in the
NetBackup ServerFree Agent System Administrator’s Guide.
4. Compare the NetBackup version level on the server to that on the clients:
◆
On Windows NetBackup servers, check the
install_path\netbackup\version.txt file or the About NetBackup item on the
Help menu.
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
71
Status Codes
◆
On Microsoft Windows clients, check the About NetBackup item on the Help
menu.
◆
On NetWare target clients, check the Version entry in the bp.ini file.
If the client software is earlier than 3.0, verify that the client is in a Standard type
policy.
◆
On Macintosh clients, check the version file in the bin folder in the NetBackup
folder in the Preferences folder.
◆
If the error is being displayed from a Java interface, tell them how to enable the
debug print manager in the Java startup file. Retry and compare the parameters
logged in the Java log with the parameters listed in the commands usage
statement.
5. If the above actions do not reveal the problem, create a debug log directory for the
process that returned this status code, retry the operation, and check the resulting
debug log.
NetBackup Status Code: 21
Message: socket open failed
Explanation: A socket could not be opened.
Recommended Action:
1. Check the NetBackup Problems report for clues on where and why the failure
occurred. If you cannot determine the cause from the Problems report, create debug
log directories for the processes that returned this status code. Then, retry the
operation and check the resulting debug logs.
2. On Windows, verify that the recommended service packs are installed.
NetBackup Status Code: 22
Message: socket close failed
Explanation: A socket could not be closed.
Recommended Action:
1. Check the NetBackup Problems report for clues on where and why the failure
occurred. If you cannot determine the cause from the Problems report, create debug
log directories for the processes that could have returned this status code. Then, retry
the operation and check the resulting debug logs.
2. On Windows, verify that the recommended service packs are installed.
72
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
NetBackup Status Code: 23
Message: socket read failed
Explanation: A read operation from a socket failed.
Recommended Action:
1. Check the NetBackup Problems report for clues on where and why the failure
occurred. If you cannot determine the cause from the Problems report, create debug
log directories for the processes that could have returned this status code. Then, retry
the operation and check the resulting debug logs.
2. Corrupt binaries are one possible cause for this error. For example, in one instance,
the following was seen in the bpsched debug log.
get_num_avail_drives: readline failed: socket read failed (23)
get_stunits: get_num_avail_drives failed with stat 23
Loading a fresh bptm from the install media resolved the problem.
3. On Windows, verify that the recommended service packs are installed.
4. This error may occur during a restore to a Novell client. Note the following possible
actions:
◆
By default, the value for Novell “Maximum Concurrent Disk Cache Writes” may
be too low (for example, 50); Novell recommends setting it to 100. A value of 100
increases the speed and efficiency of disk cache writes by increasing the number
of write requests that can be executed at one time.
◆
Change to or add the following settings in the Novell
sys:system\autoexec.ncf file:
SET
SET
SET
SET
SET
◆
Maximum
Maximum
Maximum
Maximum
Maximum
Packet Receive Buffers = 4000
Directory Cache Buffers = 4000
Concurrent Disk Cache Writes = 2000
Concurrent Directory Cache Writes = 2000
Physical Receive Packet Size = 1514
On NT/2000 master servers, check the LIST_FILES_TIMEOUT value and ensure
that this value is at least 1800.
5. For NetBackup for EMC Fastrax: Increase the CLIENT_READ_TIMEOUT and
CLIENT_CONNECT_TIMEOUT values in the server’s
/usr/openv/netbackup/bp.conf file and retry the operation. Although the
optimal time-out values for your system may be different, the following values may
suffice:
CLIENT_READ_TIMEOUT = 3000
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
73
Status Codes
CLIENT_CONNECT_TIMEOUT = 3000
NetBackup Status Code: 24
Message: socket write failed
Explanation: A write operation to a socket failed.
Recommended Action:
1. Check the NetBackup Problems report for clues on where and why the failure
occurred. If you cannot determine the cause from the Problems report, create debug
log directories for the processes that could have returned this status code. Then retry
the operation and check the resulting debug logs.
2. A possible cause could be a high network load. For example, this has been seen in
conjunction with Cannot write to STDOUT when a Windows system that is
monitoring network load has detected a high load and sent an ICMP packet to other
systems that says the route being used by those systems was disconnected. The log
messages were similar to the following:
01/31/96 14:05:23 ruble crabtree.null.com from client
crabtree.null.com: ERR - Cannot write to STDOUT. Err no= 242: No route
to host
01/31/96 14:05:48 ruble crabtree.null.com successfully wrote backup
id crabtree.null.com_0823125016, copy 1, fragment 1, 440864 Kbytes at
628.538 Kbytes/sec
01/31/96 14:05:51 netbackup crabtree.null.com CLIENT
crabtree.null.com POLICY Remote3SysFullW SCHED Sirius EXIT STATUS 24
(socket write failed)
3. On Windows, verify that the recommended service packs are installed.
4. This error may occur during a restore to a Novell client. Note the following possible
actions:
◆
By default, the value for Novell “Maximum Packet Receive Buffers” may be too
low (such as 100). The restore performance may be improved by changing this
value to 2000. To change it, issue “SET Maximum Packet Receive
Buffers=<value>” at the console, or enter the value in either of the following
Novell files: sys:system\startup.ncf or sys:system\autoexec.ncf.
◆
Change to or add the following settings in the Novell
sys:system\autoexec.ncf file:
SET Maximum Packet Receive Buffers = 4000
SET Maximum Directory Cache Buffers = 4000
SET Maximum Concurrent Disk Cache Writes = 2000
74
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
SET Maximum Concurrent Directory Cache Writes = 2000
SET Maximum Physical Receive Packet Size = 1514
NetBackup Status Code: 25
Message: cannot connect on socket
Explanation: A process timed out while connecting to another process for a particular
operation. This problem can occur when a process tries to connect to the NetBackup
Request Manager service or the NetBackup Database Manager service and the service is
not running. It can also occur if the network or server is heavily loaded and has slow
response time, or if an evaluation license key for NetBackup BusinesServer or DataCenter
has expired.
Recommended Action:
1. On the Windows master server, verify that the NetBackup Request Manager and
NetBackup Database Manager services are running. If these services are not running,
start them.
If the above services are running, examine the All Log Entries report for the time of
the failure to determine where the failure occurred.
◆
If you cannot view the report, or you get a “cannot connect on socket”
error when trying to view it, verify again that the NetBackup Database Manager
service is running. Then, create a debug log directory for bpdbm, retry the
operation, and check the resulting debug log.
◆
If you can view the report and have not found an entry related to this problem,
create debug log directories for the related processes that were running when the
error first appeared (this process will frequently be bpbrm). Then, retry the
operation and check the resulting debug logs.
2. Verify that the server list specifies the correct master server.
◆
On Windows systems, the master server is designated as CURRENT on the
Servers tab in the Specify NetBackup Machines dialog. To display this dialog box,
start the Backup, Archive, and Restore interface and click Specify NetBackup
Machines on the Actions menu.
◆
On Macintosh systems, the master server is the first SERVER entry in the
bp.conf file.
◆
On NetWare target and OS/2 clients, the master server name is the first SERVER
entry in the bp.ini file.
If you change the server list on a master server, stop and restart the NetBackup
Database Manager and NetBackup Request Manager services.
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
75
Status Codes
◆
Make sure all recommended NetBackup patches have been installed. Check the
VERITAS support web site for current patch information. (Go to
www.support.veritas.com, then select “NetBackup” followed by “files and
updates”.)
◆
If failure occurs when executing a user-directed backup from a client, make sure a
user-directed backup schedule exists at the master server.
◆
When working with NetBackup database extensions, make sure that the
applicable database product has the correct permissions allowing NetBackup to
write to the progress log on the client.
3. Check the services file.
On Windows, verify that the
%SystemRoot%\system32\drivers\etc\services file has the correct entries
for bpcd, bpdbm, and bprd.
Also, verify that the NetBackup Client Service Port number and NetBackup Request
Service Port number on the Network tab in the NetBackup Client Properties dialog
match the settings in the services file. To display this dialog, start the Backup,
Archive, and Restore interface and click NetBackup Client Properties on the File
menu. The values on the Network tab are written to the services file when the
NetBackup Client service starts.
Also, see “Verifying Host Names and Services Entries” on page 25.
4. On Windows, verify that the recommended service packs are installed.
5. When the base NetBackup BusinesServer or DataCenter license key expires, daemons
(such as bprd and bpdbm) will terminate on the NetBackup server. If these daemons
are not running, you are likely to encounter status code 25 errors in the
Administration GUIs. Install a valid base NetBackup license key, restart the daemons,
and restart the GUI.
NetBackup Status Code: 26
Message: client/server handshaking failed
Explanation: A process on the server encountered an error when communicating with the
client. This error indicates that the client and server were able to initiate communications,
but encountered difficulties in completing them. This problem can occur during a backup
or a restore.
Recommended Action: Determine which activity encountered the handshake failure by
examining the All Log Entries report for the appropriate time period. Determine the client
and server that had the handshake failure.
76
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
For detailed troubleshooting information, create a debug log directory for the process that
returned this status code, retry the operation, and check the resulting debug log.
NetBackup Status Code: 27
Message: child process killed by signal
Explanation: A child of the process reporting this error was killed. This can occur because
the backup job was terminated or the child process was terminated by another error. This
problem can also occur if a NetBackup process was terminated through Task Manager or
another utility.
Recommended Action: Check the NetBackup All Log Entries report for clues on where
and why the failure occurred. For detailed troubleshooting information, create a debug
log directory for the process that you suspect of returning this status code. Then, retry the
operation and check the resulting debug log.
NetBackup Status Code: 28
Message: failed trying to fork a process
Explanation: A CreateProcess failed. This may be due to:
◆
An overloaded system
◆
Insufficient swap space or physical memory
◆
Too many processes running on the system
Recommended Action: Check the NetBackup All Log Entries report for clues on where
and why the failure occurred. For detailed troubleshooting information, create debug log
directories for the processes that you suspect of returning this status code. Then, retry the
operation and check the resulting debug logs.
NetBackup Status Code: 29
Message: failed trying to exec a command
Explanation: A command could not be executed. This can occur because the permissions
of the command do not allow it to be executed, or there is lack of system resources such as
memory and swap space.
Recommended Action:
1. Check the NetBackup All Log Entries report for clues on where and why the failure
occurred.
2. Check the permissions on the command to be executed.
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
77
Status Codes
3. For detailed troubleshooting information, create a debug log directory for the process
that returned this status code, retry the operation, and check the resulting debug log.
NetBackup Status Code:NetBackup Status Code: 31
Message: could not set user id for process
Explanation: Could not set the user ID of a process to that of the requesting user.
NetBackup executes client processes as the requesting user.
Recommended Action: Check the NetBackup All Log Entries report for clues on where
and why the failure occurred. For detailed troubleshooting information, create a debug
log directory for the process that you suspect of returning this status code. Then, retry the
operation and check the resulting debug log.
NetBackup Status Code: 32
Message: could not set group id for process
Explanation: Could not set the group ID of a process to the requesting user group.
NetBackup executes client processes with the group ID of the requesting user.
Recommended Action: Check the NetBackup All Log Entries report for clues on where
and why the failure occurred. For detailed troubleshooting information, create a debug
log directory for the process that you suspect of returning this status code. Then, retry the
operation and check the resulting debug log.
NetBackup Status Code: 33
Message: failed while trying to send mail
Explanation: An E-mail notification of backup, archive, or restore results has failed. The
E-mail could not be sent to the administrator’s address as specified by the E-mail global
attribute.
Recommended Action: Check the NetBackup All Log Entries report for clues on where
and why the failure occurred. For detailed troubleshooting information, create a debug
log directory for the process that you suspect of returning this status code. Then, retry the
operation and check the resulting debug log.
NetBackup Status Code: 34
Message: failed waiting for child process
Explanation: The bpsched process encountered a failure while waiting for a child
process to complete.
78
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Recommended Action: Check the NetBackup All Log Entries report for clues on where
and why the failure occurred. For detailed troubleshooting information, create a debug
log for the process that you suspect of returning this status code. Then, retry the operation
and check the resulting debug log.
NetBackup Status Code: 35
Message: cannot make required directory
Explanation: Could not create a required directory. Possible causes are:
◆
A process does not have permission to create the directory
◆
The path to the directory is not valid
◆
An IO error occurs
◆
There was no space available on the device containing the directory
Recommended Action:
1. Check the NetBackup All Log Entries report to determine which directory could not
be created and why it could not be created. In particular, check for a full disk
partition.
2. Check the permissions on the parent directory and verify that NetBackup services are
started with a “Logon as” account that has permission to create the directory.
3. For detailed troubleshooting information, create a debug log directory for the process
that returned this status code, retry the operation, and check the resulting debug log.
NetBackup Status Code: 36
Message: failed trying to allocate memory
Explanation: Allocation of system memory failed. This error occurs when there is
insufficient system memory available. This could be caused by the system being
overloaded with too many processes and there is not enough physical and virtual
memory.
Recommended Action: Free up memory by terminating unneeded processes that
consume a lot of memory. Add more swap space or physical memory.
NetBackup Status Code: 37
Message: operation requested by an invalid server
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
79
Status Codes
Explanation: A request was made to the NetBackup Request Manager service or
NetBackup Database Manager service by an invalid media server or Windows NetBackup
Remote Administration Console.
Recommended Action: Examine the NetBackup All Log Entries report for the time of this
error to determine which system was trying to connect to the master server.
If the server is a valid media server, verify that the storage unit for the media server is
defined. Also, verify that the server or Windows NetBackup Remote Administration
Console has a server list entry on the master server.
Add the media server to the list on the Servers tab in the Master Server Properties dialog
(see “Using the Host Properties Window” on page 40).
If a server or Windows NetBackup Remote Administration Console has more than one
host name (for example, if it has multiple network interfaces), verify that the master
server has a server list entry for each of them.
If you change the server list on a Windows master server, stop and then restart the
NetBackup Request Manager and NetBackup Database Manager services.
NetBackup Status Code:NetBackup Status Code: 39
Message: client name mismatch
Explanation: The name that the client used in a request to the NetBackup server did not
match the client name configured in the policy on the server.
Recommended Action: Change either the NetBackup client name setting on the client (see
the applicable NetBackup users guide) or the one in the policy configuration on the server
so the two match.
NetBackup Status Code: 40
Message: network connection broken
Explanation: The connection between the client and the server was broken. This status
code can also appear if the connection is broken between the master and media server
during a backup.
Recommended Action:
1. Try pinging the client from the server. If this is not possible, check for loose
connections or other network problems.
2. Verify that the server list settings are correct on both the client and the server. If the
backup involves a media server, verify that these entries are correct on both the
master and media server. For example, if a media server does not have a server list
entry for the master, it does not accept connections from the master.
80
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
◆
On Windows, the master server is designated on the Servers tab in the Master
Server Properties dialog. To display this dialog, see “Using the Host Properties
Window” on page 40.
◆
On Macintosh systems, the master server is the first SERVER entry in the
bp.conf file.
◆
On NetWare target and OS/2 clients the master server name is the first SERVER
entry in the bp.ini file.
If you change the server list on a master server, stop and restart the NetBackup
Database Manager and NetBackup Request Manager services.
3.
Status code 40 can also be due to the operator denying a mount request.
NetBackup Status Code: 41
Message: network connection timed out
Explanation: The server did not receive any information from the client for too long a
period of time.
Recommended Action:
1. OnWindows clients, check for the following problems with the bpbkar client
process.
The bpbkar client process is not hung, but due to the files and directories it is
scanning, it has not replied to the server within the Client read timeout or Client
connect timeout period. This has been seen to occur during incremental backups
when directories have thousands of unmodified files.
For this case, use Host Properties on the NetBackup server to change Client connect
timeout or Client read timeout. These settings are on the Timeouts and Universal
Settings tabs, respectively, in the Master Server Properties dialog (see “Using the Host
Properties Window” on page 40). The default for these timeouts is 300 seconds.
You can also monitor CPU utilization to determine if this condition exists.
2. On Windows systems, try the following:
◆
Disable the following file:
install_path\Veritas\NetBackup\bin\admincmd\tracker.exe
◆
Repair hard drive fragmentation. You could try an application called Diskeeper
Lite, which is part of the Windows NT Resource Kit.
◆
Make sure there is enough space available in \temp.
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
81
Status Codes
3. If the server cannot connect to the client, create bpcd or bpbkar (Windows only)
debug log directories on the client, retry the operation, and check the resulting logs. If
these logs do not provide a clue, create a bpbrm debug log on the server, retry the
operation again, and check the resulting debug log.
If the bpbrm log has entries similar to the following:
bpbrm hookup_timeout: timed out waiting during the client hookup
bpbrm Exit: client backup EXIT STATUS 41: network connection timed out
then the problem is in the routing configuration on the server.
Verify that the client IP address is correct in the name service that is being used.
Also, see “Resolving Network Communication Problems” on page 21.
4. Make sure all recommended NetBackup patches have been installed. Check the
VERITAS support web site for current patch information. (Go to
www.support.veritas.com, then select “NetBackup” followed by “files and updates”.)
5. Add the CLIENT_READ_TIMEOUT values to the master server, media server and
client when a NetBackup database extension product is installed. The values should
all be the same for each server. The value set is dependent on the size of the database
being backed up. See the NetBackup System Administrator’s Guide for more information on
CLIENT_READ_TIMEOUT.
6. Make sure enhanced authentication is configured correctly. See the chapter on
enhanced authentication in the NetBackup System Administrator's Guide.
For example, the following could result in status code 41: host A is configured to use
enhanced authentication with host B, but host B is not configured to use enhanced
authentication with host A. In this case, connections from host B to host A are likely to
fail with status code 41. Connections from host A to B are likely to fail with
authentication errors (status code 160).
NetBackup Status Code: 42
Message: network read failed
Explanation: An attempt to read data from a socket failed.
Recommended Action:
1. Verify that both the client and the server are operational.
2. Perform “Resolving Network Communication Problems” on page 21.
3. Check the Problems report for clues.
82
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
NetBackup Status Code: 43
Message: unexpected message received
Explanation: The client and server handshaking was not correct.
Recommended Action:
1. Verify that the correct version of software is running on the client and the server.
2. Enable detailed debug logging:
◆
On the server, create a bpbrm debug log directory.
◆
On clients, create a bpcd debug log directory (created automatically on
Macintosh clients).
◆
Increase the amount of debug information included in the logs as explained in the
debug log topics in Chapter 3.
3. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
Note If you are using bpstart_notify scripts on Windows clients, verify that
messages are not being written to stdout or stderr.
NetBackup Status Code: 44
Message: network write failed
Explanation: An attempt to write data to a socket failed.
Recommended Action:
1. Check the Problems report for information about the error.
2. Verify that the client and servers are operational and connected to the network.
3. Create a debug log directory for the process that reported the problem and the
operation. Examine the resulting debug log file for detailed troubleshooting
information.
4. Perform “Resolving Network Communication Problems” on page 21.
NetBackup Status Code: 45
Message: request attempted on a non reserved port
Explanation: An attempt was made to access a client from a nonreserved port.
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
83
Status Codes
Recommended Action: Verify that the latest software is installed on the client and server.
◆
On Windows NetBackup servers, check the install_path\netbackup\version.txt
file or the About NetBackup item on the Help menu.
◆
On Microsoft Windows clients, check the About NetBackup item on the Help menu.
◆
On NetWare target clients, check the Version entry in the bp.ini file.
◆
If this is a NetBackup for NetWare client and has a version of NetBackup earlier than
3.0, verify that the client is in a Standard type policy.
◆
On Macintosh clients, check the version file in the bin folder in the NetBackup folder
in the Preferences folder.
NetBackup Status Code: 46
Message: server not allowed access
Explanation: The server is trying to access a client but access is blocked. Possible causes
are:
◆
The server is not listed on the client as a valid server.
◆
The client has been configured to require encrypted backups, but the encryption
attribute for the backup policy on the server has not been selected.
◆
The evaluation license for the NetBackup Encryption product has expired on the
server, but the NetBackup client has been configured to require encrypted backups.
As a result, the server attempted to make a non-encrypted backup of the client; since
the client is configured to require encryption, the backup failed.
Recommended Action:
◆
If the server is a valid server but is not listed on the client, add its name to the client’s
server list:
◆
On Windows clients, add the server on the Servers tab in the Specify NetBackup
Machines dialog box. To display this dialog box, start the Backup, Archive, and
Restore interface on the client and click Specify NetBackup Machines on the
Actions menu.
◆
On Macintosh clients, add a SERVER entry in the bp.conf file.
◆
On NetWare target and OS/2 clients, add a SERVER entry in the bp.ini file.
If you continue to have problems, review “Resolving Network Communication
Problems” on page 21 and “Verifying Host Names and Services Entries” on
page 25.
◆
84
To make non-encrypted backups of the client, set CRYPT_OPTION on the client to
allowed or denied. For more information, refer to the NetBackup Encryption System
Administrator’s Guide.
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
◆
If the NetBackup encryption evaluation license has expired on the server and you
want to continue encrypting backups of the client, you must purchase a permanent
encryption license key and add it to the server. After you add the permanent
encryption license key, check the attributes of the backup policy to make sure that
encryption is selected.
To check the validity of an evaluation license key, do the following:
On Windows: go to the Help menu on the NetBackup Administration window on the
NetBackup server and select License Keys. If the evaluation key is not listed in the
NetBackup License Keys window, the key has expired. Use this window to add the
new permanent encryption key.
NetBackup Status Code: 47
Message: host is unreachable
Explanation: An attempt to connect to another machine failed.
Recommended Action:
1. Verify that the name service (or services) being used by the client is configured to
correctly resolve the host names of the NetBackup server.
2. Verify that the name service (or services) being used by the server is configured to
correctly resolve the host name of the NetBackup client.
3. Try to ping the client from the server and the server from the client.
4. If you continue to have problems, perform “Resolving Network Communication
Problems” on page 21.
NetBackup Status Code: 48
Message: client hostname could not be found
Explanation: The system function gethostbyname() failed to find the client’s host
name.
Recommended Action:
1. Verify that the client name is correct in:
◆
The NetBackup policy configuration on the master server.
◆
The General tab in the NetBackup Client Properties dialog box and the Clients tab
in the Specify NetBackup Machines dialog box (on Microsoft Windows and
NetWare nontarget clients). To display these dialog boxes, start the Backup,
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
85
Status Codes
Archive, and Restore interface on the client. For the General tab, click NetBackup
Client Properties on the File menu; for Clients tab, click Specify NetBackup
Machines on the File menu.
◆
The bp.conf file on Macintosh clients.
◆
The bp.ini file on OS/2 and NetWare target clients.
2. On clients and servers, verify that the name service is set up to correctly resolve the
NetBackup client names.
NetBackup Status Code: 49
Message: client did not start
Explanation: The client failed to start up correctly.
Recommended Action:
1. Verify that software is installed on the client and it is the correct version. If necessary,
reinstall the client software.
2. Check for full file systems on the client.
3. Enable detailed debug logging on the client:
◆
Create bpcd and bpbkar (Windows only) debug log directories.
◆
Increase the debug or log level as explained in the debug log topics in Chapter 3.
4. Retry the operation and examine the resulting logs.
5. On SGI IRIX 6.2/6.4 systems, clients may be missing the libdbm.so shared library.
Refer to the SGI/IRIX install CD-ROM for the eoe.sw.dmi package.
NetBackup Status Code: 50
Message: client process aborted
Explanation: The client backup aborted. One instance when this code appears is if a
NetBackup master or media server is shut down or rebooted when a backup or restore is
in process.
Recommended Action:
1. Enable detailed debug logging:
◆
86
Create a bpbkar debug log directory (Windows only).
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
◆
Create a bpcd debug log directory (this log is created automatically on Macintosh
clients.)
◆
Increase the debug or log level as explained in the debug log topics in Chapter 3.
2. Retry the operation and examine the resulting logs.
3. This problem can sometimes be due to a corrupt binary.
On a Windows client, check the bpinetd.exe, bpcd.exe, bpbkar32.exe, and
tar32.exe executables located in the install_path\NetBackup\bin folder on the
client. Reinstall the client if these executables are not the same size as on other
Windows clients or are not at the same release level or do not have the same
NetBackup patches applied as other Windows clients.
NetBackup Status Code: 51
Message: timed out waiting for database information
Explanation: The catalog process did not respond within five minutes.
Recommended Action:
1. Verify that the NetBackup Database Manager service is running.
2. Verify that there is space in the file system that contains the NetBackup catalogs.
3. Create bpbrm and bpdbm debug log directories on the server and retry the operation.
4. Look in the debug log files to find more information on the problem.
NetBackup Status Code: 52
Message: timed out waiting for media manager to mount volume
Explanation: The requested volume was not mounted before the timeout expired. This
error can also occur if the volume happens to be a cleaning tape but was not specified as a
cleaning tape.
Another possible cause: if the last available drive has a mount request for a non-backup
(such as a restore), then a backup requiring the same drive is initiated before the mount
completes. This is due to the drive not being reported as busy until the mount completes.
Recommended Action:
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
87
Status Codes
1. Verify that the requested volume is available and an appropriate drive is ready and in
the UP state.
2. If this occurs during a read operation (restore, duplicate, verify), the drives could be
busy. Try increasing the media mount timeout specified by the NetBackup global
attribute in order to allow more time for mounting and positioning the media.
3. Verify that the tape is not a cleaning tape that is configured as a regular volume.
4. When the robot is controlled by an Automated Cartridge System, verify that the
ACSLS system is up.
5. If this is an initial installation, refer to “To Resolve Common Configuration Problems”
on page 11.
6. On Windows, check the Event Viewer Application log for error messages that indicate
why the tape mount did not complete.
NetBackup Status Code: 53
Message: backup restore manager failed to read the file list
Explanation: The backup and restore manager (bpbrm) could not read the list of files to
back up or restore.
Recommended Action: Verify that the server software has been installed correctly on all
NetBackup servers. If that is not the problem:
1. Create bpbrm and bpsched debug log directories on the server.
2. On a Windows NetBackup server, set the Verbose logging level option on the
Universal Settings tab in the Master Server Properties dialog. To display this dialog,
see “Using the Host Properties Window” on page 40.
3. Retry the operation and check the resulting debug logs for detailed troubleshooting
information.
NetBackup Status Code: 54
Message: timed out connecting to client
Explanation: The server could not complete the connection to the client. The accept
winsock call timed out after 60 seconds.
Recommended Action:
88
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
1. For a Macintosh or NetWare target client, verify that the server is not trying to
connect when a backup or restore is already in progress on the client. These clients
can handle only one NetBackup job at a time.
On a Macintosh, you can check for activity by examining the NetBackupListen file
in the following folder on the startup disk of the Macintosh client:
:System Folder:Preferences:NetBackup:logs:inetd:log.mmddyy
2. Perform “Resolving Network Communication Problems” on page 21.
NetBackup Status Code: 56
Message: client’s network is unreachable
Explanation: An error was returned that the host was unreachable by the client
(WSAENETUNREACH) when performing a system call.
Recommended Action: Try to ping the client from the server. Check the IP address for the
client. If you still have problems, talk to your network administrator.
NetBackup Status Code: 57
Message: client connection refused
Explanation: The client refused a connection on the port number for bpcd. This can occur
because there is no process listening on the bpcd port or there are more connections to the
bpcd port than the network subsystem can handle with the listen() call.
Recommended Action:
1. For Windows NetBackup servers:
a. Make sure the NetBackup client software is installed.
b. Verify that the bpcd and bprd port numbers in the
%SystemRoot%\system32\drivers\etc\services file on the server
matches the setting on the client.
c. Verify that the NetBackup Client Service Port number and NetBackup Request
Service Port number on the Network tab in the NetBackup Client Properties
dialog match the bpcd and bprd settings in the services file. To display this
dialog, start the Backup, Archive, and Restore interface on the server and click
NetBackup Client Properties on the File menu.
The values on the Network tab are written to the services file when the
NetBackup Client service starts.
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
89
Status Codes
d. Verify that the NetBackup client service is running.
e. On Windows systems, for NetBackup 3.0 to NB3.1.1, the
install_path\winnt\system32\drivers\etc\services file may not have
correct information. The following entries are correct:
bpcd
bprd
f.
13782/tcp
13720/tcp
Use the following command to see if the master server returns correct information
for the client:
install_path\Veritas\NetBackup\bin\admincmd\bpclntcmd -pn
2. For a Macintosh or NetWare target client, verify that the server is not trying to
connect when a backup or restore is already in progress on the client. These clients
can handle only one NetBackup job at a time.
3. Perform “Resolving Network Communication Problems” on page 21.
NetBackup Status Code: 58
Message: can’t connect to client
Explanation: The server was unable to connect to the client.
Recommended Action: Perform “Resolving Network Communication Problems” on
page 21.
NetBackup Status Code: 59
Message: access to the client was not allowed
Explanation: The master or media server is trying to access the client, but the server is not
recognized by the client as a valid server.
Recommended Action:
1. If the server is a valid server, verify that it is in the server list on the client. If necessary
add it as follows:
90
◆
On Windows clients, add the server on the Servers tab in the Specify NetBackup
Machines dialog box. To display this dialog, start the Backup, Archive, and
Restore interface on the client and click Specify NetBackup Machines on the
Actions menu.
◆
On Macintosh clients, add a SERVER entry in the bp.conf file.
◆
On NetWare target and OS/2 clients add a SERVER entry in the bp.ini file.
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
If you add or modify server entries on the master server, you must stop and then
restart the NetBackup Request Manager and NetBackup Database Manager services.
2.
On Windows clients, enable bpinetd debug logging as follows:
a. Create a bpinetd debug log directory on the client.
b. Increase the debug or log level as explained in the debug log topics in Chapter 3.
c. Retry the backup and examine the resulting logs to determine the cause of the
failure.
3. On all but Macintosh clients, enable bpcd debug logging as follows:
a. Create a bpcd debug log directory on the client.
b. Increase the debug or log level as explained in the debug log topics in Chapter 3.
c. Retry the backup and examine the resulting logs to determine the cause of the
failure.
4. On Macintosh clients, check the inetd and bpcd debug logs. Both logs are created
automatically.
◆
Check the inetd log to see if NetBackupListen is running.
◆
Check the bpbkar and tar messages in the bpcd log file.
To increase the amount of information included in the logs, set the loglevel
parameter in the mac.conf file to a higher value.
5. Check the bpcd debug log to determine the server’s peername and what comparisons
are being made.
The bpcd process compares NetBackup server list entries to the peername of the
server attempting the connection and rejects the connection if the names are different.
If necessary, change the server list entry on the client to match the peername.
6. On Windows clients, check the following:
◆
Verify that NetBackup for Windows software was installed under a Windows
administrator account.
If NetBackup is under another type of account, reinstall it under an administrator
account. The installation will complete successfully under a non-administrator
account but the NetBackup Client service is not added to Windows and the
NetBackup server cannot access the client.
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
91
Status Codes
◆
Verify that the Windows TCP/IP service specifies the domain server that resolves
names for the subnet that contains the NetBackup servers.
7. If the preceding steps do not resolve this problem, see “Resolving Network
Communication Problems” on page 21.
8. If NetBackup is using multiple network interfaces with slave servers, make sure the
interface names appear in the client’s /usr/openv/netbackup/bp.conf file.
NetBackup Status Code: 63
Message: process was killed by a signal
Explanation: A kill signal was sent to the client process.
Recommended Action: This is usually caused by someone intentionally terminating a
backup.
NetBackup Status Code: 64
Message: timed out waiting for the client backup to start
Explanation: The client did not send a ready message to the server within the allotted
time.
Recommended Action:
1. On all but Macintosh clients, enable bpcd debug logging as follows:
a. Create a bpcd debug log directory on the client.
b. Increase the debug or log level as explained in the debug log topics in Chapter 3.
2. On Macintosh clients, check the inetd and bpcd debug logs. Both logs are created
automatically.
◆
Check the inetd log to see if NetBackupListen is running.
◆
Check the bpbkar and tar messages in the bpcd log file.
To increase the logging level, set the loglevel parameter in the mac.conf file
to a higher value.
3. On a Windows client, create the bpbkar debug log directory on the client.
4. On Windows clients, verify that the NetBackup Client service is running.
5. Retry the backup and examine the debug logs for clues on the cause of the failure.
92
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
NetBackup Status Code: 65
Message: client timed out waiting for the continue message from the media manager.
Explanation: The tape manager, bptm reported that the media did not load and position
within the allotted time.
Recommended Action: Verify that the requested volume is available and the required
device is in an UP state.
For detailed debug information:
1. Create a bptm debug log directory on the server.
2. On a Windows NetBackup server, set the Verbose logging level option on the
Universal Settings tab in the Master Server Properties dialog (see “Using the Host
Properties Window” on page 40).
3. Retry the operation and check the bptm debug log file for information on the drive,
robot, and tape that is causing the timeout.
4. On a Windows NetBackup server (master or media), check the Event Viewer
Application log for error messages that indicate why the tape mount did not
complete.
NetBackup Status Code: 66
Message: client backup failed to receive the CONTINUE BACKUP message
Explanation: The client bpbkar process did not receive the message from the server that
indicates that the server is ready to continue.
Recommended Action: Verify that the server did not crash. If that is not the problem and
you need more information:
1. On Windows clients, enable bpbkar debug logging.
a. Create a bpbkar debug log directory.
b. On a Windows client, set Verbose on the TroubleShooting tab in the NetBackup
Configuration dialog box. To display this dialog box, start the Backup, Archive,
and Restore interface on the client and click Configure on the Actions menu.
2. On other PC clients except Macintosh, create a debug log directory for bpcd (the
bpcd log is created automatically on Macintosh).
To increase the amount of information that appears in the logs, see the logging topics
in Chapter 3.
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
93
Status Codes
3. On the master server create bpsched and bpbrm debug log directories. If there are
media servers involved, create a bpbrm debug log directory on them.
4. Retry the operation and check the resulting debug logs.
NetBackup Status Code: 67
Message: client backup failed to read the file list
Explanation: The client could not read the list of files to back up.
Recommended Action: First, verify that the server did not crash. If that is not the problem
and you need more information:
1. Set up debug logging:
a. On the server, create a bpbrm debug log directory.
b. On Windows clients, create a bpbkar debug log directory.
c. On other PC clients except Macintosh, create a debug log directory for bpcd (the
bpcd log is created automatically on Macintosh).
To increase the amount of information that appears in the logs, see the logging topics
in Chapter 3.
2. Retry the operation and check the resulting debug logs.
NetBackup Status Code: 68
Message: client timed out waiting for the file list
Explanation: The client did not receive the list of files to back up within the allotted time.
This list comes from the server.
Recommended Action: First, verify that the server did not crash. If that is not the problem
and you need more information:
1. Set up debug logging:
a. On the server, create a debug log directory for bpbrm.
b. On Windows clients, create a bpbkar debug log directory.
c. On other PC clients except Macintosh, create a debug log directory for bpcd (the
bpcd log is created automatically on Macintosh).
94
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
To increase the amount of information that appears in the logs, see the logging topics
in Chapter 3.
2. Retry the operation and check the resulting debug logs.
NetBackup Status Code: 69
Message: invalid file list specification
Explanation: The file list received from the server had invalid entries.
Recommended Action:
1. Check the policy file list. If wildcards are used, verify there are matching bracket
characters ([ and ]). If the file list contains UNC (Universal Naming Convention)
names, ensure they are properly formatted.
2. For NetBackup ServerFree Agent only:
If this was an offhost backup (NetBackup Media Server or Third-Party Copy Device),
code 69 may indicate that the file list contains the ALL_LOCAL_DRIVES entry.
NetBackup does not support the ALL_LOCAL_DRIVES entry for offhost backup.
Remove the ALL_LOCAL_DRIVES entry from the file list.
NetBackup Status Code:NetBackup Status Code: 71
Message: none of the files in the file list exist
Explanation: The files in the file list did not match any of the files on the client. This error
can occur when there is only one file in the file list and the file cannot be backed up due to
an I/O error.
Recommended Action:
1. Verify that the correct file list is specified for this client.
2. On Windows clients, verify that the account used to start the NetBackup Client
service has read access to the files.
If you are backing up a network drive or a UNC (universal naming convention) path,
use the Services application in the Windows Control Panel to verify that the
NetBackup Client service does not start under the SYSTEM account. The SYSTEM
account cannot access network drives.
To back up network drives or UNC paths, change the NetBackup Client service
startup to log in as a user that has permission to access network drives.
3. Check the All Log Entries report for clues.
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
95
Status Codes
4. Set up debug logging:
◆
On Windows clients, create a debug log directory for bpbkar.
◆
On other PC clients except Macintosh, create a debug log directory for bpcd (the
bpcd log is created automatically on Macintosh).
To increase the amount of information that appears in the logs, see the logging topics
in Chapter 3.
5. Retry the operation and check the resulting debug logs.
6. On Novell systems, check the following:
◆
For the nontarget version of NetBackup for NetWare, the backup policy type
must be “NetWare”, and the files list should include a forward slash (/) only.
There should be nothing else in the files list.
To check the policy type and files list, start Backup Policy Management and
right-click the name of a policy. Click the Attributes tab to check the policy type;
click the Files tab to check the contents of the files list.
◆
For the target version, the backup policy type must be “Standard”, and the policy
files list must be formatted as follows:
/target_name
where a forward slash precedes the variable target_name.
To check the policy type and files list, start Backup Policy Management and
right-click the name of a policy. Click the Attributes tab to check the policy type;
click the Files tab to check the contents of the files list.
Note For the target version, the following NetWare message may be another indicator of
incorrect policy type (this message would appear in the Novell client’s bpcd log):
unable to connect to service, scheduled access not specified
Make sure the policy type is set to “Standard”.
NetBackup Status Code: 72
Message: the client type is incorrect in the configuration database
Explanation: The policy type attribute in the policy configuration indicates that the client
is one type, but the installed software is for another type.
Recommended Action: Verify that the policy type attribute for the policy is correct.
96
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
NetBackup Status Code: 73
Message: bpstart_notify failed
Explanation: The bpstart_notify script returned a nonzero exit code.
Recommended Action: Check the bpstart_notify script on the client to see if it
performs as desired.
NetBackup Status Code: 74
Message: client timed out waiting for bpstart_notify to complete
Explanation: The bpstart_notify script on the client took too long.
Recommended Action: Try to speed up the bpstart_notify script or set Backup Start
Notify Timeout on the server to a value that is larger than the default. Use the Master
Server Properties window to set Backup Start Notify Timeout (see “Using the Host
Properties Window” on page 40).
NetBackup Status Code: 75
Message: client timed out waiting for bpend_notify to complete
Explanation: The bpend_notify script on the client took too long.
Recommended Action: Try to speed up the bpend_notify script or set Backup End
Notify Timeout on the server to a value that is larger than the default. Use the Master
Server Properties window to set Backup End Notify Timeout (see “Using the Host
Properties Window” on page 40).
NetBackup Status Code: 77
Message: execution of the specified system command returned a nonzero status
Explanation: An immediate command returned a nonzero status.
Recommended Action:
1. Verify that the command is specified correctly.
2. For NetBackup ServerFree Agent only:
The policy file list may contain files that do not reside within a file system that was
designated as the frozen image source. For a frozen image method to be applied to the
backup of individual files, the frozen image source must be a file system (not a raw
partition or Volume Manager volume) and the files in the policy file list must reside
within that file system.
3. Execute the command manually to see if the desired result is produced.
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
97
Status Codes
4. For detailed troubleshooting information, set up debug logging:
a. On UNIX and Windows clients, create a debug log directory for bpbkar.
b. On other PC clients except Macintosh, create a debug log directory for bpcd (the
bpcd log is created automatically on Macintosh).
To increase the amount of information that appears in the logs, see the logging
topics in Chapter 3.
c. Retry the operation and check the resulting debug log.
NetBackup Status Code: 78
Message: afs/dfs command failed
Explanation: Indicates an AFS vos command failure.
Recommended Action:
1. Check the NetBackup Problems Report for additional information on why the
command failed.
2. The bpbkar debug log shows the command that was executed. Create a debug log
directory for bpbkar. Retry the operation and retry the resulting debug log.
3. Try executing the vos command manually to duplicate the problem.
NetBackup Status Code: 80
Message: Media Manager device daemon (ltid) is not active
Explanation: The NetBackup Device Manager service is not running.
Recommended Action:
1. Use the Activity Monitor or the Services application in the Windows Control Panel to
see if the NetBackup Device Manager service is running. If it is not running, start it.
To enable verbose logging, place VERBOSE on a line by itself in the
install_path\Volmgr\vm.conf file before starting the service.
Note The NetBackup Device Manager service is used only if devices are attached to the
system.
NetBackup Status Code: 81
Message: Media Manager volume daemon (vmd) is not active
98
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Explanation: The tape manager (bptm) could not communicate with the NetBackup
Volume Manager service. This communication is required for most operations.
Recommended Action: On Windows, verify that both the NetBackup Device Manager
service and the NetBackup Volume Manager service are running. Start them if necessary.
Note The NetBackup Device Manager service is used only if devices are attached to the
system.
NetBackup Status Code: 82
Message: media manager killed by signal
Explanation: The tape manager (bptm) or disk manager (bpdm) was terminated by
another process or a user.
Recommended Action: This should not occur in normal operation. If you want to
terminate an active backup, use the NetBackup Activity Monitor.
NetBackup Status Code: 83
Message: media open error
Explanation: The tape manager (bptm) or disk manager (bpdm) could not open the device
or file that the backup or restore must use.
Recommended Action:
1. For additional information, check the following:
◆
NetBackup Problems report
◆
Event Viewer Application log
2. Typically, this status code indicates a drive configuration problem that allows more
than one process at a time to open the device.
On Windows, the problem could be that the Media Manager device configuration was
modified but the NetBackup Device Manager service was not restarted. Verify the
configuration and restart the NetBackup Device Manager service.
3. Make sure the tapes are not write protected.
4. For detailed troubleshooting information:
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
99
Status Codes
a. Create a debug log directory for bpdm (if the device is disk) or bptm (if the device
is tape).
b. On Windows, enable verbose logging by adding VERBOSE on a line by itself in
the install_path\Volmgr\vm.conf file. Then, stop and restart the NetBackup
Device Manager service.
c. Retry the operation and check the resulting debug log files.
d. On Windows systems, look at the
install_path\Veritas\NetBackup\db\media\errors log for a drive that is
frequently producing errors.
NetBackup Status Code: 84
Message: media write error
Explanation: The system’s device driver returned an I/O error while NetBackup was
writing to removable media or a disk file.
Recommended Action:
1. For NetBackup ServerFree Agent only:
If the following message appears in the /usr/openv/netbackup/bptm log, and
the values for key, asc, and ascq are all zero (0x0) as shown in this example
message:
tape error occurred on extended copy command, key = 0x0, asc = 0x0,
ascq = 0x0
your host-bus adapter and its driver are probably not supported by NetBackup 4.0V.
The host-bus adapters and drivers supported in the release are listed in Chapter 2 of
the NetBackup Release Notes.
2. For additional information, check the following:
◆
NetBackup Problems report to determine the device or media that caused the
error
◆
Event Viewer Application and System logs
3. If NetBackup was writing backups to a disk file, verify that the disk has enough space
for the backup.
4. If the media is tape, check for:
◆
100
A defective or dirty drive, in which case, clean it or have it repaired (refer to the
tpclean command for robotic drives).
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
◆
The wrong media type. Verify that the media matches the drive type you are
using.
◆
Defective media. If this is the case, use the bpmedia command to set the volume
to the FROZEN state so it is not used for future backups.
◆
Incorrect drive configuration. Verify the Media Manager and system
configuration for the drive.
This often results in the media being frozen with a message, “too many data
blocks written, check tape/drive block size configuration.”
NetBackup Status Code: 85
Message: media read error
Explanation: The system device driver returned an I/O error while NetBackup was
reading from tape or a disk file.
Recommended Action:
1. For additional information, check the following:
◆
NetBackup Problems report to determine the device or media that caused the
error
◆
Event Viewer Application and System logs
2. Check for the following:
◆
A defective or dirty drive. Clean it or have it repaired (see the tpclean
command for cleaning).
◆
Incorrect drive configuration. Verify the Media Manager and system
configuration for the drive.
◆
Defective media. In this case, you may not be able to recover all the data on the
media. Use the bpmedia command to set the volume to the FROZEN state so it is
not used for future backups.
◆
The wrong media type. Verify that the media matches the drive type you are
using.
NetBackup Status Code: 86
Message: media position error
Explanation: The system’s device driver returned an I/O error while NetBackup was
positioning media (tape).
Recommended Action:
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
101
Status Codes
1. For additional information, check the following:
◆
NetBackup Problems report to determine the device or media that caused the
error
◆
Event Viewer Application and System logs
2. Check for the following:
◆
A defective or dirty drive. Clean it or have it repaired (see the tpclean
command for cleaning).
◆
Incorrect drive configuration. Verify the Media Manager and system
configuration for the drive.
◆
Defective media. In this case, some data may be lost. Use the bpmedia command
to set the volume to the FROZEN state so it is not used for future backups.
◆
The wrong media type. Verify that the media matches the drive type you are
using.
NetBackup Status Code: 87
Message: media close error
Explanation: The system’s device driver returned an I/O error while NetBackup was
closing a tape.
Recommended Action:
1. For additional information, check the following:
◆
NetBackup Problems report to determine the device or media that caused the
error
◆
Event Viewer Application and System logs
2. Check for the following:
◆
A defective or dirty drive. Clean it or have it repaired (see the tpclean
command for cleaning).
◆
Defective media. In this case, some data may be lost. Use the bpmedia command
to set the volume to the FROZEN state so it is not used for future backups.
NetBackup Status Code: 88
Message: Auspex SP/Backup failure
Explanation: NetBackup detected a problem when backing up an Auspex FastBackup
client.
102
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Recommended Action: Check the All Log Entries report. If more details are required,
create bptm and bpbrm debug log directories on the server. Then, retry the operation and
check the resulting log files. This error is usually due to a configuration problem.
NetBackup Status Code: 90
Message: media manager received no data for backup image
Explanation: The tape manager (bptm) or disk manager (bpdm) received no data when
performing a backup or archive. This can occur for incremental backups where no data
was backed up because no files have changed.
Recommended Action:
1. Check the All Log Entries report.
2. For detailed debug information, create bpdm or bptm debug log directories on the
server. If the client is Windows, also create a bpbkar debug log directory on the
client. Retry the operation and check the resulting debug logs.
NetBackup Status Code: 91
Message: fatal NB media database error
Explanation: The tape manager (bptm) received an error while reading or updating its
media catalog.
Recommended Action:
1. Check the All Log Entries report for more information.
2. Check the NetBackup Media Lists report to see if the catalog is intact. If the catalog is
not intact, consider reloading it from the latest NetBackup catalog backup volume.
3. Verify that the disk partition on which the catalog resides has enough space.
4. If the above actions do not explain the problem, check the NetBackup Problems
report.
5. For detailed troubleshooting information, create a bptm debug log directory on the
server and retry the operation. Check the resulting debug log file.
6. Contact customer support and send appropriate problem and debug log sections.
NetBackup Status Code: 92
Message: media manager detected image that was not in tar format
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
103
Status Codes
Explanation: When performing a restore, the tape manager (bptm) or disk manager
(bpdm) could not find a tar header at the offset it expected.
Recommended Action:
1. Perform a bpverify of the affected image to determine if it is written correctly.
2. Check the NetBackup Problems report for additional information about the error.
3. Verify the Media Manager and system configuration for the drive.
4. Error code 92 has been encountered on some relabeled and value-added 8-mm tape
drives where the drive’s microcode incorrectly processes a “forward space record”
SCSI command.
5. If the problem is not one of the above, create a debug log directory for either bpdm or
bptm and retry the operation. Check the resulting debug log file.
NetBackup Status Code: 93
Message: media manager found wrong tape in drive
Explanation: When loading a volume for a backup or restore, the tape manager (bptm)
found a volume loaded that did not have the expected tape header. This can indicate that
volumes in a robot are not in the slots indicated in the Media Manager volume
configuration.
Recommended Action:
◆
If the volume is in a robot and the robot supports barcodes, perform a Compare
Contents with Volume Configuration. The resulting report shows which media ID
was found and validates its slot number with what is in the Media Manager volume
configuration. Then, either change the physical location in the robot or change the
volume configuration to show the correct slot.
◆
If the volume was mounted on a nonrobotic drive, verify that the correct volume was
mounted and assigned.
NetBackup Status Code: 94
Message: cannot position to correct image
Explanation: When searching for a backup image to restore, the tape manager (bptm) did
not find the correct backup ID at the expected position on the volume. This can indicate a
drive hardware problem.
Recommended Action:
104
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
1. Try the restore on another drive if possible.
2. For additional information, check the following:
◆
NetBackup Problems report to determine the device or volume that caused the
error
◆
Event Viewer Application and System logs
3. For detailed troubleshooting information, create a debug log directory for bptm and
retry the operation. Check the resulting debug log files.
NetBackup Status Code: 95
Message: requested media id not found in NB media database and/or MM volume
database
Explanation: An operation was requested on a media ID for which NetBackup does not
have a record. An example of this is using bpmedia to suspend or freeze a media ID that
does not exist.
Recommended Action: Run a NetBackup Media List report to determine the valid media
IDs. Then, retry the command with a valid media ID.
NetBackup Status Code: 96
Message: unable to allocate new media for backup, storage unit has none available
Explanation: The tape manager (bptm) could not allocate a new volume for backups. This
indicates that the storage unit has no more volumes available in the volume pool for this
backup.
Recommended Action: Check the NetBackup Problems report to determine the storage
unit that is out of media.
1. If the storage unit is a robot and there are empty slots, add more volumes (remember
to specify the correct volume pool).
◆
If there are no empty slots, move some media to nonrobotic and then add new
volumes.
◆
If you are having difficulty keeping track of your available volumes, try the
available_media script:
On Windows, the script is in:
install_path\NetBackup\bin\goodies\available_media.cmd
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
105
Status Codes
This script lists all volumes in the Media Manager volume configuration, and
augments that list with information on the volumes currently assigned to
NetBackup.
2. If the storage unit and volume pool appear to have media, verify the following:
◆
Volume is not FROZEN or SUSPENDED.
Check for this condition by using the NetBackup Media List report. If the volume
is frozen or suspended, use the bpmedia command to unfreeze or unsuspend it
(if that is desired).
◆
Volume has not expired or exceeded its maximum number of mounts.
◆
Volume Database Host name for the device is correct.
If you change the Volume Database Host name, stop and restart the NetBackup
Device Manager service.
◆
The correct host is specified for the storage unit in the NetBackup configuration.
The host connection should be the server (master or media) that has drives
connected to it.
◆
The Media Manager volume configuration has media in the correct volume pool
and unassigned or active media is available at the required retention level.
Use the NetBackup Media List report to show the retention levels, volume pools,
and status (active and so on) for all volumes. Use the NetBackup Media Summary
report to check for active volumes at the correct retention levels.
3. In some configurations, the NetBackup bptm process is rejected when requesting
media from the NetBackup Volume Manager service because that service cannot
determine the name of the host that is making the request.
This can be due to incorrect network configuration involving:
◆
Multiple network interfaces
◆
Running DNS and not having reverse addressing configured
4. Create bptm and vmd debug log directories and retry the operation.
5. Examine the bptm debug log to verify that bptm is connecting to the correct system. If
an error is logged, examine the vmd log.
On Windows, the vmd log is:
install_path\Volmgr\debug\daemon\xxxxxx.log
6. If this is a new storage unit, and this is the first attempt to use it, stop and restart
NetBackup on the master server.
106
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Note The bptm debug logs (in verbose mode) usually show the NetBackup media
selection process.
NetBackup Status Code: 97
Message: requested media id is in use, cannot process request
Explanation: An operation was requested on a media ID that is in use. An example of this
is attempting to suspend or freeze a volume while it is being used for a backup or restore.
Recommended Action: Retry the command when the volume is not in use. Use the
Device Monitor to determine if the volume is in use.
NetBackup Status Code: 98
Message: error requesting media (tpreq)
Explanation: The tape manager (bptm) received an error when requesting a media mount
from the NetBackup Device Manager service.
Recommended Action: Check the NetBackup Problems report to determine the reason
for the failure. The most common cause is that the NetBackup Device Manager service on
Windows is not running. Start it if necessary.
NetBackup Status Code: 99
Message: NDMP backup failure
Explanation: None of the paths in your NDMP policy file list was backed up successfully.
Recommended Action: Check the NetBackup All Log Entries report for more
information. A possible cause for this error is that none of the backup paths exist on the
NDMP host.
NetBackup Status Code: 100
Message: system error occurred while processing user command
Explanation: A system call failed in bparchive, bpbackup, bplist, or bprestore.
Recommended Action:
1. Enable debug logging for bparchive, bpbackup, bplist, or bprestore (as
appropriate) by creating debug log directories for them.
2. Retry the operation and check the resulting logs.
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
107
Status Codes
If the logs do not reveal the problem, use the command line version of the command
and correct any problems that are reported on stderr.
NetBackup Status Code:NetBackup Status Code: 102
Message: failed closing mail pipe
Explanation: The process that sends mail could not close the pipe to the server.
Recommended Action: Verify that mail is configured on the client. For detailed
troubleshooting information, create a bpcd debug log directory and retry the operation.
Check the resulting bpcd debug log.
NetBackup Status Code: 103
Message: error occurred during initialization, check configuration file
Explanation: None
Recommended Action: None
NetBackup Status Code: 104
Message: invalid file pathname
Explanation: None
Recommended Action: None
NetBackup Status Code: 105
Message: file pathname exceeds the maximum length allowed
Explanation: The path name built by using the current working directory exceeds the
maximum path length allowed by the system.
Recommended Action: Shorten the current working directory path length.
NetBackup Status Code: 106
Message: invalid file pathname found, cannot process request
Explanation: One of the file paths to be backed up or archived is not valid.
Recommended Action: Verify that full path names are used, and they are less than the
maximum path length for the system. Also, verify that the files exist and the permissions
allow NetBackup to access them.
108
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
NetBackup Status Code: 110
Message: Cannot find the NetBackup configuration information
Explanation: On Windows, NetBackup could not read the registry entries that were
created during installation. On UNIX, the /usr/openv/netbackup/bp.conf file does
not exist.
Recommended Action: On Windows, reinstall NetBackup software on the client. On
UNIX, create a /usr/openv/netbackup/bp.conf file with at least the following lines:
SERVER = server_name
CLIENT_NAME = client_name
NetBackup Status Code: 111
Message: No entry was found in the server list
Explanation: On UNIX, the SERVER = server_name line is missing in the bp.conf file.
On Windows, the server list contains no entries.
Recommended Action:
◆
On a UNIX client, add the following line to the top of the
/usr/openv/netbackup/bp.conf file:
SERVER = server_name
◆
On a Microsoft Windows or nontarget NetWare client, add the server name on the
Servers tab in the Specify NetBackup Machines dialog box. To display this dialog,
start the Backup, Archive, and Restore interface on the client and click Specify
NetBackup Machines on the Actions menu.
◆
On an OS/2 or NetWare target client, add the server name to the bp.ini file.
◆
On a Macintosh client, add the SERVER = server_name line to the bp.conf file in the
NetBackup folder in the Preferences folder.
NetBackup Status Code: 112
Message: no files specified in the file list
Explanation: A restore was requested with no files in the file list.
Recommended Action: Specify at least one file to be restored.
NetBackup Status Code: 113
Message: EC_badop
Explanation: None
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
109
Status Codes
Recommended Action: None
NetBackup Status Code: 114
Message: EC_error
Explanation: None
Recommended Action: None
NetBackup Status Code: 115
Message: EC_end
Explanation: None
Recommended Action: None
NetBackup Status Code: 120
Message: cannot find configuration database record for requested NB database backup
Explanation: The program that backs up the NetBackup internal catalogs could not find
the attributes that indicate which media IDs to use or paths to back up. This error should
not occur under normal circumstances.
Recommended Action:
1. Check the NetBackup Problems report for additional information about the error.
2. For detailed troubleshooting information, create admin and bpdbm debug log
directories and retry the operation. Check the resulting debug logs.
3. Contact customer support and send appropriate problem and debug log sections
detailing the error.
NetBackup Status Code: 121
Message: no media is defined for the requested NB database backup
Explanation: NetBackup attempted to back up its internal catalogs and there were no
media IDs defined in the catalog backup configuration.
Recommended Action: Add the media IDs to the catalog backup configuration. Verify
that the media IDs are in the NetBackup volume pool.
NetBackup Status Code: 122
Message: specified device path does not exist
110
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Explanation: The NetBackup internal catalogs were backed up by using the bpbackupdb
command line and specifying a device path that does not exist.
Recommended Action: Retry the command using a valid device file name.
NetBackup Status Code: 123
Message: specified disk path is not a directory
Explanation: NetBackup attempted to back up its internal catalogs and the backup
attributes were set to dump to a disk. However, the disk file path already exists and is not
a directory.
Recommended Action: Specify a different disk path for the catalog backup or delete the
file that already exists.
NetBackup Status Code: 124
Message: NB database backup failed, a path was not found or is inaccessible
Explanation: One or more of the paths specified in the catalog backup configuration could
not be backed up.
Recommended Action:
1. Check the NetBackup Problems report for additional information about the error. A
possible cause is that the path does not exist.
2. After determining which path could not be accessed, correct the path names in the
catalog backup configuration.
NetBackup Status Code: 125
Message: another NB database backup is already in progress
Explanation: Only one NetBackup catalog backup may be active at any given time.
Recommended Action: None.
NetBackup Status Code: 126
Message: NB database backup header is too large, too many paths specified
Explanation: Too many paths were specified in the NetBackup catalog backup
configuration to fit in a fixed-size media header. This error should not occur under normal
circumstances.
Recommended Action: Delete some of the paths from the catalog backup configuration.
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
111
Status Codes
NetBackup Status Code: 127
Message: specified media or path does not have a valid NB database backup header
Explanation: The bprecover command was issued and the media ID specified does not
have valid catalog backup data.
Recommended Action: Validate that the correct media ID is being used.
NetBackup Status Code: 128
Message: NB database recovery failed, a process has encountered an exceptional
condition
Explanation: One or more catalogs specified for recovery could not be restored. For more
detail, refer to the error message issued just above this status code in the output from the
bprecover command.
Recommended Action:
1. After fixing the problem reported in the error message in the bprecover output, refer
to “Recovering the NetBackup Catalogs” on page 409 to identify which NetBackup
services (Windows) or daemons (UNIX) should be shut down prior to attempting the
NetBackup database recovery. The NetBackup services should be shut down except
for the NetBackup Client Service, which must be running for the database recovery to
succeed.
2. Check the NetBackup Problems report for additional information about the error.
Some possible causes are:
◆
A disk may be full.
◆
The NetBackup catalog tape may be corrupt.
NetBackup Status Code: 130
Message: system error occurred
Explanation: An error occurred that prevents the product from operating in a consistent
fashion. This error is usually related to a system call.
Recommended Action:
1. Check the NetBackup Problems report for additional information about the error.
2. For detailed troubleshooting information, create bpdbm, bpsched, bptm, and bprd
debug log directories on the master server and retry the operation. Check the
resulting debug logs.
112
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
NetBackup Status Code: 131
Message: client is not validated to use the server
Explanation: The client name, as determined from the connection to the server, did not
match any client name in the NetBackup configuration and there was no altnames
configuration for this client on the master server. A client and server that have multiple
network connections can encounter this problem if the name by which the client is
configured is not the one by which its routing tables direct connections to the server.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine the NetBackup Problems report.
2. Create a debug log directory for bprd and retry the operation. Check the resulting
debug log to determine the connection and client names.
Depending on the request type (restore, backup, and so on.), you may need or want
to:
◆
Change the client’s configured name.
◆
Modify the routing tables on the client.
◆
On the master server, set up an altnames directory and file for this client (see the
NetBackup System Administrator’s Guide for Windows).
3. Review “Verifying Host Names and Services Entries” on page 25.
NetBackup Status Code: 132
Message: user is not validated to use the server
Explanation: None
Recommended Action: None
NetBackup Status Code: 133
Message: invalid request
Explanation: One of two explanations exist.
◆
A request was made that is unrecognized. This usually results from different versions
of NetBackup software being used together.
◆
If a client receives this error in response to a list or restore request, it means that the
DISALLOW_CLIENT_LIST_RESTORE or DISALLOW_CLIENT_RESTORE option
exists in the registry on a Windows NetBackup server. These options deny list and
restore requests from all NetBackup clients.
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
113
Status Codes
Recommended Action:
1. If you suspect that the software versions are the problem, verify that all NetBackup
software is at the same version level.
◆
On Windows NetBackup servers, check the
install_path\netbackup\version.txt file or the About NetBackup item on the
Help menu.
◆
On Microsoft Windows clients, check the About NetBackup item on the Help
menu.
◆
On NetWare target clients, check the Version entry in the bp.ini file.
If the client software is earlier than 3.0, verify that the client is in a Standard type
policy.
◆
On Macintosh clients, check the version file in the bin folder in the NetBackup
folder in the Preferences folder.
2. If the server is denying list and restore requests, remove the
DISALLOW_CLIENT_LIST_RESTORE and DISALLOW_CLIENT_RESTORE options
from the registry on a Windows NetBackup server. Then, stop and restart the
NetBackup Request Manager service.
3. For detailed troubleshooting information, create bpdbm, bprd, and admin debug log
directories. Then, retry the operation and check the resulting debug logs.
NetBackup Status Code: 134
Message: unable to process request because the server resources are busy
Explanation: Status code 134 is an informational message indicating that all drives in the
storage unit are currently in use. If this occurs, NetBackup automatically tries another
storage unit; if one is not available, NetBackup requeues the job with a status of 134 and
retries it later.
Recommended Action: Disable automatic retry using another storage unit and create the
following file on the NetBackup media server prior to running the backups:
/usr/openv/volmgr/DISABLE_RESOURCES_BUSY
If you have already attempted the backup and see this error, then create the file and rerun
the backups.
NetBackup Status Code: 135
Message: client is not validated to perform the requested operation
114
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Explanation: This is usually caused by a request to restore files to a client other than the
one that made the request and the request did not come from the administrator on a
NetBackup server.
Recommended Action: Retry the operation as the administrator on the master server.
Also see status code 131.
NetBackup Status Code: 140
Message: user id was not superuser
Explanation: The process was started by a user or process that did not have administrator
privileges.
Recommended Action: If desired, give administrator privileges to the user or process and
retry the operation.
NetBackup Status Code: 141
Message: file path specified is not absolute
Explanation: The file specification must be an absolute path.
Recommended Action: Correct the file specification and retry the command.
NetBackup Status Code: 142
Message: file does not exist
Explanation: This code is reserved for future use.
Recommended Action: None.
NetBackup Status Code: 143
Message: invalid command protocol
Explanation: An ill-formed request was made to the NetBackup Request Manager service.
This can be due to mismatched versions of the product, corrupted network
communication, or to a non-NetBackup process sending data across the port for the
service.
Recommended Action: Examine the NetBackup error logs to determine the system that
was the source of the data and on that system determine the process that initiated the
request. If it was a NetBackup process, verify that the process or command is compatible
with the version of software on the server.
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
115
Status Codes
NetBackup Status Code: 144
Message: invalid command usage
Explanation: This status code is due to a NetBackup process being started with improper
options or an incompatibility in the product.
Recommended Action: Either correct the command or verify that all NetBackup binaries
are at the same version level.
NetBackup Status Code: 145
Message: daemon is already running
Explanation: There is another copy of the process executing.
Recommended Action: Terminate the current copy of the process and then restart the
process.
NetBackup Status Code: 146
Message: cannot get a bound socket
Explanation: The service could not bind to its socket. A system call failed when the
service attempted to bind to its configured port number. This is usually caused by
another process having acquired the port before the service started.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine the NetBackup Problems and All Log Entries reports.
2. Create bprd and bpdbm debug log directories and retry the operation. Check the
resulting logs to see the system error message resulting from the attempt.
If another process has the port, use other system commands to determine the process.
Based on this research, either change the port number in your services file or map
or terminate the process that has acquired the port.
To identify a bprd or bpdbm problem, look for lines similar to the following in the
debug log for the respective process:
<16> getsockbound: bind() failed, Address already in use (114)
<32> listen_loop: cannot get bound socket. errno = 114
<4> terminate: termination begun...error code = 146
Similar entries can appear in the reports.
3. If the problem persists longer than ten minutes, it is possible that it will be necessary
to reboot the server.
116
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
NetBackup Status Code: 147
Message: required or specified copy was not found
Explanation: The requested copy number of a backup or archive image cannot be found.
Recommended Action: Correct the request to specify a copy number that does exist.
NetBackup Status Code: 148
Message: daemon fork failed
Explanation: A NetBackup service could not create a child process due to an error
received from the system. This is probably an intermittent error based on the availability
of resources on the system.
Recommended Action:
1. Restart the service at a later time and investigate system problems that limit the
number of processes.
2. Check the Event Viewer Application and System logs.
NetBackup Status Code: 149
Message: master server request failed
Explanation: None
Recommended Action: None
NetBackup Status Code: 150
Message: termination requested by administrator
Explanation: The process is terminating (or has terminated) as a direct result of a request
from an authorized user or process.
Recommended Action: None.
NetBackup Status Code: 151
Message: Backup Exec operation failed
Explanation: The Global Data Manager console has reported that a Backup Exec job
(backup, archive, or restore) did not complete normally.
Recommended Action: Consult the Backup Exec job history on the Backup Exec server
for details.
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
117
Status Codes
NetBackup Status Code: 152
Message: required value not set
Explanation: An incomplete request was made to the bpdbm process (NetBackup
Database Manager service). This usually occurs because different versions of software are
being used together.
Recommended Action:
1. Verify that all software is at the same version level.
2. For detailed troubleshooting information, create bpdbm and admin debug log
directories and retry the operation. Check the resulting debug logs.
NetBackup Status Code: 153
Message: server is not the master server
Explanation: This status code is reserved for future use.
Recommended Action: None.
NetBackup Status Code: 154
Message: storage unit characteristics mismatched to request
Explanation: A backup was attempted and the storage unit selected for use had
characteristics that were not compatible with the backup type.
Recommended Action: Verify that the characteristics of the storage unit involved are
appropriate for the backup attempted:
◆
For NetBackup ServerFree Agent only:
The policy storage unit was set to Any_available and the offhost backup method was
set to Third-Party Copy Device or NetBackup Media Server. Do not choose
Any_available. A particular storage unit (such as nut-4mm-robot-tl4-0) must be
specified when Third-Party Copy Device or NetBackup Media Server is specified as
the offhost backup method.
118
◆
For an NDMP policy type, verify that a storage unit of type NDMP is defined and the
NDMP host value matches the host name of the client. For example, if the NDMP
policy specifies toaster as the client, the configuration for the storage unit must
specify toaster as the NDMP host.
◆
For a policy type other than NDMP, verify that the policy specifies a Media Manager
or Disk type storage unit.
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
NetBackup Status Code: 158
Message: failed accessing daemon lock file
Explanation: The process could not lock its lock file because an error was received from a
system call. This lock file synchronizes process activities (for example, preventing more
than one daemon from executing at a time).
Recommended Action:
1. Examine the NetBackup error log to determine why the system call failed and correct
the problem. It could be a permission problem.
2. If the error log does not show the error, create a debug log directory for bprd, bpdbm,
or bpsched (depending on which process encountered the error) and retry the
operation. Examine the resulting debug log.
NetBackup Status Code: 159
Message: licensed use has been exceeded
Explanation: A configuration limit has been exceeded. An example is number of drives
allowed per server.
Recommended Action: To determine the cause, examine the NetBackup error logs for the
command that was being executed.
NetBackup Status Code: 160
Message: authentication failed
Explanation: A problem was encountered when two systems were attempting to
authenticate one another.
Recommended Action: See the NetBackup System Administrator’s Guide for Windows for more
information on the files and commands mentioned here.
1. Ensure that the authentication libraries exist:
Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\lib\libvopie.dll
install_path\NetBackup\lib\libnoauth.dll
UNIX (except HP-UX):
/usr/openv/lib/libvopie.so
/usr/openv/lib/libnoauth.so
UNIX (HP-UX only):
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
119
Status Codes
/usr/openv/lib/libvopie.sl
/usr/openv/lib/libnoauth.sl
Macintosh:
:System Folder:Extensions:libvopie.dll
:System Folder:Extensions:libnoauth.dll
2. Check the methods_allow.txt files on the systems that are having problems to
ensure that authentication is enabled. The files are in the following locations:
Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\var\auth
Macintosh:
:System Folder:Preferences:NetBackup:var:auth
If one system reports authentication failed (status code 160) and the other system
reports network connection timed out (status code 41), you may have enabled
authentication in the first system’s methods_allow.txt file but not in the second
system’s methods_allow.txt file.
3. On the systems that are having the authentication problem, remove the remote host
that is not being authenticated from the methods_allow.txt file.
For example, if host A and host B are having the problem, remove host A from the file
on host B and vice versa.
Retry the operation.
◆
If the problem still exists, it indicates connection problems not related to
authentication.
◆
If connections are now successful, proceed to the next step.
4. Execute bpauthsync -vopie on the master server to resynchronize the key files on
the systems.
install_path\NetBackup\bin\admincmd\bpauthsync -vopie -servers
-clients
5. Add back the names removed in step 3 and retry the operation.
6. Create debug log directories for the processes involved in authentication between
NetBackup systems. These include:
120
◆
On the server, create debug log directories for bprd, bpdbm, bpcd.
◆
On the client, create debug log directories for bpbackup, bprestore, bpbkar
(Windows only).
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Retry the operation and check the logs.
NetBackup Status Code: 161
Message: Evaluation software has expired. See www.veritas.com for ordering
information.
Explanation: The time allowed for the NetBackup evaluation software has ended.
Recommended Action: Obtain a licensed copy of NetBackup.
NetBackup Status Code: 162
Message: Incorrect server platform for license
Explanation: The platform identifier in the license key does not match the platform type
on which the key was installed.
Recommended Action: Ensure that you are using a license key that was intended for the
platform on which you are installing.
NetBackup Status Code: 164
Message: unable to mount media because it is in a DOWN drive or misplaced
Explanation: A restore was attempted and the volume required for the restore was in a
DOWN drive in a robot. Or, the slot that should contain the volume is empty.
Recommended Action:
◆
If volume is in a DOWN drive, remove it and place it in its designated slot. Then, retry
the restore.
◆
If the volume is in the wrong slot, use a robot inventory option to reconcile the
contents of the robot with the Media Manager volume configuration.
NetBackup Status Code: 165
Message: NB image database contains no image fragments for requested backup id/copy
number
Explanation: A restore was attempted and NetBackup has no record of fragments
associated with the backup ID that has the files.
Recommended Action: Check the NetBackup Problems report for additional information
about the error. For detailed troubleshooting information, create a debug log directory for
either bpdm or bptm (whichever applies) and retry the operation. Check the resulting
debug log.
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
121
Status Codes
NetBackup Status Code: 166
Message: backups are not allowed to span media
Explanation: An end of media (EOM) was encountered while the backup image was
being written. The backup was terminated because the NetBackup
DISALLOW_BACKUPS_SPANNING_MEDIA option was present in the registry. The backup
will be retried automatically with a different volume if this is allowed by the backup tries
attribute in the NetBackup global attribute configuration.
Recommended Action: None.
NetBackup Status Code: 167
Message: cannot find requested volume pool in Media Manager volume database
Explanation: A backup to a nonrobotic drive was attempted and the tape manager (bptm)
could not find or add the specified volume pool.
Recommended Action: Verify the Media Manager volume configuration. Check the
NetBackup Problems report for more information about the error. For detailed
troubleshooting information, create a bptm debug log directory and retry the operation.
Check the resulting debug log.
NetBackup Status Code: 168
Message: cannot overwrite media, data on it is protected
Explanation: A catalog backup was attempted to a volume that could not be overwritten
because it contains data that NetBackup, by default, does not overwrite (tar, cpio, ANSI,
and so on).
Recommended Action: Replace the volume with a new one or set the NetBackup
ALLOW_MEDIA_OVERWRITE option to the appropriate value.
NetBackup Status Code: 169
Message: media id is either expired or will exceed maximum mounts
Explanation: A backup or catalog backup was attempted and the volume selected for use
has reached its maximum number of mounts as specified in the Media Manager volume
configuration. For a regular backup, the volume is automatically set to the SUSPENDED
state and not used for further backups. For a NetBackup catalog backup, the operation
terminates abnormally.
Recommended Action: If the volume was suspended, wait until it expires and then
replace it. For NetBackup catalog backups, replace the media.
122
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
NetBackup Status Code: 170
Message: third-party copy backup failure
Explanation: Usually indicates a problem with the 3pc.conf file or the mover.conf
file. (For detailed causes, see recommended actions.) For more information on these files,
refer to “Creating Configuration Files for Offhost Backup” in NetBackup Configuration
chapter of the NetBackup ServerFree Agent System Administrator’s Guide.
Recommended Action:
◆
If a non third-party copy device is listed in 3pc.conf file, correct or remove the non
third-party copy device entry.
◆
An incorrect lun is specified in the 3pc.conf file, or the device does not exist.
Correct the 3pc.conf file as appropriate.
◆
An appropriate mover.conf file (with or without file-name extension) could not be
found. In this case, the /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/bptm log may also show
the following:
09:51:04 [22281] <2> setup_mover_tpc: no mover.conf.vertex_std_tpc
or mover.conf file exists, cannot perform TPC backup
09:51:04 [22281] <16> bptm: unable to find or communicate with
Third-Party-Copy mover for policy vertex_std_tpc
Make sure that an appropriate mover.conf file exists in /usr/openv/netbackup
on the media server. This file can be any of the following:
◆
mover.conf.policy_name file, where policy_name exactly matches the name of
the policy.
◆
mover.conf.storage_unit_name, where storage_unit_name exactly matches
the name of the storage unit selected in the Backup Policy Management Policy
attributes dialog (such as nut-4mm-robot-tl4-0).
◆
mover.conf file (no extention) for configurations that have only one third-party
copy device.
Note that NetBackup looks for an appropriate mover.conf file in the above order.
◆
The SCSI pass-through path of the third-party copy device, as entered in the
mover.conf file (with or without file-name extension), does not exist. In this case,
the /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/bptm log may also show the following:
09:50:12 [22159] <16> setup_mover_tpc: open of passthru path
/dev/sg/cXtXlX failed, No such file or directory
09:50:12 [22159] <16> bptm: unable to find or communicate with
Third-Party-Copy mover for policy vertex_std_tpc
Correct the SCSI pass-through path of the third-party copy device that is entered in
the mover.conf file.
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
123
Status Codes
◆
The third-party copy device returned an error.
If you see either of the following messages in /usr/openv/netbackup/
logs/bptm log:
cannot process extended copy error due to truncated
sense data, may be HBA problem
disk error occurred on extended copy command, key = 0x0,
asc = 0x0, ascq = 0x0
(where key, asc and ascq are all zero)
your host-bus adapter (HBA) and its driver may need to be updated, or may not be
supported by NetBackup ServerFree Agent. The host-bus adapters and drivers
supported in the release are listed in Chapter 2 of the NetBackup Release Notes.
◆
For additional troubleshooting details, refer to the Troubleshooting chapter of the
NetBackup ServerFree Agent System Administrator’s Guide.
NetBackup Status Code: 171
Message: media id must be 6 or less characters
Explanation: An operation, such as using bpmedia to suspend or freeze a media ID, was
attempted and the media ID specified was longer than six alpha-numeric characters.
Recommended Action: Retry the command with a valid media ID.
NetBackup Status Code: 172
Message: cannot read media header, may not be NetBackup media or is corrupted
Explanation: When loading a volume for a backup or restore, the tape manager (bptm),
did not find the expected tape header. This can mean that a volume in a robotic device is
not in the slot number shown in the Media Manager volume configuration or that a read
error (I/O error) occurred.
Recommended Action:
1. If the volume is in a robot that supports barcodes, verify the robot contents by using a
Media Manager robot inventory option.
2. If the volume was mounted on a nonrobotic drive, verify that the correct volume was
mounted and assigned.
3. Check the NetBackup Problems report. If a fatal read error occurred, attempt the
operation again using another drive, if possible.
124
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
4. If your configuration has multiple servers / HBAs with access to your tape services
(most likely, an SSO configuration), make sure the SCSI Reserve / Release is
configured correctly. For more information, refer to the NetBackup SAN Shared Storage
Option System Administrators Guide for UNIX and Windows.
NetBackup Status Code: 173
Message: cannot read backup header, media may be corrupted
Explanation: When searching for a backup image to restore, the tape manager (bptm)
could not find the correct backup ID at the position on the media where NetBackup
expected it to be. This can indicate a drive hardware problem.
Recommended Action:
1. Check the NetBackup Problems report for clues as to what caused the error.
2. Try the restore on another drive if possible.
3. For detailed troubleshooting information, create a debug log directory for bptm and
retry the operation. Check the resulting debug log.
NetBackup Status Code: 174
Message: media manager - system error occurred
Explanation: An abnormal condition occurred causing a tape manager(bptm) or disk
manager (bpdm) failure. This should not occur under normal circumstances.
Recommended Action:
1. Check the NetBackup Problems report to see if it shows the cause of the problem. If
you see a Problems report message similar to
“attempting to write 32767 bytes, not a multiple of 1024”
save all logs and call VERITAS customer support.
2. If you see the problem with only one client, verify that the client binaries are correct,
especially those for bpcd.
3. Can you read or write any other images on this media?
If so, check the following reports for clues:
◆
Images on Media report
◆
Media Contents report
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
125
Status Codes
4. Verify the following:
◆
The media by using the NetBackup image verify option.
◆
That you are using the correct media type for the device.
5. Check the Event Viewer Application log.
6. For detailed debug information, create a debug log directory for either bptm or bpdm
(whichever applies) and retry the operation. Check the resulting debug log.
NetBackup Status Code: 175
Message: not all requested files were restored
Explanation: When restoring files from an image, the bptm or bpdm process detected a
fatal error condition and terminated the restore before it completed. This should not occur
under normal circumstances.
Recommended Action:
1. Check the NetBackup Problems report and the status on the client for additional
information about the error
2. For detailed troubleshooting information, create a debug log directory for either bptm
or bpdm (whichever applies) and retry the operation. Check the resulting debug log.
NetBackup Status Code: 176
Message: cannot perform specified media import operation
Explanation: The tape manager (bptm) detected an error condition when attempting to
import a specific backup image. Possible reasons for this are:
◆
Media ID is already active in the NetBackup media catalog on this server
◆
Media ID is not in the Media Manager volume configuration
◆
Fatal tape manager (bptm) error occurred
◆
Total image was not obtained from Phase 1 of import
Recommended Action:
1. Check the NetBackup Problems report to find the exact cause of the failure.
2. Try the following:
◆
126
If the media ID is already active, duplicate all images on the original media ID to
another volume. Then, manually expire the original media and redo the import.
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
◆
If the media ID is not present in the Media Manager volume configuration, add it.
◆
If a fatal bptm error occurred, verify that the NetBackup Volume Manager
service is active.
◆
If the entire image is not present, perform import phase 1 on the media IDs that
have the remainder of the image.
NetBackup Status Code: 177
Message: could not deassign media due to Media Manager error
Explanation: The tape manager (bptm) could not successfully deassign a media ID.
Recommended Action:
1. Check the NetBackup Problems report for the cause of the problem.
2. Verify that the NetBackup Volume Manager service is active.
3. For detailed troubleshooting information, create a debug log directory for bptm and
retry the operation. Check the resulting debug log.
NetBackup Status Code: 178
Message: media id is not in NetBackup volume pool
Explanation: NetBackup attempted a backup of its catalogs and the media ID specified for
the catalog backup was not in the NetBackup volume pool. Volumes for catalog backups
must be in the NetBackup volume pool.
Recommended Action: Check the Media Manager volume configuration to verify that the
media IDs are present and in the NetBackup volume pool.
NetBackup Status Code: 179
Message: density is incorrect for the media id
Explanation: An operation such as “list contents” was attempted on an invalid media ID,
such as a cleaning tape. Another possibility is that a media ID in the NetBackup catalog
backup configuration does not match the media type entered in the Media Manager
volume configuration.
Recommended Action: Check the volume configuration and the NetBackup catalog
backup configuration and correct any problems found.
NetBackup Status Code: 180
Message: tar was successful
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
127
Status Codes
Explanation: tar returned a successful exit status.
Recommended Action: None.
NetBackup Status Code: 181
Message: tar received an invalid argument
Explanation: One of the parameters passed to tar was not valid.
◆
Recommended Action: On a Windows client, create a tar debug log directory, retry
the operation, and check the log.
◆
On a Macintosh client, check the version file that is in the bin folder in the NetBackup
folder in the Preferences folder. If the software is not at the correct level, install the
correct software as explained in the installation guide.
NetBackup Status Code: 182
Message: tar received an invalid file name
Explanation: tar cannot write to the file that is specified with the -f parameter.
Recommended Action:
1. Create a bpcd debug log directory on the client (on a Macintosh NetBackup creates
the log automatically).
2. On a Windows client, create a tar debug log directory.
3. Increase the debug or log level as explained in the debug log topics in Chapter 3.
4. Rerun the operation, check the resulting debug logs for the parameters passed to tar
and call customer support.
NetBackup Status Code: 183
Message: tar received an invalid archive
Explanation: The data passed to tar was corrupt.
Recommended Action:
1. Create a bpcd debug log directory on the client (on a Macintosh NetBackup creates
the log automatically).
2. On a Windows client, create a tar debug log directory.
3. Increase the debug or log level as explained in the debug log topics in Chapter 3.
128
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
4. Retry the operation and check the resulting debug logs.
5. Reboot the client to see if it corrects the problem.
NetBackup Status Code: 184
Message: tar had an unexpected error
Explanation: A system error occurred in tar.
Recommended Action:
1. Create a bpcd debug log directory on the client (on a Macintosh NetBackup creates
the log automatically).
2. Increase the debug or log level as explained in the debug log topics in Chapter 3.
3. On a Windows client, create a tar debug log directory.
4. Retry the operation and check the resulting debug logs.
5. Reboot the client to see if it corrects the problem.
NetBackup Status Code: 185
Message: tar did not find all the files to be restored
Explanation: There were files in the tar file list that were not in the image.
Recommended Action:
1. Create a bpcd debug log directory on the client (on a Macintosh NetBackup creates
the log automatically).
2. Increase the debug or log level as explained in the debug log topics in Chapter 3.
3. On a Windows client, create a tar debug log directory.
4. Retry the operation.
5. Check the resulting debug logs for the parameters passed to tar and call customer
support.
NetBackup Status Code: 186
Message: tar received no data
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
129
Status Codes
Explanation: The media manager did not send data to tar.
Recommended Action:
1. Retry the operation and check the status on the client for error messages that reveal
the problem.
2. Verify that the tape is available and readable.
3. Verify that the drive is in an UP state. Use the Device Monitor.
4. For detailed troubleshooting information:
a. Create a bptm debug log on the server.
b. On a Windows client, create a tar debug log.
c. Retry the operation and check the resulting debug logs.
NetBackup Status Code: 189
Message: the server is not allowed to write to the client’s filesystems
Explanation: The client is not allowing writes from the server.
Recommended Action: Perform the following to perform restores or install software from
the server.
◆
On a Microsoft Windows or NetWare nontarget client, select Allow server-directed
restores on the General tab in the NetBackup Configuration dialog box. To display
this dialog box, start the Backup, Archive, and Restore interface on the client and click
Configure on the Actions menu.
◆
On a Macintosh client, delete DISALLOW_SERVER_FILE_WRITES from the bp.conf
file in the NetBackup folder in the Preferences folder.
◆
On a NetWare target client, set ALLOW_SERVER_WRITE to yes in the bp.ini file.
NetBackup Status Code: 190
Message: found no images or media matching the selection criteria
Explanation: A verify, duplicate, or import was attempted and no images matching the
search criteria were found in the NetBackup catalog.
Recommended Action: Change the search criteria and retry.
130
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
NetBackup Status Code: 191
Message: no images were successfully processed
Explanation: A verify, duplicate, or import was attempted and failed for all selected
images.
Recommended Action: Check the NetBackup Problems report for the cause of the error.
To obtain detailed troubleshooting information, create an admin debug log directory and
retry the operation. Check the resulting debug log.
NetBackup Status Code: 194
Message: the maximum number of jobs per client is set to 0
Explanation: The NetBackup Maximum jobs per client global attribute is currently set to 0.
Setting the value to 0 disables backups and archives.
Recommended Action: To enable backups and archives, change the Maximum jobs per
client value to the desired nonzero setting. This attribute is on the Global NetBackup
Attributes tab in the Master Server Properties dialog box. See “Using the Host Properties
Window” on page 40.
NetBackup Status Code: 195
Message: client backup was not attempted
Explanation: A backup job was in the NetBackup scheduler’s worklist but was not
attempted.
Recommended Action:
1. Retry the backup either immediately with a manual backup or allow the normal
scheduler retries.
2. For additional information, check the All Log Entries report. For detailed
troubleshooting information, create a bpsched debug log directory on the master
server. After the next backup attempt, check the debug log.
Some actions to perform are:
◆
Verify that the NetBackup Volume Manager and NetBackup Device Manager
services are running.
◆
Look for a problem in an earlier backup that made the media or storage unit
unavailable.
NetBackup Status Code: 196
Message: client backup was not attempted because backup window closed
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
131
Status Codes
Explanation: A backup or archive operation that was queued by the backup scheduler
was not attempted because the backup window was no longer open.
Recommended Action:
◆
If possible, change the schedule to extend the backup window for this policy and
schedule combination so it does not occur again.
◆
If the backup must be run, use the Manual Backup command on the Policy menu in
the Backup Policy Management window to perform the backup. Manual backups
ignore the backup window.
NetBackup Status Code: 197
Message: the specified schedule does not exist in the specified policy
Explanation: A user backup or archive request has specified the exact policy and schedule
to use when performing a backup. The policy exists but does not contain the schedule.
◆
On Microsoft Windows and NetWare nontarget clients, you can specify a policy or
schedule on the Backups tab in the NetBackup Configuration dialog box. To display
this dialog box, start the Backup, Archive, and Restore interface on the client and click
Configure on the Actions menu.
◆
On Macintosh clients, you can specify a policy or schedule by using the bp.conf
options, BPBACKUP_POLICY or BPBACKUP_SCHED.
◆
On NetWare target clients, you can specify a policy or schedule in the bp.ini file.
Recommended Action:
1. Check the client progress log (if available) to determine the policy and schedule that
were specified.
2. Check the configuration on the master server to determine if the schedule is valid for
the policy. If the schedule is not valid, either add the schedule to the policy
configuration or specify a valid schedule on the client.
NetBackup Status Code: 198
Message: no active policies contain schedules of the requested type for this client
Explanation: A user backup or archive has been requested, and this client is not in a
policy that has a user backup or archive schedule.
Recommended Action: Determine if the client is in any policy that has a schedule of the
appropriate type (either user backup or archive).
◆
132
If the client is in such a policy, check the general policy attributes to verify that the
policy is set to active.
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
◆
If the client is not in such a policy, either add a schedule of the appropriate type to an
existing policy that has this client or create a new policy that has this client and a
schedule of the appropriate type.
NetBackup Status Code: 199
Message: operation not allowed during this time period
Explanation: A user backup or archive has been requested and this client is not in a policy
that has a user backup or archive schedule with an open backup window. This error
implies that there is an appropriate policy and schedule combination for this client.
Recommended Action: Determine the policies to which this client belongs that also have
a schedule of the appropriate type (either user backup or archive).
◆
If possible, retry the operation when the backup window is open.
◆
If the backup window is not open during appropriate time periods, adjust a backup
window for a schedule in one of the policies.
NetBackup Status Code: 200
Message: scheduler found no backups due to run
Explanation: When checking the policy and schedule configuration, the NetBackup
scheduler process (bpsched) did not find any clients to back up. This could be due to:
◆
No backup time windows are open (applies only to full and incremental schedules).
◆
Policies are set to inactive.
◆
The clients were recently backed up and are not due for another backup (based on
Frequency setting for the schedules).
◆
Policies do not have any clients.
Recommended Action: Usually, this message can be considered informational and does
not indicate a problem. However, if you suspect a problem:
1. Examine the NetBackup All Log Entries report to see if there are any messages in
addition to one indicating that the scheduler found nothing to do.
2. Examine the policy configuration for all policies or the specific policy in question and
determine if any of the reasons mentioned in the Explanation section above apply.
3. To obtain detailed troubleshooting information, create a bpsched debug log
directory on the master server and retry the operation. Check the resulting debug log.
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
133
Status Codes
NetBackup Status Code: 201
Message: handshaking failed with server backup restore manager
Explanation: A process on the master server encountered an error when communicating
with the media host (can be either the master or a media server). This error means that the
master and media server processes were able to initiate communication, but encountered
difficulties in completing them. This problem can occur during a backup, restore, or
media list in a single or multiple server configuration.
Recommended Action:
1. Determine the activity that encountered the handshake failure by examining the
NetBackup All Log Entries report for the appropriate time period. If there are media
servers, determine if:
◆
The handshake failure was encountered between the master and a media server.
or
◆
Only the master server was involved.
2. If necessary, create the following debug log directories for the following:
◆
bpcd on the NetBackup media host (can be either the master or a media server).
◆
If the error was encountered during a backup operation, bpsched on the master
server.
◆
If the error was encountered during a restore operation, bprd on the master
server.
◆
If the error was encountered during a media list operation, admin in the
NetBackup logs/admin directory on the master server.
3. Retry the operation and examine the resulting debug logs for information on whyntern,.yntencu.4098S8t(o)
134
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
1. Verify that the schedule specifies the correct storage unit.
2. Execute the ping command from one host to another by using the following
combinations:
◆
From the master server, ping the master and all media servers by using the host
names found in the storage unit configuration.
◆
From each of the media servers, ping the master server by using the host name
specified in the NetBackup server list. On a Windows server, the master is
designated on the Servers tab in the Master Server Properties dialog. To access
this dialog, see “Using the Host Properties Window” on page 40.
3. Verify that the master server can communicate with bpcd on the host that has the
storage unit.
After each backup, the scheduler checks the storage unit to see how many drives are
available (in case the backup caused a drive to be automatically downed). If bpsched
cannot communicate with bpcd, it sets the number of available drives in that storage
unit to 0 and further backups to that storage unit fail.
The available drives remain at 0 until the scheduler is initialized again. Therefore,
even if bpcd seems to be operating correctly now, check the bpsched and bpcd
debug logs (see below) for records of an earlier failure.
4. See “Testing Media Server and Clients” on page 19 and “Resolving Network
Communication Problems” on page 21.
5. If necessary, create debug log directories for the following processes and retry the
operation. Then, check the resulting debug logs on the master server:
◆
If the error occurred during a backup operation, check the bpsched debug logs.
Also, check the bpcd debug logs.
◆
If the error occurred during a restore operation, check the bprd debug logs.
NetBackup Status Code: 203
Message: server backup restore manager’s network is unreachable
Explanation: A process on the master server could not connect to a particular host on the
network when trying to initiate communication with the media host for a particular
operation. This problem can occur during a backup or restore in either a single or multiple
server configuration.
Recommended Action: Determine which activity encountered the network unreachable
failure by examining the All Log Entries report for the appropriate time frame. If there is
more than one NetBackup server (that is, one or more media servers) determine if the
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
135
Status Codes
network unreachable failure was encountered between the master and a media server or if
only the master server was involved. Execute the ping command from one host to
another by using the following combinations:
1. From the master server, ping the master and all media servers by using the host
names in the storage unit configuration.
2. From each of the media servers, ping the master server host by using the host name
specified in the NetBackup server list. On a Windows server, the master is designated
on the Servers tab in the Master Server Properties dialog. To access this dialog, see
“Using the Host Properties Window” on page 40.
3. See “Testing Media Server and Clients” on page 19 and “Resolving Network
Communication Problems” on page 21.
4. If necessary, create debug log directories for the following processes and retry the
operation. Then, check the resulting debug logs on the master server:
◆
If the error occurred during a backup, check the bpsched debug logs.
◆
If the error occurred during a restore, check the bprd debug logs.
NetBackup Status Code: 204
Message: connection refused by server backup restore manager
Explanation: The media host refused a connection on the port number for bpcd. This
error can be encountered during a backup or restore.
Recommended Action: Execute the ping command from one host to another by using
the following combinations:
Note Also, see “Resolving Network Communication Problems” on page 21.
1. From the master server, ping the master and all media servers by using the host
names in the storage unit configuration.
2. From each of the media servers, ping the master server by using the name specified in
the NetBackup server list. On a Windows server, the master is designated on the
Servers tab in the Master Server Properties dialog. To access this dialog, see “Using
the Host Properties Window” on page 40.
3. On Windows servers:
a. Verify that the bpcd entries are correct in:
%SystemRoot%\system32\drivers\etc\services
136
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
b. Verify that the NetBackup Client Service Port number and NetBackup Request
Service Port number on the Network tab in the NetBackup Configuration dialog
match the settings in the services file. To display this dialog, start the Backup,
Archive, and Restore interface and click Configure on the Actions menu.
The values on the Network tab are written to the services file when the
NetBackup Client service starts.
c. Stop and restart the NetBackup services.
4. See “Testing Media Server and Clients” on page 19 and “Resolving Network
Communication Problems” on page 21.
5. If necessary, create debug log directories for the following processes and retry the
operation. Then, check the resulting debug logs on the master server:
◆
If the error occurred during a backup operation, check the bpsched debug logs.
◆
If the error occurred during a restore operation, check the bprd debug logs.
NetBackup Status Code: 205
Message: cannot connect to server backup restore manager
Explanation: A process on the master server could not connect to a process on a host on
the network while trying to initiate communication with the server that has the storage
unit for a particular operation. This problem can occur during a backup or restore in
either a single or multiple server configuration. This can also occur when the scheduler
process (bpsched) is building its list of available storage units to use during backups.
Recommended Action: Execute the ping command from one host to another by using
the following combinations:
Note Also, see “Resolving Network Communication Problems” on page 21.
1. From the master server, ping the master and all media servers by using the host
names in the storage unit configuration.
2. From each of the media servers, ping the master server by using the name specified in
the NetBackup server list. On a Windows server, the master is designated on the
Servers tab in the Master Server Properties dialog. To access this dialog, see “Using
the Host Properties Window” on page 40.
3. On Windows servers:
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
137
Status Codes
a. Verify that the bpcd entries are correct in the services file:
%SystemRoot%\system32\drivers\etc\services
b. Verify that the NetBackup Client Service Port number and NetBackup Request
Service Port number on the Network tab in the NetBackup Configuration dialog
match the settings in the services file. To display this dialog, start the Backup,
Archive, and Restore interface and click Configure on the Actions menu.
The values on the Network tab are written to the services file when the
NetBackup Client service starts.
c. Stop and restart the NetBackup services.
4. See “Testing Media Server and Clients” on page 19 and “Resolving Network
Communication Problems” on page 21.
5. Create a bpcd debug log directory on the server that has the storage unit and retry the
operation. Then, check for additional information in the resulting debug log.
NetBackup Status Code: 206
Message: access to server backup restore manager denied
Explanation: The master server is trying to start a process on another server (or itself) and
the master server does not appear in the Netbackup server list on that server. On a
Windows server, the master is designated on the Servers tab in the Master Server
Properties dialog. To access this dialog, see “Using the Host Properties Window” on
page 40.
Recommended Action:
1. Verify that the master server appears as a server in its own server list as well as being
listed on all media servers.
If you change the server list on a master server, stop and restart the NetBackup
Database Manager and NetBackup Request Manager services.
2. If necessary, create debug log directories for the following processes and retry the
operation. Then, check the resulting debug logs on the master server:
◆
If the error occurred during a backup operation, check the bpsched debug logs.
◆
If the error occurred during a restore operation, check the bprd debug logs.
NetBackup Status Code: 207
Message: error obtaining date of last backup for client
138
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Explanation: An error occurred when the backup scheduler (bpsched) tried to obtain the
date of the last backup for a particular client, policy, and schedule combination.
Recommended Action:
1. Verify that the NetBackup Database Manager service is running.
2. Examine the All Log Entries report for the appropriate time frame to gather more
information about the failure.
3. For detailed troubleshooting information, create debug log directories for bpsched
and bpdbm on the master server and retry the operation. Then, check the resulting
debug logs.
NetBackup Status Code: 208
Message: failed reading user directed file list
Explanation: An error occurred when the backup scheduler (bpsched) attempted to read
the list of files requested for a user backup or archive. This error indicates either a
client-server communication problem, or a system problem on the master server where
the NetBackup scheduler process (bpsched) is running.
Recommended Action: For detailed troubleshooting information, create debug log
directories for bpsched and bprd on the master server and retry the operation. Then,
check the resulting debug logs.
NetBackup Status Code: 209
Message: error creating or getting message queue
Explanation: An error occurred when the backup scheduler (bpsched) attempted to
create an internal message queue construct for interprocess communication. This error
indicates a problem on the master server.
Recommended Action: Create a bpsched debug log directory on the master server and
retry the operation. Then, determine the type of system failure by examining the error
message in the bpsched debug log.
NetBackup Status Code: 210
Message: error receiving information on message queue
Explanation: An error occurred when one of the backup scheduler (bpsched) processes
attempted to receive a message from another bpsched process on an internal message
queue construct. This error indicates a problem on the master server.
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
139
Status Codes
Recommended Action: Create a bpsched debug log directory on the master server and
retry the operation. Then, determine the type of system failure by examining the error
message in the bpsched debug log on the master server.
NetBackup Status Code: 211
Message: scheduler child killed by signal
Explanation: A backup scheduler (bpsched) child process, which interacts with the
backup restore manager (bpbrm) on the media host, was terminated. This can occur
because of system administrator action.
Recommended Action: Create a debug log directory for bpsched on the master server
and retry the operation. Then, to determine the cause of the child termination, examine
the messages in the bpsched debug log.
NetBackup Status Code: 212
Message: error sending information on message queue
Explanation: The backup scheduler (bpsched) encountered an error when attempting to
attach to an already existing internal message queue construct for interprocess
communication. This error indicates a problem on the master server.
Recommended Action: Create a bpsched debug log directory on the master server and
retry the operation. Then, determine the type of system failure by examining the error
message in the bpsched debug log.
NetBackup Status Code: 213
Message: no storage units available for use
Explanation: The NetBackup scheduler process (bpsched) did not find any of its storage
units available for use. Either all storage units are unavailable or all storage units are
configured for On demand only and the policy and schedule does not require a specific
storage unit.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine the Backup Status and All Log Entries report for the appropriate time period
to determine the policy or schedule that received the error.
2. Verify that the storage unit’s drives are not down or waiting for media from a
previous operation that did not complete.
3. Verify that all the storage units do not have their Maximum concurrent jobs attribute
set to 0 (for disk storage units) and Maximum concurrent drives used for backup
attribute set to 0 (for Media Manager storage units).
140
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
4. Verify that the robot number and host name in the storage unit configuration matches
the Media Manager device configuration.
5. Determine if all storage units are set to On demand only for a policy and schedule
combination that does not require a specific storage unit. If this is the case, either
specify a storage unit for the policy and schedule combination or turn off On demand
only for a storage unit.
6. Verify that the NetBackup Client service has been started on the Windows NetBackup
media server.
7. For detailed troublesn
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
141
Status Codes
Explanation: During the periodic checking of the NetBackup configuration, the
NetBackup scheduler process (bpsched) was unable to read the global configuration
parameters.
Recommended Action:
1. Verify that the NetBackup Database Manager service is running.
2. Attempt to view the global configuration settings. Use Host Properties (see “Using the
Host Properties Window” on page 40).
3. For detailed troubleshooting information, create debug log directories for bpsched
and bpdbm on the master server and retry the operation. Then, check the resulting
debug logs.
NetBackup Status Code: 216
Message: failed reading retention database information
Explanation: During its periodic checking of the NetBackup configuration, the
NetBackup scheduler process (bpsched) could not read the list of retention levels and
values.
Recommended Action:
1. Verify that the NetBackup Database Manager service is running.
2. For detailed troubleshooting information, create debug log directories for bpsched
and bpdbm on the master server and retry the operation. Then, check the resulting
debug logs.
NetBackup Status Code: 217
Message: failed reading storage unit database information
Explanation: During its periodic checking of the NetBackup configuration, the
NetBackup scheduler process (bpsched) could not read the storage unit configuration.
Recommended Action:
1. Verify that the NetBackup Database Manager service is running.
2. Attempt to view the storage unit configuration by using the NetBackup
administration interface.
3. For detailed troubleshooting information, create debug logs for bpsched and bpdbm
on the master server and retry the operation. Then, check the resulting debug logs.
142
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Ensure that the correct master server is being specified for the connection.
NetBackup Status Code: 218
Message: failed reading policy database information
Explanation: During the periodic checking of the NetBackup configuration, the
NetBackup scheduler process (bpsched) could not read the policy (backup policy)
configuration.
Recommended Action:
1. Verify that the NetBackup Database Manager service is running.
2. Attempt to view the policy configuration by using the NetBackup administration
interface.
3. For detailed troubleshooting information, create debug log directories for bpsched
and bpdbm on the master server and retry the operation. Then, check the resulting
debug logs.
Ensure that the correct master server is being specified for the connection.
NetBackup Status Code: 219
Message: the required storage unit is unavailable
Explanation: The policy or schedule for the backup requires a specific storage unit, which
is currently unavailable. This error also occurs for other attempts to use the storage unit
within the current backup session.
Recommended Action: Look in the Job Details window for the failed job. Or, examine the
Backup Status and All Log Entries report for the appropriate time period to determine the
class or schedule that received the error; then examine the specific class and schedule
configuration to determine the required storage unit.
1. Verify that the schedule specifies the correct storage unit and the storage unit exists.
2. Verify that the NetBackup Device Manager service is running. Use either the Activity
Monitor or the Services application in the Windows Control Panel.
3. Verify that the Maximum concurrent jobs attribute is not set to 0 (for a disk storage
unit) and the Maximum concurrent drives attribute is not set to 0 (for a Media
Manager storage unit).
4. If the storage unit is a tape, verify that at least one of the drives is in the UP state. Use
the Device Monitor.
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
143
Status Codes
5. Verify that the robot number and host in the storage unit configuration matches what
is specified in the Media Manager device configuration.
6. Verify that the master server can communicate with the bpcd process on the server
that has the storage unit.
a. Verify that bpcd is listening on the port for connections.
On a Windows NetBackup server, executing
netstat -a
prints out several lines of output. If bpcd is listening, one of those lines is similar
to the following:
TCP
myhost:bpcd
0.0.0.0:0
LISTENING
Do this on the server where the storage unit is connected.
b. If bpcd seems to be operating correctly, create bpsched and bpcd debug log
directories and retry the operation. Check the resulting debug logs for records of
an earlier failure.
After each backup, the scheduler checks the storage unit to see how many drives
are available (in case the backup caused a drive to be automatically downed). If
bpsched cannot communicate with bpcd, it sets the number of available drives
in that storage unit to 0 and further backups to that storage unit during this
backup session will fail.
The number of available drives remains at 0 until the scheduler is initialized
again.
c. If the cause of the problem is not obvious, perform some of the steps in
“Resolving Network Communication Problems” on page 21.
NetBackup Status Code: 220
Message: database system error
Explanation: The bpdbm process (NetBackup Database Manager service) could not create
a directory path for its configuration catalogs due to the failure of a system call. This is
usually due to a permission problem or an “out of space” condition.
Recommended Action: Create a debug log directory for bpdbm and retry the operation.
Check the resulting debug log for information.
NetBackup Status Code: 221
Message: continue
144
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Explanation: This status code is used in coordinating communication between various
NetBackup processes and normally does not occur. If the logs show that it is associated
with a subsequent error, it usually indicates a communication problem. In this case,
concentrate your troubleshooting efforts on the subsequent error.
Recommended Action: Determine the cause of the status code that follows this one.
NetBackup Status Code: 222
Message: done
Explanation: This status code is used in coordinating communication between various
NetBackup processes and is normally not seen. If the error logs show that it is associated
with a subsequent error, it usually indicates a communication problem. In this case,
concentrate your troubleshooting efforts on the subsequent error.
Recommended Action: Determine the cause of the status code that follows this one.
NetBackup Status Code: 223
Message: an invalid entry was encountered
Explanation: A request to the bpdbm process (NetBackup Database Manager service) had
invalid or conflicting information. This is usually a result of using software from different
versions together, but can also be caused by incorrect parameters on a command.
Recommended Action: Verify that all NetBackup software is at the same version level
and the command parameters are specified correctly. If neither of these is the problem,
obtain detailed troubleshooting information by creating a bpdbm debug log directory and
retrying the operation. Check the resulting debug log.
NetBackup Status Code: 224
Message: there was a conflicting specification
Explanation: A request to the bpdbm process (NetBackup Database Manager service) had
conflicting information. This is usually a result of using software from different version
levels together.
Recommended Action: Verify that all NetBackup software is at the same version level. If
that is not the problem, obtain detailed troubleshooting information by creating bpdbm
and admin debug log directories and retrying the operation. Check the resulting debug
logs.
NetBackup Status Code: 225
Message: text exceeded allowed length
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
145
Status Codes
Explanation: A request containing text that exceeds a buffer size was made to the bpdbm
process (NetBackup Database Manager service). This is usually a result of using software
from different version levels together.
Recommended Action: Verify that all NetBackup software is at the same version level. If
that is not the problem, create debug log directories for bpdbm and admin. Then, retry the
operation and examine the resulting debug logs.
NetBackup Status Code: 226
Message: the entity already exists
Explanation: The configuration already has an entity with the same name or definition.
For example, you see this status if you try to add a new policy when an existing policy has
the same name or definition (attributes, clients, and so on).
Recommended Action: Correct your request and re-execute the command.
NetBackup Status Code: 227
Message: no entity was found
Explanation: The item requested was not in the catalog. For example, the entity could be a
file or policy information.
Recommended Action:
1. A common cause for this problem is a query that has no matching images. Specify
different parameters or options for the operation and try it again.
2. For NetBackup ServerFree Agent only:
◆
Check the /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/online_util log on the client for
the following messages:
onlfi_get_fsmap_info: FTL - /usr/openv/netbackup/fi.conf open
failed. Errno = 2: No such file or directory
onlfi_process_fs_list_fs_entry: FTL - No frozen image mapping
information for /vol1
This indicates that the frozen image configuration file was not found. The frozen
image configuration file is created with the Frozen Image Client Configuration
dialog as described in the “NetBackup Configuration” chapter of the NetBackup
ServerFree Agent System Administrator’s Guide.
◆
Check the /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/online_util log for the
following message:
onlfi_process_fs_list_fs_entry: FTL - No frozen image
146
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
mapping information for /vol1
If you find this message but no “fi.conf open failed” message, the
fi.conf.master server file was created, but the frozen image source has not
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
147
Status Codes
Explanation: The start and duration times specified for one day of the schedule overlap
with another day of the schedule.
Recommended Action: Correct the schedule to eliminate the overlapping backup
windows.
NetBackup Status Code: 232
Message: a protocol error has occurred
Explanation: This is an intermediate status code that usually precedes another status
code. It indicates that either the bpdbm process (NetBackup Database Manager service) or
the process communicating with it has received unexpected information.
Recommended Action: Create a debug log directory for bpdbm. Then, retry the operation,
save the debug log, and call customer support.
NetBackup Status Code: 233
Message: premature eof encountered
Explanation: This is an intermediate status code that usually precedes another status code
and is associated with a problem in network communication.
Recommended Action: During a restore, this means that tar (on the client) received a
stream of data that was not what it expected.
If the communication failure is not due to an interrupt on a client system, save all error
information and call customer support.
NetBackup Status Code: 234
Message: communication interrupted
Explanation: This is an intermediate status code that usually precedes another status code
and is associated with a problem in network communication. A process, either server or
client, received an interrupt signal.
Recommended Action: Save all error information and call customer support.
NetBackup Status Code: 235
Message: inadequate buffer space
Explanation: This code usually indicates a mismatch between server and client software
versions.
Recommended Action:
148
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
1. Verify that all NetBackup software is at the same version level. Update earlier
versions of NetBackup software.
◆
On Windows NetBackup servers, check the
install_path\NetBackup\version.txt file or the About NetBackup item on the
Help menu.
◆
On Microsoft Windows clients, check the About NetBackup item on the Help
menu.
◆
On NetWare target clients, check the Version entry in the bp.ini file.
If the client software is earlier than 3.0, verify that the client is in a Standard type
policy.
◆
On Macintosh clients, check the version file in the bin folder in the NetBackup
folder in the Preferences folder.
2. If the problem persists, save all error information and call customer support.
NetBackup Status Code: 236
Message: the specified client does not exist in an active policy within the configuration
database
Explanation: A client name was not specified or the specified client does not exist.
Recommended Action: Activate the required policy, correct the client name, or add the
client to a policy that meets your needs. After making the correction, retry the operation.
NetBackup Status Code: 237
Message: the specified schedule does not exist in an active policy in the configuration
database
Explanation: The specified schedule does not exist in the NetBackup configuration.
Recommended Action: Activate the required policy, correct the schedule name, or create
a schedule in a policy that meets your needs. After making the correction, retry the
operation.
NetBackup Status Code: 238
Message: the database contains conflicting or erroneous entries
Explanation: The catalog has an inconsistent or corrupted entry.
Recommended Action: Obtain detailed troubleshooting information for bpdbm
(NetBackup Database Manager service) by creating a debug log directory for it. Then,
retry the operation, save resulting debug log, and call customer support.
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
149
Status Codes
NetBackup Status Code: 239
Message: the specified client does not exist in the specified policy
Explanation: The specified client is not a member of the specified policy.
Recommended Action: Correct the client name specification, specify a different policy, or
add the required client name to the policy. After making the correction, retry the
operation.
NetBackup Status Code: 240
Message: no schedules of the correct type exist in this policy
Explanation: The appropriate schedule was not found in the specified policy. For
example, a user backup specified a policy name but no user backup schedule exists in that
policy.
Recommended Action: Specify a different policy or create a schedule of the needed type
in the policy. After making the correction, retry the operation.
NetBackup Status Code: 241
Message: the specified schedule is the wrong type for this request
Explanation: The schedule that was specified for an immediate manual backup is not for a
full nor an incremental backup. It must be one of these.
Recommended Action: Specify only full or incremental schedules for manual backups. If
one does not exist in the policy, create one.
NetBackup Status Code: 242
Message: operation would cause an illegal duplication
Explanation: Processing the request would cause a duplicate catalog entry. This is usually
due to a mistake in specifying media IDs for NetBackup catalog backups.
Recommended Action: Check the error reports to determine the specific duplication that
would occur. Correct the settings for the operation and retry it.
NetBackup Status Code: 243
Message: the client is not in the configuration
Explanation: The specified client name was not in the catalog.
Recommended Action: Either correct the client name or add the client to the desired
policy.
150
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
NetBackup Status Code: 244
Message: main bpsched is already running
Explanation: A bpsched process tried to become the main backup scheduler but another
process is currently in this mode.
Recommended Action: None.
NetBackup Status Code: 245
Message: the specified policy is not of the correct client type
Explanation: A user backup specified a policy that is not the type required for the client.
Recommended Action: Retry the operation by specifying a policy that is the correct type
for the client. If such a policy does not exist, create one.
NetBackup Status Code: 246
Message: no active policies in the configuration database are of the correct client type
Explanation: A user backup request was not satisfied because no active policies were the
type required for the client.
Recommended Action: Create or activate an appropriate policy so the user backup
request can be satisfied.
NetBackup Status Code: 247
Message: the specified policy is not active
Explanation: Backups for the specified policy are disabled because the policy is inactive.
Recommended Action: Activate the policy and retry the operation.
NetBackup Status Code: 248
Message: there are no active policies in the configuration database
Explanation: No active policy was found that would satisfy the request.
Recommended Action: Activate the appropriate policy and retry the operation.
NetBackup Status Code: 249
Message: the file list is incomplete
Explanation: The server timed out while waiting for the client to finish sending the file
list, or a sequencing problem occurred.
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
151
Status Codes
Recommended Action: Obtain additional information by first creating debug logs and
then attempting to recreate the error. The debug logs to create are as follows:
◆
On the server, bptm, bpbrm, and bpdbm.
◆
On Windows clients, bpbkar.
◆
On other clients, bpcd.
Note To increase the amount of information included in the logs, see “Debug Logs on PC
Clients” on page 46.
NetBackup Status Code: 250
Message: the image was not created with TIR information
Explanation: This is an internal error and should not be seen by customers.
Recommended Action: Obtain detailed troubleshooting information by creating debug
logs for bptm and bpdbm on the server. Then, retry the operation and check the resulting
debug logs.
NetBackup Status Code: 251
Message: the TIR information is zero length
Explanation: For a true-image backup, the client sent no file information to the master
server. NetBackup discovered this condition when it attempted to write the TIR
information to media.
Recommended Action:
1. Check the file list for the policy and the exclude and include lists on the client to verify
that the client has files that are eligible for backup. For example, this status code can
appear if the exclude list on the client excludes all files.
2. To obtain detailed troubleshooting information, create debug logs for bptm and
bpdbm on the server. Then, retry the operation and check the resulting debug logs.
NetBackup Status Code: 252
Message: the error status has been written to stderr
Explanation: If a Vault job fails with a status code greater than 255, it exits with status 252;
the actual Vault status code is written to stderr. This is because status codes greater than
255 are not supported by all operating systems. The Vault job then reports the actual
status code found in stderr (for example, 256) as the job completion status, as seen in the
Activity Monitor.
152
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Recommended Action: For more information on a Vault status code, refer to the NetBackup
Troubleshooting Guide or to the Activity Monitor’s troubleshooter.
NetBackup Status Code: 254
Message: server name not found in the bp.conf file
Explanation: This error should not occur through normal use of NetBackup.
Recommended Action: Save all error information and call customer support.
NetBackup Status Code: 257
Message: cannot create log file
Recommended Action: When a vault session is started, vltrun needs to create log files
in the following directories:
UNIX: /usr/openv/netbackup/vault/sessions/vault_name
Windows: install_path\Netbackup\vault\sessions\vault_name
UNIX: /usr/openv/netbackup/vault/sessions/vault_name/sidxxx
Windows: install_path \NetBackup\vault\sessions\vault_name\sidxxx
(where xxx is the session id)
Ensure that the following directory exists, is writable by root, and that the disk is not
full:
UNIX: /usr/openv/netbackup/vault/sessions/vault_name
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\vault\sessions\vault_name
NetBackup Status Code: 258
Message: a child process failed for an unknown reason
Explanation: A child process of the vault job died with an invalid exit status.
Recommended Action: Contact customer support and send appropriate logs.
NetBackup Status Code: 263
Message: session id assignment failed
Explanation: The unique identifier to be assigned to the vault session is bad.
Recommended Action: Verify that the session id stored in the session.last file is
valid.
UNIX:
/usr/openv/netbackup/vault/sessions/vault_name/session.last
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
153
Status Codes
Windows:
install_path\Netbackup\vault\sessions\vault_name\session.last
Make sure that the file system is not full and that no one has inadvertently edited the
session.last file. You can correct the problem by storing in the session.last
file the highest session id that has been assigned to a session for this vault. If the
problem persists, contact customer support and send the appropriate logs.
NetBackup Status Code: 265
Message: session id file is empty or corrupt
Explanation: The session id stored in the following file is bad.
UNIX:
/usr/openv/netbackup/vault/sessions/vault_name/session.last
Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\vault\sessions\vault_name\session.last
Recommended Action: Ensure that the session id stored in the session.last file is not
corrupt. Make sure that the file system is not full and that no one has inadvertently edited
the file. You can correct the problem by storing in the session.last file the highest
session id that has been assigned to a session for this vault. If the problem persists, contact
customer support and send the appropriate logs.
NetBackup Status Code: 266
Message: cannot find robot, vault, or profile in the vault configuration
Explanation: The profile name or triplet robot_name/vault_name/profile_name specified on
the vault command (vltrun, vlteject, vltoffsitemedia), or by means of
vltopmenu, was not found in the vault configuration.
Recommended Action: Please rerun the command with the correct profile_name or triplet
robot_name/vault_name/profile_name.
NetBackup Status Code: 267
Message: cannot find the local host name
Explanation: A vault job obtains the local host name via an OS call. This error occurs
when the vault job is unable to get the local host name.
Recommended Action: Issue a hostname command at the OS command prompt. See the
hostname (or gethostbyname) man page for an explanation of the conditions that would
cause it to fail. Refer to the OS System Administrator Guide for more information
154
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
NetBackup Status Code: 268
Message: the vault session directory is either missing or inaccessible
Explanation: This error occurs when a vault job cannot access the following:
UNIX: /usr/openv/netbackup/vault/sessions
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\vault\sessions
This directory is created when vault is installed.
Recommended Action: Make sure you are running on the master server where vault is
installed and configured. Also ensure that no one has accidently removed the sessions
directory or changed permission on the directory path so it is inaccessible to the vault job.
NetBackup Status Code: 269
Message: no vault session id was found
Explanation: This error is encountered when vltopmenu cannot find a sidxxx session id
directory for the specified profile. It means that either no vault jobs were run for this
profile or that the corresponding sidxxx session id directory (or directories) were removed
from the following directory:
UNIX: /usr/openv/netbackup/vault/sessions/vault_name
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\vault\sessions\vault_name
Recommended Action: You can either specify a different profile for which vault jobs have
been run or exit vltopmenu, run a vault job for the specific profile and rerun vltopmenu
and select the profile.
NetBackup Status Code: 270
Message: unable to obtain process id, getpid failed
Explanation: This error occurs when a vault process is unable to obtain its process id by
means of the getpid() OS system call.
Recommended Action: Look at the system log for any unusual system problems. Wait for
a while and try running the process again when system resources have been freed up.
NetBackup Status Code: 271
Message: the initialization of the vault configuration file failed
Explanation: This error occurs when configuration initialization code fails.
Recommended Action: Ensure that the following is accessible:
UNIX: /usr/openv/netbackup/lib/libxerces-c1_4nmt.so
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\lib\libxerces-c1_4nmt.so
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
155
Status Codes
NetBackup Status Code: 272
Message: execution of a vault notify script failed
Explanation: This error occurs when the vault process is unable to execute a vault notify
script due to permissions problems or coding problems in the script or if an error is
returned by the script.
Recommended Action: Ensure that the notify script is executable and runs without
errors. You must debug the script by running it manually to eliminate coding errors.
NetBackup Status Code: 273
Message: invalid jobID
Explanation: This error should not occur.
Recommended Action: Contact customer support and send appropriate logs.
NetBackup Status Code: 275
Message: a session is already running for this vault
Explanation: This error occurs when you start a session for a vault and another session is
already running for this vault. Only one session is allowed for a vault at any given time.
Recommended Action: Start the vault session after the previous session has completed.
NetBackup Status Code: 284
Message: error caused by invalid data in vault configuration file
Explanation: This error is returned by a vault job or a command when it cannot interpret
the information extracted from the vault configuration file. For example, if the vault
configuration file is corrupt or refers to non-existent or misconfigured objects.
Recommended Action: Ensure that your vault configuration is correct (that it refers to
functional robots, media servers, volume pools, and so forth). Also ensure that the vault
profile is defined in the configuration and has not been accidently removed after the vault
job was started. This can happen when more than one vault interface is changing the
configuration at the same time. Examine the vault logs for detailed information about
configuration problems. To correct the problem, you may need to restore the following
file from a backup copy:
UNIX: /usr/openv/netbackup/db/vault/vault.xml
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\db\vault\vault.xml
NetBackup Status Code: 285
Message: unable to locate vault directory
156
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Explanation: This error is returned by a vault job or command when it cannot locate the
following directory:
UNIX: /usr/openv/netbackup/vault
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\vault
Recommended Action: The vault directory is created when the vault package is
installed on the master server. Ensure that the vault job or command is started as root on
the master server and that the vault directory has not been inadvertently removed or
made inaccessible to root user.
NetBackup Status Code: 287
Message: failed attempting to copy (consolidated) report file
Explanation: This error occurs when a vault job is unable to copy the consolidated reports
to the destination directory specified in the vault profile.
Recommended Action: Ensure that the destination directory specified in the profile exists
and is writable by root. Also the vault job or command must be started with root
privileges. Correct the path and/or permissions of the destination directory and rerun the
vault job or command.
NetBackup Status Code: 288
Message: attempt to open a log file failed
Explanation: This error occurs when a vault job cannot create the detail.log file or
summary.log file in the following directory:
UNIX: /usr/openv/netbackup/vault/sessions/vault_name/sidxxx
Windows: install_path \Netbackup\vault\sessions\vault_name\sidxxx
(where xxx is the session id.)
Recommended Action: Ensure that the above directory exists and has not been
inadvertently removed after the vault job was started. Ensure that this directory is
writable by root and that the disk is not full. Rerun the vault job after correcting the
problem.
NetBackup Status Code: 289
Message: an error occurred when calling vltcore
Explanation: The error can occur during a normal vault job or when vlteject is
executed for a specific session or when vltopmenu is used to generate individual reports,
if any of the following conditions exists:
◆
vltcore binary is removed
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
157
Status Codes
◆
vltopmenu binary is not executable
◆
the disk (on which NetBackup is installed) is full
◆
the following directory is removed or made inaccessible to root (where xxx is the
session id):
UNIX: /usr/openv/netbackup/vault/sessions/vault_name/sidxxx
Windows: install_path\netbackup\vault\sessions\vault_name\sidxxx
Recommended Action: To identify which of the above conditions led to the failure,
review the vault debug log in the following directory:
UNIX: /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/vault
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\logs\vault
Also review the detail.log file in each of the sidxxx directories that had problems:
UNIX: /usr/openv/netbackup/vault/sessions/vault_name/sidxxx
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\vault\sessions\vault_name\sidxxx
Correct the problem and rerun the vault job. If the problem persists, please contact
customer support and send the appropriate logs.
NetBackup Status Code: 290
Message: one or more errors detected during eject processing
Explanation: This error occurs when more than one error is encountered during an eject
procedure via vltopmenu. Any “eject” errors in the range 291 to 300 could have occurred
in any of the sessions being ejected.
Recommended Action: For detailed information, review the vault debug log in the
following directory:
UNIX: /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/vault
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\logs\vault
Also review the detail.log in each of the sidxxx directories that had problems:
UNIX: /usr/openv/netbackup/vault/sessions/vault_name/sidxxx
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\vault\sessions\vault_name\sidxxx
(where xxx is the session id)
The media that was not ejected may need to be ejected manually by means of
vlteject or vltopmenu, after the problem has been identified and corrected.
This error often indicates that the media were left in the offsite vault volume group
but still physically reside in the robot or in the robotic MAP. To solve this problem, do
one of the following:
◆
158
Manually remove any media that are in the offsite vault volume group but are still in
the robotic library.
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
◆
Inventory the robotic library. This puts any media that were in the offsite vault
volume group back into the robotic volume group. Then, rerun the vault sessions that
failed.
NetBackup Status Code: 291
Message: number of media has exceeded capacity of MAP; must perform manual eject
using vltopmenu or vlteject
Explanation: This error occurs when a vault job is run for a profile that has selected
automatic eject mode and the number of media to be ejected exceeds the capacity of the
MAP.
Recommended Action: Use vltopmenu to manually eject the media for the selected
profile and session id. The vltopmenu option will let you eject the selected media, a
MAP-full (or less) at a time.
NetBackup Status Code: 292
Message: eject process failed to start
Explanation: This error occurs when the eject processing cannot be started by the vault
job or vlteject command or via vltopmenu.
Recommended Action: For detailed information about the problem, review the vault
debug log in the following directory:
UNIX: /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/vault
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\logs\vault
Also review the detail.log in each of the sidxxx directories that had problems:
UNIX: /usr/openv/netbackup/vault/sessions/vault_name/sidxxx
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\vault\sessions\vault_name\sidxxx
(where xxx is the session id)
Use the robtest utility to ensure that you can communicate with the vault robotic
library. Once the problem is resolved, rerun the vault session, vlteject command,
or vltopmenu command.
NetBackup Status Code: 293
Message: eject process has been aborted
Explanation: This error occurs when the eject processing has been aborted. This error
could be encountered during a vault job or when using vlteject or the vltopmenu
eject command.
This error can occur because of one of the following conditions:
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
159
Status Codes
◆
Could not open a pipe to vmchange -verify_eject call.
◆
Unexpected output from vmchange -verify_eject call.
◆
There are no MAP elements to eject media into.
◆
The robotic library had problems putting media into the MAP.
◆
The user hit Return in interactive mode without first removing the media from the
MAP. In this case, the media that were in the MAP will be put back into their original
slots in the robotic library.
Recommended Action: For detailed information about why the process was aborted,
review the vault debug log in the following directory:
UNIX: /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/vault
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\logs\vault
Also review the detail.log in each of the sidxxx directories that had problems:
UNIX: /usr/openv/netbackup/vault/sessions/vault_name/sidxxx
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\vault\sessions\vault_name\sidxxx
(where xxx is the session id)
This error often indicates that the media were left in the offsite vault volume group
but still physically reside in the robot or in the robotic MAP. To solve this problem, do
one of the following:
◆
Manually remove any media that are in the offsite vault volume group but are still in
the robotic library.
◆
Inventory the robotic library. This puts any media that were in the offsite vault
volume group back into the robotic volume group. Then, rerun the vault sessions that
failed.
NetBackup Status Code: 294
Message: Database backup failed
Explanation: The catalog backup step failed during a vault job.
Recommended Action: For detailed information about why the process failed, review the
vault debug log in the following directory:
UNIX: /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/vault
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\logs\vault
Also review the detail.log in each of the sidxxx directories that had problems, to
find the actual problem that caused the catalog backup (bpbackupdb) to fail:
UNIX: /usr/openv/netbackup/vault/sessions/vault_name/sidxxx
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\vault\sessions\vault_name\sidxxx
160
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
(where xxx is the session id)
Correct the problem and rerun the vault job.
NetBackup Status Code: 295
Message: eject process could not obtain information about the robot
Explanation: This error occurs when the eject process cannot collect information about the
robotic library and its associated MAPs and volumes.
Recommended Action: For detailed information about why the process failed, review the
vault debug log in the following directory:
UNIX: /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/vault
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\logs\vault
Also review the detail.log in each of the sidxxx directories that had problems:
UNIX: /usr/openv/netbackup/vault/sessions/vault_name/sidxxx
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\vault\sessions\vault_name\sidxxx
(where xxx is the session id)
Correct the error and rerun the vault session, vlteject command, or vltopmenu
eject command.
NetBackup Status Code: 297
Message: all volumes are not available to eject
Explanation: This error occurs when an attempt is made to eject a non-existent or bad
media id during the eject phase of a vault session, vlteject command, or vltopmenu
command.
Possible reasons for this occurring are:
◆
The bad media id was added by means of the vlt_ejectlist_notify script.
◆
The bad media id is already in the MAP or not in the robotic library.
◆
The bad media id is in a robotic drive.
◆
The bad media id is in transit in the robotic library.
Recommended Action: Remove or correct the bad media id from the
vlt_ejectlist_notify script and rerun the vault session. If the bad media id is in the
MAP or a drive or in transit, something is misconfigured.
NetBackup Status Code: 298
Message: the library is not ready to eject volumes
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
161
Status Codes
Explanation: This error occurs if the robotic library is not in a state to support ejecting
media.
Possible reasons for this include:
◆
The library is currently ejecting media
◆
The library is pending ejecting media
◆
The library is currently injecting media
◆
The library is pending injecting media
Recommended Action: Wait until the robotic library can support the eject action and
rerun the vault session, vlteject command, or vltopmenu command.
NetBackup Status Code: 299
Message: there is no available MAP for ejecting
Explanation: The robotic library you are vaulting from does not have a MAP available for
use and so media cannot be ejected.
Recommended Action: Wait until the robotic library’s MAP is available for use and rerun
the vault session, vlteject command, or vltopmenu command.
NetBackup Status Code: 300
Message: vmchange eject verify not responding
Explanation: During the eject process, the vmchange command is called with a
“-verify_eject” call until all of the volumes for the request are in the MAP. This command
call failed or did not return the proper information to the vault eject process.
Recommended Action: For detailed information about why the process failed, review the
vault debug log in the following directory:
UNIX: /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/vault
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\logs\vault
Also review the detail.log in each of the sidxxx directories that had problems:
UNIX: /usr/openv/netbackup/vault/sessions/vault_name/sidxxx
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\vault\sessions\vault_name\sidxxx
(where xxx is the session id)
This error often indicates that the media were left in the offsite vault volume group
but still physically reside in the robot or in the robotic MAP. To solve this problem, do
one of the following:
◆
162
Manually remove any media that are in the offsite vault volume group but are still in
the robot.
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
◆
Inventory the robot. This puts any media that were in the offsite vault volume group
back into the robotic volume group. Then, rerun the vault sessions that failed.
NetBackup Status Code: 301
Message: vmchange api_eject command failed
Explanation: During the eject process, the vmchange command is called with an
“-api_eject” call to begin the process of ejecting media. This command call failed.
Recommended Action: For detailed information about why the process failed, review the
vault debug log in the following directory:
UNIX: /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/vault
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\logs\vault
Also review the detail.log in each of the sidxxx directories that had problems:
UNIX: /usr/openv/netbackup/vault/sessions/vault_name/sidxxx
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\vault\sessions\vault_name\sidxxx
(where xxx is the session id)
Once the problem is resolved, rerun the vault session, vlteject command, or
vltopmenu command.
NetBackup Status Code: 302
Message: error encountered attempting backup of catalog (Two Phase BU)
Explanation: This error occurs when the NetBackup command used for stage one of the
two-stage catalog backup fails.
Recommended Action: For the actual error that caused the failure, review the vault
debug log in the following directory:
UNIX: /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/vault
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\logs\vault
Review the detail.log in each of the sidxxx directories that had problems:
UNIX: /usr/openv/netbackup/vault/sessions/vault_name/sidxxx
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\vault\sessions\vault_name\sidxxx
(where xxx is the session id)
In addition, review the admin debug log in the following directory:
UNIX: /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/admin
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\logs\admin
Correct the error and rerun the vault session.
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
163
Status Codes
NetBackup Status Code: 303
Message: error encountered executing Volume Manager command
Explanation: This error occurs when a volume manager command fails during a vault job.
Recommended Action: For the actual error that caused the volume manager command to
fail, review the vault debug log in the following directory:
UNIX: /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/vault
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\logs\vault
Also review the detail.log in each of the sidxxx directories that had problems:
UNIX: /usr/openv/netbackup/vault/sessions/vault_name/sidxxx
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\vault\sessions\vault_name\sidxxx
(where xxx is the session id)
Try running the volume manager command (with the same arguments as in the log
file) to see the actual error. Ensure that the volume manager daemons are running.
Also ensure that the robot is functional and you can communicate with it (for
example, inventory the robot via the GUI).
NetBackup Status Code: 304
Message: specified profile not found
Explanation: This error occurs when the profile name specified on the vault command is
not defined in the vault configuration.
Recommended Action: Please rerun the vault command with a profile name that is
defined in the vault configuration.
NetBackup Status Code: 305
Message: duplicate profile specified, use full robot/vault/profile
Explanation: This error occurs when duplicate profile names have been defined in two or
more vault configurations and only the profile name is specified on the vault command.
Recommended Action: You must rerun the vault command with the triplet
robot_name/vault_name/profile_name. The triplet will uniquely identify the profile in your
vault configuration.
NetBackup Status Code: 306
Message: errors encountered, partial success
Explanation: This error occurs when a vault job is partially successful, in other words,
when not all images have been successfully duplicated and/or the catalog backup failed.
164
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Recommended Action: For more information, review the vault debug log in the following
directory:
UNIX: /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/vault
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\logs\vault
Also review the detail.log in each of the sidxxx directories that had problems:
UNIX: /usr/openv/netbackup/vault/sessions/vault_name/sidxxx
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\vault\sessions\vault_name\sidxxx
(where xxx is the session id)
A common cause of failure is the lack of resources, such as no more media available in
the specified pools for duplication and catalog backup. Correct the problem and rerun
the vault job. Note that the NetBackup scheduler will retry a vault job that has
terminated with this error.
NetBackup Status Code: 307
Message: eject process has already been run for the requested vault session
Explanation: This error occurs when vlteject is run to eject media for a session id for
which media has already been ejected.
Recommended Action: Rerun vlteject for another session id for which media has not
been ejected.
NetBackup Status Code: 308
Message: no images duplicated
Explanation: This error occurs when vault failed to duplicate any images.
Recommended Action: For more information, review the vault debug log in the following
directory:
UNIX: /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/vault
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\logs\vault
Also review the detail.log in each of the sidxxx directories that had problems:
UNIX: /usr/openv/netbackup/vault/sessions/vault_name/sidxxx
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\vault\sessions\vault_name\sidxxx
(where xxx is the session id)
Look for the log entry that gives the total number of images processed. A common
cause of failure is a lack of resources, such as no more media available in the specified
pools for duplication. Correct the problem and rerun the vault job. Note that the
NetBackup scheduler will retry a vault job that has terminated with this error. Review
the admin debug log for bpduplicate entries and the bptm debug log.
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
165
Status Codes
NetBackup Status Code: 309
Message: report requested without eject being run
Explanation: This error occurs when a report is run that requires media to have been
ejected first.
Recommended Action: Perform one of these actions:
◆
Rerun vlteject or vltopmenu to eject the media for the session before generating
the reports.
◆
Reconfigure the profile to allow the eject step to be performed when the next vault
session for this profile runs.
◆
Disable the report generation in the profile for reports that require media to be
ejected.
NetBackup Status Code: 310
Message: invalid configuration for duplication to disk
Explanation: This error occurs when an invalid disk storage unit is configured in the vault
profile used to duplicate images to disk, or when the profile is configured to create more
than one copy and one of the copies is targeted for a disk storage unit. The latter
configuration will be prevented by the vault interface and should not occur unless the
vault configuration file has been manually altered.
Recommended Action: Ensure that a valid disk storage unit is configured in the profile
by means of the duplication tab. Also ensure that the vault configuration file has not been
manually altered.
NetBackup Status Code: 500
Message: NB-Java application server not accessible - maximum number of connections
exceeded.
Explanation: Indicates that an attempted login failed because the maximum number of
NetBackup-Java user services has been achieved. Although the number of allowed user
services is very large (>100), it is possible to reach the maximum.
Recommended Action: Ask other users to log off (this limit is not configurable).
NetBackup Status Code: 501
Message: You are not authorized to use this application.
Explanation: The user is not authorized to use one of the NetBackup Java Administration
utilities on the host specified in the login dialog.
166
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Recommended Action: Check the /usr/openv/java/auth.conf file on the host
specified in the NetBackup-Java login dialog for the proper authorization. If the
auth.conf file does not exist, it must be created with the proper entry for this user name.
Refer to the NetBackup System Administrator’s Guide for UNIX for more details on the
auth.conf file.
NetBackup Status Code: 502
Message: No authorization entry exists in the auth.conf file for user name username.
None of the NB-Java applications are available to you.
Explanation: The user name is not authorized to use any NetBackup-Java applications on
the host specified in the login dialog.
Recommended Action: Check the /usr/openv/java/auth.conf file on the machine
(host name) specified in the NetBackup-Java login dialog for the proper authorization. If
the file does not exist, it must be created with the proper entry for this user name. Refer to
the NetBackup System Administrator’s Guide for UNIX for more details on the auth.conf file.
NetBackup Status Code: 503
Message: Invalid username.
Explanation: For login to a UNIX host, the user name is not recognized by the NetBackup
Java application server on the host where the login is requested.
For login to a Windows host, the NetBackup-Java authentication service on the host
where the login is requested does not have sufficient privileges for granting the login
request.
Recommended Action:
◆
For UNIX hosts: the user name must be a valid user name in the passwd file on the
host specified in the login dialog.
◆
For Windows hosts: refer to the LogonUser function in the section titled Client/Server
Access Control Functions of the Windows NT Platform Software Developer’s Kit to determine
the required privileges.
NetBackup Status Code: 504
Message: Incorrect password.
Explanation: For login to a UNIX host, the user name is recognized on the host where the
login is requested, but the password supplied is incorrect.
For login to a Windows host, the attempt to log in the user has failed. The failure could be
due to an unrecognized user in the specified domain.
Recommended Action:
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
167
Status Codes
◆
Enter the correct password.
◆
On Windows hosts: The exact error can be found in the bpjava-msvc log file. For
more details, refer to the LogonUser function in the section Client/Server Access
Control Functions of the Windows NT Platform Software Developer’s Kit.
NetBackup Status Code: 505
Message: Can not connect to the NB-Java authentication service on (host) on the
configured port - configured_port_number.
Explanation: The initial connection from the NetBackup-Java interface to its
authentication service is on the port mentioned in the error message. The port is either
being used by another application, or the NetBackup-Java interface and its application
server are not configured with the same port. The default port is 13722.
Recommended Action:
1. Compare the bpjava-msvc entry in the /etc/services file with the
SERVER_PORT entry in /usr/openv/java/nbj.conf file. They must match.
2. Ensure that no other application is using the port configured for the NetBackup-Java
interface.
NetBackup Status Code: 506
Message: Can not connect to the NB-Java user service on (host) on port port_number.
Explanation: Once the user name on the login dialog is validated for access by the
NetBackup-Java authentication service, a NetBackup-Java user service is used for all other
service requests from the NetBackup Administration interface. Communication between
the NetBackup-Java interface and user service is attempted on the port number specified
in the error message. Refer to the various port configuration options described in the
NetBackup System Administrator’s Guide (UNIX or Windows).
◆
168
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
3. Restart the NetBackup Java Administration interface and examine the logs.
NetBackup Status Code: 507
Message: Socket connection to the NB-Java user service has been broken. Please retry
your last operation.
Explanation: The connection was broken to the NetBackup Java application server that is
running on the NetBackup host you are logged in to.
Recommended Action:
1. Retry the last operation.
2. If the problem persists, restart the NetBackup-Java interface and try again.
3. If the problem still persists, enable detailed debug logging as explained under
“Enabling Detailed Debug Logging” in Chapter 3.
4. Restart the NetBackup-Java interface and examine the logs.
Note You may be having network or system problems unrelated to NetBackup.
NetBackup Status Code: 508
Message: Can not write file.
Explanation: This error is caused by one of the following:
◆
The NetBackup-Java user service has attempted to write to a file that does not have
write permissions. The solution is to enable write privileges.
◆
The NetBackup-Java user service has attempted to write to a temporary file whose
unique name cannot be constructed. This condition is unlikely, but could result from
an exhaustion of system resources (from the filling of the name space).
Recommended Action: The specific details may be retrieved from the user service log
files. Enable detailed debug logging as explained under “Enabling Detailed Debug
Logging” in Chapter 3.
NetBackup Status Code: 509
Message: Can not execute program.
Explanation: The NetBackup-Java authentication or user service has reported an error
relating to the creation (or demise) of a child job process. The NetBackup-Java service
programs create separate jobs to accomplish specific tasks, as follows. The
NetBackup-Java authentication service creates the NetBackup-Java user service. Upon
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
169
Status Codes
successful creation of and connection to the NetBackup-Java user service, all other child
processes are created by the NetBackup-Java user service on behalf of requests made by
the NetBackup-Java interface.
Note The cause of status code 509 can be found in the appropriate log file, either for
bpjava-msvc or bpjava-usvc. The cause can be categorized as one of the
following:
◆
A job (started by either the NetBackup-Java authentication service or user service) no
longer exists, and did not report its result status.
◆
A job (started by either the NetBackup-Java authentication service or user service)
cannot be monitored by the NetBackup-Java service. This is probably due to a lack of
system resources (insufficient memory).
◆
The maximum number of non-transient activity monitor jobs (>100) have already
been started.
Recommended Action:
1. If the problem persists, restart the NetBackup-Java interface and try again.
2. If the problem still persists, enable detailed debug logging as explained under
“Enabling Detailed Debug Logging” in Chapter 3.
3. Restart the NetBackup-Java interface and examine the logs.
Note The error is probably the result of a system resource issue. When detailed debug
logging has been enabled, the details may be retrieved from the bpjava-msvc or
bpjava-usvc log files.
NetBackup Status Code: 510
Message: File already exists: file_name
Explanation: The NetBackup-Java user service has attempted to create a file that already
exists.
Recommended Action: Remove the file, which can be identified in the user service log
files. Refer to “Troubleshooting the Administration Console” on page 51.
NetBackup Status Code: 511
Message: NB-Java application server interface error: Java exception
170
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Explanation: This is a generic error for all non-socket IO/connection-broken related
errors (status code 507) that could occur when processing the data from the
NetBackup-Java authentication or user services. The Java exception will provide some
additional detail about the error.
This error usually results from system or network problems.
Recommended Action:
1. If the problem persists, restart the NetBackup-Java interface and try again.
2. If the problem still persists, enable detailed debug logging as explained under
“Enabling Detailed Debug Logging” in Chapter 3.
3. Restart the NetBackup-Java interface and examine the logs.
Note The error is probably the result of a system resource issue. When detailed debug
logging has been enabled, the details may be retrieved from the bpjava-msvc or
bpjava-usvc log files.
NetBackup Status Code: 512
Message: Internal error - a bad status packet was returned by NB-Java application server
that did not contain an exit status code.
Explanation: The NetBackup-Java authentication or user service returned a data packet
indicating an error, but no status code or error message was contained within it.
Recommended Action:
1. If the problem persists, restart the NetBackup-Java interface and try again.
2. If the problem still persists, enable detailed debug logging as explained under
“Enabling Detailed Debug Logging” in Chapter 3.
3. Restart the NetBackup-Java interface and examine the logs.
Note The error is probably the result of a system resource issue. When detailed debug
logging has been enabled, the details may be retrieved from the bpjava-msvc or
bpjava-usvc log files.
NetBackup Status Code: 513
Message: bpjava-msvc: the client is not compatible with this server version
(server_version).
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
171
Status Codes
Explanation: The NetBackup-Java application server (on the remote host you are logging
in to) is not the same version as the NetBackup-Java interface on your local host. The two
are therefore incompatible.
Recommended Action:
◆
Log in to a different NetBackup remote host.
◆
Upgrade the NetBackup software on either the machine specified in the login dialog
or on the local host where you started the NetBackup Java interface.
NetBackup Status Code: 514
Message: NB-Java: bpjava-msvc is not compatible with this application version
(application_version). You may try login to a different NetBackup host or exit the
application. The remote NetBackup host will have to be configured with the same version
of NetBackup as the host you started the application on.
Explanation: The NetBackup-Java application server (on the remote host you are logging
in to) is not the same version as the NetBackup-Java interface on your local host. The two
are therefore incompatible.
Recommended Action:
◆
Log in to a different NetBackup remote host.
◆
Upgrade the NetBackup software on either the machine specified in the login dialog
or on the local host where you started the NetBackup Java interface.
NetBackup Status Code: 516
Message: Could not recognize or initialize the requested locale (locale_NB-Java_was_started_in).
Explanation: This status concerns the UNIX locale configuration (or Windows regional
settings) defined on the host that was specified in the NB-Java login dialog. At login, the
locale configuration is passed to the NB-Java authentication service. Status 516 is
generated if the locale is not recognized or if the locale of the user service could not be
initialized.
Recognition of a valid locale is determined by the rules in the /usr/openv/msg/.conf
file on UNIX and in the install_path\msg\lc.conf file on Windows. When the locale is
validated, initialization of the locale in the user service’s environment is attempted (by
means of setlocale).
Recommended Action: On the host that was specified in the NB-Java login dialog, check
the NetBackup configuration file mentioned above to ensure there is a mapping available
for the indicated locale. (For information on locale configuration and mapping, refer to the
172
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Messages
NetBackup System Administrator’s Guide.) If there is a mapping, try to set the mapped locale on
the host that was specified in the NB-Java login dialog. This system may not be configured
properly.
NetBackup Status Code: 577
Message: Can not connect to the NB-Java user service via VNETD on (host) on port
(configured_port_number)
Explanation: None
Recommended Action: None
Messages
This section lists the NetBackup error messages alphabetically. The status code is included
in parentheses after the message. Refer to the previous list of status codes for explanations
and recommended actions.
/usr/openv/netbackup/bp.conf not found
(NetBackup Status Code 110)
a protocol error has occurred
(NetBackup Status Code 232)
access to server backup restore manager denied
(NetBackup Status Code 206)
access to the client was not allowed
(NetBackup Status Code 59)
a child process failed for an unknown reason
(NetBackup Status Code 258)
afs/dfs command failed
(NetBackup Status Code 78)
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
173
Messages
allocation failed
(NetBackup Status Code 10)
all volumes are not available to eject
(NetBackup Status Code 297)
an entry in the filelist expanded to too many characters
(NetBackup Status Code 70)
an error occurred when calling vltcore
(NetBackup Status Code 289)
an extension package is needed but was not installed
(NetBackup Status Code 9)
an invalid entry was encountered
(NetBackup Status Code 223)
another NB database backup is already in progress
(NetBackup Status Code 125)
archive file removal failed
(NetBackup Status Code 4)
a session is already running for this vault
(NetBackup Status Code 275)
attempt to open a log file failed
(NetBackup Status Code 288)
authentication failed
(NetBackup Status Code 160)
174
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Messages
Auspex SP/Backup failure
(NetBackup Status Code 88)
Backup Exec operation failed
(NetBackup Status Code 151)
backup restore manager failed to read the file list
(NetBackup Status Code 53)
backups are not allowed to span media
(NetBackup Status Code 166)
bpjava-msvc: the client is not compatible with this server version (server_version)
(NetBackup Status Code 513)
bpstart_notify failed
(NetBackup Status Code 73)
can’t connect to client
(NetBackup Status Code 58)
cannot connect on socket
(NetBackup Status Code 25)
cannot connect to server backup restore manager
(NetBackup Status Code 205)
Can not connect to the NB-Java authentication service on the configured port configured_port_number
(NetBackup Status Code 505)
Can not connect to the NB-Java user service on port port_number
(NetBackup Status Code 506)
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
175
Messages
Can not connect to the NB-Java user service via VNETD on (host) or port
(configured_port_number)
(NetBackup Status Code 577)
cannot create log file
(NetBackup Status Code 257)
Can not execute program
(NetBackup Status Code 509)
cannot find configuration database record for requested NB database backup
(NetBackup Status Code 120)
cannot find requested volume pool in Media Manager volume database
(NetBackup Status Code 167)
cannot find the boot, vault, or profile in the vault configuration
(NetBackup Status Code 266)
cannot find the local host name
(NetBackup Status Code 267)
cannot get a bound socket
(NetBackup Status Code 146)
cannot make required directory
(NetBackup Status Code 35)
cannot overwrite media, data on it is protected
(NetBackup Status Code 168)
cannot perform specified media import operation
(NetBackup Status Code 176)
176
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Messages
cannot position to correct image
(NetBackup Status Code 94)
cannot read backup header, media may be corrupted
(NetBackup Status Code 173)
cannot read media header, may not be NetBackup media or is corrupted
(NetBackup Status Code 172)
Can not write file
(NetBackup Status Code 508)
child process killed by signal
(NetBackup Status Code 27)
client backup failed to read the file list
(NetBackup Status Code 67)
client backup failed to receive the CONTINUE BACKUP message
(NetBackup Status Code 66)
client backup was not attempted
(NetBackup Status Code 195)
client backup was not attempted because backup window closed
(NetBackup Status Code 196)
client cannot read the mount table
(NetBackup Status Code 60)
client connection refused
(NetBackup Status Code 57)
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
177
Messages
client did not start
(NetBackup Status Code 49)
client hostname could not be found
(NetBackup Status Code 48)
client is not validated to perform the requested operation
(NetBackup Status Code 135)
client is not validated to use the server
(NetBackup Status Code 131)
client name mismatch
(NetBackup Status Code 39)
client process aborted
(NetBackup Status Code 50)
client timed out waiting for bpend_notify to complete
(NetBackup Status Code 75)
client timed out waiting for bpstart_notify to complete
(NetBackup Status Code 74)
client timed out waiting for the continue message from the media manager
(NetBackup Status Code 65)
client timed out waiting for the file list
(NetBackup Status Code 68)
client’s network is unreachable
(NetBackup Status Code 56)
178
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Messages
client/server handshaking failed
(NetBackup Status Code 26)
communication interrupted
(NetBackup Status Code 234)
connection refused by server backup restore manager
(NetBackup Status Code 204)
continue
(NetBackup Status Code 221)
could not deassign media due to Media Manager error
(NetBackup Status Code 177)
could not get group information
(NetBackup Status Code 38)
could not get passwd information
(NetBackup Status Code 30)
could not set group id for process
(NetBackup Status Code 32)
could not set user id for process
(NetBackup Status Code 31)
daemon fork failed
(NetBackup Status Code 148)
daemon is already running
(NetBackup Status Code 145)
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
179
Messages
Database backup failed
(NetBackup Status Code 294)
database system error
(NetBackup Status Code 220)
density is incorrect for the media id
(NetBackup Status Code 179)
done
(NetBackup Status Code 222)
duplicate profile specified, use full robot/vault/profile
(NetBackup Status Code 305)
EC_badop
(NetBackup Status Code 113)
EC_end
(NetBackup Status Code 115)
EC_error
(NetBackup Status Code 114)
eject process could not obtain information about the robot
(NetBackup Status Code 295)
eject process failed to start
(NetBackup Status Code 292)
eject process has already been run for the requested vault session
(NetBackup Status Code 307)
180
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Messages
eject process has been aborted
(NetBackup Status Code 293)
error caused by invalid data in vault configuration file
(NetBackup Status Code 284)
error creating or getting message queue
(NetBackup Status Code 209)
error encountered attempting backup of catalog (Two Phase BU)
(NetBackup Status Code 302)
error encountered executing Volume Manager command
(NetBackup Status Code 303)
error obtaining date of last backup for client
(NetBackup Status Code 207)
error occurred during initialization, check configuration file
(NetBackup Status Code 103)
error receiving information on message queue
(NetBackup Status Code 210)
error requesting media (tpreq)
(NetBackup Status Code 98)
error sending information on message queue
(NetBackup Status Code 212)
errors encountered, partial success
(NetBackup Status Code 306)
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
181
Messages
evaluation software has expired. See www.veritas.com for ordering information
(NetBackup Status Code 161)
events out of sequence - image inconsistency
(NetBackup Status Code 229)
execution of a vault notify script failed
(NetBackup Status Code 272)
execution of the specified system command returned a nonzero status
(NetBackup Status Code 77)
failed accessing daemon lock file
(NetBackup Status Code 158)
failed attempting to copy (consolidated) report file
(NetBackup Status Code 287)
failed closing mail pipe
(NetBackup Status Code 102)
failed opening mail pipe
(NetBackup Status Code 101)
failed reading policy database information
(NetBackup Status Code 218)
failed reading global config database information
(NetBackup Status Code 215)
failed reading retention database information
(NetBackup Status Code 216)
182
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Messages
failed reading storage unit database information
(NetBackup Status Code 217)
failed reading user directed filelist
(NetBackup Status Code 208)
failed trying to allocate memory
(NetBackup Status Code 36)
failed trying to exec a command
(NetBackup Status Code 29)
failed trying to fork a process
(NetBackup Status Code 28)
failed waiting for child process
(NetBackup Status Code 34)
failed while trying to send mail
(NetBackup Status Code 33)
fatal NB media database error
(NetBackup Status Code 91)
File already exists: file_name
(NetBackup Status Code 510)
file close failed
(NetBackup Status Code 15)
file does not exist
(NetBackup Status Code 142)
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
183
Messages
file open failed
(NetBackup Status Code 12)
file path specified is not absolute
(NetBackup Status Code 141)
file pathname exceeds the maximum length allowed
(NetBackup Status Code 105)
file read failed
(NetBackup Status Code 13)
file write failed
(NetBackup Status Code 14)
found no images or media matching the selection criteria
(NetBackup Status Code 190)
getservbyname failed
(NetBackup Status Code 19)
handshaking failed with server backup restore manager
(NetBackup Status Code 201)
host is unreachable
(NetBackup Status Code 47)
inadequate buffer space
(NetBackup Status Code 235)
Incorrect password
(NetBackup Status Code 504)
184
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Messages
Incorrect server platform identifier
(NetBackup Status Code: 162)
Internal error - a bad status packet was returned by NB-Java application server that did
not contain an exit status code
(NetBackup Status Code 512)
invalid command parameter
(NetBackup Status Code 20)
invalid command protocol
(NetBackup Status Code 143)
invalid command usage
(NetBackup Status Code 144)
invalid configuration for duplication to disk
(NetBackup Status Code 310)
invalid file pathname
(NetBackup Status Code 104)
invalid file pathname found, cannot process request
(NetBackup Status Code 106)
invalid filelist specification
(NetBackup Status Code 69)
invalid jobID
(NetBackup Status Code 273)
invalid request
(NetBackup Status Code 133)
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
185
Messages
Invalid username
(NetBackup Status Code 503)
licensed use has been exceeded
(NetBackup Status Code 159)
logic error encountered
(NetBackup Status Code 256)
main bpsched is already running
(NetBackup Status Code 244)
master server request failed
(NetBackup Status Code 149)
media close error
(NetBackup Status Code 87)
media id is either expired or will exceed maximum mounts
(NetBackup Status Code 169)
media id is not in NetBackup volume pool
(NetBackup Status Code 178)
media id must be 6 or less characters
(NetBackup Status Code 171)
Media Manager device daemon (ltid) is not active
(NetBackup Status Code 80)
Media Manager volume daemon (vmd) is not active
(NetBackup Status Code 81)
186
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Messages
media manager detected image that was not in tar format
(NetBackup Status Code 92)
media manager found wrong tape in drive
(NetBackup Status Code 93)
media manager killed by signal
(NetBackup Status Code 82)
media manager received no data for backup image
(NetBackup Status Code 90)
media manager - system error occurred
(NetBackup Status Code 174)
media open error
(NetBackup Status Code 83)
media position error
(NetBackup Status Code 86)
media read error
(NetBackup Status Code 85)
media write error
(NetBackup Status Code 84)
NB database backup failed, a path was not found or is inaccessible
(NetBackup Status Code 124)
NB database backup header is too large, too many paths specified
(NetBackup Status Code 126)
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
187
Messages
NB database recovery failed, a process has encountered an exceptional condition
(NetBackup Status Code 128)
NB image database contains no image fragments for requested backup id/copy number
(NetBackup Status Code 165)
NB-Java application server interface error: Java exception
(NetBackup Status Code 511)
NB-Java application server not accessible - maximum number of connections exceeded
(NetBackup Status Code 500)
NB-Java: bpjava-msvc is not compatible with this application version
(application_version). You may try login to a different NetBackup host or exit the
application. The remote NetBackup host will have to be configured with the same
version of NetBackup as the host you started the application on.
(NetBackup Status Code 514)
NDMP backup failure
(NetBackup Status Code 99)
network connection broken
(NetBackup Status Code 40)
network connection timed out
(NetBackup Status Code 41)
network read failed
(NetBackup Status Code 42)
network write failed
(NetBackup Status Code 44)
188
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Messages
no active policies contain schedules of the requested type for this client
(NetBackup Status Code 198)
no active policies in the configuration database are of the correct client type
(NetBackup Status Code 246)
No authorization entry exists in the auth.conf file for username username. None of the
NB-Java applications are available to you.
(NetBackup Status Code 502)
no entity was found
(NetBackup Status Code 227)
no files specified in the file list
(NetBackup Status Code 112)
no images duplicated
(NetBackup Status Code 308)
no images were successfully processed
(NetBackup Status Code 191)
no media is defined for the requested NB database backup
(NetBackup Status Code 121)
no profile was specified
(NetBackup Status Code 274)
no schedules of the correct type exist in this policy
(NetBackup Status Code 240)
no storage units available for use
(NetBackup Status Code 213)
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
189
Messages
no vault session id was found
(NetBackup Status Code 269)
none of the files in the file list exist
(NetBackup Status Code 71)
none of the requested files were backed up
(NetBackup Status Code 2)
not all requested files were restored
(NetBackup Status Code 175)
number of media has exceeded the capacity of MAP
(NetBackup Status Code 291)
one or more errors detected during consolidated eject processing
(NetBackup Status Code 290)
operation not allowed during this time period
(NetBackup Status Code 199)
operation requested by an invalid server
(NetBackup Status Code 37)
operation would cause an illegal duplication
(NetBackup Status Code 242)
pipe close failed
(NetBackup Status Code 18)
premature eof encountered
(NetBackup Status Code 233)
190
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Messages
process called but nothing to do
(NetBackup Status Code 296)
process was killed by a signal
(NetBackup Status Code 63)
regular bpsched is already running
(NetBackup Status Code 214)
report requested without eject being run
(NetBackup Status Code 309)
request attempted on a non reserved port
(NetBackup Status Code 45)
requested media id is in use, cannot process request
(NetBackup Status Code 97)
requested media id was not found in NB media database and/or MM volume database
(NetBackup Status Code 95)
required or specified copy was not found
(NetBackup Status Code 147)
required value not set
(NetBackup Status Code 152)
schedule windows overlap
(NetBackup Status Code 231)
scheduler child killed by signal
(NetBackup Status Code 211)
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
191
Messages
scheduler found no backups due to run
(NetBackup Status Code 200)
server backup restore manager’s network is unreachable
(NetBackup Status Code 203)
server is not the master server
(NetBackup Status Code 153)
server name not found in the bp.conf file
(NetBackup Status Code 254)
server not allowed access
(NetBackup Status Code 46)
SERVER was not specified in /usr/openv/netbackup/bp.conf
(NetBackup Status Code 111)
Session id assignment failed
(NetBackup Status Code 263)
Session id file is empty or corrupt
(NetBackup Status Code 265)
socket close failed
(NetBackup Status Code 22)
Socket connection to the NB-Java user service has been broken. Please retry your last
operation.
(NetBackup Status Code 507)
socket open failed
(NetBackup Status Code 21)
192
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Messages
socket read failed
(NetBackup Status Code 23)
socket write failed
(NetBackup Status Code 24)
specified device path does not exist
(NetBackup Status Code 122)
specified disk path is not a directory
(NetBackup Status Code 123)
specified media or path does not contain a valid NB database backup header
(NetBackup Status Code 127)
specified profile not found
(NetBackup Status Code 304)
storage unit characteristics mismatched to request
(NetBackup Status Code 154)
system call failed
(NetBackup Status Code 11)
system error occurred
(NetBackup Status Code 130)
system error occurred while processing user command
(NetBackup Status Code 100)
tar did not find all the files to be restored
(NetBackup Status Code 185)
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
193
Messages
tar had an unexpected error
(NetBackup Status Code 184)
tar received an invalid archive
(NetBackup Status Code 183)
tar received an invalid argument
(NetBackup Status Code 181)
tar received an invalid file name
(NetBackup Status Code 182)
tar received no data
(NetBackup Status Code 186)
tar was successful
(NetBackup Status Code 180)
termination requested by administrator
(NetBackup Status Code 150)
text exceeded allowed length
(NetBackup Status Code 225)
the archive failed to back up the requested files
(NetBackup Status Code 7)
the backup failed to back up the requested files
(NetBackup Status Code 6)
the client is not in the configuration
(NetBackup Status Code 243)
194
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Messages
the client type is incorrect in the configuration database
(NetBackup Status Code 72)
the database contains conflicting or erroneous entries
(NetBackup Status Code 238)
the entity already exists
(NetBackup Status Code 226)
the file list is incomplete
(NetBackup Status Code 249)
the error status has been written to stderr
(NetBackup Status Code 252)
the image was not created with TIR information
(NetBackup Status Code 250)
the initiation of the vault configuration file failed
(NetBackup Status Code 271)
the library is not ready to eject volumes
(NetBackup Status Code 298)
the maximum number of jobs per client is set to 0
(NetBackup Status Code 194)
the requested operation was partially successful
(NetBackup Status Code 1)
the requested operation was successfully completed
(NetBackup Status Code 0)
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
195
Messages
the required storage unit is unavailable
(NetBackup Status Code 219)
the restore failed to recover the requested files
(NetBackup Status Code 5)
the server is not allowed to write to the client’s filesystems
(NetBackup Status Code 189)
the specified policy does not exist in the configuration database
(NetBackup Status Code 230)
the specified policy is not active
(NetBackup Status Code 247)
the specified policy is not of the correct client type
(NetBackup Status Code 245)
the specified client does not exist in an active policy within the configuration database
(NetBackup Status Code 236)
the specified client does not exist in the specified policy
(NetBackup Status Code 239)
the specified schedule does not exist in an active policy in the configuration database
(NetBackup Status Code 237)
the specified schedule does not exist in the specified policy
(NetBackup Status Code 197)
the specified schedule is the wrong type for this request
(NetBackup Status Code 241)
196
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Messages
the TIR information is zero length
(NetBackup Status Code 251)
the vault session directory is either missing or inaccessible
(NetBackup Status Code 268)
there are no active policies in the configuration database
(NetBackup Status Code 248)
there is no available MAP for ejecting
(NetBackup Status Code 299)
there was a conflicting specification
(NetBackup Status Code 224)
third-party copy backup failure
(NetBackup Status Code 170)
timed out connecting to client
(NetBackup Status Code 54)
timed out connecting to server backup restore manager
(NetBackup Status Code 202)
timed out waiting for database information
(NetBackup Status Code 51)
timed out waiting for media manager to mount volume
(NetBackup Status Code 52)
timed out waiting for the client backup to start
(NetBackup Status Code 64)
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
197
Messages
unable to allocate new media for backup, storage unit has none available
(NetBackup Status Code 96)
unable to determine the status of rbak
(NetBackup Status Code 8)
unable to locate vault directory
(NetBackup Status Code 285)
unable to mount media because its in a DOWN drive or misplaced
(NetBackup Status Code 164)
unable to obtain process id, getpid failed
(NetBackup Status Code 270)
unable to process request
(NetBackup Status Code 228)
unable to process request because the server resources are busy
(NetBackup Status Code 134)
unexpected message received
(NetBackup Status Code 43)
unimplemented error code
(NetBackup Status Code 276 - 280)
unimplemented feature
(NetBackup Status Code 16)
user id was not superuser
(NetBackup Status Code 140)
198
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Messages
user is not validated to use the server
(NetBackup Status Code 132)
valid archive image produced, but no files deleted due to non-fatal problems
(NetBackup Status Code 3)
vault configuration file not found
(NetBackup Status Code 259)
vault internal error 260
(NetBackup Status Code 260)
vault internal error 261
(NetBackup Status Code 261)
vault internal error 262
(NetBackup Status Code 262)
vault internal error 286
(NetBackup Status Code 286)
vltCore Error
(NetBackup Status Code 281)
vltCore System Error
(NetBackup Status Code 282)
vltCore UnhandledError
(NetBackup Status Code 283)
vmchange api_eject command failed
(NetBackup Status Code 301)
Chapter 4, NetBackup Status Codes and Messages
199
5
Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
This chapter lists Media Manager status codes and messages. In each of the following
subsections, the status codes are listed in numerical order, followed by an explanation and
recommended action.
◆
Media Manager Status Codes
◆
Device Configuration Status Codes
◆
Format Optical Status Codes
◆
Device Management Status Codes
◆
Robotic Status Codes
◆
Robotic Error Codes
At the end of this chapter is a section titled “Messages,” which lists all Media Manager
messages alphabetically. Following each message is a pointer to the section in this chapter
that contains detailed information about the message.
Status Codes
Note The term media server, as distinct from master server or server, does not apply to the
NetBackup BusinesServer product. When troubleshooting a BusinesServer
installation, please ignore any references to media server.
Media Manager Status Codes
These status codes appear in exit status and command output for most Media Manager
commands, media and device management user interfaces, and system or debug logs.
Media Manager Status Code: 1
Message: request completed
Explanation: A requested operation was completed. The operation may have been one of
several related operations for a particular task.
201
Status Codes
Recommended Action: None.
Media Manager Status Code: 2
Message: system error
Explanation: A system call failed. This status code is used for a generic system call failure
that does not have its own status code.
Recommended Action:
1. Check for other error messages in the command or interface output to determine
which system call failed. Enable debug logging, retry the operation, and check the
debug log files for more specific error messages.
2. Check the system application log for error and warning messages.
3. Verify that the system is not running out of virtual memory. If virtual memory is the
problem, shut down unused applications or increase the amount of virtual memory.
To increase virtual memory on Windows:
a. Display the Control Panel.
b. Double-click System.
c. On the Performance tab, set Virtual Memory to a higher value. (On Windows
2000, select Performance Options from the Advanced tab.)
4. Verify that all product binaries are properly installed.
5. Verify that there are no unexpected Media Manager processes running by executing
vmps. Some processes are expected to remain running, though some processes that
are not going away could indicate a more serious problem, such as a hung system call.
Media Manager Status Code: 3
Message: must be root user to execute command
Explanation: The process was started by a user or process that did not have root
privileges (on UNIX) or administrator privileges (on Windows).
Recommended Action: If desired, give the user or process administrator privileges (on
Windows) or root privileges (on UNIX) and retry the operation.
Media Manager Status Code: 4
Message: invalid command usage
202
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Explanation: A Media Manager command was executed with improper options or there is
an incompatibility between components or versions of the product.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed message
on the error, as follows.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Check the usage statement for expected usage and compare with the parameters
being sent to start the new process.
3. Verify that all Media Manager binaries are at a compatible version level.
Media Manager Status Code: 5
Message: daemon resources are busy
Explanation: A requested operation could not be processed because resources were busy.
Recommended Action: Check the status of any resources used by the requested
operation. On a robotic inventory request, verify that the inventory operation completes
within the allotted time (7 minutes for robot types ACS, LMF, RSM, TLH, TLM, TS8, TSD,
TSH, and 32 minutes for other robot types).
Media Manager Status Code: 6
Message: invalid protocol request
Explanation: An invalid request was sent to a Media Manager robotic process or operator
request process.
Recommended Action:
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
203
Status Codes
1. Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed message
on the error, as follows.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Identify the target components (for example, vmd and robotic processes on local or
remote hosts) and verify that all Media Manager binaries are at compatible version
level.
Media Manager Status Code: 7
Message: daemon terminated
Explanation: The process is inactive or is terminating (or has terminated) from an event or
signal, or as a direct result of a request from an authorized user or process.
Recommended Action: If the targeted product component is needed but has terminated,
restart the daemons/services on the targeted host.
Media Manager Status Code: 8
Message: invalid media ID
Explanation: A process performing a media-related operation encountered an empty or
incorrectly formatted media identifier, or was passed a media ID that could not be
operated on as requested.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output and debug logs for a more detailed message on the error,
as follows.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Ensure that the media ID, where requested, is not blank.
204
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
3. Ensure that the specified media IDs contain valid characters only: alphanumeric
characters, and the period (.), plus sign (+), and underscore (_). A hyphen (-) is also a
valid character when not the first character in the media ID.
4. If the media is for optical disk, ensure that the media ID of the optical partner is
specified and contains only valid characters.
5. If the media ID is for optical disk in a TLM robot, ensure that the format of the ID and
partner are “Axxxxxx” and “Bxxxxx,” respectively.
6. If media are specified to be ejected from a library, ensure that they exist in the volume
database and are associated with the correct robot number.
7. Ensure that the media ID is from 1 to 6 characters in length.
8. Ensure that a valid media and seed were specified.
9. If the operation is an inventory request for an ACS robot, use the robtest utility to
verify that the ACS interface is returning cleaning media IDs both in the query
volume list and in the query cleaning volume list.
Media Manager Status Code: 9
Message: invalid media type
Explanation: A process performing a media-related operation encountered an unknown,
missing, or incompatible media type specifier.
Recommended Action:
1. If running a robot inventory on a robot of type ACS, LMF, RSM, TLH, or TLM, ensure
that the vendor media type returned from the robot control software is supported and
recognized by the version of Media Manager that is installed.
2. If using a command line interface directly, verify that a valid media type has been
passed, according to vmadd(1m) command line documentation, which applies to all
Media Manager command line interfaces.
3. Ensure that an operation valid only for cleaning media has not been requested on a
media ID that does not correspond to cleaning tape.
4. Ensure that the media type in all barcode rules is a valid media type or the ordinal
zero (0), to represent the default media type.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
205
Status Codes
Explanation: A requested operation encountered a case where a specified robot type or a
volume’s robot type differed from the type of robot required to perform the operation in
the current configuration.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available) and debug logs for a more detailed message
on the error, as follows.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Specify a robot type that supports the volume’s media type.
3. Check the volume database and ensure that the specified robot type agrees with that
for all volumes having the specified robot number.
4. If a robot type is required for the requested operation, ensure that a robot type has
been specified.
Media Manager Status Code: 13
Message: invalid robot number
Explanation: The robot number was not specified or was not within the allowable range.
Recommended Action: Specify a robot number in the range of 0 to 32767.
Media Manager Status Code: 14
Message: invalid robot host
Explanation: A requested operation encountered a case where the robot control host was
either not specified, not valid for the given robot type, not in an acceptable format, or
exceeded the allowed length of a robot control host name.
Recommended Action:
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
207
Status Codes
1. Examine command output (if available) and debug logs for a more detailed message
on the error, as follows.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. If possible, re-attempt the requested operation using another user interface that
supports the type of request.
Media Manager Status Code: 15
Message: invalid volgroup
Explanation: A requested operation encountered a case where the volume group was
either not specified, not in an acceptable format, or exceeded the allowed length of a
volume group.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available) and debug logs for a more detailed message
on the error, as follows.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Specify a volume group where one is required, ensuring that it is no longer than 25
ASCII characters in length, without containing any whitespace or unprintable
characters.
Media Manager Status Code: 16
Message: invalid robot coord1
Explanation: A requested operation encountered a missing or out-of-range robot slot
number, or a move by volume group residence was attempted when the volume had not
originated from a valid robotic library slot.
Recommended Action:
208
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
1. Examine command output (if available) and debug logs for a more detailed message
on the error, as follows.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Specify a slot number (robot coordinate 1) where required, ensuring that it is within
the allowable range of slot numbers for the given robot type.
Media Manager Status Code: 17
Message: invalid robot coord2
Explanation: A requested operation encountered a missing or invalid robot coordinate 2
(used for the optical platter side), or a move by volume group residence was attempted
when the volume had not been previously associated with a valid robot coordinate 2
(optical platter side).
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available) and debug logs for a more detailed message
on the error, as follows.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Specify a robot coordinate 2 value of zero (0) for non-optical media, or specify either
A or B to represent the platter side for optical media.
Media Manager Status Code: 18
Message: cannot allocate requested memory
Explanation: Allocation of system memory failed. This error occurs when there is
insufficient system memory available. The system may have too little physical and virtual
memory to handle the current load of processes.
Recommended Action: Free up memory by terminating unneeded processes that
consume a lot of memory. Add more swap space or physical memory.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
209
Status Codes
Media Manager Status Code: 19
Message: invalid volume database host
Explanation: A requested operation encountered a missing or invalid volume database
host, or a request was sent to a host running a version of the product that does not support
the requested operation.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available) and debug logs for a more detailed message
on the error, as follows.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Specify a valid volume database host on which a version of vmd, the volume daemon
(or NetBackup Volume Manager service), or operator request daemon/process is
running that supports the requested operation.
Media Manager Status Code: 20
Message: protocol error
Explanation: Message communications (handshaking) was not correct.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available) and debug logs for a more detailed message
on the error, as follows.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Retry the operation and examine the logs. Ensure that there are no embedded
whitespaces in fields that do not allow embedded whitespace.
210
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Media Manager Status Code: 21
Message: cannot obtain daemon lockfile
Explanation: vmd (the Media Manager volume daemon on UNIX or NetBackup Volume
Manager service on Windows) could not obtain an internal software lock.
Recommended Action: Check for the existence and permissions of the lock file itself and
the lock file directory, which is /usr/openv/volmgr/misc/vmd.lock (UNIX) or
install_path\Volmgr\misc\vmd.lock (Windows). Create the directory/folder and
adjust the permissions as needed so that vmd can obtain the lock, which is
/usr/openv/volmgr/misc/vmd.lock (UNIX) or
install_path\Volmgr\misc\vmd.lock (Windows).
Media Manager Status Code: 22
Message: database initialization failed
Explanation: Initialization problems were encountered in the robotic test utility while
trying to read the device databases. This is a generic return code for device
database-related issues.
Recommended Action: Check the command output for detailed errors. Use the
tpconfig interface or another device management interface to verify database access
and integrity.
Media Manager Status Code: 23
Message: database close operation failed
Explanation: An error occurred when vmd attempted to close the volume database.
Recommended Action: Examine the daemon debug log for a more detailed message on
the system error, as follows.
1. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in
the vm.conf file and restarting the volume daemon / NetBackup Volume Manager
service, or start vmd with the verbose option.
2. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
Media Manager Status Code: 24
Message: database already open
Explanation: vmd (the Media Manager volume daemon on UNIX or NetBackup Volume
Manager service on Windows) was about to open the volume database, but found that it
was already open.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
211
Status Codes
Recommended Action: Check to see if the volume database locking mechanism is
working correctly, and send requests such as volume queries to vmd to see if it is
functioning correctly. Try stopping and starting vmd to clear the unexpectedly open file
descriptor.
Media Manager Status Code: 25
Message: failed making the database directory
Explanation: vmd (the Media Manager volume daemon on UNIX or NetBackup Volume
Manager service on Windows) could not create the database directory/folder.
Recommended Action: Determine why the directory /usr/openv/volmgr/database
(UNIX) or folder install_path\Volmgr\database (Windows) cannot be created. On
Windows, check which account the NetBackup Volume Manager service is running under
and compare it against the security properties of the database folder.
Media Manager Status Code: 26
Message: database open operation failed
Explanation: A database file could not be opened.
Recommended Action: Check for the existence and permissions of the volDB file in the
/usr/openv/volmgr/database directory (UNIX) or install_path\Volmgr\database
folder (Windows). Also check for the existence and permissions of the following files in
the /usr/openv/share directory (UNIX) or install_path\NetBackup\share folder
(Windows):
◆
external_robotics.txt
◆
external_densities.txt
◆
external_drivetypes.txt
◆
external_mediatypes.txt
◆
external_attributes.txt
Media Manager Status Code: 27
Message: database read record operation failed
Explanation: vmd (the Media Manager volume daemon on UNIX or NetBackup Volume
Manager service on Windows) encountered a read error while reading a volume database
record.
Recommended Action:
212
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
1. Examine the daemon debug log for a more detailed message on the system error, as
follows.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. The volume database may be corrupted. Restore an older volume database from a
saved version or from catalog backups.
Media Manager Status Code: 28
Message: database read operation read too few bytes
Explanation: vmd (the Media Manager volume daemon on UNIX or NetBackup Volume
Manager service on Windows) encountered a record that was smaller than expected while
reading a volume database record.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine the daemon debug log for a more detailed message on the system error, as
follows.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. The volume database may be corrupted. Restore an older volume database from a
saved version or from catalog backups.
Media Manager Status Code: 29
Message: database lock operation failed
Explanation: vmd (the Media Manager volume daemon on UNIX) encountered a system
call error while attempting to lock the volume database. This error code applies to UNIX
servers only.
Recommended Action:
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
213
Status Codes
1. Examine the daemon debug log for a more detailed message on the system error, as
follows.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the volume daemon, or start vmd with
the verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Execute vmps to ensure that vmd and vmdb_dump are not both running at the same
time.
3. Ensure that no other process has a lock on the database file
/usr/openv/volmgr/database/volDB.
Media Manager Status Code: 30
Message: database seek operation failed
Explanation: vmd (the Media Manager volume daemon on UNIX or NetBackup Volume
Manager service on Windows) encountered a read error while seeking (positioning)
within the volume database.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine the daemon debug log for a more detailed message on the system error, as
follows.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. The volume database may be corrupted. Restore an older volume database from a
saved version or from catalog backups.
Media Manager Status Code: 31
Message: database unlock operation failed
Explanation: vmd (the Media Manager volume daemon on UNIX) encountered a system
call error while attempting to unlock the volume database.
Recommended Action:
214
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
1. Examine the daemon debug log for a more detailed message on the system error, as
follows.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the volume daemon, or start vmd with
the verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Execute vmps to ensure that vmd and vmdb_dump are not both running at the same
time.
3. Ensure that no other process is locking or unlocking the database file
/usr/openv/volmgr/database/volDB.
Media Manager Status Code: 32
Message: database write record operation failed
Explanation: vmd (the Media Manager volume daemon on UNIX or NetBackup Volume
Manager service on Windows) encountered an error while writing a volume database
record.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine the daemon debug log for a more detailed message on the system error, as
follows.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Examine the permissions and available file system space for writing to the database
/usr/openv/volmgr/database/volDB (UNIX) or
install_path\Volmgr\database\volDB (Windows).
Media Manager Status Code: 33
Message: database write operation wrote too few bytes
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
215
Status Codes
Explanation: vmd (the Media Manager volume daemon on UNIX or NetBackup Volume
Manager service on Windows) encountered an error while writing a volume database
record, where the record was only partially written.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine the daemon debug log for a more detailed message on the system error, as
follows.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the volume daemon/NetBackup
Volume Manager service, or start vmd with the verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Examine the available file system space for writing to the database
/usr/openv/volmgr/database/volDB (UNIX) or
install_path\Volmgr\database\volDB (Windows9 TDc-0.-13(stow)7.7(x)2.4(l6210.135 )-300128 TD0.003
e89.5: B
216
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Explanation: A requested operation encountered a case where a volume query did not
return a volume entry matching the search criteria.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine the daemon and reqlib debug logs for a more detailed message on the error,
as follows.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the volume daemon/NetBackup
Volume Manager service, or start vmd with the verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Ensure that volumes are properly configured on the volume database host that
matches the volume database host configured for the robot or set of standalone
drives. Use tpconfig -d and tpconfig -lsavdbhost to list the configured
volume database hosts. Select the current server (the one you are administering) to be
the same as the host which is the correct volume database host for a targeted device.
3. Update the volume or device configurations, specify the correct volume database
host, modify volume properties, or adjust search criteria as needed so that the volume
query can find a matching volume.
Media Manager Status Code: 36
Message: barcode not unique in database
Explanation: A volume entry being added to or changed in the volume database had a
barcode specified which was a duplicate of the barcode for another volume already in the
volume database. All volumes in a volume database must have a unique barcode.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available) and the daemon and reqlib debug logs for a
more detailed message on the error, as follows.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the volume daemon/NetBackup
Volume Manager service, or start vmd with the verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
217
Status Codes
2. Query for or sort volume records by barcode to identify the existing volume entry
with the same barcode as that specified for the volume entry being added or changed.
Media Manager Status Code: 37
Message: robotic volume position is already in use
Explanation: A volume entry being added to or changed in the volume database had a
robotic coordinate (slot number, or slot number and platter side) which was a duplicate of
the robotic coordinate for another volume already in the volume database. All volumes in
a volume database must have unique robotic coordinates.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available) and the daemon and reqlib debug logs for a
more detailed message on the error, as follows.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the volume daemon/NetBackup
Volume Manager service, or start vmd with the verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Query for or sort volume records by slot number to identify the existing volume entry
with the same robotic coordinate as that specified on the volume entry being added or
changed (if using optical disk, display the optical platter side).
3. Change (update or move volume) or delete the existing volume entry if it does not
reflect the correct robotic coordinate corresponding to the volume’s storage position
in the robotic library. If a volume is currently in a drive, the volume database should
still reflect the volume’s home slot.
Media Manager Status Code: 39
Message: network protocol error
Explanation: An attempt to read data from a socket failed.
Recommended Action:
218
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
1. Examine command output (if available) and the daemon and reqlib debug logs for a
more detailed message on the protocol error, as follows.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the volume daemon/NetBackup
Volume Manager service, or start vmd with the verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Verify that the server being connected to is operational.
Media Manager Status Code: 40
Message: unexpected data received
Explanation: Message communications (handshaking) was not correct.
Recommended Action:
1. Verify that the correct version of software is running on all servers.
2. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in
the vm.conf file and restarting the volume daemon/NetBackup Volume Manager
service, or start vmd with the verbose option, if available.
3. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
4. Ensure that there are no embedded whitespaces in fields that do not allow embedded
whitespace.
Media Manager Status Code: 41
Message: invalid media ID for naming mode
Explanation: A request to add multiple volumes with a first media ID and a media ID
style failed because the media ID specified was not compatible with the media ID naming
style provided.
Recommended Action: Provide a first media ID that fits the selected style. For example, if
the media ID style is two characters and four digits, the least significant four characters in
the first media ID must be digits in the range 0 to 9. Alternatively, select a media ID style
that fits the specified first media ID.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
219
Status Codes
Media Manager Status Code: 42
Message: cannot connect to robotic software daemon
Explanation: A connection to a robotic software daemon/process could not be
established. This can occur when a process tries to connect to the robotic process that is
not running. It can also occur if the network or server is heavily loaded and has slow
response time.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available) and the daemon and reqlib debug logs for a
more detailed message on the error, as follows.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the volume daemon/NetBackup
Volume Manager service, or start vmd with the verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Identify the robotic process by looking at the robot type, and at the robot host on the
robotic request or the robot host field of the volume being operated on.
3. Verify that the robotic process used for robotic control is available (see table “Media
Manager Daemons and Programs” on page 459), and start the robotic process if
necessary.
4. Ensure that there is only one configured robot control host for each LMF, TL8, TLD,
and TLH robot and that all volumes in the volume configuration have a robot host
that matches the configured robot control host.
5. Change the volumes or reconfigure the robot in the device configuration as needed.
6. Check the system log on the robot control host to see if the robotic process is
processing requests during the time when connections to it are attempted.
Media Manager Status Code: 43
Message: failed sending to robotic software daemon
Explanation: An attempt to write data to a robotic software daemon/process socket
failed.
Recommended Action:
220
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
1. Examine command output (if available) and the daemon and reqlib debug logs for a
more detailed message on the error, as follows.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Identify the robotic process by looking at the robot type, and at the robot host on the
robotic request or the robot host field of the volume being operated on. Verify that the
robotic process used for robotic control is available and handling requests (see table
“Media Manager Daemons and Programs” on page 459).
3. Identify the robot control host by checking the device configuration. There should be
only one configured robot control host for each LMF, TL8, TLD, and TLH robot and
all volumes in the volume configuration should have a robot host that matches the
configured robot control host.
4. Check the system log on the robot control host to see if the robotic process is
processing requests during the time when communications with it are attempted.
Perform “Resolving Network Communication Problems” on page 21.
Media Manager Status Code: 44
Message: failed receiving from robotic software daemon
Explanation: An attempt to read data from a robotic software daemon/process socket
failed.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available) and the daemon and reqlib debug logs for a
more detailed message on the error, as follows.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command's verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
221
Status Codes
2. Identify the targeted robotic process by looking at the robot type, and at the robot host
on the robotic request or the robot host field of the volume being operated on. Verify
that the robotic process used for robotic control is available and handling requests
(see table “Media Manager Daemons and Programs” on page 459).
3. Identify the robot control host by checking the device configuration. There should be
only one configured robot control host for each LMF, TL8, TLD, and TLH robot and
all volumes in the volume configuration should have a robot host that matches the
configured robot control host.
4. Check the system log on the robot control host to see if the robotic process is
processing requests during the time when communications with it are attempted.
Perform “Resolving Network Communication Problems” on page 21.
Media Manager Status Code: 45
Message: failed changing terminal characteristics
Explanation: A system call failed when an attempt was made to change the mode for
terminal input between cooked and raw.
Recommended Action: Examine the user interface output for the system error associated
with the failed system call and troubleshoot according to operating system vendor
recommendations.
Media Manager Status Code: 46
Message: unexpected data from robotic software daemon
Explanation: Message communications (handshaking) between a process and a robotic
software daemon/process failed.
Recommended Action:
1. Verify that the correct version of software is running on all servers.
2. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in
the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing the command's
verbose option, if available.
3. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
4. Ensure that there are no embedded whitespaces in fields that do not allow embedded
whitespace.
222
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
5. Check the system log on the robot control host for errors logged by the robotic
software.
Media Manager Status Code: 47
Message: no entries changed
Explanation: A requested operation was completed, but no changes to the volume
configuration or Media Manager configuration file were made. The administrator may
have aborted an operation instead of continuing with proposed changes, or the
configuration file may have already included the configuration entry that was being
added.
Recommended Action:
1. No action is needed if the administrator aborted the change operation.
2. Examine command output (if available) and the daemon and reqlib debug logs for a
more detailed message on the error, as follows.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
Media Manager Status Code: 48
Message: no entries deleted
Explanation: A delete volume(s) operation completed, but no changes were made to the
volume configuration.
Recommended Action:
1. No action is needed, unless volumes that were requested to be deleted were not in fact
deleted.
2. Examine command output (if available) and the daemon and reqlib debug logs for a
more detailed message on the error, as follows.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
223
Status Codes
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
Media Manager Status Code: 49
Message: no entries inserted
Explanation: An insert volume(s) operation completed, but no volumes were added to the
volume configuration.
Recommended Action:
1. No action is needed unless volumes that were requested to be inserted were not
actually inserted.
2. Examine command output (if available) and the daemon and reqlib debug logs for a
more detailed message on the error, as follows.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
Media Manager Status Code: 50
Message: invalid change-entry request
Explanation: A request to change volume information was sent to vmd (the Media
Manager volume daemon on UNIX or NetBackup Volume Manager service on Windows),
but an older version of vmd is installed on the volume database host which does not
support the type of change operation requested.
Recommended Action:
224
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for a more
detailed message on the error, as follows.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Check the usage statement for expected usage and compare with the parameters
being sent to start the new process.
3. Ensure that change volume requests from a newer release version level are not sent to
vmd on an older, incompatible version level.
Media Manager Status Code: 51
Message: cannot auto-eject this robot type
Explanation: A request to change volume residence with media eject was sent to vmd (the
Media Manager volume daemon on UNIX or NetBackup Volume Manager service on
Windows), but the volume’s robot type does not support automated media eject.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for a more
detailed message on the error, as follows.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Ensure that change volume residence requests (with eject for the robot type involved
with a newer release version level) are not sent to vmd on a system running an older,
incompatible software version level.
Media Manager Status Code: 52
Message: cannot auto-inject this robot type
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
225
Status Codes
Explanation: A request to change volume residence with media inject was sent to vmd
(the Media Manager volume daemon on UNIX or NetBackup Volume Manager service on
Windows), but the volume’s robot type does not support automated media inject.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for a more
detailed message on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Ensure that change volume residence requests (with inject for the robot type involved
with a newer release version level) are not sent to vmd on a system running an older,
incompatible software version level.
Media Manager Status Code: 53
Message: invalid volume move mode
Explanation: A robotic-related request was made specifying a media movement option
that is not supported by all affected software components.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for a more
detailed message on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Ensure that the robotic request is sent to a system running a release version of
software that supports the particular request.
Media Manager Status Code: 54
Message: robot number and robot type mismatch
226
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Explanation: A request was made to add or change volumes in the volume configuration.
The robot number to be associated with a volume is already in use, and is associated with
another volume in a robot with the same number but of another robot type.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for a more
detailed message on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Ensure that robot numbers are unique for each physical robot in all device
configurations using the same volume database host. Delete and re-add a robot using
a unique robot number if duplicate robot numbers are in use, or specify a different
volume database host for one of the duplicate robot numbers. Use a media
management interface to identify robot numbers currently in use for all volumes in
the volume configuration. If using a command line interface, specify the correct robot
type for the robot number associated with the request.
Media Manager Status Code: 55
Message: robot number and volume group mismatch
Explanation: A request was made to add or change volumes in the volume configuration,
and the robot number and volume group associated with the volume configuration
changes are in conflict with the requirements for volume groups. All volumes in a volume
group are required to have the same residence, which includes having the same robot
number.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for a more
detailed message on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
227
Status Codes
2. Ensure that the specified robot number and volume group are compatible. If volumes
in the volume group have a given robot number (for example, 0), then volumes with a
different robot number (for example, 1) cannot be added to that volume group.
Volumes cannot be moved directly from one robotic volume group to another robotic
volume group since the intermediate steps (some volume entries changed, some not)
would cause a conflict with robot numbers. Choose a different volume group on the
request, or let the volume group be automatically selected. Volume group selection
depends on the specific interface being used.
Media Manager Status Code: 56
Message: invalid database version header
Explanation: vmd could not find a recognizable volume database version in the volume
database, and cannot initialize with the database currently in place. (vmd is the Media
Manager volume daemon on UNIX and the NetBackup Volume Manager service on
Windows.)
Recommended Action:
1. Examine the daemon debug log for a more detailed message on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the volume daemon, or start vmd with the
verbose option.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. From catalog backups or another source if available, restore an earlier version of the
database file, /usr/openv/volmgr/database/volDB (UNIX) or
install_path\Volmgr\database\volDB (Windows), and restart vmd.
Media Manager Status Code: 57
Message: error auto-generating volume group
Explanation: A request was made to add or change volumes in the volume configuration
using automatic generation of the volume group name. A unique volume group name
could not be generated because the available combinations were used up.
Recommended Action: Consolidate volumes into volume groups within the targeted
robot number so that a new volume group can be automatically generated, or provide a
specific volume group name.
228
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Media Manager Status Code: 58
Message: daemon cannot obtain socket
Explanation: vmd could not bind to its socket. (vmd is the Media Manager volume
daemon on UNIX and the NetBackup Volume Manager service on Windows.) A system
call failed when vmd attempted to bind to its configured port number. This is usually
caused by another process having acquired the port before the vmd daemon or service
started.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine the daemon debug log for a more detailed message on the system error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the volume daemon, or start vmd with the
verbose option.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. If another process has the port, use other system commands to determine the process.
Based on the result, either change the port number in your services file or map, or
terminate the process that has acquired the port.
3. UNIX only: Another possible cause for this error is terminating vmd with the kill
command. If you have to stop vmd, the recommended method is to use the Terminate
Media Manager Volume Daemon option on the Special menu in vmadm (or the
equivalent command line request, vmctrldbm -t). Using the kill command to
stop this process can leave it unable to bind to its assigned port the next time it is
restarted. When the socket problem has occurred, the daemon debug log contains
lines similar to the following:
unable to obtain bound socket, Address already in use (125)
Media Manager Status Code: 59
Message: daemon failed accepting connection
Explanation: vmd could not accept a new connection due to a system call failure. (vmd is
the Media Manager volume daemon on UNIX and the NetBackup Volume Manager
service on Windows.)
Recommended Action:
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
229
Status Codes
1. Examine the daemon debug log for a more detailed message on the system error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the volume daemon, or start vmd with
the verbose option.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Obtain the specific system call failure from the debug log, and investigate operating
system functionality related to the failure.
Media Manager Status Code: 60
Message: cannot perform operation on this host
Explanation: A requested operation is not functional on a particular host.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for a more
detailed message on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Device discovery must be invoked only on specific platforms where it is supported.
Robot inventory update, with optical media formatting specified, must be invoked
only on the host where the robotic control and optical drives are configured.
Media Manager Status Code: 61
Message: robot number and robot host mismatch
Explanation: A request was made to add or change volumes in the volume configuration,
or to issue a robot inventory update request. A robot host was specified that differed from
the robot host for other volumes in the same robot (defined as those volumes having the
same robot number). All volumes in the volume database that have a given robot number
(for instance, 0) must have the same robot host name.
Recommended Action:
230
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for a more
detailed message on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Specify the robot host in the device configuration to be the same case-sensitive host
name on all hosts where the robot is configured. Re-issue the request. As an
alternative, use move by volume group to logically move all volumes from a robotic
volume group to standalone and then back into the robot. Specify the robot host as the
host name used in the robot configuration. Then re-issue the request.
Media Manager Status Code: 62
Message: failed redirecting input to pipe
Explanation: A system pipe could not be created.
Recommended Action: Check the interface output for the specific system error and
investigate operating system functionality related to the failure.
Media Manager Status Code: 63
Message: child process killed by signal
Explanation: A robot inventory update process was terminated by an unexpected signal.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine interface output and debug logs for a more detailed message error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs. Ensure that the process is allowed to
complete.
Media Manager Status Code: 64
Message: no child process to wait for
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
231
Status Codes
Explanation: A media management interface attempted to wait for a child process to
complete, but unexpectedly found that there was no such child process to wait for.
Recommended Action:
Examine interface output and debug logs for a more detailed message error.
1. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in
the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing the
command’s verbose option, if available.
2. Retry the operation (or try using a different media management interface) and
examine the logs.
Media Manager Status Code: 65
Message: volume group does not exist
Explanation: While processing a request, a volume group could not be found within the
existing volume entries in the volume database.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine the daemon debug log for a more detailed message on the system error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the volume daemon, or start vmd with
the verbose option.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Check for data integrity or consistency problems in the volume database by using a
media management interface or vmdb_dump. Delete or move volume entries so that
the volume group issues are corrected.
Media Manager Status Code: 66
Message: no cleaning tape available
Explanation: The volume database was queried for cleaning tapes by robot number. No
cleaning tape in the specified robot with available cleanings remaining was found in the
volume database.
Recommended Action:
232
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Either add cleaning tapes to the robot (physically, and logically in the volume database
with a media management interface), or change the number of allowed cleanings if a
cleaning tape is already configured and the cleaning tape is to be used beyond its
allocated use cycles. Then reissue the cleaning request, or wait for the cleaning request to
be automatically submitted when a drive in the robot once again needs cleaning.
Media Manager Status Code: 67
Message: unable to send exit status
Explanation: vmd could not send the status of a requested operation to the requestor. (vmd
is the Media Manager volume daemon on UNIX and the NetBackup Volume Manager
service on Windows.)
Recommended Action:
1. Examine the daemon debug log for a more detailed message on the system error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the volume daemon, or start vmd with
the verbose option.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Obtain the specific send or write system call failure from the debug log, and
investigate operating system functionality related to the failure.
3. Check to see whether the command or application interface sending the request is
aborting prematurely, as follows: enable reqlib debug logs, retry the operation, check
the debug logs, and observe application interface output.
Media Manager Status Code: 68
Message: too many volumes in volume group
Explanation: A request was made to add or change volumes in the volume configuration,
and the limit for the allowed number of volumes in a volume group was reached. The
limit for the number of volumes in a volume group is based on the number of volumes
allowed in a particular type of robot.
Recommended Action:
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
233
Status Codes
Explanation: A process timed out while connecting to vmd (the Media Manager volume
daemon on UNIX or NetBackup Volume Manager service on Windows) or to oprd (the
operator request daemon/process). This problem can occur when a connection is
attempted and the server process is not running. It can also occur if the network or server
is heavily loaded and has slow response time.
Recommended Action:
1. On the host (Media Manager host, Device Host, or volume database host) where vmd
is the recipient of the connection, verify that the daemon/service is running. If the
daemon/service is not running, start it. On Windows, vmd is the NetBackup Volume
Manager service.
2. If vmd is already running, examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for
a more detailed message on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or execute the
command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
3. Verify that the correct host names are defined in the configuration. Each robot
definition contains a volume database host where volumes are configured for use in
the robot. Each group of servers shares a common global device database host, which
vmd manages.
4. Check the services file. On UNIX, verify that the /etc/services file (and NIS
services if NIS is used) has entries for the vmd service. (Note that oprd is always
started by the vmd service.) On Windows, verify that the
%systemroot%\system32\drivers\etc\services file has the correct entry for
vmd. Also verify that the vmd port number in the services file agrees with the port
number configuration, which is noted in the man page for vmd(1M).
5. Verify that all operating system patches or service packs are installed.
6. Ensure that the Media Manager configuration is not tuned so that the load on vmd
exceeds its ability to service requests. Look for entries in the Media Manager
configuration file, vm.conf, that increase the load. Consider placing the volume
database on a higher performance server and file system if performance is an issue.
Consider using inventory filtering for robot types that support it, to reduce the
number of volumes in the volume configuration.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
235
Status Codes
7. By checking utilities such as ipcs -a, ensure that shared memory is functioning
properly. The oprd process may not be responding, because it is having trouble
attaching to shared memory.
Media Manager Status Code: 71
Message: failed sending to vmd
Explanation: An attempt to write data to a vmd socket failed. vmd is the Media Manager
volume daemon (UNIX) or NetBackup Volume Manager service (Windows).
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available) and the daemon and reqlib debug logs for a
more detailed message on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Identify the system where vmd is running. This is usually termed the Media Manager
host or volume database host, and defaults to the local system in some user interfaces
(such as vmadm). Possible causes for the error are high network load, missing
operating system patches or service packs, or unexpected vmd process failure.
Media Manager Status Code: 72
Message: failed receiving from vmd
Explanation: An attempt to read data from a vmd socket failed. vmd is the Media
Manager volume daemon (UNIX) or NetBackup Volume Manager service (Windows).
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available) and the daemon and reqlib debug logs for a
more detailed message on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
236
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
2. Identify the system where vmd is running. This is usually termed the Media Manager
host or volume database host, and defaults to the local system in some user interfaces
(such as vmadm). Possible causes for the error are high network load, missing
operating system patches or service packs, or unexpected vmd process failure. Also,
the socket read may have failed because the requested operation did not complete
within a specified time period. Some requests to vmd can be affected by robotic
process and vmd interactions, so check the system log for errors on the robotic control
host.
Media Manager Status Code: 73
Message: invalid query type
Explanation: An invalid volume query request was attempted.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for a more
detailed message on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Verify that all Media Manager and user interface binaries are at a compatible version
level.
Media Manager Status Code: 74
Message: invalid number of cleanings
Explanation: A request was made to change the number of cleanings remaining for one or
more volumes in the volume configuration, and the value specified was not within the
acceptable range. The number of cleanings value may also be invalid in the number of
mounts/cleanings field of a barcode rule.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
237
Status Codes
Recommended Action:
1. Examine the command input, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the system error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the volume daemon, or start vmd with
the verbose option
a. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Obtain the specific system call failure from the debug log, and investigate operating
system functionality related to the failure. Execute the hostname system command to
see if the command is operating correctly.
Media Manager Status Code: 77
Message: failed during tpformat
Explanation: A request was made to format an optical platter, and the request failed or
was aborted by the administrator.
◆
The optical volume format may have failed because a WORM (write-once, read many)
platter cannot be reformatted.
◆
If the overwrite label option was not specified and the format operation is not
interactive, the format optical operation will fail if the platter has already been
formatted.
◆
If the administrator chooses to abort the format operation after it has been found that
the platter has already been formatted, the format request will return with this status
code.
◆
The format operation may have failed due to a device or media problem.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for a more
detailed message on the format error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
239
Status Codes
2. For any of the cases listed under Explanation, choose a format operation appropriate
for the current state of the platter and retry the format as needed using the tpformat
command.
Media Manager Status Code: 78
Message: barcode does not exist in database
Explanation: A query volume by barcode request did not return a volume entry having
the specified barcode, or barcode and media type.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine the daemon and reqlib debug logs for a more detailed message on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the volume daemon/NetBackup Volume
Manager service, or start vmd with the verbose option.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Ensure that volumes are properly configured on the volume database host that
matches the volume database host configured for the robot or set of standalone
drives. Use tpconfig -d and tpconfig -lsavdbhost to list the configured
volume database hosts. Select the current server (the one you are administering) to be
the same as the host which is the correct volume database host for a targeted device.
Update the volume or device configurations, target the correct volume database host,
modify volume properties, or adjust search criteria as needed so that the volume
query can find a matching volume. For media in their correct slot locations, execute
the Rescan/update barcode request so that the barcode field in the volume
configuration matches the actual barcode as interpreted by the robotic library barcode
reader.
Media Manager Status Code: 79
Message: specified robot is unknown to vmd
Explanation: A request was made to query volumes by residence, and no volumes were
found in the targeted volume configuration that matched the provided robot number,
robot type, and robot host.
Recommended Action:
240
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for a more
detailed message on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Ensure that volumes are properly configured on the volume database host that
matches the volume database host configured for the robot or set of standalone
drives. Use tpconfig -d and tpconfig -lsavdbhost to list the configured
volume database hosts. Select the current server (the one you are administering) to be
the same as the host which is the correct volume database host for a targeted device.
Update the volume or device configurations, target the correct volume database host,
modify volume properties, or adjust search criteria as needed so that the volume
residence query can find a matching volume.
Media Manager Status Code: 81
Message: robot type and volume group mismatch
Explanation: A request was made to add volumes or change volume residences in the
volume configuration, and the robot type and volume group associated with the volume
configuration changes are in conflict with the requirements for volume groups. All
volumes in a volume group are required to have the same residence, which includes
having the same robot type. A requested operation may have tried to associate the special
No Volume Group name “---” with a robotic residence.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for a more
detailed message on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command's verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Ensure that the specified robot residence and volume group are compatible with
other volumes in the volume configuration that are in the specified volume group. Do
not try to move volumes in the special No Volume Group name “----” to a robotic
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
241
Status Codes
residence without moving them to a new or auto-generated volume group. Choose a
different volume group on the request, or let the volume group be automatically
selected. Volume group selection depends on the specific interface being used.
Media Manager Status Code: 82
Message: robot host and volume group mismatch
Explanation: A request was made to add volumes or change volume residences in the
volume configuration, and the robot host and volume group associated with the volume
configuration changes are in conflict with the requirements for volume groups. All
volumes in a volume group are required to have the same residence, which includes
having the same robot host, where robot host equivalence is defined as having the same
case-sensitive robot host string.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for a more
detailed message on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Ensure that the specified robot residence and volume group are compatible with
other volumes in the volume configuration that are in the specified volume group. Do
not try to add volumes for a robot host using a different form of the robot host name.
For example, “acme” is not the same as “acme.veritas.com.” Use the same host name
as that used for other volumes in the volume group. If the robot host needs to be
changed for volumes in a volume group, use a single move volume group request
(available only in certain media management interfaces) to move the volume group to
standalone residence. Then move the volume group back to the robotic residence,
specifying the desired robot control host that will be associated with the new volume
group.
Media Manager Status Code: 84
Message: this machine is not the volume database host
Explanation: A request was made to initiate vmd on a host other than the local host. vmd
is the Media Manager volume daemon (UNIX) or NetBackup Volume Manager service
(Windows).
242
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
vmd port numbers other than the default, or use of unsupported options, can affect which
host and port is referenced in interfaces used to start vmd.
Recommended Action:
1. Initiate vmd on the local host only, by logging on to the host where vmd needs to be
running and starting vmd on that host. On UNIX, execute
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/vmd [-v]. On Windows NT, start the NetBackup
Volume Manager service in Services of the system Control Panel. (On Windows 2000,
Services is in Administrative Tools of the Control Panel.)
2. If more information is needed to explain the problem, examine command output (if
available), debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed message on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
3. Make sure port numbers are consistent.
Media Manager Status Code: 85
Message: volume daemon fork failed
Explanation: A Media Manager daemon or service could not create a child process due to
an error received from the system. This is probably an intermittent error based on the
availability of resources on the system.
Recommended Action:
1. Restart the service at a later time and investigate system problems that limit the
number of processes.
2. Examine debug and system logs for a more detailed message on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
243
Status Codes
Media Manager Status Code: 86
Message: failed opening tmp output file
Explanation: The Media Manager configuration file (vm.conf) or temporary working file
could not be opened.
Recommended Action: On UNIX: check for the existence and permissions of the
/usr/openv/volmgr/misc directory, /tmp directory, and
/usr/openv/volmgr/vm.conf file. On Windows: check for the existence and security
properties of the install_path\Volmgr\vm.conf file.
Media Manager Status Code: 87
Message: failed redirecting tmp output file
Explanation: The system call dup2(3C) failed during an attempt to direct interface
output from a temporary file to the process’s standard output.
Recommended Action: Investigate operating system functionality related to resource
limits on the number of open files. Ensure that processes are not being interrupted by
extraneous signals.
Media Manager Status Code: 88
Message: failed initiating child process
Explanation: A command could not be executed. This can occur because the permissions
of the command do not allow it to be executed, or because system resources, such as
memory and swap space, are insufficient.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for a more
detailed message on the system error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Check the permissions on the vmcheckxxx, vmupdate, and oprd binaries, and (on
Windows only) the rdevmi installed binary.
244
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Media Manager Status Code: 89
Message: another daemon already exists
Explanation: vmd (the Media Manager volume daemon on UNIX or NetBackup Volume
Manager service on Windows) was initializing and found that it was already running,
according to the daemon/service lock file.
Recommended Action: Check to see if vmd is already running. Do not try to start another
vmd daemon/service unless the running daemon/service is first shut down. Stop the
running vmd with vmctrldbm -t, or on Windows by using the system Services
interface. If the daemon/service was unexpectedly terminated, remove the lock file,
which is /usr/openv/volmgr/misc/vmd.lock (UNIX) or
install_path\Volmgr\misc\vmd.lock (Windows), and try restarting vmd.
Media Manager Status Code: 90
Message: invalid volume pool
Explanation: A request was made to add volumes, change the volume pool for a volume,
add a barcode rule, or change a barcode rule. However, the volume pool name or number
associated with the requested change is in conflict with the requirements for volume
pools. These requirements are:
◆
Volumes in scratch pools cannot be assigned until they are first moved to another
pool.
◆
Volume pool numbers cannot be negative.
◆
Volume pool names must consist of from 1 to 20 printable ASCII characters with no
embedded whitespace.
◆
The None volume pool is the only valid pool for barcode rule entries that specify
cleaning a media type.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for a more
detailed message on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
245
Status Codes
2. Ensure that the volume pool specified does not violate the requirements noted. Use
the vmpool command to display the pool information. Use the vmrule command to
display the barcode rule information. Add or change volume pools and barcode rules
as needed to rectify inconsistencies in cases where the databases are inconsistent or
corrupted.
Media Manager Status Code: 91
Message: cannot change volume pool for assigned volume
Explanation: A request was made to change the volume pool for a volume, and the
volume is currently assigned. For optical volumes, the volume pool cannot be changed
unless both sides of the optical platter are unassigned.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available) and debug logs for a more detailed message
on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. It is not possible to change the volume pool for assigned volumes. If no worthwhile
data is on the volume, unassign the media using the appropriate application interface
(which is bpexpdate for NetBackup) and then retry the change pool request. For
optical media, if no worthwhile data is on either side of the platter, unassign both of
the volumes before the change pool request is retried.
Media Manager Status Code: 92
Message: cannot delete assigned volume
Explanation: A delete request was made to a volume, and the volume is currently
246
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
1. Examine command output (if available) and debug logs for a more detailed message
on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. It is not possible to delete assigned volumes. If no worthwhile data is on the volume,
unassign the media using the appropriate application interface (which is bpexpdate
for NetBackup) and then retry the delete volume request. For optical media, if no
worthwhile data is on either side of the platter, unassign both of the volumes before
attempting to delete them.
Media Manager Status Code: 93
Message: volume is already assigned
Explanation: A request was made to assign a volume, and the volume was already
assigned, or for optical media, the volume partner was already assigned.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available) and debug logs for a more detailed message
on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Do not try to manually assign volumes that are already assigned, because it is not
valid except for one condition: you can assign volumes for NetBackup catalog
backups if the volume is already assigned for NetBackup catalog backups. Check the
device configuration to determine if the volume database host for the device is
consistent with the volume configuration in the volume database. Applications may
attempt to query multiple volume databases for volume-related requests, so ensure
that duplicate media IDs are not used in volume configurations across multiple hosts.
If duplicate IDs are found, either completely separate the configurations by not
sharing any devices, or remove volumes with duplicate media IDs and consolidate
volumes into one volume configuration. Always use barcodes that are unique with
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
247
Status Codes
respect to the six (6) least significant characters across all media in all robots, or use
media ID generation rules to ensure unique media IDs are generated when using
robot inventory update.
Media Manager Status Code: 94
Message: volume is not in specified pool
Explanation: A request was made to assign a volume from a specified volume pool. The
volume was either found to be in a different volume pool, or, for optical media, the
volume partner was in a different volume pool.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available) and debug logs for a more detailed message
on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. When assigning volumes manually, specify the volume pool associated with the
volume. Check the device configuration to determine if the volume database host for
the device is consistent with the volume configuration in the volume database.
Applications may attempt to query multiple volume databases for volume-related
requests, so ensure that duplicate media IDs are not used in volume configurations
across multiple hosts. If duplicate IDs are found, either completely separate the
configurations by not sharing any devices, or remove volumes with duplicate media
IDs and consolidate volumes into one volume configuration. Always use barcodes
that are unique with respect to the six (6) least significant characters across all media
in all robots, or use media ID generation rules to ensure unique media IDs are
generated when using robot inventory update.
Media Manager Status Code: 95
Message: media ID is not the specified media type
Explanation: A request was made to assign or add a volume of a specified media type, but
the volume or other physically similar volumes have a different media type.
Recommended Action:
248
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
1. Examine command output (if available) and debug logs for a more detailed message
on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. When using robot inventory update to make changes to the volume configuration,
ensure that all volumes of the same physical cartridge type (for example, 3590J in TLH
robots) are mapped to a single media type, such as HCART. This ensures that all
media in the robotic library can be mounted on drives with a compatible drive type.
3. When assigning volumes manually, specify the media type associated with the
volume. Check the device configuration to determine if the volume database host for
the device is consistent with the volume configuration in the volume database.
Applications may attempt to query multiple volume databases for volume-related
requests, so ensure that duplicate media IDs are not used in volume configurations
across multiple hosts. If duplicate IDs are found, either completely separate the
configurations by not sharing any devices, or remove volumes with duplicate media
IDs and consolidate volumes into one volume configuration. Always use barcodes
that are unique with respect to the six (6) least significant characters across all media
in all robots, or use media ID generation rules to ensure unique media IDs are
generated when using robot inventory update.
Media Manager Status Code: 96
Message: oprd returned abnormal status
Explanation: A request serviced by oprd (the operator request daemon/process) or by
rdevmi (the remote device management interface) returned an abnormal status.
Recommended Action:
1. On Windows, when auto-configuring devices or initiating the NetBackup Device
Manager service from a graphical or command line interface, ensure that the service
has not been disabled in the system services configuration.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
249
Status Codes
2. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for a more
detailed message on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
3. Operator request daemon/process and remote device management errors are
generally accompanied by device management-related errors that have occurred on a
particular host. Check for errors in the debug and system/application logs on the host
where oprd or rdevmi was started or running, which is often a targeted device host
or scan host. The kinds of requests serviced by oprd/rdevmi that may have failed
include: down/up/reset drives, change drive comments, deny/resubmit mount
requests, assign drives, start/stop ltid, obtain ltid status, display drive status, manage
pending actions, set NDMP attributes, configure devices, format optical platters, clean
drives, obtain host version and device configuration information, and scan shared
drives.
Media Manager Status Code: 97
Message: rule does not exist in rule database
Explanation: A request was made to change or delete a barcode rule, and no barcode rule
having the specified barcode tag could be found.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available) and debug logs for a more detailed message
on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. List the configured barcode rules on the targeted volume database host. Adjust the
barcode tag specified on the change/delete request or the targeted host as appropriate
so that the barcode rule is found when the request is retried.
250
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Media Manager Status Code: 98
Message: rule database truncate operation failed
Explanation: The system call ftruncate(3C) failed during an attempt to rewrite the
barcode rule database during a barcode rule change/delete operation.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available) and debug logs for a more detailed message
on the system error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Investigate the integrity of the file system and barcode rule database: on UNIX,
/usr/openv/volmgr/database/ruleDB; on Windows,
install_path\Volmgr\database\ruleDB.
Media Manager Status Code: 99
Message: user is not valid for this host
Explanation: A request was made to add or change a volume pool, and the specified
UNIX user ID could not be found on the system that originated the request.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available) and debug logs for a more detailed message
on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. On the UNIX host where the request originated, check the system user configuration
and ensure that add/change pool requests include only valid user IDs. No validation
is attempted for user IDs in volume pools on Windows.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
251
Status Codes
Media Manager Status Code: 100
Message: the requested slot is empty
Explanation: A request was made to validate/update the barcode for a volume, and
information from the robot indicated that there was no volume in the robot that used the
requested slot for its home location.
Recommended Action:
The volume configuration is not consistent with the physical contents of the robotic
library that is associated with the volume. The volume configuration or media placement
in the robotic library needs to be adjusted using one of the media management interfaces.
Update/validate barcode requests are made for each volume affected whenever a volume
configuration is added or changed. Volume entries are still changed when the
update/validate step fails, so administrative steps are required to ensure that volume
entries are defined only for media slots in the library where the correct media resides. For
media located in drives at the time the update/validate barcode is tried, the robotic
information will relate the media with its known home slot location.
Media Manager Status Code: 101
Message: media type and volume group mismatch
Explanation: A request was made to add volumes or change volume residences in the
volume configuration, and the media type and volume group associated with the volume
configuration changes are in conflict with the requirements for volume groups. All
volumes in a volume group are required to have the same residence, which includes
having the same media type. Media types used for data and their associated cleaning
media types are considered as being the same media types with regard to volume group
restrictions.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for a more
detailed message on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
252
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
2. Ensure that the specified media type and volume group are compatible with other
volumes in the volume configuration that are in the specified volume group. Choose a
different volume group on the request, or let the volume group be automatically
selected. Volume group selection depends on the interface being used.
Media Manager Status Code: 102
Message: invalid pool database entry
Explanation: The volume pool database is corrupt, in that it contains records that are not
compatible with the installed product binaries.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available) and debug logs for a more detailed message
on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or by executing
the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Use vmpool to investigate the integrity of the volume pool database. The daemon
debug log file should indicate the number of fields expected and the number of fields
found in the pool record. Restore a saved version of the pool database if the pool
database cannot be manually corrected.
Media Manager Status Code: 103
Message: all available pool numbers are in use
Explanation: A request was made to add a volume pool in the volume pool configuration,
but no unique pool numbers could be generated because the available pool numbers were
used up.
Recommended Action: Consolidate volume pools so that a new pool number becomes
available.
Media Manager Status Code: 104
Message: failed appending to pool database
Explanation: A request was made to add, change, or delete a volume pool in the volume
pool configuration, but a pool record could not be appended to the volume pool database
file.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
253
Status Codes
Recommended Action:
1. Examine the daemon debug log for a more detailed message on the system error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the volume daemon/NetBackup Volume
Manager service, or start vmd with the verbose option.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Examine the permissions and available file system space for writing to the database:
on UNIX, /usr/openv/volmgr/database/poolDB; on Windows,
install_path\Volmgr\database\poolDB.
Media Manager Status Code: 105
Message: poolname is not unique in pool database
Explanation: A request was made to add a volume pool in the volume pool configuration,
but the pool name specified was a duplicate of the name for an existing volume pool.
Recommended Action: On the add volume pool request, specify a volume pool name that
is not already in use on the targeted volume database host.
Media Manager Status Code: 106
Message: pool database lock operation failed
Explanation: vmd (the Media Manager volume daemon on UNIX) encountered a system
call error while attempting to lock the volume pool database.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine the daemon debug log for a more detailed message on the system error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the volume daemon, or start vmd with
the verbose option.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Use the vmps command to ensure that vmd and vmdb_dump are not both running at
the same time.
254
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
3. Ensure that no other process has a lock on the volume pool database file,
/usr/openv/volmgr/database/poolDB.
Media Manager Status Code: 107
Message: pool database close operation failed
Explanation: An error occurred when vmd attempted to close the volume pool database.
Recommended Action:
Examine the daemon debug log for a more detailed message on the system error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the volume daemon/NetBackup Volume
Manager service, or start vmd with the verbose option.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
Media Manager Status Code: 108
Message: pool database open operation failed
Explanation: A requested operation was unable to open the volume pool database file.
Recommended Action: Check for the existence and permissions of the poolDB file in the
following: on UNIX, /usr/openv/volmgr/database directory; on Windows,
install_path\Volmgr\database folder. Restore the poolDB file from the catalog
backups or from another location, change the access permissions on the existing poolDB,
or move/rename the current poolDB so that vmd can initialize a default pool
configuration. If the move/rename method is used, modify the volume and other
application configurations so that no references are made to volume pools that no longer
exist.
Media Manager Status Code: 109
Message: pool does not exist in pool database
Explanation: A requested operation encountered a case where the specified volume pool
was not found in the volume pool configuration on the targeted volume database host.
The requests potentially returning this error code are: add/change/delete/query volume
pool, add/change barcode rule, add/change volume, query scratch volumes, and robot
inventory report or update.
Recommended Action:
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
255
Status Codes
1. Examine the daemon and reqlib debug logs for a more detailed message on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the volume daemon/NetBackup Volume
Manager service, or start vmd with the verbose option.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Ensure that volumes are properly configured on the volume database host that
matches the volume database host configured for the robot or set of standalone
drives. Use the tpconfig -d and tpconfig -lsavdbhost commands to list the
configured volume database hosts. Select the current server (the one you are
administering) to be the same as the host which is the correct volume database host
for a targeted device.
3. Update the volume or device configurations, specify the correct volume database
host, modify volume properties, or adjust search criteria as needed so that the
requested operation can find the requested volume pool. Investigate inconsistencies
between the volume database and the volume pool database, and restore or correct
those databases from a previous state as needed.
Media Manager Status Code: 110
Message: pool database truncate operation failed
Explanation: The system call ftruncate(3C) failed during an attempt to rewrite the
volume pool database during a volume pool add/change/delete operation.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available) and debug logs for a more detailed message
on the system error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or execute the
command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Investigate the integrity of the file system and volume pool database,
/usr/openv/volmgr/database/poolDB (UNIX) or
install_path\Volmgr\database\poolDB (Windows).
256
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Media Manager Status Code: 111
Message: the specified pool is not empty
Explanation: On a request to delete a volume pool, it was found that the pool was not
empty, or it could not be determined whether or not volumes were still associated with
the specified volume pool.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available) and debug logs for a more detailed message
on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or execute the
command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Use a media management interface to query for volumes associated with the pool
specified for deletion. Ensure that all volumes in a volume pool are reassociated with
another pool before trying to delete the volume pool. Use change volume operations
to change the volume pool for a volume. Check for possible volume database lock or
seek errors (Media Manager code 29 or 30).
Media Manager Status Code: 112
Message: no pools in the pool list
Explanation: The volume pool list was unexpectedly found to be empty.
Recommended Action: The volume pool list should contain a minimum of three pools:
None, NetBackup, and DataStore. Investigate the integrity of the volume pool database,
/usr/openv/volmgr/database/poolDB (UNIX) or
install_path\Volmgr\database\poolDB (Windows) on the host returning the error.
Restore the volume database from catalog backups. As an alternative, reinitialize the
volume database to include the None, NetBackup, and DataStore volume pools. To
reinitialize it, remove the volume pool database and make any request to vmd, such as
can be done by pointing a media management interface at the appropriate volume
database host.
Media Manager Status Code: 113
Message: invalid expiration date
Explanation: A request was made to change the media expiration for one or more
volumes in the volume configuration, but the date specified was not valid.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
257
Status Codes
Recommended Action:
When changing the media expiration, provide the date in the format specified by the
media management interface documentation.
Media Manager Status Code: 114
Message: invalid maximum mounts
Explanation: A request was made to change the limit for the number of times a volume
can be mounted with write access for one or more volumes in the volume configuration,
but the value specified was not within the acceptable range. The maximum number of
mounts value may also be invalid in the number of mounts/cleanings field of a barcode
rule.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for a more
detailed message on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or execute the
command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Specify a maximum mounts value within the range of 0 to 2,147,483,647.
Media Manager Status Code: 115
Message: volume has passed expiration date
Explanation: A request was made to assign a volume, and the volume expiration date has
expired in relation to the current system date. For optical media, the volume partner
expiration date has expired.
Recommended Action:
258
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
1. Examine command output (if available) and debug logs for a more detailed message
on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or execute the
command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Change the volume expiration date to a future date in relation to the current system
date/time if you want to extend the active life of the physical media. Alternatively,
replace the media with other media that still has useful life remaining. Check the
system date/time and reset it correctly as needed.
3. If the media expiration is already set to a future date as compared to the current
system date, check the device configuration to determine if the volume database host
for the device is consistent with the volume configuration in the volume database.
Applications may attempt to query multiple volume databases for volume-related
requests, so ensure that duplicate media IDs are not used in volume configurations
across multiple hosts. If duplicate IDs are found, either completely separate the
configurations by not sharing any devices, or remove volumes with duplicate media
IDs and consolidate volumes into one volume configuration. Always use barcodes
that are unique with respect to the six (6) least significant characters across all media
in all robots, or use media ID generation rules to ensure unique media IDs are
generated when using robot inventory update.
Media Manager Status Code: 116
Message: volume has exceeded maximum mounts
Explanation: A request was made to assign a volume, and the volume’s number of
mounts has exceeded the maximum number of mounts allowed for the volume (or the
maximum number allowed for the volume partner, in the case of optical media).
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available) and debug logs for a more detailed message
on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or execute the
command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
259
Status Codes
2. Increase the volume’s maximum number of mounts, or set the maximum number of
mounts to infinite if you want to extend the active life of the physical media.
Alternatively, replace the media with other media that still has useful life remaining.
3. If the number of mounts was less than the maximum mounts allowed for the volume,
check the device configuration to determine if the volume database host for the device
is consistent with the volume configuration in the volume database. Applications may
attempt to query multiple volume databases for volume-related requests, so ensure
that duplicate media IDs are not used in volume configurations across multiple hosts.
If duplicate IDs are found, either completely separate the configurations by not
sharing any devices, or remove volumes with duplicate media IDs and consolidate
volumes into one volume configuration. Always use barcodes that are unique with
respect to the six (6) least significant characters across all media in all robots, or use
media ID generation rules to ensure unique media IDs are generated when using
robot inventory update.
Media Manager Status Code: 117
Message: operation not allowed on cleaning cartridge
Explanation: A request was made to change a volume’s expiration or maximum number
of mounts, but the operation is not allowed because the volume is a cleaning cartridge.
Recommended Action:
1. If the volume is a cleaning cartridge, perform a valid operation such as changing the
number of cleanings remaining for the cleaning cartridge.
2. If the volume’s media type cannot be determined, examine command output (if
available) and debug logs for a more detailed message on the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting the daemons/services, or execute the command’s verbose option, if
available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
3. If the targeted volume is incorrectly configured as a cleaning tape, delete the cleaning
volume and update the volume configuration using options to define a new volume
with the appropriate media type.
Media Manager Status Code: 118
Message: cannot delete one of the default volume pools
260
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Explanation: An attempt was made to delete one of the special, pre-defined volume pools.
The None, NetBackup, and DataStore volume pools are fixed volume pools in the volume
pool configuration, and cannot be deleted.
Recommended Action: Do not attempt to delete the None, NetBackup, and DataStore
volume pools.
Media Manager Status Code: 119
Message: invalid rule database entry
Explanation: The barcode rule database is corrupt: it contains records that are not
compatible with the installed product binaries.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output and debug logs for a more detailed message on the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting the daemons/services, or execute the command’s verbose option, if
available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Use vmrule to investigate integrity of the barcode rule database. The daemon debug
log file should indicate the number of fields expected and the number of fields found
in the barcode rule record. Restore a saved version of the barcode rule database if the
barcode rule database cannot be manually corrected.
Media Manager Status Code: 120
Message: all available rule numbers are in use
Explanation: A request was made to add a barcode rule in the barcode rule configuration.
No unique rule numbers could be generated because the available rule numbers were
used up.
Recommended Action: Consolidate barcode rules so that a new rule number becomes
available.
Media Manager Status Code: 121
Message: failed appending to rule database
Explanation: A request was made to add, change, or delete a barcode rule, and a barcode
rule record could not be appended to the barcode rule database file.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
261
Status Codes
Recommended Action:
1. Examine the daemon debug log for a more detailed message on the system error
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the volume daemon/NetBackup Volume
Manager service, or start vmd with the verbose option.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Examine the permissions and available file system space for writing to the database,
/usr/openv/volmgr/database/ruleDB (UNIX) or
install_path\Volmgr\database\ruleDB (Windows).
Media Manager Status Code: 122
Message: barcode tag is not unique in rule database
Explanation: A request was made to add a barcode rule, and the barcode tag specified
was a duplicate of the tag for an existing barcode rule.
Recommended Action: On the add barcode rule request, specify a barcode tag that is not
already in use on the specified volume database host.
Media Manager Status Code: 123
Message: rule database lock operation failed
Explanation: vmd (the Media Manager volume daemon on UNIX) encountered a system
call error while attempting to lock the barcode rule database. This status code applies to
UNIX servers only.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine the daemon debug log for a more detailed message on the system error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the volume daemon, or start vmd with
the verbose option.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Ensure that no other process has a lock on the barcode rule database file
/usr/openv/volmgr/database/ruleDB.
262
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Media Manager Status Code: 124
Message: rule database close operation failed
Explanation: An error occurred when vmd attempted to close the barcode rule database.
Recommended Action: Examine the daemon debug log for a more detailed message on
the system error.
1. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in
the vm.conf file and restarting the volume daemon/NetBackup Volume Manager
service, or start vmd with the verbose option.
2. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
Media Manager Status Code: 125
Message: rule database open operation failed
Explanation: A requested operation encountered a situation where the barcode rule
database file could not be opened.
Recommended Action: Check for the existence and permissions of the ruleDB file in the
/usr/openv/volmgr/database directory on UNIX or
install_path\Volmgr\database folder on Windows. Restore the ruleDB file from the
catalog backups or from another location, change the access permissions on the existing
ruleDB, or move/rename the current ruleDB so that vmd can initialize an empty
barcode rule configuration. If the move/rename method is used, re-add barcode rule
entries as needed so that new media moved into the robotic library are assigned to the
correct media types.
Media Manager Status Code: 126
Message: not authorized to connect to vmd
Explanation: A caller requesting services from vmd is either not authenticated or not
authorized, or a problem was encountered when two systems were attempting to
authenticate one another.
Recommended Action:
1. See the Media Manager system administrator’s guides for detailed information on
vmd security. vmd security is based on NetBackup authentication/authorization, but
has extensions for handling SERVER entries in the Media Manager configuration file.
2. Examine the debug log files for a more detailed message on the
authentication/authorization problem.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
263
Status Codes
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the volume daemon/NetBackup Volume
Manager service, or start vmd with the verbose option.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
3. Correct the vmd security configuration by adjusting the authentication configuration,
the AUTHORIZATION_REQUIRED entry, and SERVER entries.
4. If an authentication problem (rather than a configuration issue) is suspected, do the
following:
a. Ensure that the authentication libraries exist:
Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\lib\libvopie.dll
install_path\NetBackup\lib\libnoauth.dll
UNIX (except HP-UX):
/usr/openv/lib/libvopie.so
/usr/openv/lib/libnoauth.so
UNIX (HP-UX only):
/usr/openv/lib/libvopie.sl
/usr/openv/lib/libnoauth.sl
b. Check the methods_allow.txt files on the systems that are having problems to
ensure that authentication is enabled. The files are in the following locations:
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\var\auth
UNIX: /usr/openv/var/auth
c. On the systems that are having the authentication problem, remove the remote
host that is not being authenticated from the methods_allow.txt file.
For example, if Host A and Host B are having the problem, remove Host A from
the file on Host B, and vice versa.
Retry the operation.
264
◆
If the problem still exists, there are connection problems not related to
authentication.
◆
If connections are now successful, proceed to the next step.
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
d. Execute bpauthsync -vopie on the master server to resynchronize the key
files on the systems.
On Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\bin\admincmd\bpauthsync -vopie -servers
On UNIX:
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/admincmd/bpauthsync -vopie -servers
e. Add back the names removed in step c and retry the operation.
Media Manager Status Code: 127
Message: unable to generate a unique media id
Explanation: A request was made to add volumes in the volume configuration using
robot inventory update or using a media ID seed. A unique media ID was not generated
because the “use seed” option was not specified, or because the available media ID
combinations were used up.
Recommended Action: If using robot inventory update, ensure that all media in the
robotic library have readable barcode labels, or request updates using a seed to
automatically generated media IDs for non-barcoded media. If volumes are being added
by specifying a seed, use a seed that allows media ID character combinations beyond
those already in use. To identify the slot associated with media that may not have a
readable barcode, examine the command output.
Media Manager Status Code: 128
Message: group is not valid for this host
Explanation: A request was made to add or change a volume pool, and the specified
UNIX group ID could not be found on the system that originated the request.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available) and debug logs for a more detailed message
on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or execute the
command's verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
265
Status Codes
2. On the UNIX host where the request originated, check the system group
configuration and ensure that add/change pool requests include only valid group
IDs. No validation is attempted for group IDs in volume pools on Windows.
Media Manager Status Code: 129
Message: invalid drive name
Explanation: A request was made to register, reserve, or release a shared drive with
vmd/DA (the device allocator for the Shared Storage Option), and the drive name was
not correctly formatted.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine the daemon and reqlib debug logs for a more detailed message on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the volume daemon/NetBackup Volume
Manager service, or start vmd with the verbose option.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Ensure that the drive name is from 1 to 48 ASCII characters in length. The following
special characters are allowed: period (.), plus (+), minus (-), underscore (_).
3. Verify that the correct version of software is running on all servers.
Media Manager Status Code: 130
Message: requested drive is already reserved
Explanation: A request was made to reserve a shared drive with vmd/DA (the device
allocator for the Shared Storage Option), and the drive was already reserved for another
host.
This is a normal occurrence when drive resources are being oversubscribed for either of
these reasons: independent schedulers/applications accessing the same pool of drives, or
hardware or media errors causing some drives allocated to jobs to become unavailable.
Recommended Action:
266
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
1. Check the system log and application (bptm) debug log to determine if hardware or
media errors have caused drives to become unavailable.
2. If more information is needed on the drive reservation problem, examine command
output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed message on the
error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or execute the
command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
Media Manager Status Code: 131
Message: requested drive is not registered for host
Explanation: A request was made to reserve a shared drive with vmd/DA (the device
allocator for Shared Storage Option). The drive was not registered by the requesting host,
although other drives had been registered by that host.
This is an abnormal condition that could occur if two different hosts with the same host
name (local host name, overridden by any SSO_HOST_NAME entries in the Media
Manager configuration file vm.conf) have registered different drive lists with vmd/DA,
and one of those hosts has requested a drive reservation.
Recommended Action: Use unique (non-duplicate) strings for host names and
SSO_HOST_NAME configuration file entries.
Media Manager Status Code: 132
Message: requested drive is not currently registered
Explanation: A request was made to reserve or release a shared drive with vmd/DA (the
device allocator for the Shared Storage Option). The drive was not registered by the
requesting host or any other hosts.
Recommended Action: This is an abnormal condition that could occur in the following
situations:
◆
vmd/DA was stopped and restarted. This situation will be automatically
handled, because the requesting host re-registers its drives with vmd/DA when
this error is encountered.
Media Manager Status Code: 133
Message: requested drive is not reserved by host
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
267
Status Codes
Explanation: A request was made to release a shared drive with vmd/DA (the device
allocator for the Shared Storage Option). The drive was not reserved by the requesting
host, although it had been reserved for another host.
This is an abnormal condition that could occur if there was a network problem or a
suspended process. The following is a possible scenario:
1. Host A reserves a shared drive.
2. Host A becomes unavailable for some time, unable to communicate with other hosts.
3. Host B determines that the host having the reservation (Host A) is no longer available,
and makes a request to vmd/DA denoting Host A as unavailable.
4. Some other host (such as Host A or Host C) reserves the drive.
5. The host originally owning the drive reservation tries to release the drive.
Recommended Action: Correct the network or process problem that led to the
communications problem. Ensure that unique non-duplicate strings are being used for
host names and for SSO_HOST_NAME configuration file entries.
Media Manager Status Code: 134
Message: requested drive is not currently reserved
Explanation: A request was made to release a shared drive with vmd/DA (the device
allocator for the Shared Storage Option SSO), but the drive was not reserved by any hosts.
This is an abnormal condition that could occur if there was a network problem or a
suspended process. The following is a possible scenario:
1. Host A reserves a shared drive.
2. Host A becomes unavailable for some time, unable to communicate with other hosts.
3. Host B determines that the host having the reservation (Host A) is no longer available,
and makes a request to vmd/DA denoting Host A as unavailable.
4. The host originally owning the drive reservation tries to release the drive.
Recommended Action: Correct the network or process problem that led to the
communications problem. Ensure that unique non-duplicate strings are being used for
host names and for SSO_HOST_NAME configuration file entries.
268
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Media Manager Status Code: 135
Message: requested host is not currently registered
Explanation: A request was made to reserve or release a shared drive or designate a host
as unavailable with vmd/DA (the device allocator for the Shared Storage Option). The
host reserving or releasing the drive, or being designated as unavailable, was not
registered with vmd/DA.
This is an abnormal condition that could occur in the following situations.
1. vmd/DA was stopped and restarted. This situation will be automatically handled,
because the requesting host re-registers its drives with vmd/DA when this error is
encountered.
2. A host has been unregistered with vmd/DA, and another host was in the process of
declaring the host to be unavailable.
Recommended Action: In case 2, above, determine whether the host ought to be
available. Correct the underlying network problems or restart ltid (the device daemon
on UNIX or NetBackup Device Manager service on Windows).
Media Manager Status Code: 136
Message: invalid host name
Explanation: A device host was being added to the Media Manager configuration, or a
request was made to vmd/DA, the device allocator for the Shared Storage Option (SSO),
and the host name exceeded the allowable length.
Recommended Action:
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
269
Status Codes
2. Identify the targeted host and verify that all Media Manager binaries on that host are
at a compatible version level with other hosts that are part of the configuration.
Update the software version as needed.
Media Manager Status Code: 138
Message: media generation rule already exists
Explanation: You, or a NetBackup media management interface have attempted to add a
MEDIA_ID_BARCODE_CHARS rule that already exists. The same rule cannot be added
twice.
Recommended Action: Re-examine the listing of the MEDIA_ID_BARCODE_CHARS
rules. For a description of MEDIA_ID_BARCODE_CHARS rules, refer to “Media
Manager Reference Topics” in the NetBackup Media Manager System Administrator’s Guide.
Media Manager Status Code: 139
Message: media generation rule does not exist
Explanation: You, or a NetBackup media management interface have attempted to delete
a MEDIA_ID_BARCODE_CHARS rule that does not exist.
Recommended Action: Re-examine a listing of the MEDIA_ID_BARCODE_CHARS
rules. For a description of MEDIA_ID_BARCODE_CHARS rules, refer to “Media
Manager Reference Topics” in the NetBackup Media Manager System Administrator’s Guide.
Media Manager Status Code: 140
Message: invalid media generation rule
Explanation: You, or a NetBackup media management interface have attempted to add an
incorrect MEDIA_ID_BARCODE_CHARS rule.
Recommended Action: Ensure that the MEDIA_ID_BARCODE_CHARS rule is
composed correctly. For a description of MEDIA_ID_BARCODE_CHARS rules, refer to
“Media Manager Reference Topics” in the NetBackup Media Manager System Administrator’s
Guide.
Media Manager Status Code: 141
Message: invalid number of mounts
Explanation: A request was made to change the number of times that a volume has been
mounted, and the value specified was not within the acceptable range.
Recommended Action:
270
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for a more
detailed message on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or execute the
command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Specify a number of mounts value within the acceptable range of 0 to 2,147,483,647.
Media Manager Status Code: 142
Message: invalid offsite location
Explanation: The offsite location for a volume exceeds 25 ASCII characters in length, or
contains unprintable characters.
Recommended Action: When adding or changing a volume record, ensure that the offsite
location field contains only printable characters and does not exceed 25 ASCII characters
in length.
Media Manager Status Code: 143
Message: invalid offsite sent date
Explanation: A request was made to change the offsite sent date for one or more volumes
in the volume configuration, and the date specified was not valid.
Recommended Action: When changing the offsite sent date, provide the date in the
format specified by the Media Management interface documentation.
Media Manager Status Code: 144
Message: invalid offsite return date
Explanation: A request was made to change the offsite return date for one or more
volumes in the volume configuration, and the date specified was not valid.
Recommended Action: When changing the offsite return date, provide the date in the
format specified by the Media Management interface documentation.
Media Manager Status Code: 145
Message: requested drive is already reserved by host
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
271
Status Codes
Explanation: A request was made to reserve a shared drive with vmd/DA (the device
allocator for the Shared Storage Option). The drive was already reserved for the
requesting host.
This is an abnormal condition that could occur if two different hosts with the same host
name (local host name, overridden by any SSO_HOST_NAME entries in the Media
Manager configuration file, vm.conf) have registered the same drive name with vmd/DA.
In this case, one of those hosts has a drive reservation, and the other host is trying to
reserve the same drive.
Recommended Action: Use unique non-duplicate strings for host names and for
SSO_HOST_NAME configuration file entries.
Media Manager Status Code: 146
Message: incompatible database version
Explanation: An invalid or unknown database or communications protocol was
encountered by a requesting process or by vmd. (vmd is the volume daemon on UNIX or
NetBackup Volume Manager service on Windows.) Possible data stores affected by such
an error are volume, volume pool, barcode rule, global device database, and shared drive
information.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for a more
detailed message on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or execute the
command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Identify the target components (for example, vmd and daemons/services, or user
interfaces on local or remote hosts). Verify that all Media Manager binaries are at a
compatible version level. Depending on which requests encountered the invalid
version, determine whether or not the database is corrupt. Use an appropriate
interface to query for the type of information involved in the error condition.
Media Manager Status Code: 147
Message: invalid offsite slot
Explanation: A request was made to change the offsite slot location for a volume, and the
value specified was not within the acceptable range.
272
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for a more
detailed message on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or execute the
command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Specify an offsite slot value within the range of 0 to 2,147,483,647.
Media Manager Status Code: 148
Message: invalid offsite session id
Explanation: A request was made to change the offsite session ID for a volume, and the
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
273
Status Codes
1. Examine command output (if available) and debug logs for a more detailed message
on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or execute the
command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. List the license keys installed and verify that the functionality being referenced is
supported with the currently installed license keys. Check to see that the databases
defining externalized object types are in place and not corrupted. These database files
are the following, in the /usr/openv/share directory (UNIX) or
install_path\NetBackup\share folder (Windows):
◆
external_attributes.txt
◆
external_densities.txt
◆
external_drivetypes.txt
◆
external_mediatypes.txt
◆
external_robotics .txt
Media Manager Status Code: 151
Message: invalid global device database entry
Explanation: vmd encountered a read error while reading a global device database
record, or a memory allocation error while allocating table space for global device
information. vmd is the Media Manager volume daemon (UNIX) or NetBackup Volume
Manager service (Windows).
Recommended Action:
1. Examine the daemon debug log for a more detailed message on the system error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the volume daemon / NetBackup
Volume Manager service, or start vmd with the verbose option.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. The global device database may be corrupted. Restore an older volume database from
a saved version or from catalog backups.
274
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
3. Free up memory by terminating unneeded processes that consume a lot of memory.
Add more swap space or physical memory.
Media Manager Status Code: 152
Message: global device database record not found
Explanation: A request was made to update a global device database record, and the
record specified was not found in the global device database. This condition could occur
when a device configuration change is made after the global device database host has
changed.
Recommended Action: If the request to update a global device database record fails
because the record does not exist, a request is made to add the missing record to the global
device database. No action is required.
Media Manager Status Code: 153
Message: device entry is not unique in global device database
Explanation: A request was made to add a global device database record, and the record
specified was a duplicate of an existing record. This condition could occur if two
processes are simultaneously updating the device configuration on the same host.
Recommended Action:
1. Coordinate changes to the device configuration so that changes come from a single
source.
2. To investigate the details surrounding the global device database changes on the
server (database) side, examine the daemon debug log file.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the volume daemon / NetBackup
Volume Manager service, or start vmd with the verbose option.
b. Retry the request to change the device configuration and examine the debug log
file.
Media Manager Status Code: 154
Message: global device database truncate operation failed
Explanation: When the user was trying to change the device configuration, the system call
ftruncate(3C) failed during an attempt to rewrite the global device database
Recommended Action:
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
275
Status Codes
1. Examine command output (if available) and debug logs for a more detailed message
on the system error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or execute the
command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Investigate the integrity of the file system and global device database,
/usr/openv/volmgr/database/globDB (UNIX) or Install_
path\Volmgr\database\globDB (Windows).
Media Manager Status Code: 155
Message: global device database append operation failed
Explanation: A request was made to change the device configuration, and a global device
database record could not be written to the global device database file.
1. Examine the daemon debug log for a more detailed message on the system error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the volume daemon / NetBackup
Volume Manager service, or start vmd with the verbose option.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Examine the permissions and available file system space for writing to the database,
/usr/openv/volmgr/database/globDB (UNIX) or
install_path\Volmgr\database\globDB (Windows).
Media Manager Status Code: 156
Message: global device database lock operation failed
Explanation: vmd, the Media Manager volume daemon (UNIX), encountered a system
call error while attempting to lock the global device database.
Recommended Action:
276
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
1. Examine the daemon debug log for a more detailed message on the system error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the volume daemon, or start vmd with
the verbose option.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Ensure that no other process has a lock on the global device database file
/usr/openv/volmgr/database/globDB.
Media Manager Status Code: 157
Message: global device database open operation failed
Explanation: A requested operation encountered a situation where the global device
database file could not be opened.
Recommended Action:
1. Check for the existence and permissions of the globDB file in the
/usr/openv/volmgr/database directory or install_path\Volmgr\database
folder.
2. Restore the globDB file from the catalog backups or from another location, change the
access permissions on the existing globDB, or (as a last resort) move/rename the
current globDB to start over with an empty global device configuration.
3. If the move/rename method is used, recreate all device configurations on all hosts.
Media Manager Status Code: 158
Message: global device database close operation failed
Explanation: An error occurred when vmd attempted to close the global device database.
Recommended Action: Examine the daemon debug log for a more detailed message on
the system error.
1. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in
the vm.conf file and restarting the volume daemon / NetBackup Volume Manager
service, or start vmd with the verbose option.
2. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
277
Status Codes
Media Manager Status Code: 159
Message: the volume guid is not unique in the database
Explanation: A volume entry being added to or changed in the volume database had an
RSM GUID specified which was a duplicate of the RSM GUID for another volume already
in the volume database. All volumes in a volume database must have an RSM GUID that
is either unique or null. (RSM is the Microsoft Removable Storage Manager, and GUID is a
Global Unique Identifier.)
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available) and the daemon and reqlib debug logs for a
more detailed message on the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting the daemons/services, or execute the command’s verbose option, if
available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Try the following procedure:
a. From the daemon debug log file, determine the offset of the volume that has an
RSM GUID conflict with the volume entry being added or changed. The offset is
the index of the volume in the volume database.
b. Dump out all volume records in the volume configuration for the targeted
volume database host using the vmdb_dump command. Look up the volume
offset indicated in the debug log file, noting the associated RSM GUID, which is
the field volume_guid.
The condition may have occurred because the media name for a volume may
have been changed in the RSM media configuration, followed by a change to the
volume configuration in Media Manager that caused a new volume to be added.
Since RSM media names are equivalent to media IDs, if the existing media ID is
not deleted from the volume configuration, the conflict appears when the new
volume is added. Do not change media names in RSM if volume entries have
already been established for the media in the volume configuration.
Media Manager Status Code: 160
Message: the global device database device type is invalid
Explanation: An invalid device type appeared in a request to modify the device
configuration.
278
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for a more
detailed message on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or execute the
command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Identify the targeted host and verify that all Media Manager binaries on that host are
at a compatible version level with other hosts that are part of the configuration.
Update the software version as needed.
Media Manager Status Code: 161
Message: the global device database device serial number is invalid
Explanation: An invalid or missor TD-v490022[(Medei91.3g)-8.mdei64(u2(e w( T8ia )128-6.4(i) 0.0008 cies)
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
279
Status Codes
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for a more
detailed message on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or execute the
command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Identify the targeted host and verify that all Media Manager binaries on that host are
at a compatible version level with other hosts that are part of the configuration.
Update the software version as needed.
Media Manager Status Code: 164
Message: the robotic daemon returned an invalid volume GUID
Explanation: An invalid RSM GUID was returned from the RSM robotic control process,
which probably obtained it from the RSM API. (RSM is the Microsoft Removable Storage
Manager, and GUID is a Global Unique Identifier.)
Recommended Action:
1. Examine the system’s application log, the Removable Storage system interface, and
the daemon and reqlib debug logs for a more detailed message on the error.
a. If it is not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the
vm.conf file and restarting the NetBackup Device Manager service.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs. From the daemon debug log file,
determine the media ID that has the invalid RSM GUID.
2. Make sure that the software components are compatible.
Media Manager Status Code: 165
Message: Evaluation period expired. Go to www.veritas.com to order this product.
Explanation: The NetBackup evaluation software has expired. See www.veritas.com
for ordering information.
Recommended Action: Obtain a licensed copy of NetBackup, which includes Media
Manager.
280
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Media Manager Status Code: 166
Message: media access port not available
Explanation: A request was made to physically move a volume into or out of a robotic
library, but the media access port was found to be unavailable.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for a more
detailed message on the error.
a. If it is not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or execute the
command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Ensure that the physical move volume request for the robot type was not sent to a
robotic control daemon/process on a system running an older, incompatible version
of the software.
3. Ensure that the targeted robotic control daemon/process is operating normally.
Media Manager Status Code: 167
Message: ADAMM GUID is not unique in the database
Explanation: A volume entry being added to or changed in the volume database had an
ADAMM GUID specified which was a duplicate of the ADAMM GUID for another
volume already in the volume database. All volumes in a volume database must have an
ADAMM GUID that is either unique or null. (ADAMM is Advanced Device and Media
Management, and a GUID is a Global Unique Identifier.)
The GUID conflict may occur if the following are both true:
◆
The bephyinv.exe or beconv.exe command is running on a Windows host, in
install_path\NetBackup\bin\admincmd.
AND
◆
The GUID field of a record in the volume database is modified, by either adding,
changing, or deleting records.
Another possible cause may be one of the following:
◆
The physical inventory utility (bephyinv.exe) has already been run on this media.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
281
Status Codes
◆
This media had on-disk Backup Exec catalogs, and the catalog converter utility
(beconv.exe) has already been run on this media.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available) and the daemon and reqlib debug logs for a
more detailed message on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or execute the
command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. From the daemon debug log file, determine the offset of the volume that has an
ADAMM GUID conflict with the volume entry that is being added or changed. (The
offset is the index of the volume in the volume database.) Using the vmdb_dump
command, dump out all volume records in the volume configuration for the targeted
volume database host and look up the volume offset indicated in the debug log file.
Note the associated ADAMM GUID, which is the field adamm_guid.
Note Although a GUID can be changed or added by means of the vmchange and vmadd
commands, the GUID field is for internal use only. Do not add or change a GUID.
Media Manager Status Code: 168
Message: ADAMM GUID does not exist in database
Explanation: The volume database was queried for a specified ADAMM (Advanced
Device and Media Management) GUID, and no volumes were found matching the
specified criteria. (The GUID is a Global Unique Identifier.)
This error could result if both of the following occur:
◆
The bephyinv.exe command or beconv.exe command is running on a Windows
host (in install_path\NetBackup\bin\admincmd).
AND
◆
The GUID field of a record in the volume database is modified by either adding,
changing, or deleting records.
Recommended Action:
282
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
None. This is a normal occurrence indicating that there is no volume with a particular
ADAMM GUID in the targeted volume configuration. The requesting software may
query the volume configuration on other hosts for a volume with the specified ADAMM
GUID, or it may perform other media management related actions based on this status
code.
Note Although a GUID can be changed or added by means of the vmchange and vmadd
commands, the GUID field is for internal use only. Do not add or change a GUID.
Media Manager Status Code: 171
Message: a scratch pool is already defined
Explanation: A new scratch pool cannot be defined because another scratch pool already
exists.
Recommended Action:
Use the scratch pool already defined, or delete the current scratch pool and create a new
scratch pool.
Media Manager Status Code: 172
Message: pool not defined as a scratch pool
Explanation: You, or a NetBackup media management interface have tried to delete
(unset) a scratch pool that is not defined as a scratch pool.
Recommended Action: To delete the scratch pool by using the vmpool command, make
sure that the name of the pool specified with the unset_scratch option is the correct
name of the scratch pool.
Media Manager Status Code: 173
Message: invalid scratch pool name
Explanation: You, or a NetBackup media management interface have tried to specify the
NetBackup, DataStore, or None pool as a scratch pool. The NetBackup, DataStore, and
None pools cannot be specified as scratch pools.
Recommended Action: Create a scratch pool with a different name.
Media Manager Status Code: 174
Message: unable to link to dynamic library
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
283
Status Codes
Explanation: An attempt to open and link to a dynamic library failed. This may be caused
by a missing or unusable dynamic library for the EMC Symmetrix API. The error may be
generated at both the server and the client; the dynamic libraries are used by the ltid,
tldd, and bptm processes.
Recommended Action: Make sure that the EMC-supplied files
/usr/symapi/shlib/libsymapi.so and /usr/symapi/shlib/libsymlvm.so
exist on the system that reported the error. For new copies of these files, contact EMC.
284
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Device Configuration Status Codes
These status codes appear in exit status and command output for the tpconfig and
tpautoconf commands, and in system or debug logs. These codes are also presented by
programs that call tpconfig and tpautoconf, such as media and device management
user interfaces and the vmoprcmd command.
Device Configuration Status Code: 0
Message: Success
Explanation: A requested operation was successfully completed.
Recommended Action: None.
Device Configuration Status Code: 1
Message: Cannot execute command, permission denied
Explanation: The process was started by a user or process that did not have root
privileges (on UNIX) or administrator privileges (on Windows), or the global device
database host name could not be set.
Recommended Action:
1. If desired, give the user or process administrator privileges (on Windows) or root
privileges (on UNIX) and reissue the device configuration request.
2. If the volume daemon (UNIX) or NetBackup Volume Manager service (Windows) is
not running, start it and retry the operation that tried to set the global device database
host name, such as during an install.
3. Establish a common global device database host name as follows:
◆
Run tpautoconf -get_gdbhost on other hosts.
◆
Set the global device database host name with
tpautoconf -set_gdbhost host_name
where host_name is the host name returned by tpautoconf -get_gdbhost.
Device Configuration Status Code: 2
Message: The external_robot_mappings file has invalid license info
Explanation: The problem concerns one of the following files:
◆
/usr/openv/share/external_robot_mappings.txt (UNIX)
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
285
Status Codes
◆
install_path\VERITAS\NetBackup\share\external_robot_mappings.txt
(Windows)
1. The file does not exist.
2. The file is for a different version of NetBackup. You can find what version it is for by
reading the header in the file.
3. The file has a corrupted licensing digest.
Recommended Action: Download the latest external mappings files from the VERITAS
support website at www.veritas.com.
Device Configuration Status Code: 3
Message: The external_drive_mappings file has invalid license info
Explanation: The problem concerns one of the following files:
◆
/usr/openv/share/external_drive_mappings.txt (UNIX)
◆
install_path\VERITAS\NetBackup\share\external_drive_mappings.txt
(Windows)
1. The file does not exist.
2. The file is for a different version of NetBackup. You can find what version it is for by
reading the header in the file.
3. The file has a corrupted licensing digest.
Recommended Action: Download the latest external mappings files from the VERITAS
support website at www.veritas.com.
Device Configuration Status Code: 4
Message: The global device database version is incompatible.
Explanation: The Device Configuration wizard is trying to store the global device
information on a server that is at the wrong NetBackup server level.
Recommended Action: Choose a NetBackup server on which to store the global device
information that is running at the same Netbackup version as that used on the host where
the device discovery process was executed.
Device Configuration Status Code: 5
Message: Cannot synchronize global device database
286
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Explanation: There was a failed request to synchronize the global device database with
the local drive (ltidevs) or robot (robotic_def) databases. This could be caused by
the Media Manager volume daemon / NetBackup Volume Manager Service not running
on the global device database host. This could also be caused by conflicting information
between the global device database and the local databases mentioned above.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for a more
detailed message on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders (including the tpcommand log). Increase the level of verbosity
by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and restarting the
daemons/services, or execute the command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Verify that vmd is running on the global device database host.
3. Examine the device configurations of other hosts sharing the same global device
database, looking for conflicts such as duplicate robot numbers with conflicting robot
types.
Device Configuration Status Code: 6
Message: Robot type is not supported on this platform
Explanation: A request was made to add a robot, but the robot type is not supported on
the device host.
Recommended Action: Check www.veritas.com and product release documentation
for supported device configurations.
Device Configuration Status Code: 7
Message: Invalid SCSI port number for the robot
Explanation: A request was made to add or change the SCSI port number for a robot, but
the SCSI port number provided was not valid.
Recommended Action:
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
287
Status Codes
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for a more
detailed message on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or execute the
command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Specify the correct SCSI port number for the robot. Perform device discovery using
the Device Configuration wizard, or check the Windows registry as needed to obtain
the SCSI port number.
Device Configuration Status Code: 8
Message: Invalid SCSI bus number for the robot
Explanation: A request was made to add or change the SCSI bus number for a robot, but
the SCSI bus number provided was not valid.
Recommended Action: Specify the correct SCSI bus number for the robot. Perform device
discovery using the Device Configuration wizard, or check the Windows registry as
needed to obtain the SCSI bus number.
Device Configuration Status Code: 9
Message: Invalid SCSI target for the robot
Explanation: A request was made to add or change the SCSI target for a robot, but the
SCSI target provided was not valid.
Recommended Action: Specify the correct SCSI target for the robot. Perform device
discovery using the Device Configuration wizard, or check the Windows registry as
needed to obtain the SCSI target.
Device Configuration Status Code: 10
Message: Invalid SCSI logical unit number for the robot
Explanation: A request was made to add or change the SCSI logical unit number for a
robot, but the SCSI logical unit number provided was not valid.
Recommended Action: Specify the correct SCSI logical unit number for the robot.
Perform device discovery using the Device Configuration wizard, or check the Windows
registry as needed to obtain the SCSI logical unit number.
288
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Device Configuration Status Code: 11
Message: Invalid Usage
Explanation: One of the Media Manager device configuration commands (tpconfig or
tpautoconf) was executed with improper options, or there is an incompatibility
between components or versions of the product.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for a more
detailed message on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the daemons/services, or execute the
command’s verbose option, if available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Check the tpconfig or tpautoconf usage statement for expected usage and
compare with the parameters being sent to start the new process.
3. Verify that all Media Manager binaries are at a compatible version level.
Device Configuration Status Code: 12
Message: Failed writing drive or robot config file
Explanation: A request was made to change the device configuration, but an error was
encountered while writing to the device database.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine the daemon debug log and command or interface output for a more detailed
message on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the volume daemon / NetBackup
Volume Manager service, or start vmd with the verbose option.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Examine the permissions and available file system space for writing to the device
configuration database files (ltidevs and robotic_def), located in the directory
/usr/openv/volmgr/database (UNIX) or in the folder
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
289
Status Codes
install_path\Volmgr\database (Windows). Display the device configuration to
determine whether or not the database is corrupt, and restore a saved copy of the
databases from catalog backups, or delete them and recreate the device configuration
as needed.
Device Configuration Status Code: 13
Message: Failed reading drive or robot config file
Explanation: A request was made to change or list the device configuration, but an error
was encountered while reading from the device database.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine the daemon debug log and command or interface output for a more detailed
message on the error.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the volume daemon / NetBackup
Volume Manager service, or start vmd with the verbose option.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Examine the permissions and check for the existence of the device configuration
database files (ltidevs and robotic_def), located in the directory
/usr/openv/volmgr/database (UNIX) or the folder
install_path\Volmgr\database (Windows). Display the device configuration to
290
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the volume daemon / NetBackup
Volume Manager service, or start vmd with the verbose option.
b. Retry the operation and examine the log files.
Device Configuration Status Code: 15
Message: Invalid robot number
Explanation: On a request to modify the device configuration, the specified robot number
was not within the allowable range, or the robot number did not correspond to a currently
configured robot, or the robotic database is corrupted.
Recommended Action:
1. Specify a robot number in the range of 0 to 32767.
2. Ensure that all device configuration changes or deletions are performed on devices
that are currently part of the device configuration.
3. Check the integrity of the robotic database file robotic_def located in the directory
/usr/openv/volmgr/database (UNIX) or the folder
install_path\Volmgr\database (Windows), by displaying the contents of the device
configuration. Restore a saved copy of the robotic database from catalog backups, or
delete it and recreate any needed robotic configuration information.
Device Configuration Status Code: 16
Message: A SCSI inquiry sent to the device has failed
Explanation: On a request to add or update a SCSI robotic library or drive, Media
Manager failed to obtain the serial number and inquiry string for the device. This
information is obtained by Media Manager by sending a SCSI Inquiry command to the
device. Failure indicates that NetBackup was not able to communicate with the device by
means of SCSI.
Recommended Action:
1. Ensure that the device is physically connected.
2. Ensure that the operating system is configured to recognize the device and that the
operating system can see the device.
3. Ensure that no other process is using the device and that the device is not offline.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
291
Status Codes
Device Configuration Status Code: 17
Message: This robot type does not support multiple media types
Explanation: An attempt to add or update a robotic drive has failed because there are
drives configured in this robotic library with a different drive type. (Some NetBackup
robotic library types do not support multiple media types.) Refer to the NetBackup Release
Notes or to the NetBackup Media Manager System Administrator’s Guide for more information on
which NetBackup robotic library types support multimedia.
Recommended Action:
1. Configure all drives for this robotic library with the same drive type.
2. If you are using NetBackup BusinesServer and want a robotic library with multiple
media types, contact VERITAS to purchase NetBackup DataCenter.
Device Configuration Status Code: 18
Message: Invalid robot type
Explanation: On a request to modify the device configuration, the specified robot type
was invalid, or it did not match the robot type for the robot associated with the specified
robot number.
Recommended Action:
1. Check the device configuration for configured robots, and specify the correct robot
type applicable for the device configuration information being updated.
2. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for a more
detailed message on the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting the daemons/services, or execute the command’s verbose option, if
available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
3. Verify that all Media Manager binaries are at a compatible version level.
Device Configuration Status Code: 19
Message: Invalid device path name
Explanation: On a request to change the device configuration, the specified device path or
device name was not valid.
292
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Recommended Action:
1. To avoid configuring invalid device paths and device names, use the Device
Configuration wizard (on supported device discovery platforms) so that device paths
and device names are automatically configured.
2. On Windows hosts, check the operating system configuration or registry for device
names and refer to the tpconfig command in NetBackup online help. On UNIX
hosts, refer to the appropriate chapter in the NetBackup Device Configuration Guide. Always
use no-rewind device files for drives attached to UNIX hosts, and check to ensure that
the specified device paths exist as character-special files. Check for detailed errors
from the command or user interface output.
Device Configuration Status Code: 20
Message: Duplicate device path names
Explanation: The same device path name was used for the optical drive character and
volume header names.
Recommended Action: Refer to the appropriate chapter in the NetBackup Device
Configuration Guide to determine which optical drive names should be specified.
Device Configuration Status Code: 21
Message: Robot number is already in use
Explanation: On a request to add a robot to the device configuration, the robot number
was found to be already in use for a different robot.
Recommended Action: Check the device configuration on all device hosts for configured
robots, and specify a robot number that is not already in use. Use tpautoconf
-get_gdbhost to obtain the global device database host, and use the following
vmglob -h global_device_database_host -listall
to display all devices sharing a common global device database.
Device Configuration Status Code: 22
Message: Device path is already in use
Explanation: On a request to add or change robot information in the device configuration,
the specified robotic device path is already in use for another configured robot.
Recommended Action:
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
293
Status Codes
1. To avoid configuring device paths that are already in use, use the Device
Configuration wizard (on supported device discovery platforms) so that device paths
and device names are automatically configured.
2. Display the device configuration using tpconfig -d or a device configuration
interface to see the robotic information that is already configured. On Windows hosts
where there are multiple ways to configure robots (changer names or
port/bus/target/LUN), check the operating system configuration or registry for
changer names and their associated SCSI paths. Check for detailed errors from the
command or user interface output.
Device Configuration Status Code: 24
Message: Incomplete robot information
Explanation: On a request to change the device configuration, some of the required robot
information was not specified.
Recommended Action: Check the command usage and reissue the request with all
required robot information specified.
Device Configuration Status Code: 25
Message: Robot drive number in use for this robot
Explanation: On a request to change the device configuration, the specified drive address
in the robot was found to be already in use by another drive in the device configuration.
Recommended Action: The drive address in the robot is the robot drive number for most
robot types, the ACS/LSM/PANEL/DRIVE coordinates for ACS robots, or a vendor
drive name for TLH and TLM robots. Two drives cannot have the same drive address in a
robot in a given device configuration. If the drive addresses need to be adjusted, either
delete one of the drives or make use of an unused drive address as a temporary state. For
example, if a robot has two drives with robot drive numbers 1 and 2 that need to be
swapped, change one drive to use robot drive number 3 temporarily, change the other
drive to use robot drive number 1 or 2 as appropriate, and finally change the first drive to
the open robot drive address 1 or 2.
Device Configuration Status Code: 27
Message: Invalid drive type for the robot
Explanation: On a request to configure a drive to be in a robot, it was found that the drive
type was not valid for the selected robot type.
294
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Recommended Action: In the NetBackup Media Manager System Administrator’s Guide
appendices, check the Robot Attributes tables to determine valid media types for a given
robot type. Drive types directly correspond to the listed media types. Configure
supported devices so that invalid combinations of drive types and robot types are not
required.
Device Configuration Status Code: 28
Message: Invalid robot drive number for the robot type
Explanation: On a request to configure a drive to be in a robot, it was found that the robot
drive number was not valid for the selected robot type.
Recommended Action: The robot drive number, or for ACS robots the set of ACS drive
identifiers, is limited to certain ranges based on the robot type. These limits are based on a
supported device list. An invalid robot drive number means that the drive number was
not within the acceptable range. Make sure that the robot hardware is supported and that
the required patches are installed to support the robotic library. If the robot type is TLH or
TLM, do not specify a robot drive number, because the drives are addressed using a
vendor drive name.
Device Configuration Status Code: 29
Message: Drive index is in use by another drive
Explanation: On a request to add a drive to the device configuration, the requested drive
index was found to be in use on the targeted device host.
Recommended Action:
1. To avoid configuring a drive index that is already in use, use the Device
Configuration wizard (on supported device discovery platforms) so that the drive
index is automatically configured.
2. If using a device configuration interface that allows the drive index to be specified,
use tpconfig -d to determine the drive indexes that are already in use on the
targeted device host, and specify a drive index that is not already in use.
Device Configuration Status Code: 30
Message: Robot number is in use by another robot
Explanation: On a request to add or update a robotic drive in the device configuration, it
was found that the robot number and robot type specified were associated with an
existing robot of a different robot type.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
295
Status Codes
Recommended Action: Check the device configuration on the targeted device host and
identify the configured robots. On the drive configuration request, specify both the robot
number and robot type that relate to the robot containing the drive.
Device Configuration Status Code: 31
Message: Robot number does not exist
Explanation: On a request to add or update a drive or robot in the device configuration, it
was found that the robot number and robot type specified were not associated with any
configured robots on the targeted device host.
Recommended Action: Check the device configuration on the targeted device host and
identify the configured robots. Every drive that is configured as a robotic drive must
already have its robot configured on that device host. For shared robotic libraries having
robotic control on a remote host, there must be a logical robotic entry that refers to the
remote host having robotic control. Add the robot to the device configuration first, then
add the drive, defining it to be in the robot. If the robot was already configured, specify
the correct robot number and robot type on the drive or robot configuration request.
Device Configuration Status Code: 34
Message: Drive name is already in use by another drive
Explanation: On a request to add or update a drive in the device configuration, the
requested drive path was found to be in use on the targeted device host.
Recommended Action:
1. To avoid configuring paths that are already in use, use the Device Configuration
wizard (on supported device discovery platforms) so that the drive paths are
automatically configured.
2. Before making configuration changes, check the existing drive configuration through
a device configuration interface or run tpconfig -d to determine the drive paths
that are already in use on the targeted device host, and specify a drive path that is not
already in use.
Device Configuration Status Code: 35
Message: Drive name does not exist
Explanation: On a request to update or delete a drive in the device configuration, no
drives having the specified drive name were found on the targeted device host.
Recommended Action: Check the device configuration on the targeted device host and
identify the configured drives. When making drive configuration changes or deletions,
specify the drive name as it is configured, taking care to use the proper case.
296
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Recommended Action: Check product documentation for supported device
configurations. Obtain an additional software license that allows more drives to be
configured, or limit the configuration to the number of drives allowed by the current
licensing.
Device Configuration Status Code: 40
Message: Adding this device would exceed the maximum allowed
Explanation: On a request to add a robot to the device configuration, the licensed limit for
the maximum number of robots was reached on the targeted host.
Recommended Action: Check product documentation for supported device
configurations. Obtain an additional software license that allows more robots to be
configured, or limit the configuration to the number of robots allowed by the current
licensing.
Device Configuration Status Code: 41
Message: Cannot change terminal mode
Explanation: A system call failed when an attempt was made to change the mode for
terminal input between cooked and raw.
Recommended Action: Examine the user interface output for the system error associated
with the failed system call, and troubleshoot according to operating system vendor
recommendations.
Device Configuration Status Code: 42
Message: Cannot create miscellaneous working repository
Explanation: On a device configuration request, the miscellaneous working
directory/folder was missing and could not be created.
Recommended Action: Find out why /usr/openv/volmgr/misc (UNIX) or
install_path\volmgr\misc (Windows) cannot be created. On Windows, determine
which accounts the NetBackup Volume Manager service and device configuration
interfaces are running under, and compare them with the security properties of the
database folder. On UNIX, determine whether users or device configuration interface
callers are running under a user and group with permissions to create the miscellaneous
directory.
Device Configuration Status Code: 43
Message: Cannot backup/restore local device database files
298
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Explanation: There was a failed request to create a backup copy, remove a backup copy,
or replace the current copy of the local device databases. These databases are ltidevs
and robotic_def, located in /usr/openv/volmgr/database (UNIX) or
install_path\volmgr\database (Windows).
Recommended Action:
1. Examine the daemon debug log and command or interface output for a more detailed
message on the system error, as follows.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the volume daemon / NetBackup
Volume Manager service, or start vmd with the verbose option.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Examine the permissions and check for the existence of the local device database files.
Display the device configuration to determine whether or not the database is corrupt,
and restore a saved copy of the databases from catalog backups, or delete them and
recreate the device configuration as needed.
Device Configuration Status Code: 44
Message: Cannot discover devices. See the Troubleshooting Guide for details.
Explanation: Any of the following: device discovery was attempted on a platform where
it is not supported according to the currently installed software, there was an internal
consistency problem with the global device database, or device discovery could not obtain
or verify its lock file.
Recommended Action:
1. Check www.veritas.com and product release documentation for supported
platforms for device discovery. Upgrade the installed software to the latest available
patch level if documentation indicates that device discovery is supported on the
targeted host platform.
2. Examine the daemon debug log and command or interface output for a more detailed
message on the system error, as follows.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
299
Status Codes
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the volume daemon / NetBackup
Volume Manager service, or start vmd with the verbose option.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs. One of the following may have
occurred, as described in the following steps.
3. Lock file problems: The device discovery process sets a lockfile in the
/usr/openv/volmgr/misc (UNIX) or Install_path\Volmgr\misc (Windows)
directory named tpac.lock to ensure that only one instance of discovery is running
on a particular host. It then checks the lockfile before updating the configuration.
◆
Cannot obtain lockfile.
The lockfile may be held by another discovery process. In this case the following
error is displayed:
"another tpautoconf is already running"
Use standard OS process tools (ps on UNIX or Task Manager on Windows) to
determine if another tpautoconf process is running. If not, delete the lockfile
and re-run device discovery. If another tpautoconf process is running, wait for
it to complete before retrying.
◆
Failed checking lockfile.
In the case of long device-discovery cycles, the interface may timeout or the user
may cancel the process. Part of the timeout or cancelling is to remove the lockfile.
This tells the device discovery process that it should not continue making
modifications to the device configuration. If this happens, re-run the discovery
process.
4. Global device database inconsistency: Prior to beginning the process of discovering
new devices on a host, the global device database is checked for internal consistency.
The following are example log messages in the tpcommand log directory, along with
steps to determine the problem and correct it.
◆
Fatal Global Database consistency error: Couldn’t contact robot 1 on host mud
The global device database has found a robot entry for robot 1 on mud, but could
not communicate with it. Delete that robot on host mud and re-run device
discovery there.
◆
300
Fatal Global Database consistency error: TLM/ACS control host mismatch 1 on
hosts bison and mud.
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
The global device database has found TLM or ACS robot entries for robot 1, on
hosts bison and mud, but their ACSLS Host or DAS Server did not agree.
Determine which host is running the ACS library software or the DAS software.
Using tpconfig or the administration console, update the robot entry to indicate
the correct ACSLS Server name or DAS host name.
◆
Fatal Global Database consistency error: remote control host mismatch 1 on hosts
bison and mud.
The global device database has found remote robot entries for robot 1 on hosts
bison and mud, but their robot control hosts did not agree. Determine which host
should be the controlling host. Then determine which host is incorrect. Delete the
remote robot entry on the host that is incorrect, and re-run device discovery.
◆
Fatal Global Database consistency error: missing robot control host 1.
The global device database has found a remote robot entry for robot 1, but the
corresponding controlling entry could not be found. Check each of the media
servers in the configuration for a remote robot definition for robot 1. Delete that
robot and re-run device discovery there.
◆
Fatal Global Database consistency error: serial number 1234567 on robot 1 on host
bison, and on robot 2 on host mud.
The global device database has found duplicate robot serial numbers on robot 1
on bison, and robot 2 on mud. This is probably an invalid configuration. First
determine if these are unique robots, or if they are actually the same robot
connected to each host. If they are unique robots, run tpconfig -tables on
bison and mud and look for serial number 1234567 on robot 1 on bison and robot
2 on mud. If these serial numbers are the same, check with the robot vendor to see
if it is possible to modify the serial number. If the serial numbers are different,
delete the robot on one of the hosts and re-run device discovery there.
◆
Fatal Global Database consistency error: drive SSO mismatch MyDrive0 on hosts
bison and mud
The global device database has at least two entries for MyDrive0, one on bison,
and one on mud. One of these two entries states that the drive is shared.
Determine if MyDrive0 should be shared and look for entries that are conflicting.
Run tpconfig -d to determine which of these hosts is incorrect. Delete the
drive on the host that has the incorrect data and re-run device discovery on that
host. If neither of these hosts is incorrect according to the tpconfig -d output,
delete the drive on both hosts and re-run device discovery on both hosts.
◆
Fatal Global Database consistency error: serial number on drive MyDrive0 on
host bison, and on drive MyDrive1 on host mud.
The global device database has found duplicate drive serial numbers on
MyDrive0 on bison, and on MyDrive1 on mud. This is probably an invalid
configuration. First determine if these are unique drives, or if they are actually the
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
301
Status Codes
same drive connected to each host. If they are unique drives, run
tpconfig -tables on bison and mud and look for the serial number for
MyDrive0 and MyDrive1. If the serial numbers are the same, check with the drive
vendor to see if it is possible to modify the serial number. If the serial numbers are
different, delete the drive on one of the hosts and re-run device discovery there.
Device Configuration Status Code: 45
Message: No device found in RSM at the specified location
Explanation: On a request to add or change robot information in the device configuration,
the specified robotic device path could not be found in the system registry. This status
code applies to Windows 2000 systems only.
Recommended Action: Use the Media and Device Management interface New Robot or
Change Robot display to browse for robots in the system registry, eliminating the need to
manually specify device paths or device control parameters. Check the operating system
registry for changer names and their associated SCSI paths when manually specifying
robotic control information. Check for detailed errors from the command or user interface
output.
Device Configuration Status Code: 46
Message: Unable to retrieve GUID from RSM api
Explanation: On a request to add or change robot information in the device configuration,
an error was encountered while attempting to obtain the RSM GUID for the specified
device path or device control parameters. (RSM is the Microsoft Removable Storage
Manager and GUID is a Global Unique Identifier.) This error code applies to Windows
2000 systems only.
Recommended Action:
1. Use the Media and Device Management interface New Robot or Change Robot
display to browse for robots in the system registry, eliminating the need to manually
specify device paths or device control parameters.
2. Check the operating system registry for changer names and their associated SCSI
paths when manually specifying robotic control information. Check for detailed
errors from the command or user interface output. Ensure that the Removable Storage
service is running. Ensure that the device is present and working properly according
to the Removable Storage administration interface.
Device Configuration Status Code: 47
Message: Cannot backup/restore global device database files
302
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Explanation: There was a failed request to create a backup copy, remove a backup copy,
or replace the current copy of the local device databases. This database is globDB, located
in /usr/openv/volmgr/database (UNIX) or install_path\Volmgr\database
(Windows) on your global device database host.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine the daemon debug log and command or interface output for a more detailed
message on the system error, as follows.
a. If not already enabled, enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE
option in the vm.conf file and restarting the volume daemon / NetBackup
Volume Manager service, or start vmd with the verbose option.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Examine the permissions and check for the existence of the global device database file.
Display the device configuration to determine whether or not the database is corrupt,
and restore a saved copy of the databases from catalog backups, or delete them and
recreate the device configuration as needed.
Device Configuration Status Code: 48
Message: RSM is supported only on Microsoft Windows 2000 and later OS versions.
Explanation: On a request to make a device configuration change, the RSM (Microsoft
Removable Storage Manager) robot type was specified, but the operating system version
on the targeted device host does not support RSM devices.
Recommended Action: Specify RSM devices only on Windows 2000 or later
Windows-based operating systems.
Device Configuration Status Code: 49
Message: The global device database host name is invalid.
Explanation: On a device configuration request, the global device database host name
could not be obtained.
The global device database host name is obtained through an internal request that is sent
to vmd (the volume daemon on UNIX or the NetBackup Volume Manager service on
Windows). This request is likely to fail if vmd is not running on the targeted device host.
Recommended Action:
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
303
Status Codes
1. See the recommended actions for the following Media Manager status codes:
◆
69, failed sending request to vmd
◆
70, cannot connect to vmd
◆
71, failed sending to vmd
◆
72, failed receiving from vmd
2. Use tpautoconf -get_gdbhost on a device host to obtain its global device
database host name. Use tpautoconf -set_gdbhost to set the global device
database host name, as needed.
Device Configuration Status Code: 50
Message: Device Configuration was not upgraded.
Explanation: An attempt was made to make an automated device configuration change,
but the device configuration from a previous release has not been upgraded.
Recommended Action: Run the device configuration upgrade as part of the upgrade
installation procedure. If a device configuration from a previous release has been restored,
run tpautoconf -upgrade. If the Media Manager database directory/folder (or its
contents) has been recently lost and the directory/folder has been partially recreated with
device databases from the current release, run tpautoconf -ready_devices and
retry the automated device configuration change request.
Device Configuration Status Code: 51
Message: No device is registered at these SCSI coordinates.
Explanation: On a request to add or change robot or drive information in the device
configuration, the specified SCSI coordinates did not correspond to a device in the system
registry. This status code applies to Windows systems only.
Recommended Action: To avoid manually specifying SCSI coordinates (port, bus, target,
and LUN), use the Device Configuration wizard so that device configuration requests are
fully automated (on supported device discovery platforms), or use the Media and Device
Management interface to browse for devices in the system registry. Check the operating
system registry to ensure that devices are present at the specified coordinates when SCSI
coordinates are manually configured.
Device Configuration Status Code: 52
Message: The device name is not valid, no device responded.
304
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Explanation: On a request to add or change robot or drive information in the device
configuration, there was no device found in the system registry with the specified device
name. This error code applies to Windows systems only.
Recommended Action: To avoid manually specifying the device name, use the Device
Configuration wizard so that device configuration requests are fully automated (on
supported device discovery platforms), or use the Media and Device Management
interface to browse for devices in the system registry. Check the operating system registry
to ensure that devices are present at the specified coordinates when devices are manually
configured.
Device Configuration Code: 53
Message: Not licensed for Fastrax support
Explanation: An attempt was made to add or update a Fastrax device without a valid
Fastrax license. The request cannot be performed without a valid NetBackup for EMC
Fastrax license key.
Recommended Action: Install a Fastrax license key, then re-issue the configuration
request.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
305
Status Codes
Format Optical Status Codes
These status codes appear in exit status and command output for the tpformat
command, and in system or debug logs. These codes are also presented by programs that
call tpformat, such as media and device management user interfaces and the vmoprcmd
command.
Format Optical Status Code: 0
Message: Success
Explanation: An optical volume format operation was successfully completed.
Recommended Action: None.
Format Optical Status Code: 1
Message: tpformat: Invalid usage
Explanation: The format optical disk command tpformat was executed with improper
options or there is an incompatibility between components or versions of the product.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for a more
detailed message on the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting the daemons/services, or execute the command’s verbose option, if
available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Check the tpformat usage statement and compare with the parameters being sent to
start the new process.
3. Verify that all Media Manager binaries are at a compatible version level.
Format Optical Status Code: 2
Message: tpformat: Cannot set volume header
Explanation: The format optical disk command tpformat encountered a system, device,
or media error while trying to write the optical volume header.
Recommended Action:
306
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for a more
detailed message on the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting the daemons/services, or execute the command’s verbose option, if
available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Verify integrity of the device and the media, and check the system device files for
correctness according to the NetBackup Device Configuration Guide. Examples of problems
that may have been encountered are:
a. Operating system error where exclusive access to the disk could not be set.
b. Operating system error while attempting to format the disk.
c. Cannot determine the name of the disk.
d. Operating system was unable to set the geometry.
e. Could not write the volume table of contents.
f.
Cannot determine SCSI passthrough path to the device.
g. Cannot read capacity of the optical platter.
h. Cannot seek to write the volume header.
i.
Optical volume format is not supported on the targeted platform.
Format Optical Status Code: 3
Message: tpformat: Cannot open
Explanation: The format optical disk command tpformat encountered a system, device,
or media error while trying to open the optical disk device.
Recommended Action:
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
307
Status Codes
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for a more
detailed message on the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting the daemons/services, or execute the command’s verbose option, if
available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Verify integrity of the device and the media, and check the system device files for
correctness according to the NetBackup Device Configuration Guide. Use the tpformat -f
option if the media has not already been sector formatted.
Format Optical Status Code: 4
Message: tpformat: Cannot read
Explanation: The format optical disk command tpformat encountered a system, device,
or media error while trying to read the optical disk.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for a more
detailed message on the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting the daemons/services, or execute the command’s verbose option, if
available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Verify the integrity of the device and media, and check the system device files for
correctness according to the NetBackup Device Configuration Guide. Use the tpformat -f
option if the media has not already been sector formatted.
Format Optical Status Code: 5
Message: tpformat: Cannot seek
Explanation: The format optical disk command tpformat encountered a system, device,
or media error while trying to seek on or determine characteristics of the optical disk.
Recommended Action:
308
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for a more
detailed message on the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting the daemons/services, or execute the command’s verbose option, if
available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Ensure that the device files and optical drive library address are correct, since this
error may occur if the device paths or drive address was incorrectly configured. Use
the tpformat -o (overwrite) option if you want to reformat the optical platter. If the
platter is WORM (write-once, read-many), it cannot be reformatted.
Format Optical Status Code: 8
Message: tpformat: Must be root
Explanation: The format optical disk command tpformat was run by a non-root user.
Recommended Action: Execute tpformat only as the root user.
Format Optical Status Code: 9
Message: tpformat: Tape request failed
Explanation: The format optical disk command tpformat encountered a situation where
the optical volume could not be mounted.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for a more
detailed message on the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting the daemons/services, or execute the command’s verbose option, if
available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Verify the integrity of the device and media, and check the system device files for
correctness according to the NetBackup Device Configuration Guide. Investigate robotic
errors and determine whether mount requests are being canceled by the
administrator.
310
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Format Optical Status Code: 10
Message: tpformat: Invalid robot
Explanation: The format optical disk command tpformat could not find a valid,
specified robot in the device configuration.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for a more
detailed message on the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting the daemons/services, or execute the command’s verbose option, if
available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Check the device configuration to see if a robot of type TLM (Tape Library
Multimedia) or ODL (Optical Disk Library) is configured, matching the robot number
passed on the tpformat -r option.
Format Optical Status Code: 11
Message: tpformat: Command interrupted
Explanation: The format optical disk command tpformat was interrupted because the
optical mount request was canceled or not accomplished within the required time
interval.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for a more
detailed message on the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting the daemons/services, or execute the command’s verbose option, if
available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Resubmit the request and observe the Device Monitor for standalone optical mount
requests, servicing them as needed. Look for pending requests indicating reasons for
the optical mount not being completed.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
311
Status Codes
Format Optical Status Code: 12
Message: tpformat: Skip
Explanation: Because an optical disk format operation failed, remaining optical format
operations were skipped.
Recommended Action: Look in the user interface output for the cause of the initial optical
disk format failure. Resolve the situation based on the error provided, and use the
tpformat command interface to format any remaining optical disks.
Format Optical Status Code: 13
Message: tpformat: No media present in drive or robot slot
Explanation: The format optical disk command tpformat was interrupted because no
media was found in the drive or robotic slot.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for a more
detailed message on the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting the daemons/services, or execute the command’s verbose option, if
available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Resubmit the request and observe the Device Monitor for standalone optical mount
requests, servicing them as needed, and look for pending requests indicating reasons
for the optical mount not being satisfied.
312
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Device Management Status Codes
These status codes appear in exit status and command output for the ltid, tpclean,
tpreq, and tpunmount commands, and in system or debug logs. These codes are also
presented by programs that call those commands, such as media and device management
user interfaces and the vmoprcmd command.
Device Management Status Code: 1
Message: Invalid Drive Type/Density
Explanation: An invalid density was specified for the -d parameter on tpreq.
Recommended Action: Check the tpreq man page (command description) for the list of
valid densities. Resubmit the mount request using a valid density.
Device Management Status Code: 2
Message: Drive is currently assigned
Explanation: A request was made for a specified drive, but the drive was assigned.
Recommended Action: Display drive status (using vmoprcmd -d or other means) to see
the list of drives and their assignment status. Run the request later, or first clear the drive
assignment by stopping application activity on the drive, unmounting the media with
tpunmount, or resetting the drive. If the wrong drive was specified, resubmit the request
specifying the correct drive name or index as appropriate for the interface being used.
Device Management Status Code: 3
Message: Error in Sending Operator Message
Explanation: An attempt was made to send an operational message to ltid (the Media
Manager device daemon on UNIX and the NetBackup Device Manager service on
Windows), on an already existing internal message queue used for inter-process
communication. But an error was encountered in the message communications. The error
probably indicates a lack of system resources for message queues.
Recommended Action:
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
313
Status Codes
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for messages
related to the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting the daemons/services, or execute the command’s verbose option, if
available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. On UNIX servers, gather output from the ipcs -a command to see what resources
are currently in use.
Device Management Status Code: 4
Message: Error in Receiving Operator Message
Explanation: An attempt was made to receive a message from ltid (the Media Manager
device daemon on UNIX and the NetBackup Device Manager service on Windows) on an
already existing internal message queue used for inter-process communication. But an
error was encountered in the message communications. The error probably indicates a
lack of system resources for message queues.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for messages
related to the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting the daemons/services, or execute the command’s verbose option, if
available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. On UNIX servers, gather output from the ipcs -a command to see what resources
are currently in use. Investigate whether ltid is tied up in communications with
devices or other components.
Device Management Status Code: 5
Message: Error in Sending Daemon Message
314
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Explanation: An attempt was made by ltid (the Media Manager device daemon on
UNIX and the NetBackup Device Manager service on Windows) to send an internal
process communications message to a robotic daemon/process using an already existing
internal message queue. An error was encountered in the message communications. The
error probably indicates a lack of system resources for message queues.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for messages
related to the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting the daemons/services, or execute the command’s verbose option, if
available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. On UNIX servers, gather output from the ipcs -a command to see what resources
are currently in use. Investigate whether the robotic daemon/process on the local
device host is tied up in communications with devices or other components.
Device Management Status Code: 6
Message: Error in Receiving Daemon Message
Explanation: An attempt was made by ltid (the Media Manager device daemon on
UNIX and the NetBackup Device Manager service on Windows) to receive or process an
internal process communications message to a robotic daemon/process using an already
existing internal message queue, but an error was encountered in the message
communications. The error probably indicates a lack of system resources for message
queues, or mismatched software components.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for messages
related to the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting the daemons/services, or execute the command’s verbose option, if
available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
315
Status Codes
2. On UNIX servers, gather output from the ipcs -a command to see what resources
are currently in use. Check the installed software components and verify that they are
all at a compatible release version.
Device Management Status Code: 7
Message: Error in Sending User Message
Explanation: An attempt was made to send a user message to ltid (the Media Manager
device daemon on UNIX and the NetBackup Device Manager service on Windows) on an
already existing internal message queue used for inter-process communication. But an
error was encountered in the message communications. The error probably indicates a
lack of system resources for message queues.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for messages
related to the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting the daemons/services, or execute the command’s verbose option, if
available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. On UNIX servers, gather output from the ipcs -a command to see what resources
are currently in use.
Device Management Status Code: 8
Message: Error in Receiving User Message
Explanation: An attempt was made to receive a user message from ltid (the Media
Manager device daemon on UNIX and the NetBackup Device Manager service on
Windows) on an already existing internal message queue used for inter-process
communication. But an error was encountered in the message communications. The error
probably indicates a lack of system resources for message queues. On Windows, this error
can also occur if an internal-system-registered event cannot be opened.
Recommended Action:
316
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for messages
related to the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting the daemons/services, or execute the command’s verbose option, if
available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. On UNIX servers, gather output from the ipcs -a command to see what resources
are currently in use.
Device Management Status Code: 9
Message: Drive is currently reserved
Explanation: An attempt was made to reserve a shared drive, but the drive is already
reserved. This status code is related to the internal implementation of the SSO feature, not
SCSI Reserve/Release.
Recommended Action: This is an unexpected condition that will be automatically retried.
If problems persist, stop and restart ltid (the Media Manager device daemon on UNIX
or the NetBackup Device Manager service on Windows).
Device Management Status Code: 10
Message: IPC sequence error
Explanation: An internal process communications message sequencing error has
occurred.
Recommended Action: Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system
logs for messages related to the error.
1. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the level
of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and restarting the
daemons/services, or execute the command’s verbose option, if available.
2. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
Device Management Status Code: 11
Message: One implicit reserve already exists
Explanation: A tape mount has been requested with an unsupported option.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
317
Status Codes
Recommended Action: Verify that the installed software components are all at a
compatible release version.
Device Management Status Code: 12
Message: Invalid Operator
Explanation: An internal list of operators could not be obtained.
Recommended Action: This is an unexpected internal error. Stop and restart ltid (the
Media Manager device daemon on UNIX or the NetBackup Device Manager service on
Windows).
Device Management Status Code: 13
Message: Error in IPC SHMGET call
Explanation: A process was unable to get a shared memory identifier associated with a
segment of shared memory that ltid maintains. (ltid is the Media Manager device
daemon on UNIX or the NetBackup Device Manager service on Windows.)
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for messages
related to the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting the daemons/services, or execute the command’s verbose option, if
available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. On UNIX servers, gather output from the ipcs -a command to see what resources
are currently in use.
Device Management Status Code: 14
Message: Error in IPC SHMAT call
Explanation: A process was unable to attach a shared memory segment that ltid
maintains. (ltid is the Media Manager device daemon on UNIX or the NetBackup
Device Manager service on Windows.)
Recommended Action:
318
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for messages
related to the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting the daemons/services, or execute the command’s verbose option, if
available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. On UNIX servers, gather the output of the ipcs -a command to see what resources
are currently in use.
Device Management Status Code: 15
Message: The drive is DOWN
Explanation: An attempt was made to mount media on a drive or to reserve a shared
drive which has since been logically configured to the DOWN state.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for messages
related to the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting the daemons/services, or execute the command’s verbose option, if
available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Check the application log files (such as the bptm log) to see why the drive may have
been configured DOWN.
3. Check the integrity of the drive, drive path, and media.
Device Management Status Code: 16
Message: No mount pending for given mount index
Explanation: An attempt was made to retrieve information about a pending mount
request, but no such pending mount request was found.
Recommended Action: Use a device monitor interface or consult application logs to see
whether the request has been completed or canceled. Requests to retrieve information for
pending mount requests are valid only when the mount request is actually pending.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
319
Status Codes
Device Management Status Code: 17
Message: Drive does not support pending request density
Explanation: A drive was selected that has a drive type which is not compatible with the
requested density.
Recommended Action:
1. Allow the drive selection to be determined automatically.
2. When selecting the drive manually, check the device configuration and the valid
density table (available in the tpreq man page or command description), then
specify a drive that is compatible with the requested density.
Device Management Status Code: 18
Message: Invalid volume count
Explanation: A tape mount has been requested with an unsupported option.
Recommended Action: Check the installed software components and verify that they are
all at a compatible release version.
Device Management Status Code: 19
Message: Only the administrative user can perform the requested operation
Explanation: Either an attempt was made to stop ltid (the Media Manager device
daemon on UNIX or the NetBackup Device Manager service on Windows), or the
tpclean command was called but the user was not root (UNIX) or the administrator
(Windows).
Recommended Action: If desired, give the user or process administrator privileges on
Windows or root privileges on UNIX and retry the operation.
Device Management Status Code: 20
Message: Cannot stop device daemon with tapes assigned
Explanation: An attempt was made to stop ltid (the Media Manager device daemon on
UNIX or the NetBackup Device Manager service on Windows), but media is currently
mounted and assigned.
Recommended Action: Halt all jobs referencing media, unmount all media, and stop all
applications from using Media Manager before trying to stop ltid. If unable to unmount
media through the application interface, check for the existence and permissions of the
.ltisymlinks file in the /usr/openv/volmgr/misc directory or in the
320
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
install_path\Volmgr\misc folder. Invoke tpunmount filename for each line in the
.ltisymlinks file, where filename specifies the contents of a line in that file. For
example, on UNIX, the command may look like the following:
tpunmount /usr/openv/netbackup/db/media/tpreq/A00001
Device Management Status Code: 21
Message: The drive is not ready or inoperable
Explanation: A drive was selected for a mount request, but the drive is not ready with
loaded media.
Recommended Action: Wait until the drive is ready before manually assigning a drive to
a pending mount request.
Device Management Status Code: 22
Message: IPC Error: Daemon may not be running
Explanation: A request to ltid could not be serviced. (ltid is the Media Manager
device daemon on UNIX or the NetBackup Device Manager service on Windows.) ltid is
probably not running. If ltid is still running, its process lock file may have been removed.
Also, message queues may not be functioning correctly on the system.
Recommended Action:
1. If ltid is not running, start ltid and try the operation again. On UNIX, run
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/ltid, and on Windows, start the NetBackup Device
Manager service.
2. If ltid was already running, check for the existence and permissions of the lock file
itself and the lock file directory, which are /usr/openv/volmgr/misc/.ltipid
(UNIX) or Install_ path\Volmgr\misc\.ltipid (Windows). Terminate the ltid
process if it is running. Create the lock directory/folder and adjust the permissions as
needed so that ltid can obtain the above lock.
3. On UNIX, check the msgget man page and look for suggestions on troubleshooting
the system message queues.
Device Management Status Code: 23
Message: Invalid Drive Number
Explanation: A request was made for drive, but no such drive could be found in the active
configuration.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
321
Status Codes
Recommended Action: Ensure that ltid (the Media Manager device daemon on UNIX
or the NetBackup Device Manager service on Windows) was stopped and restarted after
changes were last made to the device configuration. Display the device configuration
(using tpconfig -d or other means) to see the list of valid drives. Specify the drive
name or index as appropriate for the interface being used.
Device Management Status Code: 24
Message: Requested drive could not be reserved
Explanation: An attempt was made to reserve a shared drive, but the drive reservation
request failed. This status code is related to the internal implementation of the SSO
feature, not SCSI Reserve/Release.
Recommended Action: This is an expected condition for shared drives which will be
automatically retried. If problems persist, verify that vmd/DA is servicing requests and is
not listing drives as reserved to hosts that are not currently using the drives. (vmd/DA is
the Media Manager device daemon device allocator on UNIX and the NetBackup Device
Manager service device allocator on Windows.) Clear out extraneous reservations by
(re)starting ltid on the host that has the drive reservation. As an alternative, use
vmdareq -release (plus other arguments) and then retry the request.
Device Management Status Code: 25
Message: File name does not exist
Explanation: A logical tape file or help file could not be found. The tpunmount
command was probably issued with a logical tape file specified that does not exist for this
user.
Recommended Action: Check for existence of the logical tape file at the file path
specified. The specified file path must match the exact, case-sensitive path used when the
tape mount was requested. Resubmit the request using the correct file path. If the
condition is occurring during operator display of a pending request error message, check
to see if the help files are properly installed at
/usr/openv/volmgr/help/robots/robot type/help file name (UNIX) or at
install_path\Volmgr\Help\Robots\robot type\help file name (Windows).
Device Management Status Code: 26
Message: Request terminated because host not validated for volume pool
Explanation: The host where the mount request was initiated has been denied access to
the media due to permissions defined for the volume pool in which the media ID is
contained.
Recommended Action:
322
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
1. Query the volume pool information for the requested volume pool on the host where
the mount request was issued by running vmpool -listall -b. Obtain the name
of the host from which the mount request originated by checking the system log. This
host name is the one returned by the system hostname(1) command.
2. Change the volume pool host name security with vmpool or another user interface
that supports volume pool host attributes, change the volume pool associated with
the volume (if it is not assigned), or log in to the host that is allowed to use media in
the targeted volume pool. Then, resubmit the mount request.
Device Management Status Code: 27
Message: Request terminated because media ID is expired
Explanation: A mount request has been canceled because the media was requested with
write access, and the media has expired.
Recommended Action: Request read-only access to the media on the mount request if a
read-only operation is needed. Replace the media or change the expiration date to a future
date, based on site policy. A media management interface can be used to view and change
the expiration date for the media. Check and correct the system date/time, as needed.
Device Management Status Code: 28
Message: Error in MsgGet
Explanation: An attempt was made by ltid (the Media Manager device daemon on
UNIX or the NetBackup Device Manager service on Windows) to obtain a message queue
identifier used for internal message communications, and the request failed due to a
system error. The error probably indicates a lack of system resources for message queues,
or mismatched software components.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for messages
related to the error. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in
the vm.conf file and restarting ltid (the device daemon on UNIX or NetBackup
Device Manager service on Windows).
2. On UNIX servers, gather the output of the ipcs -a command to see what resources
are currently in use. Check the installed software components and verify that they are
all at a compatible release version.
Device Management Status Code: 29
Message: Magic Number MisMatch
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
323
Status Codes
Explanation: An attempt was made to read the drive database, but it was found to be of
an unknown format or version. The database is corrupt or there has been a mismatch of
software components.
Recommended Action: Check integrity of the drive database file ltidevs, located in the
directory /usr/openv/volmgr/database (UNIX) or in the folder
install_path\Volmgr\database (Windows). Display the device configuration to
determine whether or not the database is corrupt, and restore a saved copy of the
database file from catalog backups, or delete it and recreate the device configuration as
needed.
Device Management Status Code: 30
Message: Request terminated because media id will exceed maximum mount count
Explanation: A mount request has been canceled because the media being requested has
reached the maximum mount count associated with the media.
Recommended Action: Replace the media or change the maximum mount count to a
higher value, based on site policy. A media management interface can be used to view
and change the maximum mounts allowed for the media. Check that the number of
mounts for the media is set to a reasonable value given the media’s usage history, and
correct it as needed using vmchange.
Device Management Status Code: 31
Message: Requested number of drives are not configured
Explanation: A tape mount request was submitted, and there are not enough drives in the
configuration that match the requested density.
Recommended Action: Ensure that ltid (the Media Manager device daemon on UNIX
or the NetBackup Device Manager service on Windows) was stopped and restarted after
changes were last made to the device configuration. Display the device configuration
(using tpconfig -d or other means) to see the list of configured drives. Check the man
page (command description) for tpreq to find the list of valid densities. Resubmit the
mount request using a valid density that corresponds to a drive in the device
configuration.
Device Management Status Code: 32
Message: Error in getting semaphore
Explanation: An attempt was made by ltid (the Media Manager device daemon on
UlbM(n)-8.r) t322.7 NetB(a)-3. vaepe6(vi)-12ce nge2(sdevic con)-4.7( 6-12)(vi)-12ndnu)4-3.4(obM(n)-8.b(p)-1.2ur
324
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for messages
related to the error. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in
the vm.conf file and restarting ltid (the device daemon on UNIX or NetBackup Device
Manager service on Windows).
2. On UNIX servers, gather the output of the ipcs -a command to see what resources
are currently in use. Check the installed software components and verify that they are
all at a compatible release version.
Device Management Status Code: 33
Message: Error in SEMAPHORE operation
Explanation: A process was unable to perform a semaphore operation (such as lock or
unlock) associated with resources maintained by ltid. (ltid is the Media Manager
device daemon on UNIX or the NetBackup Device Manager service on Windows.)
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for messages
related to the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting the daemons/services, or execute the command’s verbose option, if
available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. On UNIX servers, gather the output of the ipcs -a command to see what resources
are currently in use.
Device Management Status Code: 34
Message: Error in getting semaphore for operator
Explanation: A process was unable to perform a semaphore operation (such as lock or
unlock) associated with resources maintained by ltid (the Media Manager device
daemon on UNIX or the NetBackup Device Manager service on Windows).
Recommended Action:
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
325
Status Codes
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for messages
related to the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting the daemons/services, or execute the command’s verbose option, if
available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. On UNIX servers, gather the output of the ipcs -a command to see what resources
are currently in use.
Device Management Status Code: 35
Message: Request terminated because media is unavailable (in DOWN drive, misplaced,
write protected or unmountable)
Explanation: A mount request has been canceled because the media being requested is
not available. It may be in a DOWN drive, misplaced, write protected, or unmountable.
Recommended Action: Use robotic inventory or manual means to compare the contents
of media in the robotic library with the volume configuration, and update the
configuration as needed. Determine the physical location of the media. Check integrity of
the drive, drive path, and media if the media is found in a logically DOWN drive. Verify
that the media is not a misconfigured cleaning tape. Move the media into the robotic
library and update the volume configuration if the media was not present in the library.
Set the cartridge tab to allow write access, or request the media with read-only access if
the write protection was the cause of the error.
Device Management Status Code: 36
Message: Request terminated by tpunmount call from another process
Explanation: A request was made to change the limit for the number of times that a
volume can be mounted with write access for one or more volumes in the volume
configuration, and the value specified was not within the acceptable range. The maximum
number of mounts value may also be invalid in the number of mounts/cleanings field of a
barcode rule.
Recommended Action:
326
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for a more
detailed message on the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting the daemons/services, or execute the command’s verbose option, if
available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Specify a maximum-mounts value within the range of 0 to 2,147,483,647.
Device Management Status Code: 37
Message: Drive being assigned is either not NDMP or on the wrong NDMP client
Explanation: A mount request has been canceled because of the following: the request
was targeted to a drive configured as attached to an NDMP client, but the request was
manually assigned to a drive other than the requested drive, and the assigned drive is
either not NDMP or it is an NDMP drive configured to a different client.
Recommended Action: Display the device configuration to determine which drives are
configured as being attached to specific NDMP clients. Ensure that ltid was stopped and
restarted after the last configuration changes were made. Reissue the request and assign it
to a drive attached to the requested NDMP client.
Device Management Status Code: 38
Message: Character device name for drive is not a character device
Explanation: On a tape mount request, the configured tape drive’s no-rewind-on-close
device file was neither a character-special device nor of a known type such as NDMP
(which does not need to be a character special file). On an optical mount request, the
optical disk drive character-device file was not a character-special device.
Recommended Action:
1. To avoid configuring invalid device paths and device names, use the Device
Configuration wizard (on supported device discovery platforms) so that device paths
and device names can be automatically configured for tape drives.
2. Refer to the appropriate chapter in the NetBackup Device Configuration Guide. Always use
no-rewind tape device files, recommended character device files for optical devices,
or recognized drive name syntax (such as for NDMP) for tape drives. Make sure that
the specified device paths exist as character-special files. Check for detailed errors
from the command or user interface output.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
327
Status Codes
Device Management Status Code: 39
Message: Parameter is invalid
Explanation: The tpclean command was called with invalid arguments, or an internal
function encountered a missing reference to data it requires.
Recommended Action:
1. If a cleaning operation was requested, check the tpclean usage statement and
compare with the parameters that were specified.
2. Check the installed software components and verify that they are all at a compatible
release version.
Device Management Status Code: 40
Message: File name already exists
Explanation: On a tape mount request, the file name associated with the request already
existed or was already associated with another mount request.
Recommended Action: Resubmit the request using a different file name. Specify a file
name that does not correspond to an existing file, or a file name that is not in use for
another mount request that may be in progress.
Device Management Status Code: 41
Message: Unknown drive name
Explanation: A request was made for a specified drive, but no such drive could be found
in the active configuration. This status may occur if the device files are corrupt or missing,
if they cannot be opened or read, or if there are no devices configured.
Recommended Action:
1. Ensure that ltid (the Media Manager device daemon on UNIX or the NetBackup
Device Manager service on Windows) was stopped and restarted after changes were
last made to the device configuration. Display the device configuration (using
tpconfig -d or other means) to see the list of valid drives. Specify the drive name
or index as appropriate for the interface being used.
2. Check integrity of the drive database file ltidevs, located in the directory
/usr/openv/volmgr/database (UNIX) or in the folder
install_path\Volmgr\database (Windows). Display the device configuration to
determine whether or not the database is corrupt, and restore a saved copy of the
database file from catalog backups, or delete it and recreate the device configuration
as needed.
328
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Device Management Status Code: 42
Message: Incorrect tpreq access mode
Explanation: On a tape mount request, the specified access mode was invalid. On
Windows hosts, a user without Administrator privileges made a request for NetBackup
Device Manager services.
Recommended Action: When using tpreq, specify an access mode argument of r for
read, w for write, or use the default (read) access mode. When making requests that
require NetBackup Device Manager services on Windows, do so under an account with
Administrator privileges.
Device Management Status Code: 43
Message: Drive is not a shared drive
Explanation: A shared drive (or SSO-related) request was made for a drive, but the drive
was not a shared drive.
Recommended Action: Ensure that ltid (the Media Manager device daemon on UNIX
or the NetBackup Device Manager service on Windows) was stopped and restarted after
changes were last made to the device configuration. Display the device configuration
(using tpconfig -d or other means) to see the drive attributes. Ensure that a license key
for the Shared Storage Option is installed and has not expired.
Device Management Status Code: 44
Message: You do not have permission to create the file
Explanation: On a tape mount request, the file name associated with the request could not
be created due to directory or folder permissions.
Recommended Action: Check for existence of a file at the file path specified. If a file is
found, delete the file if it is not needed or resubmit the request using a different file path.
If there is no file at that location, check the directory/folder permissions for read/write
access for the user or application process that issued the mount request.
Device Management Status Code: 45
Message: Drive is not currently reserved for this host
Explanation: On a request to release a shared drive, the drive was found to be not
reserved to the local host. This status code is related to the internal implementation of the
SSO feature, not SCSI Reserve/Release.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
329
Status Codes
Recommended Action: If problems are encountered as a result of the reported error,
verify that there are no unexpected robotic daemons/processes running by executing
vmps. Stop and restart ltid (the Media Manager device daemon on UNIX or the
NetBackup Device Manager service on Windows) so that its internal tables are
re-initialized.
Device Management Status Code: 46
Message: Tape needs to be write enabled
Explanation: On a tape mount request, the specified access mode was for write access, but
the physical media was write-protected.
Recommended Action: Change the physical media write-protect setting to allow write
access (unlocked), or resubmit the request with read-only access. To request read-only
access using tpreq, specify an access mode argument of r for read or use the default
(read) access mode.
Device Management Status Code: 47
Message: Unable to establish scan host for shared drive
Explanation: On a request to change a shared drive’s status, an attempt to establish a
connection to the drive’s scan host failed.
Recommended Action:
1. Determine which host is serving as the drive’s scan host. Do this by sending a
vmdareq command to the volume database host for the drives’s residence (robot or
set of standalone drives on a host).
2. Ensure that vmd (the Media Manager volume daemon on UNIX or NetBackup
Volume Manager service on Windows) is running on the scan host. On the scan host,
examine debug logs and system logs for messages related to the error.
3. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the level
of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and restarting ltid (the
device daemon on UNIX or NetBackup Device Manager service on Windows). The
detailed reason for the canceled request should be available in the daemon debug logs
on the scan host. Correct the problem and resubmit the request if needed.
Device Management Status Code: 48
Message: Host is not the scan host for this shared drive
330
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Explanation: On a request to assign, reserve, or scan a drive, the targeted device host
determined that it was not the scan host for the drive, so the request was refused (to be
retried by the caller).
Recommended Action:
1. If problems are encountered as a result of the reported error, check for
communication, configuration, and system problems among the associated hosts.
Display the device configurations on the affected hosts to determine the role that each
host is handling for drive sharing. Identify the DA (drive allocation) host as the
volume database for the residence in which the drives are configured. Identify the
current scan host for the drive by sending a vmdareq call to the DA host.
2. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for messages
related to the error. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in
the vm.conf file and restarting ltid (the device daemon on UNIX or NetBackup
Device Manager service on Windows). Configure scan ability priorities for assigning
scan hosts by changing the Media Manager configuration, so that less network
connections need to be maintained, and greater system load is placed on hosts more
capable of servicing the load.
Device Management Status Code: 49
Message: Tape file path exceeds 255 character maximum
Explanation: On a tape mount request, the file name associated with the request exceeded
255 characters.
Recommended Action: When requesting a tape mount, ensure that the file name does not
exceed 255 ASCII characters in length. If the mount requests are coming from an
application, request an application change to use a shorter file name, or if needed, install
the product in a directory/folder that will not cause the file name limit to be exceeded.
Device Management Status Code: 50
Message: No action pending for given mount index
Explanation: On a request to obtain the pending action for a mount request, there was no
known pending action associated with the request.
Recommended Action: Use a device monitor interface to display requests that have
pending actions. Perform requests (like assign, deny, display, or resubmit) only on
requests that have pending actions.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
331
Status Codes
Device Management Status Code: 51
Message: Frequency-based cleaning is not supported for this drive
Explanation: A request was made to set the cleaning frequency for a drive, and the
configuration of the drive does not support frequency-based cleaning.
Recommended Action: See the Drive Cleaning section under the Media Manager
Reference Topics appendix, in the NetBackup Media Manager System Administrator’s Guide.
Shared drives cannot be cleaned based on a frequency-based schedule. Cleaning for
drives in ACS, LMF, RSM, and TLH robots is managed by vendor or operating system
administrative interfaces for these types of robotic libraries. Drives in optical disk libraries
cannot be cleaned using cleaning media.
Device Management Status Code: 52
Message: No robot is defined of this type
Explanation: On internal communications between a robotic daemon/process and ltid
(the Media Manager device daemon on UNIX or the NetBackup Device Manager service
on Windows), no robots of the expected type were found actively configured.
Recommended Action: Display the running robotic processes to see if processes from a
previous configuration are still running. If any are found, terminate them. Check the
installed software components and verify that they are all at a compatible release version.
Device Management Status Code: 53
Message: Request has been queued (Cancel to clear message)
Explanation: A mount request or drive-related operation was queued because drive
resources were in use.
Recommended Action: Wait until the drive resources become available, or cancel
pending mount requests as needed.
Device Management Status Code: 54
Message: Block device name for optical disk is not a block device
Explanation: On an optical mount request, the configured optical disk drive block device
file was not a block-special device.
Recommended Action: Refer to the appropriate chapter in the NetBackup Device
Configuration Guide, use only the recommended device files for optical devices, and check to
ensure that the specified device names exist as the type of special file required.
332
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Device Management Status Code: 55
Message: Operator denied mount request
Explanation: The operator denied a mount request.
Recommended Action: This happens when a user or application mount request has been
canceled by an administrator or operator. The request may have been canceled for a
number of reasons, such as missing or faulty media or the need to allow other, higher
priority requests to obtain drive resources. Check with the administrator or operator for
more information.
Device Management Status Code: 56
Message: Mount canceled, device daemon is terminating
Explanation: Pending mount requests were canceled because the administrator
terminated ltid (the Media Manager device daemon on UNIX or the NetBackup Device
Manager service on Windows).
Recommended Action: Wait for ltid to be restarted before resubmitting the request.
Check with the administrator as needed to determine daemon/service availability.
Device Management Status Code: 57
Message: Cannot assign due to media ID mismatch
Explanation: An attempt was made to assign an optical disk request to a volume that
contained a different recorded media ID than was requested.
Recommended Action: Refer to the tpformat man page to change recorded media IDs
on optical platters.
Device Management Status Code: 58
Message: The device is not robotic, cannot perform cleaning
Explanation: An attempt was made to automatically clean a drive, but the drive is not in a
robotic library.
Recommended Action: Clean standalone drives by inserting a cleaning tape when
needed. For non-shared drives, update the cleaning statistics with tpclean or another
user interface that supports cleaning-related operations.
Device Management Status Code: 59
Message: No cleaning tape is defined in the device’s robot or 0 cleanings remaining
Explanation: An attempt was made to automatically clean a drive, but no usable cleaning
media is available, or the number of cleanings remaining for the cleaning tape is zero.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
333
Status Codes
Recommended Action:
1. Ensure that cleaning media has been added to the robotic library for each drive type
capable of being cleaned with a separate cleaning cartridge.
2. Ensure there is a positive number of cleanings available for the cleaning media in the
appropriate volume database for the robotic library. Replace the cleaning tape or
increase the number of cleanings for the cleaning media before the count reaches zero.
3. Check the availability of vmd (the Media Manager volume daemon on UNIX or
NetBackup Volume Manager service on Windows) on the volume database host
where the cleaning media is defined, by sending a request to it or using a media
management interface.
4. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for messages
related to the error. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in
the vm.conf file and restarting the device daemon (ltid) on UNIX, or the NetBackup
Device Manager service on Windows.
Device Management Status Code: 60
Message: No robot daemon or robotics are unavailable
Explanation: A robot was not configured or was operationally unavailable. Specifically,
an attempt may have been made to automatically clean a robotic drive, but the robot is not
defined or is unavailable. Alternatively, on an attempt to initialize the shared drive lists, a
drive was found to be configured as robotic, without the required robot configured.
Recommended Action: Display the device configuration and ensure that the drive and
robotic configuration information are consistent. Check the operational status of the robot
and robotic software by checking the system log files. If more detail on robot operational
status is needed, increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the
vm.conf file and restarting ltid (the device daemon / NetBackup Device Manager
service).
Device Management Status Code: 61
Message: No media found in device or robot slot, please verify
Explanation: On a request to mount media, no media was found in the targeted location
before a designated time period had elapsed.
Recommended Action: Resubmit the request, and mount the media in the targeted drive
before the designated time period has elapsed. Check the device configuration to ensure
that the correct drive name has been configured and that ltid, the device daemon, was
restarted after the last device configuration change was made.
334
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Device Management Status Code: 62
Message: Drive not available in library for mount request
Explanation: A mount request has been canceled because no drive is available. All
compatible drives may be DOWN, or oversubscribed due to other active mount requests.
Recommended Action: Investigate device availability and scheduling/drive utilization of
applications requesting drive resources. Under some conditions, mount requests will be
canceled so that they can be reissued at a later time when compatible drive resources are
available.
Device Management Status Code: 63
Message: Request terminated because mount requests are disabled
Explanation: A mount request was canceled because it cannot be satisfied.
Recommended Action: Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system
logs for messages related to the error. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary
directories/folders. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the
vm.conf file and restarting ltid (the device daemon on UNIX or NetBackup Device
Manager service on Windows).
The detailed reason for the canceled request should be available in the system log,
command output, or from a device monitor interface. Correct the problem and resubmit
the request if needed.
Device Management Status Code: 64
Message: Cannot assign a robotically controlled device
Explanation: An attempt was made to manually assign a specific device to satisfy a
mount request, and the chosen device was configured in a robotic library.
Recommended Action: Assign the request to a standalone drive, or allow requests for
mounts in robotic drives to be automatically assigned.
Device Management Status Code: 65
Message: Invalid volume pool specified
Explanation: On a mount request, the media pool specified was not valid.
Recommended Action: Resubmit the request, specifying a volume pool name that is no
more than 20 ASCII characters in length.
Device Management Status Code: 66
Message: Request terminated because of volume pool mismatch
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
335
Status Codes
Explanation: The volume pool specified on the tpreq command did not match the
volume pool specified in the Media Manager configuration for the media ID.
Recommended Action: Use a media management interface to obtain the volume pool
name of the media that is to be mounted, and resubmit the mount request, specifying the
correct pool name.
Device Management Status Code: 67
Message: Request terminated because user not validated for volume pool
Explanation: The user is not validated to use the media ID, because of permissions
defined for the volume pool in which the media ID is contained.
Recommended Action: Query the volume pool information for the requested volume
pool on the host where the mount request was issued by running vmpool -listall
-b. Check the user ID (on UNIX) by executing the id(1M) system command. Change the
volume pool user ID security with vmpool or another user interface that supports volume
336
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
1. Check integrity of the drive, drive path, and media.
2. Verify that the media is not a misconfigured cleaning tape.
Device Management Status Code: 70
Message: Request terminated because media is write protected
Explanation: A mount request has been canceled because the media being requested for
write access is not write-enabled.
Recommended Action: Check the physical media cartridge to see whether
write-protection has been enabled. If write access to the media is desired, disable write
protection for the media. If read-only access is desired, leave the write-protection enabled
and make the necessary administrative requests in the requesting application (such as
suspending the media) to ensure that the media is requested only for read access.
If the media was requested through the command line interface, see the tpreq man page
or command description for specifying the access mode of the media. The tpreq
command is described in the NetBackup Media Manager System Administrator’s Guide.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
337
Status Codes
Robotic Status Codes
These status codes are logged by robotic daemons/processes. They are also issued by
programs that call the robotic operations, such as the vmchange command and the media
and device management user interfaces.
Robotic Status Code: 200
Message: STATUS_SUCCESS
Explanation: A robotic operation was successfully completed.
Recommended Action: None.
Robotic Status Code: 201
Message: Unable to open robotic path
Explanation: The robotic library device could not be opened. The specific case could be
one of the following.
◆
The robot device, path, or library name in the device configuration may not be valid.
◆
The configured robotic device may not exist.
◆
The robotic device may be incorrect, such as a UNIX device file that is not of a
character special file format.
◆
The robotic daemon/process lock file could not be opened or a lock obtained.
◆
The open operation on the device or through the API interface (such as NDMP) failed.
Recommended Action:
1. Stop any robot test utilities that may be running, since they have the lock on the
robotic device when they are active.
2. Check the configuration of the robot against the recommended configuration as
indicated in the documentation for robot configuration.
3. Check the health of the robotic device by using a robot test utility, then close the test
utility when finished.
4. Check for the existence and permissions of the lock file itself and the lock file
directory, which is /usr/openv/volmgr/misc/vmd.lock (UNIX) or
install_path\Volmgr\misc\vmd.lock (Windows). Create the directory/folder and
adjust the permissions as needed so that the robotic daemon/process can use the lock
file. Stop and restart ltid (the device daemon on UNIX or the NetBackup Device
Manager service on Windows).
338
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Robotic Status Code: 202
Message: Unable to sense robotic device
Explanation: An element of the robotic library device could not be sensed. The cause
could be any of the following.
◆
The SCSI commands mode sense, mode select, or read element status (of slot, drive,
transport, i/e element) may have failed.
◆
A network API-controlled library inventory request may have failed.
◆
The robotic daemon/process could not initialize a robotic database file.
Recommended Action:
1. Check the configuration of the robot against the recommended configuration as
indicated in the documentation for robot configuration.
2. Check the health of the robotic device by using a robot test utility, then close the test
utility when finished.
3. Check for the existence and permissions of the temporary robotic database and the
temporary database directory/folder, which is
/usr/openv/volmgr/misc/robotic_db (UNIX) or
install_path\Volmgr\misc\robotic_db (Windows). Create the directory/folder
and adjust the permissions as needed so that the robotic daemon/process can create it
or use it. Stop and restart ltid (the device daemon on UNIX or the NetBackup
Device Manager service on Windows).
Robotic Status Code: 203
Message: Timeout waiting for robotic command
Explanation: A robotic operation timed out: it did not return with a status before a
designated time period had elapsed.
Recommended Action:
1. Stop any robot test utilities that may be running, since they have the lock on the
robotic device when they are active, and can block other requests.
2. Check whether excessive hardware retries have delayed the completion of a robotic
command.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
339
Status Codes
3. Check to see whether the robotic device is still functioning. Use a robot test utility to
send commands to the device to see whether it is responsive. Verify that there are no
unexpected Media Manager processes running by executing vmps. Some processes
are expected to remain running, but some processes that do not go away could
indicate a more serious problem, such as a hung system call.
Robotic Status Code: 204
Message: Unable to initialize robot
Explanation: The robot could not be initialized. This is a generic status used for many
conditions.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for messages
related to the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting ltid (the device daemon on UNIX or NetBackup Device Manager
service on Windows).
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Resolve the situation by referring to troubleshooting methods or investigating the
system log messages related to the specific error leading to the robot initialization
failure.
Robotic Status Code: 205
Message: Robotic mount failure
Explanation: The robot could not mount media.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for messages
related to the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting ltid (the device daemon on UNIX or NetBackup Device Manager
service on Windows).
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
340
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
2. Resolve the situation by referring to troubleshooting methods or investigating the
system log messages related to the specific error leading to the media mount failure.
Robotic Status Code: 206
Message: Robotic dismount failure
Explanation: The robot could not dismount media.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for messages
related to the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting ltid (the device daemon on UNIX or NetBackup Device Manager
service on Windows).
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Resolve the situation by referring to troubleshooting methods or investigating the
system log messages related to the specific error leading to the media dismount
failure.
Robotic Status Code: 207
Message: Invalid command code
Explanation: A robotic operation was requested with improper options, when it was not
supported, or a robotic operation encountered an incompatible device interface. There
may be an incompatibility between components or versions of the product.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for a more
detailed message on the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting the daemons/services, or execute the command’s verbose option, if
available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Verify that all Media Manager binaries and user interfaces are at a compatible version
level.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
341
Status Codes
Robotic Status Code: 208
Message: Requested slot is empty
Explanation: No media was found in a specified slot. The volume configuration may not
be consistent with the physical contents of the robotic library that is associated with the
volume.
Recommended Action: Install or realign the container/holder for the media if it was
missing or misaligned. Place media right-side-up in the slot if the media is upside-down.
Check to see if the requested slot is reserved to the robotic library for internal use.
Physically correct issues within the robotic library, or use a media management interface
to correct the volume configuration.
Robotic Status Code: 209
Message: Unable to open drive
Explanation: The drive could not be opened. The drive configuration may be incorrect
and the drive may be logically DOWN. Also, the drive may never have become ready
after media was placed in the drive.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for messages
related to the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting ltid (the device daemon on UNIX or NetBackup Device Manager
service on Windows).
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Check for improperly configured cleaning media or interference with the drive
cleaning operation. Check for bad media which may have led to the drive not
becoming ready after media was placed within it.
3. To avoid configuring incorrect device paths and device names, which is a common
root cause of drive open problems, use the Device Configuration wizard (on
supported device discovery platforms) so that device paths and device names can be
automatically configured. Resolve the situation by referring to troubleshooting
methods or investigating the system log messages related to the specific error leading
to the open failure.
342
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Robotic Status Code: 210
Message: Unable to SCSI unload drive
Explanation: The drive could not be unloaded. The drive configuration may be incorrect
and the drive may be logically DOWN. Also, the drive may never have become ready
after media was placed in the drive.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for messages
related to the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting ltid (the device daemon on UNIX or NetBackup Device Manager
service on Windows).
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Check for improperly configured cleaning media or interference with the drive
cleaning operation. Check for bad media which may have led to the drive not being
able to be unloaded. To avoid configuring incorrect device paths and device names,
which is a common root cause of drive unload problems, use the Device
Configuration wizard (on supported device discovery platforms) so that device paths
and device names can be automatically configured. Resolve the situation by referring
to troubleshooting methods or investigating the system log messages related to the
specific error leading to the unload failure.
Robotic Status Code: 211
Message: Process killed by signal
Explanation: A robotic operation was canceled by an unexpected signal or event.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine system and debug logs for a more detailed message error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting the daemons/services.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs. Ensure that the robotic process is
allowed to fully complete.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
343
Status Codes
2. Check vendor or operating system administrative interfaces and logs to see if robotic
commands are being canceled.
Robotic Status Code: 212
Message: Process killed by parent
Explanation: A robotic operation was canceled because it either did not return with a
status before a designated time period had elapsed, or communications/hardware errors
led to the need to reinitialize the device.
Recommended Action:
1. Stop any robot test utilities that may be running, since they have the lock on the
robotic device when they are active, and can block other requests.
2. Check to see whether the robotic device is still functioning.
3. Check whether excessive hardware or communication problems have delayed the
completion of a robotic command.
4. Use a robot test utility to send commands to the device to see whether it is responsive.
Verify that there are no unexpected Media Manager processes running by executing
vmps. Some processes are expected to remain running, but some processes that do not
go away could indicate a more serious problem, such as a hung system call.
Robotic Status Code: 213
Message: Drive does not exist in robot
Explanation: A targeted drive was not found in the robotic library. The drive
configuration may be incorrect.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for messages
related to the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting ltid (the device daemon on UNIX or NetBackup Device Manager
service on Windows).
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
344
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
2. Attempt to obtain the list of drives using a method that involves a robotic library
query, such as that available from the robot test utility. Compare the list of drives
returned against the device configuration. Ensure that ltid (the Media Manager
device daemon on UNIX or the NetBackup Device Manager service on Windows) was
stopped and restarted after changes were last made to the device configuration.
Robotic Status Code: 214
Message: Robot number does not exist
Explanation: A targeted robotic library was not found in the active device configuration.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for messages
related to the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting ltid (the device daemon on UNIX or NetBackup Device Manager
service on Windows).
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Ensure that ltid (the Media Manager device daemon on UNIX or the NetBackup
Device Manager service on Windows) was stopped and restarted after changes were
last made to the device configuration. When issuing commands to robotic libraries,
specify only robotic libraries that are actively part of the device configuration.
Robotic Status Code: 215
Message: Requested tape in other or non-configured drive
Explanation: The targeted media was found in a drive differing from the targeted drive.
It is normal for requested media to be temporarily unavailable. Also, media can remain
unavailable until administrator or operator action is taken.
Recommended Action:
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
345
Status Codes
1. If the media is needed immediately, examine command output (if available), debug
logs, and system logs for messages relating to the targeted media.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting ltid (the device daemon on UNIX or NetBackup Device Manager
service on Windows).
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Check for conflicts between multiple applications using media in the robotic library.
Check integrity of the drive and drive paths, so that media is not routinely left in
other drives.
Robotic Status Code: 216
Message: Door is open on cabinet
Explanation: The robotic library door was open.
Recommended Action: Close the door of the robotic library and reissue the robotic
request. Check to see if the door latch mechanism is working by comparing what happens
with robot test utility commands when the door is opened versus when it is closed.
Robotic Status Code: 217
Message: Requested slot already has cartridge
Explanation: The requested slot was already held or was associated with a cartridge.
Recommended Action: Ensure that the inject/eject request does not target a slot that
already contains media. Check for media in drives to ensure that the media’s home slot
location is not being targeted for use with media to be injected.
Robotic Status Code: 218
Message: Cannot move from media access port to slot
Explanation: A robotic inject media operation returned a status indicating that an inject
failure occurred.
Recommended Action:
346
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
1. Check to see whether the robotic library has a media access port. Use the robot test
utility to validate this. Investigate whether the administrator or operator has canceled
the inject operation. Ensure that inject for LMF robot types is done only on the LMF
server.
2. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for messages
related to the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting ltid (the device daemon on UNIX or NetBackup Device Manager
service on Windows).
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
Robotic Status Code: 219
Message: Cannot move from slot to media access port
Explanation: A robotic eject media operation returned a status indicating that an eject
failure occurred.
Recommended Action:
1. Check to see whether the robotic library has a media access port. Use the robot test
utility to validate this. Investigate whether the administrator or operator has canceled
the eject operation. Ensure that eject for LMF robot types is done only on the LMF
server. When ejecting RSM media, ensure that the device is available, and that media
is available in the NetBackup media pool.
2. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for messages
related to the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting ltid (the device daemon on UNIX or NetBackup Device Manager
service on Windows).
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
Robotic Status Code: 220
Message: Media access port does not contain media
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
347
Status Codes
Explanation: A robotic inject media operation returned a status indicating that the media
access port does not contain any cartridges/media. The operator or administrator may not
have placed media into the media access port for inject.
Recommended Action:
1. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the level
of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and restarting ltid
(the device daemon on UNIX or NetBackup Device Manager service on Windows).
Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Coordinate inject/eject operations between all operators and administrators.
Robotic Status Code: 221
Message: Media access port already contains media
Explanation: A robotic eject media operation returned a status indicating that the media
access port contains one or more cartridges. The operator or administrator may not have
removed media from the media access port as part of the latest (or a previous) eject
operation.
Recommended Action:
1. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the level
of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and restarting ltid
(the device daemon on UNIX or NetBackup Device Manager service on Windows).
Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Coordinate inject/eject operations between all operators and administrators. Ensure
the media access port is empty of media before starting an eject operation.
Robotic Status Code: 222
Message: Robotic arm has no addressable holder
Explanation: An element of the robot is missing a holder and cannot be used.
Recommended Action:
348
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for messages
related to the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting ltid (the device daemon on UNIX or NetBackup Device Manager
service on Windows).
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Investigate the state of the physical hardware and correct the holder status for
storage, drive, and transport elements as needed. Then, resubmit the request.
Robotic Status Code: 223
Message: Robot busy, cannot perform operation
Explanation: The robot is busy performing another operation, using resources needed for
the requested operation.
Recommended Action: Wait until the robot is done performing current external-based
requests (including robot inventory and inject/eject media) before starting new requests.
Check vendor or operating system administrative interfaces and logs to see if robotic
resources are busy.
Robotic Status Code: 224
Message: Control daemon connect or protocol error
Explanation: A protocol error occurred between robotic and other components.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for messages
related to the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting ltid (the device daemon on UNIX or NetBackup Device Manager
service on Windows).
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Resolve the situation by referring to troubleshooting methods or investigating the
system log messages related to the specific error leading to the media mount failure.
Verify that all Media Manager binaries are at a compatible version level.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
349
Status Codes
3. Verify that robotic interfaces to vendor and operating system software have
compatible versions.
Robotic Status Code: 225
Message: Robot hardware or communication error
Explanation: A hardware or communications error occurred between robotic and other
components.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for messages
related to the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting ltid (the device daemon on UNIX or NetBackup Device Manager
service on Windows).
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Resolve the situation by referring to troubleshooting methods or investigating the
system log messages related to the specific error leading to the media mount failure.
3. Verify that all Media Manager binaries are at a compatible version level. Verify that
robotic interfaces to vendor and operating system hardware and software have
compatible versions.
Robotic Status Code: 226
Message: Requested slot contains the wrong tape
Explanation: The media in the requested slot is different from the media expected in that
slot. The volume configuration is not consistent with the physical contents of the robotic
library that is associated with the slot associated with the requested volume.
Recommended Action: The volume configuration or media placement in the robotic
library needs to be adjusted using one of the media management interfaces. Determine
whether the barcode has changed or whether the media has been changed since the last
time the volume database was reconciled for the affected slot. If only the barcode has
changed but not the media, issue an update barcode request for each affected volume. If
the media has been changed, use a media management interface to run robot inventory
update, which will update the volume database to reflect the physical location of the
media.
350
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Robotic Status Code: 227
Message: FASTRAX unable to process clean request
Explanation: After a cleaning tape is mounted on a Fastrax-attached drive, control is
passed to the Fastrax system which determines when the cleaning has completed. This
error is reported when the Fastrax system detects an error while processing the clean
request.
Recommended Action: Examine the Symmetrix logs located in the
/usr/emc/API/symapi/log directory. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the
VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and restarting ltid (the device daemon on UNIX).
Verify that a cleaning tape was mounted to the specified Fastrax drive.
Robotic Status Code: 228
Message: Requested slot does not exist in robot
Explanation: The slot associated with a request is not valid for the robot.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for messages
related to the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting ltid (the device daemon on UNIX or NetBackup Device Manager
service on Windows).
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Issue a robot inventory Contents report to determine the valid slot range for the robot.
Check the volume configuration to ensure that only valid slots are referenced in
volume records, paying particular attention to the starting and ending slot numbers.
Update the volume configuration as needed, or request only valid slot ranges for
robotic operations.
Robotic Status Code: 229
Message: Requested operation is not supported by the robot
Explanation: A robotic operation was sent to a robotic component that did not support
that operation, or options requested for the operation were not supported. There may be
an incompatibility between components or versions of the product.
Recommended Action:
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
351
Status Codes
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for a more
detailed message on the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting the daemons/services, or execute the command’s verbose option, if
available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Verify that all Media Manager binaries and user interfaces are at a compatible version
level.
Robotic Status Code: 230
Message: System error occurred during robot operation
Explanation: A robotic operation encountered a system error. This status code is used for
generic system call failures within robotic daemons/processes.
Recommended Action:
1. Check for other error messages in the command or interface output to indicate which
system call failed. Enable debug logging, retry the operation, and check the debug log
files for more specific error messages.
2. Check the system application log for error and warning messages.
3. Verify that the system is not running out of virtual memory. If virtual memory is the
problem, shut down unused applications or increase the amount of virtual memory.
To increase virtual memory on Windows: display the Control Panel, double-click
System, and on the Performance tab, set Virtual Memory to a higher value.
4. Verify that all product binaries are properly installed.
5. Verify that there are no unexpected Media Manager processes running by executing
vmps. Some processes are expected to remain running, but some processes that do not
go away could indicate a more serious problem, such as a hung system call.
Robotic Status Code: 232
Message: Volume not found in library
Explanation: The requested media was not found in the robotic library. The media has
been ejected or become inaccessible for some other reason.
Recommended Action:
352
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for messages
related to the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting ltid (the device daemon on UNIX or NetBackup Device Manager
service on Windows).
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. Issue a robot inventory Contents report to obtain the list of media in the robotic
library. Check to see whether inventory filters have been enabled in the Media
Manager configuration file, since they affect the contents of the media list returned
from the robotic daemon/process. Use a robot test utility or an operating
system/vendor administrative interface to verify the status of media, as needed.
Update the volume configuration and search for the media if it was not in the robotic
library, as needed, and resubmit the request.
Robotic Status Code: 233
Message: Volume is in library, but not in drive domain
Explanation: The media was found in the robotic library, in a domain of the library that is
inaccessible to the drives that are configured in the robot.
Recommended Action: Issue a robot inventory Contents report to obtain the list of media
in the robotic library. Check the device configuration and ensure that the drive addresses
correspond to the correct domain for the media. Correct the device configuration as
needed and restart ltid (the device daemon on UNIX or NetBackup Device Manager
service on Windows). Use a robot test utility or a vendor administrative interface to verify
the status of media, as needed. Update the volume configuration and physically move the
media into the robotic library, as needed, and resubmit the request.
Robotic Status Code: 234
Message: Robot denied access to the resource
Explanation: The media was found in the robotic library, but is being denied access
according to an established security policy.
Recommended Action: Issue a robot inventory Contents report to obtain the list of media
in the robotic library. Use a vendor administrative interface to verify the status of media,
as needed. Delete the media in the volume configuration, or make the volume accessible
through a vendor administrative interface, as appropriate. Update the volume
configuration, as needed, and resubmit the request.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
353
Status Codes
Robotic Status Code: 235
Message: barcode label is unreadable
Explanation: The media was found in the robotic library, but it has an unreadable barcode
label.
Recommended Action: Use the robot test utility or a vendor administrative interface to
verify the status of media. Correct the label or replace the media as appropriate. Update
the volume configuration, as needed, and resubmit the request.
Robotic Status Code: 236
Message: Robot has misplaced the media
Explanation: The requested media was known according to the vendor software
managing the robotic library, but the media has been misplaced.
Recommended Action: Use a robot test utility or a vendor administrative interface to
verify the status of media. Search for the media inside the robotic library. Update the
volume configuration and search for the media if it was not in the robotic library, as
needed, and resubmit the request.
Robotic Status Code: 237
Message: Volume is in use
Explanation: The media was in use.
Recommended Action: Use the robot test utility or a vendor administrative interface to
verify the status of media. Determine what applications may be using the media.
Dismount the media if it is not being used by an application. Wait for the media to become
available, as needed.
Robotic Status Code: 238
Message: Requested drive is in an offline domain
Explanation: The drive targeted for a mount request was in a robotic library domain that
is offline.
Recommended Action: Bring the robotic library domain (ACS Library Storage Module)
back online, or postpone use of drives in that domain until the domain can be brought
back online.
Robotic Status Code: 239
Message: Requested volume is in an offline domain
354
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Explanation: The volume targeted for a mount request was in a robotic library domain
that is in the offline or offline pending state.
Recommended Action: Bring the robotic library domain (ACS Library Storage Module)
back online, or postpone use of media in that domain until the domain can be brought
back online.
Robotic Status Code: 240
Message: A memory allocation attempt failed in the robotic daemon
Explanation: An attempt by the robotic control daemon to allocate memory has failed.
This may indicate serious memory problems on your media server.
Recommended Action: Stop all NetBackup Media Manager daemons. Consult the
documentation for your operating system memory management tools to determine what
remaining process is leaking memory, and stop that process. Restart the NetBackup
Media Manager daemons. Free up memory by terminating unneeded processes that
consume a lot of memory. Add more swap space or physical memory if necessary.
Robotic Status Code: 241
Message: An error occurred accessing the RSM api
Explanation: A failure occurred in a call to the Removable Storage Manager application
programming interface.
Recommended Action: Use the robot test utility or the operating system administrative
interface to check the status of robotic libraries and media. Resolve the problem according
to troubleshooting techniques recommended by Removable Storage Manager
documentation.
Robotic Status Code: 242
Message: Robot media access port does not exist
Explanation: the requested media access port was not valid for use with the targeted
media.
Recommended Action: Use the robot test utility or a vendor administrative interface to
verify the media access port address based on the location of the media. Choose a a media
access port that is valid, or let one be automatically selected, and retry the robotic
operation.
Robotic Status Code: 243
Message: Cannot open/create the media access port status file
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
355
Status Codes
Explanation: A robotic daemon/process could not create or open a status file in the
database directory/folder.
Recommended Action: Investigate why the robot status file in the directory
/usr/openv/volmgr/database (UNIX) or folder install_path\Volmgr\database
(Windows) cannot be created or opened. On Windows, check which account the
NetBackup Device Manager service (and thus the robotic process) is running under and
compare it against the security properties of the database folder.
Robotic Status Code: 244
Message: The eject command was aborted by the user
Explanation: An administrator or operator canceled an eject media request.
Recommended Action: This happens when an eject request has been canceled by an
administrator or operator. The request may have been canceled for a number of reasons,
such as missing or faulty media, the need to allow the media access port to be used for
other requests, or the desire to perform the operation at a later time. Check with the
administrator or operator for more information.
Robotic Status Code: 245
Message: Physical drive is not available
Explanation: A robotic mount operation could not be completed because physical drive
resources are not available for the request. This is probably the result of operating in an
environment based on virtualized resources, such as one involving the Storagenet 6000
Storage Domain Manager (SN6000).
The SN6000 virtualizes tape drives. Some configurations of the SN6000 may involve a
different number of logical drives as compared to the number of physical drives (or
equivalent resources) available for satisfying the requests for drive resources. Also, the
relationship between the number of logical drives and physical drives may change as
hardware failures occur. NetBackup scheduling, drive allocation, and drive assignment
algorithms can only determine logical drive availability; NetBackup attempts to fully
utilize all configured and available logical drives. If the number of logical drives being
utilized exceeds the number of physical drives available, a NetBackup job may be started
when insufficient drive resources are available for the job. Instead of queueing the job in
the scheduler, the job runs and does not encounter the resource issue until the time it
makes an ACS tape mount request.
Recommended Action:
356
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
1. Install the Shared Storage Option (SSO) license for mount requests to requeue when
physical drive resources are not available.
2. Since there is a fixed limit for the number of drives that can be in use at any one time,
optionally configure backup windows so the different storage units tied to the same
physical drives are active only at non-overlapping times. Also, raise (or set to infinite)
the media mount timeout to avoid job failures when the job cannot get a physical
drive due to the drives all being busy.
Robotic Status Code: 246
Message: Failed to find an available slot to inject to
Explanation: An attempt to inject a volume into a full library failed. This should only
occur when the library is full, meaning that all storage elements either contain media or
have been assigned media that is currently mounted in a drive. Note that some libraries
that support multiple media types restrict which type of media can be assigned to each
storage element. In this case, this error might occur even if some of the storage elements in
a library were not full. Since the empty storage elements may not match the media type
for the media you are trying to inject, the library is full for this media type.
Recommended Action: Clear the media access port, then re-inventory the robot by doing
a volume configuration update.
Robotic Status Code: 248
Message: Cannot recover aborted eject with this type of media access port
Explanation: An eject failed from a robot with a media access port that does not allow
automatic recovery of media.
Recommended Action: Manually remove any media remaining in the robot’s media
access port, then re-inventory the robot to ensure that NetBackup’s volume database
matches what is in the library. You can also use the robot’s utilities or the NetBackup
robtest utility to move the media from the robot’s media access port back to robotic
storage elements. In any case, re-inventory the robot to ensure that the NetBackup volume
database matches what is in the robot.
Robotic Status Code: 249
Message: Volume is in home slot
Explanation: Volume is currently in its home slot and ready for eject.
Recommended Action: None.
Robotic Status Code: 250
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
357
Status Codes
Message: Media access port is available
Explanation: Media access port is available for inject or eject.
Recommended Action: Begin inject or eject operation.
Robotic Status Code: 251
Message: Media access port is unavailable
Explanation: Media access port is not ready for inject or eject.
Recommended Action: Manually remove any media remaining in the robot’s media
access port. If this status persists, check robotic console for errors.
Robotic Status Code: 252
Message: Media access port is in inject mode
Explanation: Media access port is ready to inject and is not available for eject.
Recommended Action: Complete inject operation.
Robotic Status Code: 253
Message: Media access port is in eject mode
Explanation: Media access port is ready to eject and is not available for inject.
Recommended Action: Complete eject operation.
358
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Robotic Error Codes
These status codes are returned if a robotic daemon/process was started from the
command line and an error occurs. For example, if the administrator executes the
following:
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/tl8d
and no robots are configured, the following may be returned:
TL8: No robots are configured
These status codes are also logged to the system log.
Usually, robotic daemons/processes are not started from the command line, but are
started automatically, as needed, when ltid starts.
Robot Error Status Code: 1
Message: You must be ROOT to start daemon
Explanation: A robotic daemon was started by a user other than root. This applies to
UNIX systems only.
Recommended Action: Log on as the root user before starting robotic daemons. Allow
robotic daemons to be started automatically as needed by ltid (the device daemon).
Robot Error Status Code: 2
Message: LTI Daemon may not be running
Explanation: On an attempt to start a robotic daemon/process, an attempt to connect to
the ltid message queue failed, indicating that ltid (the device daemon / NetBackup
Device Manager service), may not be running.
Recommended Action:
1. Start ltid so that shared memory can be initialized, allowing the robotic
daemon/process to function.
2. If problems persist, examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system
logs for messages related to the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting the daemons/services, or execute the command’s verbose option, if
available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
359
Status Codes
3. On UNIX servers, gather the output of the ipcs -a command to see what resources
are currently in use.
Robot Error Status Code: 3
Message: Error in getting shared memory
Explanation: A robotic daemon/process was unable to get a shared memory identifier
associated with a segment of shared memory that ltid maintains. (ltid is the Media
Manager device daemon on UNIX or the NetBackup Device Manager service on
Windows.)
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for messages
related to the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting the daemons/services, or execute the command’s verbose option, if
available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. On UNIX servers, gather the output of the ipcs -a command to see what resources
are currently in use.
Robot Error Status Code: 4
Message: Error in attaching the shared memory
Explanation: A robotic daemon/process was unable to attach a shared memory segment
that ltid maintains. (ltid is the Media Manager device daemon on UNIX or the
NetBackup Device Manager service on Windows.)
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for messages
related to the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting ltid.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
360
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
2. On UNIX servers, gather the output of the ipcs -a command to see what resources
are currently in use.
Robot Error Status Code: 5
Message: Error in getting process Id
Explanation: A robotic daemon/process was unable to obtain its own process identifier
due to a system call failure.
Recommended Action: Investigate operating system functionality regarding a process
obtaining its own process identifier.
Robot Error Status Code: 6
Message: No devices are configured on the robot
Explanation: A robotic daemon/process was started, but no drives are configured for the
robot.
Recommended Action: Some robotic daemons/processes will not run if there are no
drives configured for them to manage. Add or reconfigure one or more drives to be in the
associated robot. Then, stop and restart ltid (the Media Manager device daemon on
UNIX or NetBackup Device Manager service on Windows).
Robot Error Status Code: 7
Message: No robots are configured
Explanation: A robotic daemon/process was started, but no robots of the associated robot
type are configured.
Recommended Action: Robotic daemons/processes will not run if there are no robots
configured for the associated robot type. Add or reconfigure one or more robots, then stop
and restart ltid (the Media Manager device daemon on UNIX or NetBackup Device
Manager service on Windows).
Robot Error Status Code: 8
Message: No memory available
Explanation: A robotic daemon/process was unable to allocate memory. This error occurs
when there is insufficient system memory available. This could be caused by the system
being overloaded with too many processes and there is not enough physical and virtual
memory.
Recommended Action: Free up memory by terminating unneeded processes. Add more
swap space or physical memory.
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
361
Status Codes
Robot Error Status Code: 9
Message: Error in SEMAPHORE operation
Explanation: A process was unable to perform a semaphore operation (such as lock or
unlock) associated with resources maintained by ltid. (ltid is the Media Manager
device daemon on UNIX or the NetBackup Device Manager service on Windows.)
Recommended Action:
1. Examine command output (if available), debug logs, and system logs for messages
related to the error.
a. Enable debug logging by creating the necessary directories/folders. Increase the
level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file and
restarting the daemons/services, or execute the command’s verbose option, if
available.
b. Retry the operation and examine the logs.
2. On UNIX servers, gather the output of the ipcs -a command to see what resources
are currently in use.
Robot Error Status Code: 10
Message: Fork failure occurred
Explanation: A robotic daemon/process could not create a child process due to a system
error. This is probably an intermittent error based on the availability of resources on the
system. (This applies to UNIX servers only.)
Recommended Action:
1. Restart the device daemon at a later time and investigate system problems that limit
the number of processes.
2. Examine the system logs for a more detailed message on the error. Increase the level
of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file. Restart the device
daemon, then retry the operation and examine the system log file.
Robot Error Status Code: 11
Message: System error occurred
Explanation: A robotic daemon/process encountered a system error.
362
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Status Codes
Recommended Action: Examine the system log for a more detailed message on the error.
Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file. Restart
the device daemon ltid (UNIX) or NetBackup Device Manager service (Windows), then
retry the operation and examine the system log file.
Robot Error Status Code: 12
Message: Usage error in creating child process
Explanation: A robotic daemon/process could not create a child process due to an
incompatibility between robotic software components.
Recommended Action:
1. Examine system logs for a more detailed message on the error.
a. Increase the level of verbosity by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf
file. Restart the ltid device daemon (UNIX) or NetBackup Device Manager
service.
b. Retry the operation and examine the system log file.
2. Verify that all Media Manager binaries are at a compatible version level.
Robot Error Status Code: 14
Message: You must be administrator to execute
Explanation: A robotic process was started under a user account that was lacking
Administrator privileges. This applies to Windows systems only.
Recommended Action: Allow robotic daemons to be started automatically as needed by
the NetBackup Device Manager service. Ensure that this service is being started from a
user account with administrator privilege.
Robot Error Status Code: 16
Message: Devices located in multiple domains
Explanation: A robotic daemon/process encountered an invalid device configuration, in
which drives from different domains were configured to be controlled by a single logical
robot.
Recommended Action: Display the device configuration using tpconfig -d or a device
configuration interface to see the robotic and drive information that is already configured.
Ensure that the drive addresses do not span physical domains. Drives can only be
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
363
Messages
configured in the same robot if they can be used with media from a single domain, where
the domain includes a single physical library or multiple libraries connected by a
cartridge exchange or pass-through mechanism.
Robot Error Status Code: 17
Message: Robotic daemon not licensed
Explanation: A robotic daemon/process was started without the required, current
product license, or a required database file was missing or corrupt.
Recommended Action:
1. Check product documentation for supported device configurations.
2. Obtain an additional software license that allows robots of the associated robot type
to be configured, or limit the configuration to robot types allowed by the current
licensing. Check for the existence and permissions of the external_robotics.txt
file in the /usr/openv/share directory (UNIX) or in the
install_path\NetBackup\share folder (Windows).
Messages
This section lists Media Manager messages alphabetically. The status code type and
number are included in parentheses after the message. Refer to the appropriate section in
this chapter (such as “Media Manager Status Codes,” “Device Configuration Status
Codes,” and so forth) for the status code with explanation and recommended action.
<NONE>
(Device Configuration Status Code 36)
A memory allocation attempt failed in the robotic daemon
(Robotic Status Code 240)
a scratch pool is already defined
(Media Manager Status Code 171)
A SCSI inquiry sent to the device has failed
(Device Configuration Status Code 16)
364
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Messages
ADAMM GUID does not exist in database
(Media Manager Status Code 168)
ADAMM GUID is not unique in the database
(Media Manager Status Code 167)
Adding this device would exceed the maximum allowed
(Device Configuration Status Code 40)
Adding this drive would exceed the maximum allowed
(Device Configuration Status Code 39)
all available pool numbers are in use
(Media Manager Status Code 103)
all available rule numbers are in use
(Media Manager Status Code 120)
An error occurred accessing the RSM api
(Robotic Status Code 241)
another daemon already exists
(Media Manager Status Code 89)
barcode does not exist in database
(Media Manager Status Code 78)
barcode label is unreadable
(Robotic Status Code 235)
barcode not unique in database
(Media Manager Status Code 36)
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
365
Messages
barcode tag is not unique in rule database
(Media Manager Status Code 122)
Block device name for optical disk is not a block device
(Device Management Status Code 54)
cannot allocate requested memory
(Media Manager Status Code 18)
Cannot assign a robotically controlled device
(Device Management Status Code 64)
Cannot assign due to media ID mismatch
(Device Management Status Code 57)
cannot auto-eject this robot type
(Media Manager Status Code 51)
cannot auto-inject this robot type
(Media Manager Status Code 52)
Cannot backup/restore global device database files
(Device Configuration Status Code 47)
Cannot backup/restore local device database files
(Device Configuration Status Code 43)
Cannot change terminal mode
(Device Configuration Status Code 41)
cannot change volume pool for assigned volume
(Media Manager Status Code 91)
366
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Messages
cannot connect to robotic software daemon
(Media Manager Status Code 42)
cannot connect to vmd [on host host name]
(Media Manager Status Code 70)
Cannot create miscellaneous working repository
(Device Configuration Status Code 42)
cannot delete assigned volume
(Media Manager Status Code 92)
cannot delete one of the default volume pools
(Media Manager Status Code 118)
Cannot discover devices. See the Troubleshooting Guide for details.
(Device Configuration Status Code 44)
Cannot execute command, permission denied
(Device Configuration Status Code 1)
cannot get host name
(Media Manager Status Code 76)
Cannot move from media access port to slot
(Robotic Status Code 218)
Cannot move from slot to media access port
(Robotic Status Code 219)
cannot obtain daemon lockfile
(Media Manager Status Code 21)
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
367
Messages
Cannot open/create the media access port status file
(Robotic Status Code 243)
cannot perform operation on this host
(Media Manager Status Code 60)
Cannot recover aborted eject with this type of media access port
(Robotic Status Code 248)
Cannot stop device daemon with tapes assigned
(Device Management Status Code 20)
Cannot synchronize global device database
(Device Configuration Status Code 5)
Character device name for optical disk is not a character device
(Device Management Status Code 38)
child process killed by signal
(Media Manager Status Code 63)
Control daemon connect or protocol error
(Robotic Status Code 224)
Current version does not support remote device host
(Device Configuration Status Code 38)
current version does not support this configuration
(Media Manager Status Code 149)
daemon cannot obtain socket
(Media Manager Status Code 58)
368
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Messages
daemon failed accepting connection
(Media Manager Status Code 59)
daemon resources are busy
(Media Manager Status Code 5)
daemon terminated
(Media Manager Status Code 7)
database already open
(Media Manager Status Code 24)
database close operation failed
(Media Manager Status Code 23)
database initialization failed
(Media Manager Status Code 22)
database lock operation failed
(Media Manager Status Code 29)
database open operation failed
(Media Manager Status Code 26)
database read operation read too few bytes
(Media Manager Status Code 28)
database read record operation failed
(Media Manager Status Code 27)
database seek operation failed
(Media Manager Status Code 30)
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
369
Messages
database unlock operation failed
(Media Manager Status Code 31)
database write operation wrote too few bytes
(Media Manager Status Code 33)
database write record operation failed
(Media Manager Status Code 32)
Device Configuration was not upgraded
(Device Configuration Status Code 50)
device entry is not unique in global device database
(Media Manager Status Code 153)
Device path is already in use
(Device Configuration Status Code 22)
Devices located in multiple domains
(Robot Error Status Code 16)
Door is open on cabinet
(Robotic Status Code 216)
Drive being assigned is either not NDMP or on the wrong NDMP client
(Device Management Status Code 37)
Drive does not exist in robot
(Robotic Status Code 213)
Drive does not support pending request density
(Device Management Status Code 17)
370
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Messages
Drive index is in use by another drive
(Device Configuration Status Code 29)
Drive is currently assigned
(Device Management Status Code 2)
Drive is currently reserved
(Device Management Status Code 9)
Drive is not a shared drive
(Device Management Status Code 43)
Drive is not currently reserved for this host
(Device Management Status Code 45)
Drive name does not exist
(Device Configuration Status Code 35)
Drive name is already in use by another drive
(Device Configuration Status Code 34)
Drive not available in library for mount request
(Device Management Status Code 62)
Duplicate device path names
(Device Configuration Status Code 20)
error auto-generating volume group
(Media Manager Status Code 57)
Error in attaching the shared memory
(Robot Error Status Code 4)
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
371
Messages
Error in getting process Id
(Robot Error Status Code 5)
Error in getting semaphore for operator
(Device Management Status Code 34)
Error in getting semaphore
(Device Management Status Code 32)
Error in getting shared memory
(Robot Error Status Code 3)
Error in IPC SHMAT call
(Device Management Status Code 14)
Error in IPC SHMGET call
(Device Management Status Code 13)
Error in MsgGet
(Device Management Status Code 28)
Error in Receiving Daemon Message
(Device Management Status Code 6)
Error in Receiving Operator Message
(Device Management Status Code 4)
Error in Receiving User Message
(Device Management Status Code 8)
Error in SEMAPHORE operation
(Device Management Status Code 33)
372
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Messages
Error in SEMAPHORE operation
(Robotic Error Status Code 9)
Error in Sending Daemon Message
(Device Management Status Code 5)
Error in Sending Operator Message
(Device Management Status Code 3)
Error in Sending User Message
(Device Management Status Code 7)
Evaluation period expired. Go to www.veritas.com to order this product.
(Media Manager Status Code 165)
failed appending to pool database
(Media Manager Status Code 104)
failed appending to rule database
(Media Manager Status Code 121)
failed changing terminal characteristics
(Media Manager Status Code 45)
failed during tpformat
(Media Manager Status Code 77)
failed initiating child process
(Media Manager Status Code 88)
failed making the database directory
(Media Manager Status Code 25)
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
373
Messages
failed opening tmp output file
(Media Manager Status Code 86)
Failed reading drive or robot config file
(Device Configuration Status Code 13)
failed receiving from robotic software daemon
(Media Manager Status Code 44)
failed receiving from vmd
(Media Manager Status Code 72)
failed redirecting input to pipe
(Media Manager Status Code 62)
failed redirecting tmp output file
(Media Manager Status Code 87)
failed sending request to vmd
(Media Manager Status Code 69)
failed sending to robotic software daemon
(Media Manager Status Code 43)
failed sending to vmd
(Media Manager Status Code 71)
Failed to find an available slot to inject to
(Robotic Status Code 246)
Failed writing drive or robot config file
(Device Configuration Status Code 12)
374
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Messages
FASTRAX unable to process clean request
(Robotic Status Code 227)
File name already exists
(Device Management Status Code 40)
File name does not exist
(Device Management Status Code 25)
Fork failure occurred
(Robot Error Status Code 10)
Frequency-based cleaning is not supported for this drive
(Device Management Status Code 51)
global device database append operation failed
(Media Manager Status Code 155)
global device database close operation failed
(Media Manager Status Code 158)
global device database lock operation failed
(Media Manager Status Code 156)
global device database open operation failed
(Media Manager Status Code 157)
global device database record not found
(Media Manager Status Code 152)
global device database truncate operation failed
(Media Manager Status Code 154)
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
375
Messages
group is not valid for this host
(Media Manager Status Code 128)
Host is not the scan host for this shared drive
(Device Management Status Code 48)
incompatible database version
(Media Manager Status Code 146)
Incomplete robot information
(Device Configuration Status Code 24)
Incorrect tpreq access mode
(Device Management Status Code 42)
invalid barcode
(Media Manager Status Code 10)
invalid change type
(Media Manager Status Code 75)
invalid change-entry request
(Media Manager Status Code 50)
Invalid command code
(Robotic Status Code 207)
invalid command usage
(Media Manager Status Code 4)
invalid database version header
(Media Manager Status Code 56)
376
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Messages
invalid description
(Media Manager Status Code 11)
Invalid device path name
(Device Configuration Status Code 19)
Invalid drive index
(Device Configuration Status Code 14)
invalid drive name
(Media Manager Status Code 129)
Invalid Drive Number
(Device Management Status Code 23)
Invalid drive type for the robot
(Device Configuration Status Code 27)
Invalid Drive Type/Density
(Device Management Status Code 1)
invalid expiration date
(Media Manager Status Code 113)
invalid global device database entry
(Media Manager Status Code 151)
invalid host name
(Media Manager Status Code 136)
invalid maximum mounts
(Media Manager Status Code 114)
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
377
Messages
invalid media generation rule
(Media Manager Status Code 140)
invalid media ID for naming mode
(Media Manager Status Code 41)
invalid media ID
(Media Manager Status Code 8)
invalid media type
(Media Manager Status Code 9)
invalid number of cleanings
(Media Manager Status Code 74)
invalid number of mounts
(Media Manager Status Code 141)
invalid offsite location
(Media Manager Status Code 142)
invalid offsite return date
(Media Manager Status Code 144)
invalid offsite sent date
(Media Manager Status Code 143)
invalid offsite session id
(Media Manager Status Code 148)
invalid offsite slot
(Media Manager Status Code 147)
378
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Messages
Invalid Operator
(Device Management Status Code 12)
invalid pool database entry
(Media Manager Status Code 102)
invalid protocol request
(Media Manager Status Code 6)
invalid query type
(Media Manager Status Code 73)
invalid robot coord1
(Media Manager Status Code 16)
invalid robot coord2
(Media Manager Status Code 17)
Invalid robot drive number for the robot type
(Device Configuration Status Code 28)
invalid robot host
(Media Manager Status Code 14)
Invalid robot number
(Device Configuration Status Code 15)
invalid robot number
(Media Manager Status Code 13)
Invalid robot type
(Device Configuration Status Code 18)
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
379
Messages
invalid robot type
(Media Manager Status Code 12)
invalid rule database entry
(Media Manager Status Code 119)
invalid scratch pool name
(Media Manager Status Code 173)
Invalid SCSI bus number for the robot
(Device Configuration Status Code 8)
Invalid SCSI logical unit number for the robot
(Device Configuration Status Code 10)
Invalid SCSI port number for the robot
(Device Configuration Status Code 7)
Invalid SCSI target for the robot
(Device Configuration Status Code 9)
Invalid Usage
(Device Configuration Status Code 11)
invalid volgroup
(Media Manager Status Code 15)
Invalid volume count
(Device Management Status Code 18)
invalid volume database host
(Media Manager Status Code 19)
380
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Messages
invalid volume move mode
(Media Manager Status Code 53)
Invalid volume pool specified
(Device Management Status Code 65)
invalid volume pool
(Media Manager Status Code 90)
IPC Error: Daemon may not be running
(Device Management Status Code 22)
IPC sequence error
(Device Management Status Code 10)
LTI Daemon may not be running
(Robot Error Status Code 2)
Magic Number MisMatch
(Device Management Status Code 29)
Media access port already contains media
(Robotic Status Code 221)
Media access port does not contain media
(Robotic Status Code 220)
Media access port is available
(Robotic Status Code 250)
Media access port is in eject mode
(Robotic Status Code 253)
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
381
Messages
Media access port is in inject mode
(Robotic Status Code 252)
Media access port is unavailable
(Robotic Status Code 251)
media access port not available
(Media Manager Status Code 166)
media generation rule already exists
(Media Manager Status Code 138)
media generation rule does not exist
(Media Manager Status Code 139)
media ID is not the specified media type
(Media Manager Status Code 95)
media ID not unique in database
(Media Manager Status Code 34)
media type and volume group mismatch
(Media Manager Status Code 101)
Mount canceled, device daemon is terminating
(Device Management Status Code 56)
must be root user to execute command
(Media Manager Status Code 3)
network protocol error
(Media Manager Status Code 39)
382
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Messages
No action pending for given mount index
(Device Management Status Code 50)
no child process to wait for
(Media Manager Status Code 64)
no cleaning tape available
(Media Manager Status Code 66)
No cleaning tape is defined in the device’s robot or 0 cleanings remaining
(Device Management Status Code 59)
No device found in RSM at the specified location
(Device Configuration Status Code 45)
No device is registered at these SCSI coordinates
(Device Configuration Status Code 51)
No devices are configured on the robot
(Robot Error Status Code 6)
no entries changed
(Media Manager Status Code 47)
no entries deleted
(Media Manager Status Code 48)
no entries inserted
(Media Manager Status Code 49)
No media found in device or robot slot, please verify
(Device Management Status Code 61)
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
383
Messages
No memory available
(Robot Error Status Code 8)
No mount pending for given mount index
(Device Management Status Code 16)
no pools in the pool list
(Media Manager Status Code 112)
No robot daemon or robotics are unavailable
(Device Management Status Code 60)
No robot is defined of this type
(Device Management Status Code 52)
No robots are configured
(Robot Error Status Code 7)
<NONE>
(Device Configuration Status Code 36)
not authorized to connect to vmd
(Media Manager Status Code 126)
Not licensed for Fastrax support
(Device Configuration Code 53)
One implicit reserve already exists
(Device Management Status Code 11)
Only the administrative user can perform the requested operation
(Device Management Status Code 19)
384
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Messages
operation not allowed on cleaning cartridge
(Media Manager Status Code 117)
Operator denied mount request
(Device Management Status Code 55)
oprd request is not supported on the remote host
(Media Manager Status Code 137)
oprd returned abnormal status
(Media Manager Status Code 96)
Parameter is invalid
(Device Management Status Code 39)
Physical drive is not available
(Robotic Status Code 245)
pool database close operation failed
(Media Manager Status Code 107)
pool database lock operation failed
(Media Manager Status Code 106)
pool database open operation failed
(Media Manager Status Code 108)
pool database truncate operation failed
(Media Manager Status Code 110)
pool does not exist in pool database
(Media Manager Status Code 109)
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
385
Messages
pool not defined as a scratch pool
(Media Manager Status Code 172)
poolname is not unique in pool database
(Media Manager Status Code 105)
Process killed by parent
(Robotic Status Code 212)
Process killed by signal
(Robotic Status Code 211)
protocol error
(Media Manager Status Code 20)
request completed
(Media Manager Status Code 1)
Request has been queued (Cancel to clear message
(Device Management Status Code 53)
Request terminated because host not validated for volume pool
(Device Management Status Code 26)
Request terminated because media id is expired
(Device Management Status Code 27)
Request terminated because media id will exceed maximum mount count
(Device Management Status Code 30)
Request terminated because media is unavailable (in DOWN drive, misplaced, write
protected or unmountable
(Device Management Status Code 35)
386
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Messages
Request terminated because media is unmountable
(Device Management Status Code 69)
Request terminated because media is write protected
(Device Management Status Code 70)
Request terminated because mount requests are disabled
(Device Management Status Code 63)
Request terminated because of volume pool mismatch
(Device Management Status Code 66)
Request terminated because user not validated for volume pool
(Device Management Status Code 67)
Request terminated because user/group not validated for volume pool
(Device Management Status Code 68)
Request terminated by tpunmount call from another process
(Device Management Status Code 36)
Requested drive could not be reserved
(Device Management Status Code 24)
requested drive is already reserved by host
(Media Manager Status Code 145)
requested drive is already reserved
(Media Manager Status Code 130)
Requested drive is in an offline domain
(Robotic Status Code 238)
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
387
Messages
requested drive is not currently registered
(Media Manager Status Code 132)
requested drive is not currently reserved
(Media Manager Status Code 134)
requested drive is not registered for host
(Media Manager Status Code 131)
requested drive is not reserved by host
(Media Manager Status Code 133)
requested host is not currently registered
(Media Manager Status Code 135)
Requested number of drives are not configured
(Device Management Status Code 31)
Requested operation is not supported by the robot
(Robotic Status Code 229)
Requested slot already has cartridge
(Robotic Status Code 217)
Requested slot contains the wrong tape
(Robotic Status Code 226)
Requested slot does not exist in robot
(Robotic Status Code 228)
Requested slot is empty
(Robotic Status Code 208)
388
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Messages
Requested tape in other or non-configured drive
(Robotic Status Code 215)
Requested volume is in an offline domain
(Robotic Status Code 239)
Residence is not licensed for multihosted drive support
(Device Configuration Status Code 37)
Robot busy, cannot perform operation
(Robotic Status Code 223)
Robot denied access to the resource
(Robotic Status Code 234)
Robot drive number in use for this robot
(Device Configuration Status Code 25)
Robot hardware or communication error
(Robotic Status Code 225)
Robot has misplaced the media
(Robotic Status Code 236)
robot host and volume group mismatch
(Media Manager Status Code 82)
Robot media access port does not exist
(Robotic Status Code 242)
robot number and robot host mismatch
(Media Manager Status Code 61)
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
389
Messages
robot number and robot type mismatch
(Media Manager Status Code 54)
robot number and volume group mismatch
(Media Manager Status Code 55)
Robot number does not exist
(Device Configuration Status Code 31)
Robot number does not exist
(Robotic Status Code 214)
Robot number is already in use
(Device Configuration Status Code 21)
Robot number is in use by another robot
(Device Configuration Status Code 30)
robot type and volume group mismatch
(Media Manager Status Code 81)
Robot type is not supported on this platform
(Device Configuration Status Code 6)
Robotic arm has no addressable holder
(Robotic Status Code 222)
Robotic daemon not licensed
(Robot Error Status Code 17)
Robotic dismount failure
(Robotic Status Code 206)
390
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Messages
Robotic mount failure
(Robotic Status Code 205)
robotic volume position is already in use
(Media Manager Status Code 37)
RSM is supported only on Microsoft Windows 2000 and later OS versions
(Device Configuration Status Code 48)
rule database close operation failed
(Media Manager Status Code 124)
rule database lock operation failed
(Media Manager Status Code 123)
rule database open operation failed
(Media Manager Status Code 125)
rule database truncate operation failed
(Media Manager Status Code 98)
rule does not exist in rule database
(Media Manager Status Code 97)
specified robot is unknown to vmd
(Media Manager Status Code 79)
STATUS_SUCCESS
(Robotic Status Code 200)
Success
(Device Configuration Status Code 0)
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
391
Messages
Success
(Format Optical Status Code 0)
System error occurred during robot operation
(Robotic Status Code 230)
System error occurred
(Robot Error Status Code 11)
system error
(Media Manager Status Code 2)
Tape file path exceeds 255 character maximum
(Device Management Status Code 49)
Tape needs to be write enabled
(Device Management Status Code 46)
The device is not robotic, cannot perform cleaning
(Device Management Status Code 58)
The device name is not valid, no device responded
(Device Configuration Status Code 52)
The drive is DOWN
(Device Management Status Code 15)
The drive is not ready or inoperable
(Device Management Status Code 21)
The eject command was aborted by the user
(Robotic Status Code 244)
392
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Messages
The external_drive_mappings file has invalid license info
(Device Configuration Status Code 3)
The external_robot_mappings file has invalid license info
(Device Configuration Status Code 2)
the global device database device name is invalid
(Media Manager Status Code 162)
the global device database device serial number is invalid
(Media Manager Status Code 161)
the global device database device type is invalid
(Media Manager Status Code 160)
The global device database hostname is invalid
(Device Configuration Status Code 49)
The global device database version is incompatible
(Device Configuration Status Code 4)
the requested slot is empty
(Media Manager Status Code 100)
the robotic daemon returned an invalid volume GUID
(Media Manager Status Code 164)
the specified pool is not empty
(Media Manager Status Code 111)
the volume guid is not unique in the database
(Media Manager Status Code 159)
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
393
Messages
this machine is not the volume database host
(Media Manager Status Code 84)
This robot type does not support multiple media types
(Device Configuration Status Code 17)
Timeout waiting for robotic command
(Robotic Status Code 203)
too many volumes in volume group
(Media Manager Status Code 68)
tpformat: Cannot open
(Format Optical Status Code 3)
tpformat: Cannot read
(Format Optical Status Code 4)
tpformat: Cannot seek
(Format Optical Status Code 5)
tpformat: Cannot set volume header
(Format Optical Status Code 2)
tpformat: Cannot write
(Format Optical Status Code 6)
tpformat: Command interrupted
(Format Optical Status Code 11)
tpformat: Existing media ID
(Format Optical Status Code 7)
394
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Messages
tpformat: Invalid robot
(Format Optical Status Code 10)
tpformat: Invalid usage
(Format Optical Status Code 1)
tpformat: Must be root
(Format Optical Status Code 8)
tpformat: No media present in drive or robot slot
(Format Optical Status Code 13)
tpformat: Skip
(Format Optical Status Code 12)
tpformat: Tape request failed
(Format Optical Status Code 9)
unable to generate a unique media id
(Media Manager Status Code 127)
Unable to initialize robot
(Robotic Status Code 204)
unable to link to dynamic library
(Media Manager Status Code 174)
Unable to open drive
(Robotic Status Code 209)
Unable to open robotic path
(Robotic Status Code 201)
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
395
Messages
Unable to retrieve GUID from RSM api
(Device Configuration Status Code 46)
Unable to SCSI unload drive
(Robotic Status Code 210)
unable to send exit status
(Media Manager Status Code 67)
Unable to sense robotic device
(Robotic Status Code 202)
unexpected data from robotic software daemon
(Media Manager Status Code 46)
unexpected data from robotic software daemon
(Media Manager Status Code 46)
unexpected data received
(Media Manager Status Code 40)
Unknown drive name
(Device Management Status Code 41)
Usage error in creating child process
(Robot Error Status Code 12)
user is not valid for this host
(Media Manager Status Code 99)
volume daemon fork failed
(Media Manager Status Code 85)
396
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Messages
volume does not exist in database
(Media Manager Status Code 35)
volume group does not exist
(Media Manager Status Code 65)
volume has exceeded maximum mounts
(Media Manager Status Code 116)
volume has passed expiration date
(Media Manager Status Code 115)
volume is already assigned
(Media Manager Status Code 93)
Volume is in home slot
(Robotic Status Code 249)
Volume is in library, but not in drive domain
(Robotic Status Code 233)
Volume is in use
(Robotic Status Code 237)
volume is not in specified pool
(Media Manager Status Code 94)
Volume not found in library
(Robotic Status Code 232)
You do not have permission to create the file
(Device Management Status Code 44)
Chapter 5, Media Manager Status Codes and Messages
397
Messages
You must be administrator to execute
(Robot Error Status Code 14)
You must be ROOT to start daemon
(Robot Error Status Code 1)
398
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
6
Disaster Recovery
This chapter has procedures for recovering your data in case of a server or client disk
failure. The recovery procedures are as follows:
◆
Master Server Disk Recovery
◆
Media Server Disk Recovery
◆
Client System Disk Recovery - Windows
◆
Recovering the NetBackup Catalogs
Master Server Disk Recovery
The procedures in this section explain how to recover your data if one or more disk
partitions are lost on a NetBackup master server. Two general cases are considered:
◆
Windows is intact. The system still boots Windows, but all or some of the other
partitions are lost. NetBackup is also assumed to be lost.
◆
All disk partitions are lost. This is a total recovery.
In both cases, you restore the server to the state it was in at the time of the most recent
backup of the NetBackup catalogs. If the recovery is successful, reconfiguration is
unnecessary.
Recovery When Windows is Intact
This procedure assumes that Windows will boot and is not corrupt. The general steps are
to restore NetBackup and then restore all other files. Figure 1 illustrates the procedure.
399
Master Server Disk Recovery
Figure 1. Recover Master Server - Windows Intact (overview)
Master Server
Shark
Disk to
restore
1. Repartition the disks
2. Install NetBackup
3. Install any NetBackup patches
Tape Drive
4. Update external mapping files
5. Enable debug logging
6. Stop all NetBackup services
except the NetBackup Client
service
7. Recover NetBackup catalogs:
install_path\NetBackup\db
install_path\NetBackup\var
install_path\Volmgr\database
Tape with catalog
backups
8. Start all NetBackup services
Tape with other
backups
9. Restore all other files (do not
restore catalogs)
10. Check debug logs and correct
any problems
11. Reboot the system
Before Starting
Verify that you have:
◆
NetBackup server software for Windows
◆
The latest NetBackup catalog backup on tape or disk
To Recover the Master Server (Windows intact)
1. Partition the disks as they were before the failure.
2. Install NetBackup server software. However, do not configure any NetBackup
policies or devices.
400
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Master Server Disk Recovery
3. Install any NetBackup patches that had previously been installed.
4. Update the external mapping files.
5. Enable debug logging by creating the following directories:
install_path\NetBackup\logs\tar
install_path\NetBackup\logs\bpinetd
6. Start the NetBackup Client service and stop all other NetBackup services.
Use the NetBackup Activity Monitor, or the Services application in the Windows
Control Panel.
7. Use the bprecover command to recover the NetBackup catalogs:
Choose one of the procedures under “Recovering the NetBackup Catalogs” on
page 409.
8. When catalog recovery is complete, start the NetBackup services that are not already
running.
Use the Activity Monitor, or the Services application in the Windows Control Panel.
Caution In step 9, do not restore files to the
install_path\NetBackup\db,install_path\NetBackup\var, or
install_path\Volmgr\database directories. These directories were recovered
in step 7 and overwriting them with regular backups will leave the catalogs in
an inconsistent state.
9. Restore all other files:
a. Start the NetBackup Administration interface on the master server.
b. Start the Backup, Archive, and Restore utility.
c. Browse for restores and select the partitions that were lost.
d. Deselect the install_path\NetBackup\db, install_path\NetBackup\var, and
install_path\Volmgr\database directories (see the caution above).
e. Start the restore.
10. When all partitions are restored, check the debug logs in the directories created in
step 5. If there are any ERR or WRN messages, resolve the problems before
proceeding.
Chapter 6, Disaster Recovery
401
Master Server Disk Recovery
11. Reboot the system.
This replaces any files that were busy during the restore. When the boot process is
complete, the system is restored to the state it was in at the time of the last backup.
Total Recovery
The following procedure explains how to perform a total recovery of a NetBackup master
server and assumes that Windows must be reinstalled. Figure 2 illustrates the procedure.
Figure 2. Master Server Total Recovery (overview)
Disk to
restore
Master Server
Shark
1. Load OS and reboot
2. Install required device drivers
3. Install NetBackup
4. Install any NetBackup patches
Tape Drive
5. Update external mapping files
6. Enable debug logging
7. Stop all NetBackup services
except the NetBackup Client
service
8. Recover NetBackup catalogs:
install_path\NetBackup\db
install_path\NetBackup\var
install_path\Volmgr\database
Tape with catalog
backups
9. Start all NetBackup services
10. Restore all other files (do not
restore catalogs)
Tape with other
backups
11. Check debug logs and correct
any problems
12. Reboot the system
402
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Master Server Disk Recovery
Assumptions
◆
The NetBackup master server was running Windows NT or Workstation 4.0 or above,
or Windows 2000.
◆
The latest NetBackup catalog backup is available on tape or disk.
◆
The regular backups included the system directory (typically, C:\Winnt). This is the
directory where the Windows operating system and therefore the registry reside.
If the regular backups excluded any files that resided in the system directory, it is
possible that you will not be able to restore the system so it completely matches its
previous configuration.
◆
Defective hardware has been replaced.
Before Starting
Verify that you have:
◆
Windows software to reinstall on the NetBackup server that is being restored.
Reinstall the same type and version of software that was previously used. For
example, do not install Windows NT Server 4.0 software if, before the failure, the
system was a Windows NT 4.0 workstation.
◆
NetBackup server software for Windows.
◆
Special Drivers or other software required to get the hardware operational (for
example, a special driver for the disk drive).
◆
IP address and host name of the NetBackup master server.
◆
Partitioning and formatting scheme that was used on the system you are restoring.
You must duplicate that scheme during Windows installation.
◆
Latest NetBackup catalog backup on tape or disk.
To Recover the Master Server (total recovery)
1. Install a minimal Windows operating System (perform the Express install).
Be certain to:
◆
Partition the disk as it was before the failure (if partitioning is necessary). Then,
reformat each partition as it was before the failure.
◆
Install Windows in the same partition that was used before the failure.
◆
Specify the default workgroup. Do not restore to the domain.
◆
Follow any hardware manufacturers instructions that apply, such as loading SSD
on a Compaq system.
Chapter 6, Disaster Recovery
403
Master Server Disk Recovery
◆
Reboot the system when the install is complete.
2. Install SCSI or other drivers needed to communicate with the tape drives on the
system.
3. Install NetBackup server software. However, do not configure any NetBackup
policies or devices.
4. Install any NetBackup patches that had previously been installed.
5. Update the external mapping files.
6. Enable debug logging by creating the following directories:
install_path\NetBackup\logs\tar
install_path\NetBackup\logs\bpinetd
7. Start the NetBackup Client service and stop all other NetBackup services.
Use the NetBackup Activity Monitor, or the Services application in the Windows
Control Panel.
8. Use the bprecover command to recover the NetBackup catalogs.
Choose one of the procedures under “Recovering the NetBackup Catalogs” on
page 409.
9. When catalog recovery is complete, start the NetBackup services that are not already
running.
Use the Activity Monitor, or the Services application in the Windows Control Panel.
Caution In step 10, do not restore files to the install_path\NetBackup\db,
install_path\NetBackup\var, or install_path\Volmgr\database directories.
These directories were recovered in step 8 and overwriting them with regular
backups will leave the catalogs in an inconsistent state.
10. Restore all other files:
a. Start the NetBackup Administration interface on the master server.
b. Start the Backup, Archive, and Restore utility.
c. Browse for restores and select all partitions.
404
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Client System Disk Recovery - Windows
Client System Disk Recovery - Windows
The following procedure explains how to perform a total recovery of a Windows
NetBackup client in the event of a system disk failure.
Note For Windows NT/2000 systems: if you have installed and configured NetBackup
Intelligent Disaster Recovery, refer to the NetBackup System Administration Guide instead
of the instructions below.
This procedure assumes that the Windows operating system and NetBackup must be
reinstalled in order to boot the system and perform a restore.
Assumptions
◆
The NetBackup client was running one of the following:
◆
Windows NT Server or Workstation 4.0 or above, or Windows 2000.
◆
Windows 98 or 95 software
◆
The NetBackup client was backed up with version 3.0 or later NetBackup client and
server software.
◆
The NetBackup master server to which the client sent its backups is operational. This
is the server from which you will be requesting the restore.
◆
The backups included the directory where the operating system and therefore the
registry resided (typically C:\winnt40 on Windows NT and C:\Windows on
Windows 98 or 95).
If the backups excluded any files that resided in the above directory, it is possible that
you will not be able to restore the system so it completely matches its previous
configuration.
◆
Defective hardware has been replaced.
Before Starting
Verify that you have the following:
◆
◆
406
Windows system software to reinstall on the NetBackup client that is being restored:
◆
Reinstall the same type and version of software that was previously used. For
example, do not install Windows NT Server 4.0 software if, before the failure, the
system was a Windows NT 4.0 workstation.
◆
For a Windows NT/2000 client, this software must be Windows NT Server or
Workstation 4.0 or above, or Windows 2000.
NetBackup 3.0 or later client software to install on the client that is being restored.
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Client System Disk Recovery - Windows
◆
Special drivers or other software required to get the hardware operational (for
example, a special driver for the disk drive).
◆
IP address and host name of the NetBackup client.
◆
IP address and host name of the NetBackup master server.
◆
Partitioning and formatting scheme that was used on the system that you are
restoring. You must duplicate that scheme during Windows installation.
To Recover a Windows Client Disk
1. Install a minimal Windows operating system (perform the Express install).
During the install, be certain to:
◆
Partition the disk as it was before the failure (if partitioning is necessary). Then,
reformat each partition as it was before the failure.
◆
Install the operating system in the same partition that was used before the failure.
◆
Specify the default workgroup. Do not restore to the domain.
◆
Follow any hardware manufacturers instructions that apply, such as loading SSD
on a Compaq system.
2. Reboot the system when the install is complete.
3. Configure the NetBackup client system to re-establish network connectivity to the
NetBackup master server.
For example, if your network uses DNS, the configuration on the client must use the
same IP address as before the failure and must specify the same name server (or
another name server that recognizes both the NetBackup client and master server).
On the client, configure DNS in the Network dialog box that you access from the
Control Panel.
4. Install NetBackup client software.
Refer to the NetBackup Installation Guide for PC Clients for instructions. Ensure that you
specify the correct names for the client and master server. To specify the client name,
start the user interface on the client and click Configure on the Actions menu. Enter the
client name on the General tab of the NetBackup Configuration dialog. To specify the
server name, click Specify NetBackup Machines on the Actions menu and make the
entry on the Servers tab.
5. Install any NetBackup patches that had previously been installed.
6. Enable debug logging by creating the following debug log directories on the client:
Chapter 6, Disaster Recovery
407
Client System Disk Recovery - Windows
On a Windows NT/2000 client:
install_path\NetBackup\Logs\tar
install_path\NetBackup\Logs\bpinetd
On a Windows 98 or 95 client:
install_path\NetBackup\Logs\bpcd
NetBackup creates logs in these directories.
7. For a Windows NT/2000 client, stop and restart the NetBackup Client Manager
service.
This enables NetBackup to start logging to the bpinetd debug log.
8. For a Windows 98 or 95 client, stop and restart the NetBackup Client Daemon.
This enables NetBackup to start logging to the bpcd debug log.
9. Use the NetBackup client user interface to restore the system and user files to the
client system.
For example, if all files are on the C: drive, restoring that drive restores the entire
system.
To restore files, you do not have to be the administrator, but you must have restore
privileges. For example, on Windows NT/2000, you must be a member of the Restore
group, which is one of the built-in Windows NT/2000 groups. Refer to the online help
or NetBackup User’s Guide for Microsoft Windows for instructions on how to restore files.
Note NetBackup restores the registry when it restores the Windows system files. For
example on a Windows NT/2000 client, if the system files are in the C:\Winnt40
directory, NetBackup restores the registry when it restores that directory and all its
subordinate subdirectories and files.
10. Check for ERR or WRN messages in the log files that are in the directories you created
in step 6.
◆
For a Windows NT/2000 client, these are the tar and inetd log files.
◆
For a Windows 98 or 95 client, this is the bpcd log file.
If the logs indicate problems with the restore of Windows system files, resolve those
problems before proceeding.
11. Reboot the NetBackup client system.
When the boot process is complete, the system is restored to the state it was in at the
time of the last backup.
408
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Recovering the NetBackup Catalogs
Recommended Backup Practices
In addition to backing up files on a regular basis it is important to select the correct files to
back up. The first concern is to include all files with records that are critical to users and
the organization. It is equally important to back up system and application files, so you
can quickly and accurately restore a system to normal operation if a disaster occurs.
Include all Windows system files in your backups. For example, if Windows NT/2000 is
installed in the C:\Winnt40 directory, include this directory in the list of those that you
are backing up (it may be best to back up the entire drive). In addition to the other system
software, the Windows system directories include the registry, without which it is
impossible to restore the client to its original configuration. If you are using a NetBackup
exclude list for a client, do not specify any Windows system files in that list.
It is not a good idea to omit executable and other files for applications such as NetBackup.
It is tempting to save tape by excluding these easy to reinstall files. However, backing up
the entire application, ensures that you can restore it to its exact configuration. For
example, if you have applied software updates or patches, restoring from a backup
eliminates the need to reapply them, thus reducing recovery time.
For information on how to configure scheduled backups, see the NetBackup System
Administrator’s Guide. For instructions on performing user backups and archives, see the
NetBackup User’s Guide for Microsoft Windows.
Recovering the NetBackup Catalogs
The NetBackup catalogs contain critical information and must be recovered before any
other backups.
Master servers have the following NetBackup catalog files:
install_path\NetBackup\db
install_path\NetBackup\var
install_path\Volmgr\database
Media servers have the following NetBackup catalog files:
install_path\netbackup\db\media
install_path\netbackup\var
install_path\volmgr\database
For install_path, substitute the directory where NetBackup and Media Manager are
installed (C:\Program Files\VERITAS by default).
Because of their importance, the catalogs are backed up separately from other files as
described in the NetBackup System Administrator’s Guide for Windows. To recover the catalogs,
use the bprecover command:
Chapter 6, Disaster Recovery
409
Recovering the NetBackup Catalogs
install_path\NetBackup\bin\admincmd\bprecover
The topics in this section explain how to use bprecover to recover NetBackup catalog
backups. Also, see the description in the Commands appendix in the NetBackup System
Administrator’s Guide for Windows.
Note The following discussions assume that NetBackup has been reinstalled, if required
(see “Master Server Disk Recovery” on page 399).
Identifying the Most Recent Database Backup
Caution Before you can recover the NetBackup catalogs, you must know which media
ID has their latest backups. Without this media ID, you cannot accurately
recover your catalogs and your only option is to use the NetBackup import
feature to import all lost backup records into your NetBackup catalogs (see the
NetBackup System Administrator’s Guide for Windows).
As mentioned in the NetBackup System Administrator’s Guide for Windows, the best way to track
media IDs for catalog backups is to configure E-mail notifications with the E-mail Address
global attribute. This attribute causes NetBackup to specify the status and media ID in an
E-mail to the administrator each time a catalog backup occurs. You can then check the
E-mail to determine the last media ID used.
If you know the media IDs that were used but are not sure which of them has the most
recent backup, use the -l option of bprecover to list the backups on each media ID. This
information includes the date and time that the media was written.
Example 1: List by Using a Raw Device
Assume the catalog backup was to tape but the Media Manager part of the catalogs was
lost so Media Manager cannot control the drive.
In this case, insert the media in an appropriate drive (assume the raw-device path is
\\.\Tape1). Then, execute the following bprecover command on the NetBackup
server that has the drive.
bprecover -l -tpath \\.\Tape1
Database Backup Information from \\.\Tape1
Created:
Server:
Block Size:
03/31/97 11:31:34
bphost
32768
Path
---IMAGE1 D:\apps\VERITAS\NetBackup\db
410
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Recovering the NetBackup Catalogs
IMAGE2 D:\apps\VERITAS\Volmgr\database
Example 2: List by Using a Media Manager Controlled Drive
Assume the Media Manager part of the catalogs is intact and the backup was to a dlt tape
with media ID 000001. Insert the tape into an appropriate drive. Then, execute the
following bprecover command on the NetBackup server that has the drive (the
NetBackup Device Manager Service must be active).
bprecover -l -ev 000001 -d dlt
Database Backup Information from 000001
Created:
Server:
Block size:
03/31/97 05:50:51
bphost
32768
Path
---IMAGE1 D:\apps\VERITAS\Netbackup\db
IMAGE2 D:\apps\VERITAS\Volmgr\database
IMAGE3 D:\apps\VERITAS\var
Example 3: List Disk Path
Assume the catalog backup was done to disk path D:\apps\dbbackup and this disk
has not failed. Execute the following bprecover command to list the backup
information.
bprecover -l -dpath D:\apps\dbbackup
Database Backup Information from D:\apps\dbbackup
Created:
Server:
Block size:
03/31/97 11:31:34
bphost
32768
Path
---IMAGE1 D:\apps\VERITAS\NetBackup\db
IMAGE2 D:\apps\VERITAS\NetBackup\var
IMAGE3 D:\apps\VERITAS\Volmgr\database
Procedures for Recovering NetBackup Catalogs
This section explains how to recover the NetBackup catalogs when all or part of them are
lost. You perform this recovery with the bprecover command.
The method required to recover the catalogs depends on:
Chapter 6, Disaster Recovery
411
Recovering the NetBackup Catalogs
◆
The type of media that contains the backup of the NetBackup catalogs (tape or
magnetic disk).
and
◆
Whether the Media Manager part of those catalogs is still intact. The Media Manager
catalog files are normally in the install_path\Volmgr\database directory.
Note The Media Manager device catalogs are binary files and you cannot restore them to
a different type of platform.
Before Starting
◆
Reinstall the NetBackup software (if necessary) as explained in “Master Server Disk
Recovery” on page 399 or “Media Server Disk Recovery” on page 405.
◆
Find the tape that has the latest catalog backups.
◆
Ensure that the disk where you are restoring the catalogs contains the directory where
the catalogs resided.
This is required because the bprecover command always restores the NetBackup
catalogs to the path from which they were backed up (alternate-path restores are not
allowed).
Recover Catalogs From Tape - Media Manager Catalogs Lost
If the NetBackup catalog backup is on tape and the Media Manager catalogs are lost,
specify a raw-device path on the bprecover command. This method involves mounting
the backup tape in a drive and using the -tpath parameter.
Note If the configuration was lost for the device that you plan to use for the recovery,
reinstall the device as explained in the Windows system documentation.
1. Insert the catalog backup tape into an appropriate drive.
The example on Figure 3 shows a nonrobotic tape drive connected to a NetBackup
master server.
412
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Recovering the NetBackup Catalogs
Figure 3. Recover Catalogs From Tape
8 mm tape drive
(\\.\Tape1
Master Server
shark
Tape with catalog
backups
Disk 1
D:\VERITAS\Netbackup\db
D:\VERITAS\Volmgr\database
2. Use the NetBackup Activity Monitor, or the Services application in the Windows
Control Panel, to stop the following services, if they are running.
◆
NetBackup Request Manager service
◆
NetBackup Database Manager service
◆
NetBackup Device Manager service
◆
NetBackup Volume Manager service
3. Use the Activity Monitor, or the Services application in the Windows Control Panel, to
verify that the NetBackup Client Manager service is running. Start it if necessary.
4. On the NetBackup server where the drive attaches, execute the bprecover
command. Specify the raw-device path for the drive where you inserted the tape in
step 1.
Example 1
This example interactively restores images to disk 1 on Figure 3 by using raw-device
path \\.\Tape1:
bprecover -r -tpath \\.\Tape1
Recover shark:D:\VERITAS\NetBackup\db y/n (n)? y
Recover shark:D:\VERITAS\Volmgr\database y/n (n)? y
Recovering shark:D:\VERITAS\NetBackup\db
Recovering shark:D:\VERITAS\Volmgr\database
Example 2
Chapter 6, Disaster Recovery
413
Recovering the NetBackup Catalogs
If you have media servers, bprecover includes their catalog paths in the prompts
and you select the catalogs you want to recover.
The following example recovers only the catalogs for a media server named eel (see
Figure 4). Here, you execute bprecover on the master server shark and use the
-dhost option to specify eel as the destination host:
bprecover -r -tpath \\.\Tape1 -dhost eel
Recover shark:install_path\NetBackup\db y/n (n)? n
Recover shark:install_path\NetBackup\var y/n (n)? n
Recover shark:install_path\Volmgr\database y/n (n)? n
Recover eel:install_path\NetBackup\db\media y/n (n)? y
Recovering eel:install_path\NetBackup\db\media
Recover eel:install_path\NetBackup\var y/n (n)? y
Recovering eel:install_path\NetBackup\var
Recover eel:install_path\Volmgr\database y/n (n)? y
Recovering eel:install_path\Volmgr\database
You can also use the -dhost option to restore from a media server to the master (for
example, if the master does not have a drive).
Figure 4. Recover Media Server Databases
8 mm tape drive
(\\.\Tape1
Media Server
eel
Disk
Master Server
shark
Tape with catalog
backups
Disk
install_path\Netbackup\db\media
install_path\Netbackup\db
install_path\Netbackup\var
install_path\Netbackup\var
install_path\Volmgr\database
install_path\Volmgr\database
5. After recovering catalogs for the master and all media servers, use the NetBackup
Activity Monitor, or the Services application in the Windows Control Panel, to start
the following services:
◆
414
NetBackup Request Manager Service
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Recovering the NetBackup Catalogs
◆
NetBackup Database Manager Service
◆
NetBackup Device Manager Service
◆
NetBackup Volume Manager Service
Recover Catalogs from Tape - Media Manager Catalogs Intact
When the Media Manager catalogs are intact, you can recover the catalog backups by
using a drive configured under Media Manager control as follows:
1. Use the NetBackup Activity Monitor, or the Services application in the Windows
Control Panel, to stop the following services if they are running:
◆
NetBackup Request Manager service
◆
NetBackup Database Manager service
2. Insert the tape with the catalog backup into an appropriate drive.
If the tape is not in the drive, the Device Monitor shows a mount request when you
start the recovery. If this occurs, insert the tape and use the Device Monitor to assign
the drive to the request.
3. On the NetBackup server where the drive attaches, execute the
Chapter 6, Disaster Recovery
415
Recovering the NetBackup Catalogs
◆
NetBackup Database Manager service
b. Stop and restart the following services so they can read the recovered
configuration:
◆
NetBackup Device Manager service
◆
NetBackup Volume Manager service
Recover Catalogs From Disk
If you backed up the NetBackup catalogs to a disk and that disk is intact, you can recover
the catalogs as follows:
Note If this disk has failed then you must resort to backups of this disk that have gone to
another server. If you have not backed up the NetBackup catalogs to another server,
you must use the NetBackup Import Images feature to re-add the image
information to the catalogs. See the NetBackup System Administrator’s Guide for Windows
for instructions.
1. Use the NetBackup Activity Monitor, or the Services application in the Windows
Control Panel, to stop the following services:
◆
NetBackup Request Manager service
◆
NetBackup Database Manager service
◆
NetBackup Device Manager service
◆
NetBackup Volume Manager service
2. Execute the bprecover command to recover the catalogs.
For example, the following command recovers the D:\VERITAS\NetBackup\db
catalogs from disk path D:\apps\dbbackup on Figure 5.
bprecover -r 1 -dpath D:\apps\dbbackup
Recovering shark:D:\VERITAS\NetBackup\db
416
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Recovering the NetBackup Catalogs
Figure 5. Recover Catalogs From Disk
Master Server
shark
Disk 2
D:\apps\dbbackup
Disk 1
IMAGE 1
D:\VERITAS\Netbackup\db
D:\VERITAS\NetBackup\db
D:\VERITAS\Volmgr\database
IMAGE 2
D:\VERITAS\Volmgr\database
3. After recovering the catalogs, use the NetBackup Activity Monitor, or the Services
application in the Windows Control Panel, to start the following services:
◆
NetBackup Request Manager Service
◆
NetBackup Database Manager Service
◆
NetBackup Device Manager Service
◆
NetBackup Volume Manager Service
Chapter 6, Disaster Recovery
417
Recovering the NetBackup Catalogs
418
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
A
Functional Overview
This appendix provides a functional overview of NetBackup for both UNIX and
Windows. Such comprehensive treatment is valuable for mixed-platform environments.
The discussions include descriptions of important daemons and programs, and the
sequence in which they execute during typical operations. The databases and the
directory structure of the installed software are also described.
There are two main sections in this appendix:
◆
Backup and Restore Functional Description
◆
Media Manager Functional Description
It is assumed that you are already familiar with the overviews in the first chapter of the
NetBackup System Administrator’s Guide for UNIX and the Media Manager System Administrator’s
Guide for UNIX.
Note that this appendix does not pertain to the NetBackup products for backing up
relational databases (such as NetBackup for ORACLE). The installation guides for those
products have information regarding their operation.
Backup and Restore Functional Description
This section explains the operation of NetBackup during backup and restores and
contains the following discussions:
◆
Startup Process
◆
Backup and Archive Processes
◆
Restore Processes
◆
NetBackup Directories and Files
◆
NetBackup Databases
419
Backup and Restore Functional Description
Startup Process
Before NetBackup can perform scheduled operations or respond to user-directed
requests, the NetBackup request daemon bprd must be started on the master server, and
the Media Manager device daemon ltid must be started on the master server and all
media servers. These two daemons, in turn, automatically start other daemons and
programs as necessary (see Figure 6).
On a media server, it is not necessary to start bprd because it is not used. NetBackup
automatically starts other required NetBackup programs when it accesses the media
server.
Another daemon that executes on all server and clients is the NetBackup client daemon,
bpcd. On UNIX clients, inetd starts bpcd automatically so no special actions are
required. On Windows NT clients, bpinetd performs the same functions as inetd.
Other PC clients do not use inetd or bpinetd but are usually configured to start bpcd
automatically (see their user’s guides for instructions).
There are no other daemons or programs that you must explicitly start. The necessary
programs are started automatically during the backup or restore operation.
Figure 6 shows the programs that must be running and how they are started. The Media
Manager functional description, later in this appendix, has details on the actions started
by ltid.
420
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Backup and Restore Functional Description
Figure 6. Starting NetBackup
Master Server
Execute:
Execute:
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/initbprd
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/ltid
ltid
bprd
bpdbm
Initiates further actions when a
scheduled or user-directed
operation is required.
vmd
Starts applicable
robotic daemons. See
the Media Manager
Functional Description
later in this appendix.
avrd
Media Server
Execute:
The Media Manager device
components of NetBackup must be
started as shown to the right.
The master server starts other
NetBackup programs as necessary to
use storage units that attach to the
media server.
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/ltid
ltid
Starts applicable
robotic daemons. See
the Media Manager
Functional Description
later in this appendix.
vmd
avrd
Client
On UNIX clients, bpcd must be in a listening state. On Windows and NetWare clients, bpcd must be
running. Except for bpcd, required programs are started as necessary during the backup or restore.
Macintosh and Windows NT/2000 clients must only be turned on and ready.
Appendix A, Functional Overview
421
Backup and Restore Functional Description
Backup and Archive Processes
The backup and archive processes vary depending on the type of client. The following
explains the basic variations. There is also a description of how NetBackup operates when
backing up its databases.
Backups and Archives - UNIX Clients
For UNIX clients, NetBackup supports scheduled, immediate manual, and user-directed
backups of both files and raw partitions. User-directed archives of files is also supported
(you cannot archive raw partitions). Once started, these operations are all similar to the
extent that the same daemons and programs execute on the server (see Figure 7). Each
type, however, is started differently.
◆
Scheduled backup operations begin when the NetBackup request daemon, bprd,
activates the scheduler, bpsched. This occurs at intervals determined by the Wakeup
Interval global attribute. Once activated, the scheduler checks the policy
configurations for scheduled client backups that are due.
◆
Immediate manual backups begin if the administrator chooses the manual backup
option in the NetBackup administrator interface. This causes bprd to start bpsched,
which then processes the policy, client, and schedule selected by the administrator.
◆
User-directed backups or archives begin when a user on a client starts a backup or
archive through user interface on the client (or the bpbackup or bparchive
commands). This invokes the client’s bpbackup or bparchive program, which
sends a request to the request daemon bprd on the master server. When bprd
receives the user request, it starts bpsched, which checks the policy configurations
for schedules and by default chooses the first user-directed schedule that it finds in a
policy that includes the requesting client. It is also possible to specify a policy and
schedule by using the NetBackup configuration options, BPBACKUP_POLICY and
BPBACKUP_SCHED, on the client.
The bpbackup and bparchive programs execute with the same permissions as the
user. If you can read and write files (delete in the case of an archive), they can too.
422
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Backup and Restore Functional Description
Figure 7. Backup or Archive to Tape or Optical
UNIX Client
Server
Master Server
Backup Policy
Management
Configuration
Database
Volume *
Database
vmd *
File
Database
NetBackup
User Interface
bprd
bpbackup
or
bparchive
bpdbm
Fil
New media ID for NB
bpsched
on
ati
rm
nfo
eI
Me
dia
ID
Media
Database
bpcd
NB
Master
or
Media
Server
Command
Line
bptm
(parent)
quest
Tape re
ltid *
Sha
r
Mem ed
ory
Ba
ck
up
File
bptm
(child)
Im
Info
r
Backup Im
age
mat
ion
bpbkar
ag
e
mou
nt
Notes:
* For detail on these components, see
the Media Manager Functional
Description later in this chapter.
Appendix A, Functional Overview
bpcd
bpbrm
Client
Disk
Tape or Optical
423
Backup and Restore Functional Description
For all three types of backup and archive operations, bpsched uses bpcd (client daemon)
to start the backup/restore manager (bpbrm). If the required storage unit attaches to the
master server, bpsched starts the backup/restore manager on the master server. If the
storage unit connects to a media server, bpsched starts the backup/restore manager on
the media server.
The backup/restore manager starts the appropriate media manager process (bptm for
tape or optical and bpdm for disk) and also starts the actual backup (or archive) by using
the client daemon (bpcd) to start the backup and archive program (bpbkar) on the client.
The bpbkar program:
◆
Sends information about files within the image to the backup/restore manager, which
directs the file information to the NetBackup file database.
◆
Transmits the backup image to the media manager process, bptm or bpdm. The bptm
or bpdm process forks a second process, which receives the image and stores it block
by block in shared memory. The original process then takes the image from shared
memory and directs it to the storage media.
◆
If the storage is tape or optical, bptm checks the NetBackup media database for a
suitable media ID (for example, the correct density and retention level). If it can’t
find one, it obtains a new media ID from the Media Manager volume daemon,
vmd. The bptm program includes the media ID in a tape request to the Media
Manager device daemon, ltid, which finds the physical media and causes it to
be mounted on an appropriate device. bptm also controls the spanning of
backups across multiple tapes, if required.
◆
If the storage media is disk, bpdm writes the images to the path configured in the
disk storage unit. The system disk manager controls the actual writing of data.
In the case of an archive, NetBackup deletes the files from the client disk after the files
have been successfully backed up.
For multiplexed backups, the process is essentially the same except that a separate bpbrm
and bptm process is created for each backup image being multiplexed onto the media.
NetBackup also allocates a separate set of shared memory blocks for each image. Figure 8
shows an example of multiplexing images from two clients. The other client and server
processes are the same as on Figure 7.
424
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Backup and Restore Functional Description
Figure 8. Multiplexed Backups Example (two streams)
UNIX Client
NetBackup Server
Only on master
server
bpbrm
(parent)
bpdbm
bpcd
File
Information
bpbrm
(child)
bptm
(child)
kup
Bac
ge
Ima
red
Sha ory
e
M m
bptm
(parent)
quest
Tape r
e
Client
Disk
bpbrm
(child)
Backu
p Ima
Shar
e
Mem d
ory
bptm
(child)
Fil
eI
nfo
rm
a
Bac
kup
Im
ge
ltid *
bpbkar
age
bpcd
tio
n
bpbkar
mo
un
t
Tape or Optical
Appendix A, Functional Overview
Notes:
* For detail on this component, see
Media Manager Functional
Description later in this chapter.
Client
Disk
425
Backup and Restore Functional Description
Backups and Archives - Windows 95/98 Clients
NetBackup supports the same types of operations on Windows 95 and 98 clients as it does
for UNIX clients, with the following exception:
◆
Raw partition backups are not supported.
The next figure shows the Windows 95 and 98 client processes. On this figure:
◆
The user interface program is called NBWIN. The bpbackup, bparchive, and
bplist functions are merged into NBWIN.
◆
The NetBackup client daemon is called BPCDW32. The bpbkar functions are merged
into BPCDW32.
The server processes are the same as described for UNIX.
Server
Windows 95/98 Client
For details on the server processes,
see Backups and Archives - UNIX
Clients earlier in this chapter.
NetBackup
User Interface
Request
bprd
bpbrm
bptm
NBWIN
File Information
BPCDW32
Backup
Image
Client Disk
426
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Backup and Restore Functional Description
Backups and Archives - Windows NT/2000 Clients
NetBackup supports the same types of operations on Windows NT/2000 clients as it does
for UNIX clients.
The next figure shows the Windows NT/2000 client processes. On this figure:
◆
NBWIN is the user interface program on the client. The bpbackup, bparchive, and
bplist functions are merged into NBWIN.
◆
BPINETD serves the same purpose as inetd on UNIX clients.
◆
The NetBackup client daemon is called BPCD.
◆
BPBKAR32 serves the same purpose as bpbkar on UNIX clients.
The server processes are the same as described for UNIX.
Server
Windows NT/2000 Client
For details on the server processes,
see Backups and Archives - UNIX
Clients earlier in this chapter.
bprd
NetBackup
User Interface
NBWIN
Request
BPINETD
bpbrm
File
bptm
Backu
p
Image
Info
BPCD
rm
atio
n
BPBKAR32
Client Disk
Appendix A, Functional Overview
427
Backup and Restore Functional Description
Backups and Archives - NetWare Clients
NetBackup supports the same types of operations on NetWare clients as it does on UNIX
clients, with the following exceptions:
◆
Raw partition backups are not supported.
◆
NetBackup for NetWare does not support archiving.
The next figure shows the NetWare client processes. On this figure:
◆
For NetWare nontarget, the user interface program is called NBNW95 on Windows 95
and 98 clients and NBNWNT on Windows NT/2000. For NetWare target, the user
interface program is called BP on the Netware console. The bpbackup, bparchive,
and bplist functions are merged into the user interface programs on the clients.
◆
The NetBackup NetWare client daemon is called BPCD. The bpbkar functions are
merged into BPCD.
The server processes are the same as described for UNIX.
Server
NetWare Client
For details on the server processes,
see Backups and Archives - UNIX
Clients earlier in this chapter.
bprd
bpbrm
Request
NetBackup
User Interface
NBNW95 (NetWare nontarget on 95, 98)
NBNWNT (NetWare nontarget on NT/2000)
BP (NetWare target)
File Information
BPCD
bptm
Image
Backup
Client Disk
428
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Backup and Restore Functional Description
Backups - Macintosh Clients
NetBackup supports the same types of operations on Macintosh clients as it does for
UNIX clients. The next figure shows the client processes involved in backing up a
Macintosh. The server processes are the same as described for UNIX.
Server
Client
For details on the server processes,
see Backups and Archives - UNIX
Clients earlier in this chapter.
NetBackup
User Interface
Request
NetBackupBPBACKUP
bprd
NetBackupListen
bpbrm
bptm
File Information
NetBackupBPCD
Im
Backup
age
Client
Disk
◆
NetBackupBPBACKUP is a faceless background application that NetBackup launches
in order to start a user-directed backup.
◆
The application extension, NetBackupListen, starts executing when the Macintosh
is booted and listens on the BPCD port number for backup requests from a NetBackup
server. When NetBackupListen gets a request, it launches the faceless background
application NetBackupBPCD.
◆
NetBackupBPCD handles the request in the same way as the UNIX bpcd.
NetBackupBPCD also includes bpbkar functionality.
The archive that the Macintosh client generates is essentially the same as the archive from
a UNIX client. One difference is that the Macintosh file names may be slightly different in
the NetBackup archive (see the NetBackup User’s Guide - Macintosh for an explanation of the
differences).
Appendix A, Functional Overview
429
Backup and Restore Functional Description
NetBackup Database Backups
The administrator can use an option in the administrator interface to start a manual
backup of the NetBackup databases or configure NetBackup to automatically back up its
databases (Figure 9).
It is possible to configure automatic database backups to occur either:
◆
After each scheduled backup session that results in the creation of at least one backup
image.
Or
◆
After scheduled, user-directed, or manual backup or archive sessions that result in the
creation of at least one backup or archive image.
For automatic database backups, NetBackup uses the scheduler, bpsched, to determine if
any backups are required. The scheduler is activated by the request daemon, bprd, at
intervals determined by the Wakeup Interval global attribute. If a backup is needed,
bpsched uses the client daemon, bpcd, to start the database backup program,
bpbackupdb.
For a manual database backup, NetBackup invokes bpbackupdb directly, without going
through bprd or the scheduler.
Once started, bpbackupdb:
1. Queries bpdbm for the database paths to back up and the media ID to use for the
backup.
2. Starts the tape and optical manager, bptm, and sends it the media ID in a special
mount request.
The tape and optical manager, bptm, recognizes the request as being for a database
backup and checks the database to ensure that the media ID is not one used for
regular backups. The bptm program then includes the media ID in a request to the
Media Manager device daemon, ltid. The device daemon finds the media and
causes it to be mounted on an appropriate device.
430
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Backup and Restore Functional Description
Figure 9. NetBackup Database Backup
NetBackup
Administration
Interface
bprd
Configuration
Database
After backup
sessions
bpdbm
Master Server
bpsched
y
er
qu
Ma
nua
lly
in
ath
ep
as a ID
tab edi
Da d m
an
itia
ted
Master
or
Media
Server
bpcd
bptm
bpcd
bpbackupdb
t
Back
up Im
age
s
ue
req
m
ou
fork
pe
Ta
ltid
ltid
**
Bac
kup
Ima
ge
bpbkar
bpbackupdb
File tion
rma
Info
nt
Notes:
* For details on this component, see
the Media Manager Functional
Description later in this chapter.
Disk with
Database
Tape or Optical
3. Starts the actual backup by using bpcd to start the backup program, bpbkar.
If the database is on the master server, bpbackupdb starts the backup and archive
program on the master server. If the database is on a media server, bpbackupdb
starts the backup and archive program on the media server.
The bpbkar program transmits file information and the backup image to separate
bpbackupdb processes as shown on Figure 9.
◆
The original bpbackupdb process receives the backup image and sends it to the
backup device.
Appendix A, Functional Overview
431
Backup and Restore Functional Description
◆
A second bpbackupdb process checks the file information to ensure that the
proper files are being backed up.
The entire database backup must fit on a single tape. The bpbackupdb process is unable
to span tapes and there is no mechanism for specifying multiple tapes for an NetBackup
database backup.
If any part of the database backup fails, then NetBackup discards the entire backup. This
is done because you must have a backup of all the databases to be certain that you have a
consistent database.
Restore Processes
NetBackup restore operations, like backups, can vary according to client type. The
following explains the basic variations.
Restores - UNIX Clients
Before starting a restore operation, a user will usually browse the file database and list the
files available in the backup images. The desired files can then be selected from the list.
The browsing is done through the bplist program on the client. The bplist program
can be started directly from the command line and is used by the NetBackup user
interface programs.
bplist obtains the file list by sending a query to the request daemon, bprd, on the
master server (Figure 10). The request daemon, in turn, queries bpdbm for the information
and transmits it to bplist on the client.
Figure 10. List Operation - UNIX Client
Master Server
UNIX Client
File
Database
NetBackup
User Interface
command
line
query
bpdbm
File list
bprd
File list
bplist
When the user starts a restore, NetBackup invokes the client’s bprestore program
which sends a request to the request daemon, bprd (Figure 11). This request identifies the
files and client. The request daemon then uses bpcd (client daemon) to start the
backup/restore manager (bpbrm).
432
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Backup and Restore Functional Description
If the storage unit on which the files reside attaches to the master server, then bprd starts
the backup/restore manager on the master server. If the storage unit connects to a media
server, bprd starts the backup/restore manager on the media server.
The backup/restore manager starts the appropriate media manager process (bptm for
tape or optical or bpdm for disk) and uses the client daemon (bpcd) to establish a
connection between the NetBackup tar program on the client and bptm or bpdm on the
server.
The bptm (for tape or optical) or bpdm (for disk) process obtains the location of the data
(media ID or file path) and then starts retrieving data. During retrieval, the original bptm
or bpdm process stores the image block by block in shared memory. A second bptm or
bpdm process transmits the image to the client.
◆
If the storage is tape or optical, bptm includes the media ID in a tpreq command to
the Media Manager device daemon, ltid. The device daemon finds the physical
media and causes it to be mounted on an appropriate device. The bptm program
reads the image and directs it to the client, where the NetBackup tar program writes
it on the client disk.
◆
If the storage unit is disk, bpdm uses the file path in a read request to the system disk
manager. The image is then read from disk and transmitted to the client, where the
NetBackup tar program writes it on the client disk. Only the part of the image that is
required to satisfy the restore request is sent to the client, not necessarily the entire
backup image.
Appendix A, Functional Overview
433
Backup and Restore Functional Description
Figure 11. Restore operation From Tape or Optical
UNIX Client
Server
NetBackup
User Interface
bprd
Master Server
Master
or
Media
Server
Media
Database
command
line
bprestore
bpcd
NetBackup
Media ID
bpcd
bpbrm
bptm
Ta
pe
req
ue
st
ou
n
age
m
434
Client
Disk
t
Notes:
* For detail on this component, see
Media Manager Functional
Description later in this chapter.
NetBackup
tar
bptm
Im
kup
Bac
ltid *
age
p Im
u
k
Bac
Sha
r
Mem ed
ory
Tape or Optical
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Backup and Restore Functional Description
Restores - Windows 95/98 Clients
NetBackup supports the same types of restore operations on Windows 95 and 98 clients as
it does for UNIX clients. The next figure shows the client processes involved in these
operations. On this figure:
◆
The user interface program on Windows 95/98 is called NBWIN. The bprestore and
bplist functions are merged into NBWIN.
◆
The NetBackup client daemon is called BPCDW32. The NetBackup tar functions are
merged into BPCDW32.
The server processes are the same as described for UNIX.
Windows 95/98 Client
Server
For details on the server processes,
see Backups and Archives - UNIX
Clients earlier in this chapter.
NetBackup
User Interface
Request
bprd
NBWIN
BPCDW32
bptm
or
bpdm
Backu
ge
p Ima
Client Disk
Appendix A, Functional Overview
435
Backup and Restore Functional Description
Restores - Windows NT/2000 Clients
NetBackup supports the same types of operations on Windows NT/2000 clients as it does
for UNIX clients. The next figure shows the client processes involved in these operations.
◆
The user interface program on Windows NT/2000 is called NBWIN.
◆
BPINETD is part of NetBackup for Windows NT/2000 and serves the same purpose
as inetd on UNIX.
◆
The NetBackup client daemon is called BPCD.
◆
TAR32 is part of NetBackup for Windows NT/2000 and serves the same purpose as
NetBackup tar on UNIX.
The server processes are the same as described for UNIX.
Windows NT/2000 Client
Server
For details on the server processes,
see Backups and Archives - UNIX
Clients earlier in this chapter.
bprd
NetBackup
User Interface
Request
bpbrm
NBWIN
BPINETD
BPCD
bptm
Backu
p Imag
e
TAR32
Client Disk
436
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Backup and Restore Functional Description
Restores - NetWare Clients
NetBackup supports the same types of restore operations on NetWare clients as it does on
UNIX clients. The next figure shows the client processes involved in these operations. On
this figure:
◆
The NetWare nontarget user interface program is called NBNW95 on Windows 95 and
98 clients and NBNWNT on Windows NT/2000 clients. The NetWare target user
interface program is BP on the Netware console. The bprestore and bplist
functions are merged into the user interface programs on the clients.
◆
The NetBackup NetWare client daemon is called BPCD. The NetBackup tar functions
are merged into BPCD.
The server processes are the same as described for UNIX.
Server
NetWare Client
For details on the server processes,
see Backups and Archives - UNIX
Clients earlier in this chapter.
Request
bprd
NetBackup
User Interface
NBNW95 (NetWare nontarget on 95, 98)
NBNWNT (NetWare nontarget on NT/2000)
BP (on NetWare)
BPCD (NetWare)
bptm
or
bpdm
Image
Backup
Client Disk
Appendix A, Functional Overview
437
Backup and Restore Functional Description
Restores - Macintosh Clients
NetBackup supports the same types of operations on Macintosh clients as it does for
UNIX clients. The next figure shows the client processes involved in restoring files to a
Macintosh.
Server
Macintosh Client
For details on the server processes,
see Backups and Archives - UNIX
Clients earlier in this chapter.
NetBackup
User Interface
Request
bprd
NetBackupBPRESTORE
NetBackupBPCLIMAGELIST
NetBackupBPLIST
NetBackupListen
bpbrm
NetBackupBPCD
bptm
Im
Backup
age
Client
Disk
◆
NetBackupBPRESTORE is a faceless background application that NetBackup
launches in order to start a user-directed restore.
◆
NetBackupCLIMAGELIST is a faceless background application that NetBackup
launches in order to get a list of backup images from the master server.
◆
NetBackupBPLIST is a faceless background application that NetBackup launches in
order to get a list of backed up files from the master server.
◆
The application extension NetBackupListen starts executing when the Macintosh
is booted and listens on the BPCD port number for backup requests from a NetBackup
server. When NetBackupListen gets a request, it launches the faceless background
application NetBackupBPCD.
◆
NetBackupBPCD handles the request in the same way as the UNIX bpcd.
NetBackupBPCD also includes NetBackup tar functionality.
The server processes are the same as described for UNIX.
438
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Backup and Restore Functional Description
NetBackup Directories and Files
Figure 12 shows the NetBackup file and directory structure on UNIX servers and clients.
If a host is only a client and not a server, then only the files in the lower part of Figure 12
are present. If a host is both a client and a server, the client component shares files as
necessary from those in the upper part of Figure 12.
A Windows NetBackup server has equivalent files and directories that are located in the
directory where NetBackup is installed (C:\Program Files\Veritas by default).
Table 5 describes the files and directories that are of special interest.
Figure 12. NetBackup Directories and Files - UNIX Servers and Clients
NetBackup Server
/usr/openv/netbackup
bin/
bp.conf client/* db/
...
exclude_list
include_list help/
...
logs/ release_notes version
...
goodies/ admincmd/
...
* Not used on a media server
NetBackup UNIX Client
/usr/openv/netbackup
bin/
bp.conf
...
Appendix A, Functional Overview
help/
logs/
...
...
exclude_list
include_list
439
Backup and Restore Functional Description
Table 5. NetBackup Directories and Files - Servers and UNIX Clients
File or Directory
Contents
bin
Commands, scripts, programs, daemons, and files required for
NetBackup operation and administration. On a server, there are
two subdirectories under bin.
admincmd: Contains various commands used internally by
NetBackup. Use these commands ONLY if they are documented.
Most of these commands are not documented and should not be
used directly.
goodies (UNIX only): Contains scripts and information that may
be useful to the administrator.
These subdirectories are not present on clients.
440
bp.conf
Configuration file where you can specify various options for
NetBackup operation. The NetBackup System Administrator’s Guide
has a detailed explanation of each option and how to set it. On a
Windows server, these options are set in the interface.
client
NetBackup client software that is installed on the clients during
the installation process. Do not install this directory on a media
server.
db
NetBackup databases as described in Table 7.
exclude_list
On UNIX clients, this file contains a list of files and directories to
exclude from scheduled backups. The NetBackup System
Administrator’s Guide explains how to use this file.
help
Help files used by NetBackup programs. These files are in ASCII
format.
include_list
On UNIX clients, this file contains a list where you can specify a
subset of the exclude list to add back into scheduled backups. The
NetBackup System Administrator’s Guide explains how to use this
file.
logs
Detailed debug logs for NetBackup processes. You must create the
necessary subdirectories in order for these log files to be written
(see Chapter 3Chapter 3). See Table 6 for an explanation of the
processes that produce the logs.
release_notes
NetBackup release notes in ASCII format, so you can conveniently
view or print them.
version
Version and release date of the software.
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Backup and Restore Functional Description
NetBackup Programs and Daemons
Table 6 describes the programs and daemons that provide most of the control for backup,
archive, and restore operations. The explanations include what starts and stops the
program or daemon, and the debug log subdirectory (if any) where it records its activities.
(You must create the subdirectory manually; see “logs” in the previous table, and
Chapter 3Chapter 3.)
Table 6. NetBackup Daemons and Programs
Program/
Daemon
Description
bp
On UNIX clients, this menu-driven, character-based interface
program has options for starting user-directed backups, restores,
and archives.
Started By: /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bp command on
the client.
Stopped By: Exiting the interface program.
Debug Log: /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/bp on the client.
The debug logs for bpbackup, bparchive, bprestore, and
bplist also have information about bp activities.
BP.NLM
On NetWare target clients, this is the NetWare Loadable Module
that starts the client-user interface.
Started By: LOAD BP command.
Stopped By: Choosing Quit Utility from the main menu.
Debug Log: SYS:\OPENV\NETBACK\LOGS\BP\mmddyy.log
file on the client.
bpadm
On a UNIX master server, this administrator utility has a
menu-driven, character-based, interface with options for
configuring and managing NetBackup.
Started By: /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bpadm command
on the master server.
Stopped By: Quit option from within bpadm.
Debug Log: admin.log on the server.
bparchive
On UNIX clients, this program communicates with bprd on the
master server when a user starts an archive.
Started By: Starting an archive by using the client-user interface
or executing the /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bparchive
command on the client.
Stopped By: Completion of operation.
Debug Log: bparchive.log on the client.
Appendix A, Functional Overview
441
Backup and Restore Functional Description
Table 6. NetBackup Daemons and Programs (continued)
Program/
Daemon
Description
bpbackup
On UNIX clients, this program communicates with bprd on the
master server when a user starts a backup.
Started By: Starting a backup by using the client-user interface
or executing the /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bpbackup
command on the client.
Stopped By: Completion of operation
Debug Log: bpbackup.log on the client.
bpblr
On UNIX clients, the Block-Level Restore program calls the VfMS
mapping methods and is used to restore NetBackup for EMC
Fastrax images.
Started By: For each NetBackup for EMC Fastrax restore, bpcd
starts an instance of bpblr on the client.
Stopped By: Completion of restore operation.
Debug Log: bpblr.log on the client.
bpbrm
On master and media servers, the Backup/Restore Manager
manages the client and media manager processes and uses error
status from both to determine the final status of backup or restore
operations.
Started By: For each backup or restore, bpsched starts an
instance of bpbrm on the server with the appropriate storage
unit.
Stopped By: Completion of operation.
Debug Log: bpbrm.log on the server.
bpbkar
On UNIX clients (except Apollos), the Backup/Archive Manager
generates the backup images.
Started By: bpbrm on the server with the storage unit.
Stopped By: Completion of operation.
Debug Log: bpbkar.log on the client.
BPBKAR32
On Windows clients, the Backup/Archive Manager generates the
backup images.
Started By: BPCDW32 on the client.
Stopped By: Completion of operation.
Debug Log: BPBKAR.LOG file in the NetBackup logs directory
on the client.
442
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Backup and Restore Functional Description
Table 6. NetBackup Daemons and Programs (continued)
Program/
Daemon
Description
bpdbm
On master servers, the NetBackup database manager program
that manages the configuration, error, and file databases.
Started By: bprd (also by
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/initbpdbm on UNIX)
Stopped By: /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bpdbm
-terminate command on UNIX and by stopping the
NetBackup Database Manager service on Windows.
Debug Log: bpdbm.log on the server.
bpdm
On master and media servers, bpdm is the disk-media manager
and is used when the storage unit type is a disk. This program
manages the transfer of images between the client and the
operating-system disk manager on the server to which the disk
attaches.
Started By: For each backup or restore, bpbrm starts an instance
of bpdm, on the server with the storage unit.
Stopped By: Completion of operation.
Debug Log: bpdm.log on the server.
bphdb
On UNIX database-extension clients, bphdb starts the
NetBackup hot-database-backup program (see the applicable
NetBackup installation guide for more information).
Started By: Client-user interface when the user starts a database
backup or restore operation.
Stopped By: Completion of operation.
Debug Log: bphdb.log on the client. With NetBackup for
Oracle, bphdb also writes to
/usr/openv/netbackup/logs/obackup_tape.
bpjava-msvc
NetBackup-Java master server application program. This
program runs on all NetBackup UNIX systems and authenticates
users that start the NetBackup-Java interface programs.
Started By: inetd during startup of the NetBackup Java
interfaces.
Stopped By: When authentication is complete.
Debug Log: /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/bpjava-msvc
444
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Backup and Restore Functional Description
Table 6. NetBackup Daemons and Programs (continued)
Program/
Daemon
Description
bpjava-usvc
NetBackup-Java user server application program. This program
services all requests from the NetBackup-Java user and
administration interfaces.
Started By: bpjava-msvc upon successful login through the
Login dialog box that is presented when a NetBackup-Java
interface is started.
Stopped By: When the interface program is terminated.
Debug Log: /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/bpjava-usvc
bprd
On master servers, the request daemon responds to client and
administrative requests for the following:
◆ Restores
◆ Backups (scheduled and user-directed)
◆ Archives
◆ List backed up or archived files
◆ Manual immediate backups (started through the NetBackup
administration interface manual backup option)
Started By: Initiate Request Daemon option in the NetBackup
administrator interface (also the
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/initbprd command).
Stopped By: Terminate Request Daemon option in the
NetBackup administrator interface.
Debug Log: bprd.log on the server.
bplist
On UNIX clients, this program communicates with bprd on the
master server when a user browses the database during a restore
operation.
Started By: Starting a search of the image database by using the
client-user interface or executing the
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bplist command on the
client.
Stopped By: Completion of operation
Debug Log: bplist.log on the client.
bprestore
On UNIX clients, this program communicates with bprd on the
master server when a user starts a restore.
Started By: Starting restore by using the client-user interface (or
by executing the /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bprestore
command on the client).
Stopped By: Completion of operation
Debug Log: bprestore.log on the client.
Appendix A, Functional Overview
445
Backup and Restore Functional Description
Table 6. NetBackup Daemons and Programs (continued)
Program/
Daemon
Description
bpsched
On master servers, the Scheduler uses policy information from
the NetBackup configuration databases to determine:
◆ Clients to start and when to start them.
◆ Storage units to use for backups and archives.
Started By: bprd for the following operations:
◆ User-directed backups and archives
◆ Immediate manual backups (started through the option that
is available in the NetBackup administrator interface)
◆ Scheduled automatic incremental or full backups. In this case,
bprd starts the scheduler at intervals determined by the
wakeup interval global attribute.
Stopped By: Completion of all backups that are due.
Debug Log: bpsched.log on the server.
bptm
On master and media servers, bptm is the tape-media manager
and is used when the storage unit type is Media Manager. This
program manages transfer of images between the client and the
storage device. It also handles communication between the
backup and Media Manager software. In addition, bptm
manages the NetBackup media database and provides
information for the media list report screen.
Started By: For each backup or restore, bpbrm starts an instance
of bptm on the server that has the storage unit.
Stopped By: Completion of operation.
Debug Log: bptm.log on the server.
BPSRV.EXE
On NetWare nontarget clients, this is the program that allows the
system that has the client-user interface to communicate with the
Netware server that is the NetBackup client.
Started By: Starting NetBackup for NetWare.
Stopped By: Exiting the client-user interface.
Debug Log: BPSRV.LOG file in the NetBackup LOGS directory
on the client.
BPSYS.EXE
On Windows NT/2000 clients, this is the NetBackup System
Registry Replacement utility.
Started By: NetBackup as required.
Stopped By: Completion of operation.
Debug Log: BPSYS.LOG file in the NetBackup LOGS directory
on the client.
446
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Backup and Restore Functional Description
Table 6. NetBackup Daemons and Programs (continued)
Program/
Daemon
Description
jbpSA
A Java-based program for performing backups, archives and
restores of UNIX clients.
Started By: On UNIX, the
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/jbpSA command.
Debug Log: None, although the log for the bpbackup,
bparchive, bplist, and bprestore commands on the client
can be useful. Also, the logs for bpjava-msvc and
bpjava-usvc can be helpful.
jnbSA
A Java-based administration utility for managing NetBackup and
Media Manager on UNIX. In addition, administration of
supported UNIX systems can be performed by using the
NetBackup-Java Windows Display Console on a Windows
system.
Started By: On UNIX, the
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/jnbSA command. On a
NetBackup-Java Windows Display console, the NetBackup - Java
on host menu item on the Programs/NetBackup menu.
Stopped By: Exit option in jnbSA.
Debug Log: None, although the logs for bpjava-msvc and
bpjava-usvc can be helpful.
ndmpmoveragent
On the NetBackup media server (UNIX), this daemon acts as an
NDMP server in a type of three-way backup called Remote
NDMP.
Started By: Executing
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/ndmpmoveragent.start.
Stopped By: Executing
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/ndmpmoveragent.stop.
Debug Log:
/usr/openv/netbackup/logs/ndmpmoveragent
NDMP Mover Agent
On the NetBackup media server (Windows), this service acts as
an NDMP server in a type of three-way backup called Remote
NDMP.
Started By: Executing
install_path/netbackup/bin/InstallNdmpMoverAgent
path_of_NetBackup_binaries
Stopped By:Executing
install_path/netbackup/bin/InstallNdmpMoverAgent -r.
Debug Log:
install_path/netbackup/logs/ndmpmoveragent
Appendix A, Functional Overview
447
Backup and Restore Functional Description
Table 6. NetBackup Daemons and Programs (continued)
Program/
Daemon
Description
NBWIN.EXE
For Windows clients, this is the executable file that starts the
client-user interface on Windows systems.
Started By: From the Windows Start menu, under Programs/
NetBackup.
Stopped By: Exiting the client-user interface.
Debug Log: mmddyy.log file in the NBWIN directory on the
client.
NBNWNT.EXE
For NetWare nontarget clients, this is the executable file that
starts the client-user interface on Windows systems.
Started By: From the Windows Start menu, under Programs/
NetBackup.
Stopped By: Exiting the client-user interface.
Debug Log: none.
NBNW95.EXE
For NetWare nontarget clients, this is the executable file that
starts the client-user interface on Windows 98/95 systems.
Started By: From the Windows Start menu, under Programs/
NetBackup.
Stopped By: Exiting the client-user interface.
Debug Log: none.
NetBackupBPCD
A faceless background application installed in the
System:Extensions folder on the startup volume of a
Macintosh client. The Macintosh equivalents of the UNIX
bpbkar and tar commands are merged into NetBackupBPCD.
Started By: When NetBackupListen receives a request from a
server it launches NetBackupBPCD.
Stopped By: Completion of operation.
Debug Log: Log files in the
System:Preferences:NetBackup:bpcd folder, which is in
the NetBackup folder, in the Preferences folder, in the System
folder on the startup volume.
448
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Backup and Restore Functional Description
Table 6. NetBackup Daemons and Programs (continued)
Program/
Daemon
Description
NetBackupListen
An applications extension installed in the System:Extensions
folder on the startup volume of a Macintosh client. It starts when
the Macintosh is booted and runs in the background until the
Macintosh is shut down. NetBackupListen listens on the
BPCD port number for requests from NetBackup servers and
launches NetBackupBPCD when a request is received.
Started By: When the Macintosh boots.
Stopped By: When the Macintosh is shut down.
Debug Log: Log files in the
System:Preferences:NetBackup:inetd folder on the
startup volume.
tar
On UNIX clients, the Tape ARchive program is a special version
of tar provided with NetBackup and used to restore images.
Started By: For each restore, bpbrm starts an instance of tar on
the client.
Stopped By: Completion of restore operation.
Debug Log: tar.log on the client.
TAR32
On Windows clients, the TAR32 program is a special version of
tar provided with NetBackup and used to restore images.
Started By: For each restore, NetBackup starts an instance of
TAR32 on the client.
Stopped By: Completion of restore operation.
Debug Log: TAR.LOG in the NetBackup logs directory on the
client.
xbp
Graphical display based client-user interface, on UNIX clients,
with options for starting user-directed backups, restores, and
archives. Functionally, it is very similar to the menu version, bp.
Started By: /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/xbp command on
the client.
Stopped By: Quit option in xbp.
Debug Log: None, although the log for the bpbackup,
bparchive, bplist, and bprestore commands on the client
may also be useful for debugging problems with xbp.
Appendix A, Functional Overview
449
Media Manager Functional Description
NetBackup Databases
Table 7 describes the NetBackup databases. These databases contain information that is
used internally by NetBackup and reside in the /usr/openv/netbackup/db directory
on UNIX servers and in the install_path\NetBackup\db directory on Windows
NetBackup servers.
Table 7. NetBackup Databases
Database
Contents
config
Configuration information. This database resides on the master server
and has three parts:
policy: Contains information about each NetBackup policy.
config: Contains information about global attributes, storage units,
and database backups.
altnames: Contains information about client names for restores.
error
Error and status information about NetBackup operations. This
database resides on the master server and has two parts:
error: Contains information recorded during backup operations and
used in the NetBackup reports.
failure_history: Contains daily history of backup errors.
images
Information about the backup images and resides only on the master
server. One of the files in the images directory is the file database.
The file database is the one that NetBackup accesses when a user
browses for files to restore.
jobs
Job information that is used by the NetBackup job monitor (UNIX
NetBackup server) and activity monitor (Windows NetBackup
server). The Jobs database is on the master server
media
Media related information used by bptm. Each master or media server
has a media database with media information for the images stored on
that server’s storage units.
The media database also has an errors file that contains error history
information for media and devices.
Media Manager Functional Description
This section explains the operation of Media Manager software and contains the following
discussions:
450
◆
Startup Process
◆
Media and Device Management Process
◆
Barcode Operations
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Media Manager Functional Description
◆
Media Manager Components
Note In this section, the term Media Manager refers to the media and device
management software that is part of NetBackup on either a UNIX or Windows
NetBackup server.
Startup Process
Media Manager is part of NetBackup but, on UNIX, can also be run independently and
used by other applications, such as Storage Migrator. The easiest way to start Media
Manager is to initiate all the necessary processes during system startup on all servers that
have devices under control of Media Manager.
ltid automatically starts other daemons and programs as necessary. Figure 13 shows the
Media Manager daemons that should be running after initial startup. In the case of robotic
daemons, such as ts8d and rsmd, the associated robot must also be configured for the
daemon to run. See Table 9 for other ways to start and stop these daemons.
As shown on Figure 13, the LMF, TL8, TLH, and TLD, require two types of daemons:
robotic and robotic control.
◆
Each host with a robotic drive attached must have a robotic daemon. These daemons
provide the interface between ltid and the robot or, if different drives within a robot
can attach to different hosts, the robotic daemon communicates with a robotic-control
daemon (see below).
◆
Robotic-control daemons centralize the control of robots when drives within a robot
can connect to different hosts. A robotic-control daemon receives mount and
unmount requests from the robotic daemon on the host to which the drive is attached
and then communicates these requests to the robot.
You must know the hosts involved in order to start all the daemons for a robot.
Appendix A, Functional Overview
451
Media Manager Functional Description
Figure 13. Starting Media Manager
acsd
Automated
Cartridge System
Imfd
Library
Management
Facility
Execute:
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/ltid
Imfcd
Optical Disk
Library
odld
ltid
Removable
Storage Manager (Windows
2000 only)
rsmd
Tape Library
4mm
tl4d
vmd
452
tl8d
tl8cd
Tape Library
8mm
tldd
tldcd
Tape Library
DLT
tlhd
tlhcd
Tape Library
Half-inch
avrd
tlmd
Tape Library
Multimedia
ts8d
Tape Stacker
8mm
tsdd
Tape Stacker
DLT
tshd
Tape Stacker
Half-inch
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Media Manager Functional Description
Media and Device Management Process
When the Media Manager daemons are running, NetBackup, Storage Migrator (UNIX
only), Storage Migrator for Microsoft Exchange (Windows only), or other users can
initiate data storage or retrieval by sending a request for the required media ID to the
Media Manager device daemon, ltid (Figure 14). ltid determines the location of the
requested media ID by sending a query to the Media Manager volume daemon, vmd. The
volume daemon then returns the information it has about the media, including: robot
number, robot type, host, slot, and barcode.
If the media is in a robot, ltid sends a mount request to the robotic daemon that manages
the drives in the robot that are configured on the local host. The robotic daemon then
chooses an available drive, mounts the media, and sets a drive busy status in memory
shared by itself and ltid. If it receives another mount request, ltid checks that status to
determine which (if any) drives are available. Drive busy status also appears in the Device
Monitor.
Assuming that the media is physically in the robot, the media is mounted and the
operation proceeds. If not a NetBackup backup job and the media is not in the robot, ltid
sends a mount request, which appears as a pending request in the Device Monitor. An
operator must then insert the media in the robot and use the appropriate Device Monitor
command to resubmit the request so the mount request can occur. For a NetBackup job, if
the media is not in the robot, ltid sends a mount request which is then canceled once the
media is determined to be missing and another volume is selected to be mounted.
A mount request is also issued if the media is for a nonrobotic (standalone) drive and the
drive does not contain media that meets the criteria in the request. If the request is from
NetBackup and the drive does contain appropriate media, then that media is
automatically assigned and the operation proceeds. See the NetBackup System Administrator’s
Guide for more information on NetBackup media selection for nonrobotic drives.
Note When a tape is being mounted, the drive_mount_notify script is called. This
script is in the /usr/openv/volmgr/bin directory. Information on the script can
be found within the script itself. A similar script is called for the unmount process
(drive_unmount_notify, in the same directory).
When a robotic volume is added or removed through the media access port, the media
management utility communicates with the appropriate robotic daemon to verify the
volume location and/or barcode. The media management utility (through a library or
command-line interface) also calls the robotic daemon for robot inventory operations.
Appendix A, Functional Overview
453
Media Manager Functional Description
Figure 14. Media and Device Management Example Process
User
Volume
Database
new
Device
Monitor
NetBackup
t
ues
Req
Device-management
utility
Storage
Migrator
me
Request media ID
dia
ID
Device
Database
Where is
media ID?
ltid
Media-management
utility
vmd
nt
ou
M
t/e
j ec
t
in
je
c
Non-robotic
drives
ID
QIC
ia
ed
m
Mount media ID
EXB8500
odld
454
tl8d
Mo
u
nt
m
ed
ia
Client
Disk
ID
tl8cd
Robotic control
Robotic control
Optical Disk
Library
Inventory barcodes
or inject/eject
Tape Library
TL8
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Media Manager Functional Description
Barcode Operations
Barcode reading is mainly a function of the robot hardware rather than Media Manager.
When a robot has a barcode reader, it scans any barcode that may be on a tape and stores
the code in its internal memory. This associates the slot number and the barcode of the
tape in that slot. Media Manager determines that association for its own use by
interrogating the robot.
If a robot supports barcodes, Media Manager automatically compares a tape’s barcode to
what is in the volume database as an extra measure of verification before mounting the
tape.
Media Requests Involving Barcodes
A request for media that is in a robot that can read barcodes begins in the same manner as
other requests (see Figure 15). The Media Manager device daemon, ltid, determines the
location of the requested media ID by querying the Media Manager volume daemon, vmd.
The volume daemon then returns the information it has about the media, including: robot
number, robot type, host, slot, and barcode.
ltid includes the media ID and location information in a mount request to the robotic
daemon for the robot that has the media ID. This request causes the robotic daemon to
query the robotic-control daemon or the robot for the barcode of the tape in the
designated slot. (This is a preliminary check to see if the correct media is in the slot). The
robot returns the barcode value it has in memory. The robotic daemon compares this
barcode with the value it received from ltid and takes one of the following actions.
◆
If the barcodes don’t match, and the mount request is not for a NetBackup backup job,
the robotic daemon informs ltid and a pending action request (Misplaced Tape)
appears in the Device Monitor. An operator must then insert the correct tape in the
slot.
◆
If the barcodes don’t match and the mount request is for a NetBackup backup job, the
robotic daemon informs ltid and the mount request is canceled. NetBackup (bptm)
then selects another volume to mount.
◆
If the barcodes match, the robotic daemon requests the robot to move the tape to a
drive. The robot then mounts the tape. At the start of the operation, the application
(for example, NetBackup) checks the media ID and if it also matches what should be
in this slot, the operation proceeds. For NetBackup, a wrong media ID results in a
“media manager found wrong tape in drive” error (NetBackup status code 93).
Appendix A, Functional Overview
455
Media Manager Functional Description
Figure 15. Barcode Request
Device-management
utility
User
Storage
Migrator
NetBackup
Volume
Database
Request media ID
Where is
media ID?
vmd
ltid
Media-management
utility
Location
u
Mo
ID
dia
me
nt
Robot inventory request
or inject/eject
tl8d
tl8cd
1
What is
barcode?
2
Barcode
3
Mount
tape
Tape Library
TL8
456
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Media Manager Functional Description
Media Manager Components
Media Manager Directories and Files
Figure 16 shows the file and directory structure for Media Manager on a UNIX server. A
Windows NetBackup server has equivalent files and directories that are located in the
directory where NetBackup is installed (C:\Program Files\Veritas by default).
Table 8 describes the directories and files that are of special interest.
Figure 16. Media Manager Directories and Files
/usr/openv/volmgr
bin/
database/
debug/
help/
version vm.conf2 misc
. ..
driver/
format/
goodies
tpcommand/1
ltid/1
daemon/1
reqlib/1
acssi/2
1 Created by administrator to enable debug
logging.
2 Created by administrator or automatically
by media management utilities.
Appendix A, Functional Overview
457
Media Manager Functional Description
Caution DO NOT under any circumstances attempt to modify the Media Manager
databases. These files are for internal program use only and changing them will
result in program failure and possible loss of data. It is also recommended that
they not be moved to another host.
Table 8. Media Manager Directories and Files
File or Directory
Contents
bin
Commands, scripts, programs, daemons, and files required for
Media Manager operation and administration. There are three
subdirectories under bin.
driver: Contains SCSI drivers used on various platforms to control
robotics.
format: Disk format information for optical platters on Solaris
platforms.
goodies: Contains vmconf script and scan utility.
database
Media Manager databases contain information about the drives,
robots, and media that are under Media Manager control.
The volume database that usually resides on the master server
contains volume information for multiple media servers.
debug
Debug logs for the Media Manager volume daemon, vmd, and all
requesters of vmd, ltid, and device configuration. The
administrator must create these directories for debug logging to
occur.
help
Help files used by Media Manager programs. These files are in
ASCII format.
version
Version and release date of the software.
vm.conf
Media manager configuration options.
misc
Lock files and temporary files required by various components of
Media Manager.
Programs and Daemons
Table 9 describes the Media Manager programs and daemons. The explanations include
what starts and stops the program or daemon, and the log (if any) where it records its
activities. On UNIX, all of the components discussed in this table reside under
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin. On Windows, they reside under install_path\volmgr\bin.
458
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Media Manager Functional Description
Table 9. Media Manager Daemons and Programs
Program/
Daemon
Description
acsd
The Automated Cartridge System daemon interfaces with the Automated
Cartridge System and communicates with the server that controls the ACS
robotics through the acsssi process (UNIX) or the STK Libattach Service
(Windows). Also, for UNIX see the acsssi and acssel programs.
Started By: Starting ltid (or on UNIX, independently by using the
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/ascd command.
Stopped By: Stopping ltid (or on UNIX, independently by finding the
PID (process id) and then using the kill command).
Debug Log: All errors are logged in the system log. Debug information is
included by adding VERBOSE to the Media Manager configuration file,
vm.conf. On UNIX, debug information is also included by starting the
daemon with the -v option (either by itself or through ltid) or by putting
VERBOSE in the vm.conf file.
acssel
Available only on UNIX. See the Media Manager System Administrator’s
Guide (UNIX or Windows) for details.
acsssi
Available only on UNIX. See the Media Manager System Administrator’s
Guide (UNIX or Windows) for details.
avrd
The automatic-volume-recognition daemon controls automatic volume
assignment and label scanning. This lets Media Manager read labeled tape
and optical disk volumes and to automatically assign the associated
removable media to requesting processes.
Started By: Starting ltid (or on UNIX, independently by using the
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/avrd command).
Stopped By: Stopping ltid, (or on UNIX, independently by finding the
PID (process id) and then using the kill command).
Debug Log: All errors are logged in the system log. Debug information is
included by adding VERBOSE to the Media Manager configuration file,
vm.conf. On UNIX, debug information is also included by aborting avrd
and starting the daemon with the -v option.
Appendix A, Functional Overview
459
Media Manager Functional Description
Table 9. Media Manager Daemons and Programs (continued)
Program/
Daemon
Description
lmfd
The Library Management Facility daemon works in conjunction with
lmfcd to handle requests to robots controlled by a Fujitsu Library
Management Facility (LMF). lmfd provides the interface between the
local ltid and the robotic control (lmfcd) in the same manner as
explained later for tl8d. This robot is only available on Solaris.
Started By: Starting ltid (or independently by using the
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/lmfd command).
Stopped By: Stopping ltid or independently by finding the PID
(process id) and then using the kill command).
Debug Log: All errors are logged in the system log. Debug information is
included if the daemon is started with the -v option (either by itself or
through ltid) or by adding VERBOSE to the vm.conf file.
ltid
The device demon (UNIX) or NetBackup Device Manager service
(Windows) controls the reservation and assignment of tapes and optical
disks.
Started By: /usr/openv/volmgr/bin/ltid command on UNIX or
Stop/Restart Device Management command in Media and Device
Management window on Windows.
Stopped By: /usr/openv/volmgr/bin/stopltid command on
UNIX or Stop/Restart Device Manager Service command in the Media
and Device Management window on Windows.
Debug Log: All errors are logged in the system log. Debug information is
included if the daemon is started with the -v option (available only on
UNIX) or adding VERBOSE to the vm.conf file.
odld
The Optical Disk Library daemon interfaces with the Optical Disk Library,
communicating with the robotics through a SCSI interface. This library is
not supported on Windows.
Started By: Starting ltid or independently by using the
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/odld command.
Stopped By: Stopping ltid or independently by finding the PID
(process id) and then using the kill command.
Debug Log: All errors are logged in the system log. Debug information is
included if the daemon is started with the -v option (either by itself or
through ltid) or adding VERBOSE to the vm.conf file.
460
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Media Manager Functional Description
Table 9. Media Manager Daemons and Programs (continued)
Program/
Daemon
Description
rsmd
The Removable Storage Manager daemon is the interface between ltid
and the Microsoft Windows 2000 Removable Storage Manager (RSM)
interface. The rsmd daemon runs only on Windows 2000 systems; note
that the system must have drives configured in RSM robots configured in
the Media Manager interface.
Started By: Starting ltid on Windows 2000 only.
Stopped By: Stopping ltid on Windows 2000 only.
Debug Log: All errors are logged in the system log. Debug information is
included in the system log as notifications.
tl4d
The Tape Library 4MM daemon is the interface between ltid and the
Tape Library 4MM and communicates with the robotics through a SCSI
interface.
Started By: Starting ltid (or on UNIX, independently by using the
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/tl4d command).
Stopped By: Stopping ltid (or on UNIX, independently by finding the
PID (process id) and then using the kill command).
Debug Log: All errors are logged in the system log. Debug information is
included by adding VERBOSE to the Media Manager configuration file,
vm.conf. On UNIX, debug information is also included by starting the
daemon with the -v option (either by itself or through ltid).
tl8d
The Tape Library 8MM daemon drives in the same TL8 robot may be
attached to different hosts than the robotic control. tl8d is the interface
between the local ltid and the robotic control. If a host has a device path
for a drive in a TL8 robot, then mount or unmount requests for that drive
go first to the local ltid and then to the local tl8d (all on the same host).
tl8d then forwards the request to tl8cd on the host that is controlling
the robot (could be on another host).
Started By: Starting ltid (or on UNIX, independently by using the
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/tl8d command).
Stopped By: Stopping ltid (or on UNIX, independently by finding the
PID (process id) and then using the kill command.
Debug Log: All errors are logged in the system log. Debug information is
included by adding VERBOSE to the Media Manager configuration file,
vm.conf. On UNIX, debug information is also included by starting the
daemon with the -v option (either by itself or through ltid).
Appendix A, Functional Overview
461
Media Manager Functional Description
Table 9. Media Manager Daemons and Programs (continued)
Program/
Daemon
Description
tl8cd
The Tape Library 8MM Control daemon provides the robotic control for a
TL8 robot and communicates with the robotics through a SCSI interface.
tl8cd receives mount and unmount requests from tl8d on the host to
which the drive is attached and then communicates these requests to the
robot.
Started By: Starting ltid (or on UNIX, independently by using the
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/tl8cd command).
Stopped By: Stopping ltid or by using the tl8cd -t command.
Debug Log: All errors are logged in the system log. Debug information is
included by adding VERBOSE to the Media Manager configuration file,
vm.conf. On UNIX, debug information is also included by starting the
daemon with the -v option (either by itself or through ltid).
tldd
The Tape Library DLT daemon works in conjunction with tldcd to
handle requests to TLD robots. tldd provides the interface between the
local ltid and the robotic control (tldcd) in the same manner as
explained previously for tl8d.
Started By: Starting ltid (or on UNIX, independently by using the
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/tldd command).
Stopped By: Stopping ltid (or on UNIX, independently by finding the
PID (process id) and then using the kill command).
Debug Log: All errors are logged in the system log. Debug information is
included by adding VERBOSE to the Media Manager configuration file,
vm.conf. On UNIX, debug information is also included by starting the
daemon with the -v option (either by itself or through ltid).
tldcd
The Tape Library DLT Control daemon provides robotic control for a TLD
robot in the same manner as explained previously for tl8cd.
Started By: Starting ltid (or on UNIX, independently by using the
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/tldcd command).
Stopped By: Using the tldcd -t command. Stopping ltid or by using
the tldcd -t command.
Debug Log: All errors are logged in the system log. Debug information is
included by adding VERBOSE to the Media Manager configuration file,
vm.conf. On UNIX, debug information is also included by starting the
daemon with the -v option (either by itself or through ltid).
462
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Media Manager Functional Description
Table 9. Media Manager Daemons and Programs (continued)
Program/
Daemon
Description
tlhd
The Tape Library Half-inch daemon works in conjunction with tlhcd to
handle requests to TLH robots that are in an IBM Automated Tape Library
(ATL). tlhd provides the interface between the local ltid and the robotic
control (tlhcd) in the same manner as explained previously for tl8d.
Started By: Starting ltid (or on UNIX, independently by using the
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/tlhd command).
Stopped By: Stopping ltid (or on UNIX, independently by finding the
PID (process id) and then using the kill command).
Debug Log: All errors are logged in the system log. Debug information is
included by adding VERBOSE to the Media Manager configuration file,
vm.conf. On UNIX, debug information is also included by starting the
daemon with the -v option (either by itself or through ltid).
tlhcd
The Tape Library Half-inch Control daemon provides robotic control for a
TLH robot that is in an IBM Automated Tape Library (ATL) in a similar
manner to that which was explained previously for tl8cd.
Started By: Starting ltid (or on UNIX, independently by using the
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/tlhcd command).
Stopped By: Stopping ltid or by using the tlhcd -t command.
Debug Log: All errors are logged in the system log. Debug information is
included if the daemon is started with the -v option (either by itself or
through ltid). The -v option is available only on UNIX. Also, add the
VERBOSE option to the vm.conf file.
tlmd
The Tape Library Multimedia daemon is the interface between ltid and a
TLM robot that is in an ADIC Distributed AML Server (DAS). This
daemon communicates with the TLM robotics through a network API
interface.
Started By: Starting ltid or independently by using the
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/tlmd command.
Stopped By: Stopping ltid or independently by finding the PID
(process id) and then using the kill command.
Debug Log: All errors are logged in the system log. Debug information is
included if the daemon is started with the -v option (either by itself or
through ltid). The -v option is available only on UNIX. Also, add the
VERBOSE option to the vm.conf file.
Appendix A, Functional Overview
463
Media Manager Functional Description
Table 9. Media Manager Daemons and Programs (continued)
Program/
Daemon
Description
tpconfig
tpconfig is a command line interface or interactive administrator utility
for configuring devices under Media Manager. The graphical user
interfaces provide equivalent functionality.
Started By: tpconfig command.
Stopped By: Quit option from within the utility on UNIX. On Windows,
tpconfig is only a command-line interface that runs to completion (no
quit option).
Debug Log: None
tsdd
The Tape Stacker DLT daemon is the interface between ltid and the DLT
tape stacker and communicates with the robotics through a SCSI interface.
Started By: Starting ltid (or on UNIX, independently by using the
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/tsdd command).
Stopped By: Stopping ltid (or on UNIX, independently by finding the
PID (process id) and then using the kill command).
Debug Log: All errors are logged in the system log. Debug information is
included by adding VERBOSE to the Media Manager configuration file,
vm.conf. On UNIX, debug information is also included by starting the
daemon with the -v option (either by itself or through ltid).
tshd
The Tape Stacker Half-inch daemon is the interface between ltid and the
half-inch-cartridge stacker and communicates with the robotics through a
SCSI interface. This robot is not supported on Windows.
Started By: Starting ltid (or on UNIX, independently by using the
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/tshd command).
Stopped By: Stopping ltid (or on UNIX, independently by finding the
PID (process id) and then using the kill command).
Debug Log: All errors are logged in the system log. Debug information is
included by adding VERBOSE to the Media Manager configuration file,
vm.conf. On UNIX, debug information is also included by starting the
daemon with the -v option (either by itself or through ltid).
464
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Media Manager Functional Description
Table 9. Media Manager Daemons and Programs (continued)
Program/
Daemon
Description
ts8d
The Tape Stacker 8MM daemon is the interface between ltid and the
8-mm Tape Stacker and communicates with the robotics through a SCSI
interface.
Started By: Starting ltid (or on UNIX, independently by using the
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/ts8d command).
Stopped By: Stopping ltid (or on UNIX, independently by finding the
PID (process id) and then using the kill command).
Debug Log: All errors are logged in the system log. Debug information is
included by adding VERBOSE to the Media Manager configuration file,
vm.conf. On UNIX, debug information is also included by starting the
daemon with the -v option (either by itself or through ltid).
vmd
The Media Manager volume daemon (NetBackup Volume Manager
service on Windows) manages the volume database, provides ltid with
the location of requested volumes, keeps track of the number of mounts
and last mount time for each volume, and allows remote administration
and control of Media Manager.
Started By: Starting ltid (or on UNIX, independently by using the
Initiate Media Manager Volume daemon option in vmadm)
Stopped By: Terminate Media Manager Volume Daemon option in
vmadm).
Debug Log: System log and also a debug log if the daemon or reqlib
debug directories exist (see “Debug Logs” on page 47).
vmadm
Available only on UNIX. An administrator utility with options for
configuring and managing volumes under control of Media Manager. It
has a menu-driven, character-based interface that can be used from
workstations that do not have graphical display capabilities.
Started By: /usr/openv/volmgr/bin/vmadm command
Stopped By: Quit option from within the utility.
Debug Log: /usr/openv/volmgr/debug/reqlib
Appendix A, Functional Overview
465
Media Manager Functional Description
466
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
B
Networks and Hostnames
In a configuration with multiple networks and clients with more than one hostname, the
NetBackup administrator must configure the policy entries carefully, at all times
considering the network configuration (physical, hostnames and aliases, DNS, routing
tables, and so on). This is especially true if the desire is to direct backup and restore data
across specific network paths.
For a backup, NetBackup connects to the host name as configured in the policy. The
operating system’s network code resolves this name and sends the connection across the
network path defined by the system’s routing tables.
For restores from the client, the client connects to the master server. On a Windows
system, the master server is specified on the Servers tab of the Specify NetBackup
Machines dialog box (to open this dialog, start the NetBackup client user interface and
click Specify NetBackup Machines on the Actions menu). The network path to the server
is determined by the client’s network code that maps the server name to an IP address.
Upon receipt of the connection, the server determines the client’s configured name from
the peername of its connection to the server.
The peername is derived from the IP address of the connection. This means that the
address must translate into a host name (using the gethostbyaddr() network routine).
This name is visible in the bprd debug log when a connection is made as in the line:
Connection from host peername ipaddress ...
The client’s configured name is then derived from the peername by querying the bpdbm
process (NetBackup Database Manager service).
The bpdbm process compares the peername to a list of client names generated from:
1. All clients for which a backup has been attempted
and
2. All clients in all policies
The comparison is first a simple string comparison which, if successful, is verified by
comparing hostnames and aliases retrieved by using the network function
gethostbyname().
467
If none of the comparisons succeed, a more brute force method is used, which compares
all names and aliases using gethostbyname().
The configured name is the first comparison that succeeds. Note that other comparisons
might also have succeeded if aliases or other “network names” are configured.
If the comparison fails, the client’s hostname as returned by the gethostname()
function on the client is used as the configured name. One example of why the
comparison could fail is the case where the client had changed its hostname but its new
hostname is not reflected in any policies yet.
These comparisons are logged in the bpdbm debug log if VERBOSE is set. You can
determine a client’s configured name by using the bpclntcmd command on the client.
For example:
# install_path\NetBackup\bin\bpclntcmd -pn
expecting response from server wind.abc.me.com
danr.abc.me.com danr 194.133.172.3 4823
Where the first output line identifies the server to which the request is directed and the
second output line is the server’s response in the following order:
◆
Peername of the connection to the server
◆
Configured name of the client
◆
IP address of the connection to the server
◆
Port number used in the connection
When the client connects to the server, it sends three names to the server:
◆
browse client
◆
requesting client
◆
destination client
The browse client name is used to identify the client files to list or restore from. The user
on the client can modify this name to restore files from another client. For example, on a
Windows client, the user can change the client name by using the client user interface (see
the user’s guide for instructions). For this to work, however, the administrator must also
have made a corresponding change on the server. For more information, refer to the
NetBackup System Administrator’s Guide for Windows.
The requesting client is the value from the gethostname() function on the client.
The destination client name is a factor only if an administrator is pushing a restore to a
client from a server. For a user restore, destination client and requesting client are the
same. For an administrator restore, the administrator can specify a different name for the
destination client.
468
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
By the time these names appear in the bprd debug log, the requesting client name has
been translated into the client’s configured name.
Depending on the particulars of the restore request (for example, from root on a server,
from a client, to a different client, and so on), the name used to connect back to the client
to complete the restore is either the client’s peername or its configured name.
When modifying client names in NetBackup policies to accommodate specific network
paths, the administrator needs to consider:
◆
The client name as configured on the client. On a Windows client, it is on the General
tab of the NetBackup Configuration dialog box. To open this dialog box, click
Configure on the Actions menu in the Backup, Archive, and Restore interface.
◆
The client as currently named in the policy configuration.
◆
Existing client backup and archive images as recorded in the images directory on the
master server. On a Windows NetBackup server this is the
install_path\NetBackup\db\images directory.
All of the above can require manual modification by the administrator if a client has
multiple network connections to the server and restores from the client fail due to a
connection-related problem.
If Domain Name Services are used and the (possibly unqualified) name that the
NetBackup client obtains through its gethostbyname() network function is unknown
to the Domain Name Service (DNS) on the master server, the master server can be unable
to reply to client requests. Whether this situation exists, depends on how the client and the
server are configured. If gethostbyname()on the client returns host names that are not
qualified to the extent that DNS on the master server can resolve them, then you will
encounter problems.
Although a possible solution is to reconfigure the client or the master server DNS hosts
file, this is not always desirable. For this reason, NetBackup provides a special file on the
master server. This file is:
install_path\NetBackup\db\altnames\host.xlate
You can create and edit this file to force the desired translation of NetBackup client host
names.
Each line in the host.xlate file has three elements: a numeric key and two hostnames.
Each line is left-justified, and each element of the line is separated by a space character.
key hostname_from_ client client_as_known_by_server
Where
◆
key is a numeric value used by NetBackup to specify the cases where the translation is
to be done. Currently this value must always be 0, indicating a configured name
translation.
Appendix B, Networks and Hostnames
469
◆
hostname_from_client is the value to translate. This must correspond to the name that
is obtained by the client’s gethostname() function and sent to the server in the
request.
◆
client_as_known_by_server is the name to substitute for hostname_from_client when
responding to requests. This name must be the name configured in the NetBackup
configuration on the master server and must also be known to the master server’s
network services.
For example, the line
0 danr danr.eng.aaa.com
specifies that when the master server receives a request for a configured client name
(numeric key 0), the name danr is always replaced by the name danr.eng.aaa.com. This
resolves the problem mentioned above, assuming that:
470
◆
The client’s gethostname() function returned danr.
◆
The master server’s network services gethostbyname() function did not recognize
the name danr.
◆
The client was configured and named in the NetBackup configuration as
danr.eng.aaa.com and this name is also known to network services on the master
server.
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
C
Robotic Test Utilities
Each of the robotic software packages includes a robotic test utility for communicating
directly with robotic peripherals. The tests are for diagnostic purposes and the only
documentation is the online help that you can view by entering a question mark (?) after
starting the utility. Specify -h to display the usage message.
Note Do not use the robotic test utilities when backups or restores are active. The tests
lock the robotic control path and prevent the corresponding robotic software from
performing actions, such as loading and unloading media. If a mount is requested,
the corresponding robotic process times out and goes to the DOWN state. This
usually results in a media mount timeout. Also, be certain to quit the utility when
your testing is complete.
If the robot has been configured (that is, added to the Media Manager device database),
start the robotic test utility by using the robtest command. This saves time, since robotic
and drive device paths are passed to the test utility automatically. The procedure is as
follows:
1. Execute the following command:
install_path\Volmgr\bin\robtest.exe
The test utility menu appears.
2. Select a robot and press Enter.
The test starts.
Note If the robot is not configured, you cannot use robtest and must execute the
command that applies to the robot you are testing (see below). However, in the case
of an RSM robot, the robot must be configured under NetBackup before a test can be
run. When the RSM robot has been configured, use the robtest command as
described above.
ACS
install_path\Volmgr\bin\acstest -r ACSLS_HOST
RSM
471
install_path\Volmgr\bin\rsmtest -r robotnumber roboticpath
TL4
install_path\Volmgr\bin\tl4test -r roboticpath
TL8
install_path\Volmgr\bin\tl8test -r roboticpath
TLD
install_path\Volmgr\bin\tldtest -r roboticpath
TLH
install_path\Volmgr\bin\tlhtest -r robotic_library_name
TLM
install_path\Volmgr\bin\tlmtest -r DAS_Hostname
TS8
install_path\Volmgr\bin\ts8test -r roboticpath
TSD
install_path\Volmgr\bin\tsdtest -r roboticpath
Note For more information on ACS, TLH, LMF, and TLM robotic control, see the
appendixes in the NetBackup DataCenter Media Manager System Administrator’s Guide for
Windows.
For more information on RSM robotic control, refer to the Microsoft Removable Storage Manager
(RSM) appendix in the NetBackup BusinessServer Media Manager System Administrator’s Guide for
Windows.
In the above commands, roboticpath is the full path to the device file for the robotic
control (SCSI). Refer to the Media Manager Device Configuration Guide for Windows and review
the chapter for your platform to find the appropriate value for roboticpath.
There is also an optional parameter that specifies the device file path for the drive(s) so
that SCSI unloading of the drive(s) can be done with this utility.
Usage is:
install_path <-p port -b bus -t target -l lan | -r roboticpath>
where: roboticpath is the changer name (eg., Changer0)
472
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
D
Backup Exec Tape Reader for NetBackup
Overview
This chapter explains problems that can occur when browsing or restoring from Backup
Exec media. For the procedures for restoring files backed up by Backup Exec, see the
Using the Backup Exec Tape Reader Option appendix in the NetBackup DataCenter System
Administrator’s Guide, or the NetBackup BusinessServer System Administrator’s Guide.
beconv Error Messages
The Backup Exec catalog converter utility (beconv) writes debugging information to the
NetBackup debug logs in the admin folder. The cause of a problem can be determined by
examining the debug logs.
This section describes the error messages specific to beconv. These messages are not
related to Media Manager or NetBackup status codes.
Message: Unable to connect to the Backup Exec engine on the local host
Explanation: Backup Exec services are not running on the host on which beconv is being
run.
Recommended Action:
Check whether the Backup Exec services are running. Start them if needed. The Backup
Exec services are the following:
◆
Backup Exec 8.x Agent Browser
◆
Backup Exec 8.x Alert Server
◆
Backup Exec 8.x Device & Media Service
◆
Backup Exec 8.x Job Engine
◆
Backup Exec 8.x Naming Service
◆
Backup Exec 8.x Notification Server
◆
Backup Exec 8.x Server
473
beconv Error Messages
Message: No device of the appropriate type found for this media
Explanation: NetBackup does not have any drives configured that match the base media
type of the Backup Exec media.
For example: If the Backup Exec media has media type dlt, there should be at least one
NetBackup drive whose drive type is dlt, dlt2 or dlt3.
Recommended Action: Configure drives of the appropriate drive type. Use the Device
Configuration Wizard or another device configuration interface in NetBackup.
Message: Media is not assigned to the local NetBackup media server
Explanation: This happens when beconv associates a Backup Exec media with a volume
record in the Media Manager volume database either by a barcode, GUID, or slot match,
but the volume is not assigned to the local NetBackup media server. This situation is
detected when the volume record in the Media Manager volume database is assigned, but
the volume is not present in the NetBackup media database of the local host. This is an
error condition, because Backup Exec media will only be mounted on the local host. Such
Backup Exec media should only be assigned to the local NetBackup media server.
Recommended Action: Examine the Media Manager volume record and determine to
which media server it is assigned. There is no direct method to obtain the assigned media
server, other than by checking all media servers. The status field in the volume record
indicates the application owner. If it does not need to be assigned to that media server,
manually expire the media and run beconv again.
Caution Do not unassign media in Media Manager. Unassigning volumes in Media
Manager may lead to inconsistencies between the application media database
and the Media Manager volume database, leading to possible data loss.
Message: A mismatch between media type and robot type detected
Explanation: This happens when beconv associates Backup Exec media with a volume
record in the Media Manager volume database either by a barcode or GUID match, but
the robot type of the record does not have a drive available to match the media type of the
Backup Exec media.
For example: The Backup Exec ADAMM database says that Backup Exec media
BE-Media, having barcode EFG00, media type dlt, is in Backup Exec robot Exabyte-210.
Backup Exec robot Exabyte-210 corresponds to Media Manager robot tld (0). The Media
Manager volume database for robot tld(0) contains a media record EFG000, having
barcode EFG00, media type 4mm, belonging to robot tl4(1).
This is an error because a Backup Exec media of type dlt, having barcode EFG00 cannot be
associated with a Media Manager volume record having media type 4mm. Backup Exec
media cannot be associated with a Media Manager volume record of an incompatible
robot type.
474
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
beconv Error Messages
Recommended Action: Examine the Media Manager volume record having the same
barcode as the Backup Exec media. Is the Media Manager media type of the volume
record really the media type of the media to which the record corresponds? Update the
Media Manager volume record accordingly (either manually with add/change/delete
volume operations or by using the NetBackup robot inventory update) and run beconv
again.
Message: Null guid in volume record
Explanation: This happens when a user runs beconv with the beconv -m media_id
option, but media_id has a NULL ADAMM GUID in the Media Manager volume
database. When beconv is run with the beconv -m media_id option, media_id should
always have a non-NULL ADAMM GUID.
Recommended Action: Run bpimport (and also bephyinv if required) for that media
ID.
Message: Media having guid ‘XXX’ not present in Backup Exec database
Explanation: This happens when a user runs beconv with the beconv -m media_id
option, but the ADAMM GUID field of media_id in the Media Manager volume database
is not NULL and not present in the Backup Exec ADAMM database. Such a situation can
arise when the Media Manager volume database was updated by utilities other than
bephyinv or beconv (like vmadd).
Recommended Action: Examine the Media Manager volume record corresponding to
media_id and determine whether the ADAMM GUID field is correct. If required run
bephyinv on media_id. After updating the volume record corresponding to media_id,
run beconv again.
Message: Backup Exec media type and Media Manager volume record media type
incompatible
Explanation: This happens when the user runs beconv with the beconv -m media_id
option, but the Backup Exec media record corresponding to media_id has a different base
media type than the base media type of the Media Manager volume record.
Recommended Action: Examine the Media Manager volume record corresponding to
media_id and determine whether the media type is correct. If required run bephyinv on
media_id. After updating the volume record corresponding to media_id, run beconv
again.
Message: No corresponding Media Manager record found for this media
Explanation: This happens when the user runs beconv with the -tbs option specified,
and beconv could not associate a Backup Exec media with any Media Manager volume
database records. This situation can arise when the -tbs option is specified and a
NetBackup robot inventory update has not been done on the required robots.
Appendix D, Backup Exec Tape Reader for NetBackup
475
bephyinv Error Messages
Recommended Action: Do not specify the -tbs option or run a NetBackup robot
inventory update on the robots that contain Backup Exec media.
bephyinv Error Messages
The Backup Exec Physical Inventory utility (bephyinv) logs debugging information to
the NetBackup debug logs in the admin folder. The exact cause of a problem can be
determined by examing the debug logs.
For more information on bephyinv, refer to the Using the Backup Exec Tape Reader Option
appendix in the NetBackup DataCenter System Administrator’s Guide, or the NetBackup
BusinessServer System Administrator’s Guide.
Message: Unable to connect to the Backup Exec engine on the local host
Explanation: Backup Exec services are not running on the host on which bephyinv is
running.
Recommended Action: Check whether the Backup Exec services are running. The
Backup Exec services are the following:
◆
Backup Exec 8.x Agent Browser
◆
Backup Exec 8.x Alert Server
◆
Backup Exec 8.x Device & Media Service
◆
Backup Exec 8.x Job Engine
◆
Backup Exec 8.x Naming Service
◆
Backup Exec 8.x Notification Server
◆
Backup Exec 8.x Server
Message: Volume database mismatch detected. media_id XXX was obtained from volume
database ABC, but the drive in which it was mounted has a volume database XYZ
Explanation: This happens when the same media IDs are present in different Media
Manager volume databases. The volume record that was used to issue the mount was
different from the volume record used by Media Manager to mount the media.
Recommended Action: Run beconv -check_consistency to determine which
Media Manager databases contain the same media ID. Remove the duplicate media ID
from the appropriate volume databases and run bephyinv. Use a single volume database
instead of configuring volumes on multiple hosts.
476
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
bpimport Error Messages
bpimport Error Messages
The cause of problems relating to bpimport can be determined by examining the
NetBackup bptm logs on the media server on which the media is being imported.
Message: Unable to connect to the Backup Exec engine
Explanation: Backup Exec services are not running on the host on which the media is
being mounted.
Recommended Action: Check whether the Backup Exec services are running. The
Backup Exec services are the following:
◆
Backup Exec 8.x Agent Browser
◆
Backup Exec 8.x Alert Server
◆
Backup Exec 8.x Device & Media Service
◆
Backup Exec 8.x Job Engine
◆
Backup Exec 8.x Naming Service
◆
Backup Exec 8.x Notification Server
◆
Backup Exec 8.x Server
Message: media manager - system error occurred (174)
Explanation: It may be that bephyinv was not run on the media ID being imported.
Recommended Action: Check whether the media ID being imported has a non-default
ADAMM GUID in the Media Manager volume database. Run bephyinv on the media ID
and rerun bpimport.
Backup Exec File Browse
To determine the cause of Backup Exec file browse problems, examine the bpdbm, bpcd,
and bptm logs.
To browse Backup Exec files using the Backup, Archive, and Restore interface:
1. Open the Restore menu and choose Select Restore Type.
2. Set the restore type to Backup Exec Backups or Normal and Backup Exec Backups.
For more assistance, refer to the NetBackup user guide appropriate for your platform.
To list Backup Exec files using the bplist command, ensure that the -flops parameter
has been specified correctly to list only Backup Exec files, or both Backup Exec and
NetBackup files.
Appendix D, Backup Exec Tape Reader for NetBackup
477
Backup Exec File Restore
To list only Backup Exec files, -flops 524288 should be specified. To list both Backup
Exec and NetBackup files, -flops 1048576 should be specified. Refer to the NetBackup
DataCenter System Administrator’s Guide for usage of the bplist command.
Ensure that the Backup Exec services are running on the Media Servers that contain the
Backup Exec catalogs whose images are being browsed.
The Backup Exec services are the following:
◆
Backup Exec 8.x Agent Browser
◆
Backup Exec 8.x Alert Server
◆
Backup Exec 8.x Device & Media Service
◆
Backup Exec 8.x Job Engine
◆
Backup Exec 8.x Naming Service
◆
Backup Exec 8.x Notification Server
◆
Backup Exec 8.x Server
Backup Exec File Restore
To determine the cause of Backup Exec file restore problems, examine the bprd, bpcd,
and bptm logs.
To restore Backup Exec files using the Backup, Archive, and Restore interface:
1. Open the Restore menu and choose Select Restore Type.
2. Set the restore type to Backup Exec Backups or Normal and Backup Exec Backups.
For more assistance, refer to the NetBackup user guide appropriate for your platform.
To restore Backup Exec files using the bprestore command, ensure that the -F
parameter has been specified correctly to restore only Backup Exec files, or both Backup
Exec and NetBackup files.
To restore only Backup Exec files, -F 524288 should be specified. To restore both
Backup Exec and NetBackup files, -F 1048576 should be specified. Refer to the
NetBackup DataCenter System Administrator’s Guide for the usage of the bprestore
command.
Ensure that the Backup Exec services are running on the Media Servers that contain the
Backup Exec catalogs whose images are being restored.
The Backup Exec services are the following:
478
◆
Backup Exec 8.x Agent Browser
◆
Backup Exec 8.x Alert Server
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Backup Exec File Restore
◆
Backup Exec 8.x Device & Media Service
◆
Backup Exec 8.x Job Engine
◆
Backup Exec 8.x Naming Service
◆
Backup Exec 8.x Notification Server
◆
Backup Exec 8.x Server
Note If the NetBackup device configuration is changed and the NetBackup Device
Manager service is restarted, the “Backup Exec 8.x Device & Media Service” on the
same host should also be restarted. If the Backup Exec service is not restarted,
Backup Exec restore jobs may not run, or some of the available drives may not be
used for Backup Exec restore jobs.
Redirected Restores
Please note the following:
◆
Redirected restores are not allowed when restoring files from a combination of
Backup Exec and NetBackup images.
◆
When restoring from only Backup Exec images, individual files cannot be restored to
different paths. To restore to a different path, all the files must be directed to the same
path.
◆
The restore option Restore the file using a temporary filename is not available when
restoring from Backup Exec images or from a combination of both Backup Exec and
NetBackup images.
For Backup Exec images, the following kinds of redirected restores are supported:
◆
Backups of a Windows client to the same or a different Windows client.
◆
Backups of a Windows client to a different UNIX client.
◆
Backups of a UNIX client to the same or a different UNIX client.
◆
Backups of a UNIX client to a different Windows client.
◆
Backups of an Netware client to the same or a different Netware client.
◆
Backups of an Netware client to a different Windows client.
◆
Backups of an Netware client to a different UNIX client.
Note The path specified depends upon the client type of the destination machine.
Restoring to Windows Clients
When redirecting a restore to Windows clients, the path should be specified as follows:
Appendix D, Backup Exec Tape Reader for NetBackup
479
Backup Exec File Restore
\share_name\dir1
For example, to restore to C:\temp, if the sharename for drive C: is C$, specify the path
as \C$\temp.
Note When restoring Netware client backups to a Windows client, the NetBackup
Windows client interface (nbwin.exe), NetBackup Java interface, or the
bprestore command should be used. The NetBackup Netware client
(nbnwnt.exe) should not be used to restore Netware client backups to Windows
clients.
Restoring to UNIX Clients
When redirecting a restore to UNIX clients, the path should be specified as follows:
export_path\dir1
export_path is defined in the agent.cfg file on the UNIX client (this file is a Backup
Exec configuration file for the Backup Exec UNIX client). Files can only be redirected to
this path.
For example: If the agent.cfg file on machine A contains the following lines:
export /space/home as space_home
export /home1 as home1
To redirect to /space/home/dir1, the path should be specified as space_home\dir1.
To redirect to /home1/dir1, the path should be specified as home1\dir1.
You can only restore to paths which have been exported in the agent.cfg file. In the
above example, you could only restore to paths under space/home or /home1 on
machine A.
Note When restoring Netware client backups to a UNIX client, use the NetBackup
Windows client interface (nbwin.exe), NetBackup Java interface, or the
bprestore command. The NetBackup Netware client (nbnwnt.exe) should not
be used to restore Netware client backups to UNIX clients.
Restoring to Netware Clients
When restoring Netware client backups to Netware clients, use the NetBackup Netware
client (nbnwnt.exe). To perform Backup Exec restores to a Netware machine, the
machine being restored to must be a NetBackup Netware client. Refer to NetBackup User’s
Guide Novell Netware NonTarget for Microsoft Windows for restoring Netware backups to
Netware clients.
480
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Troubleshooting with the Debug Logs
Troubleshooting with the Debug Logs
To troubleshoot problems that occur when using Backup Exec file browse and restore,
create the following debug log directories. For further information on creating these logs,
refer to “Debug Logs” in the chapter titled “Using the Logs and Reports.”
On the master server:
install_path\NetBackup\logs\bprd
install_path\NetBackup\logs\bpdbm
On the media server:
install_path\NetBackup\logs\bptm
install_path\NetBackup\logs\bpcd
Set the debug logging level to 5.
Backup Exec File Browse Problems
The NetBackup user interfaces and the command lines obtain Backup Exec file lists using
a NetBackup internal protocol called the C_BPLIST_4_5 file list protocol.
To determine whether the file browse request has reached bprd, check whether or not the
following line appears in the bprd debug log:
13:58:46.458 [4132.2140] <2> process_request: command C_BPLIST_4_5
(82) received
The NetBackup user interfaces and the command lines must explicitly indicate that a list
of Backup Exec files or both Backup Exec and NetBackup files are requested. To
determine whether the correct file list options have been specified, check the bprd debug
log for the following text:
If only Backup Exec files are requested:
13:58:46.488 [4132.2140] <2> fileslist:
client_flops = 524288
If both Backup Exec and NetBackup files are requested:
13:58:46.488 [4132.2140] <2> fileslist:
client_flops = 1048576
If the NetBackup user interfaces are being used to browse the Backup Exec images, then
client_flops should be set correctly as above. If bplist was being used, then ensure
that the -flops parameter has been set correctly.
If the correct file browse request has reached bprd, bprd will ask bpdbm to obtain a list of
files. For Backup Exec images, bpdbm will launch bpcd on the media server that contains
the Backup Exec catalogs whose images are being browsed. This can be seen by searching
the bpdbm debug log for the following text:
13:58:46.819 [1780.3476] <2> open_file_rec_remote: host = dell_2
Appendix D, Backup Exec Tape Reader for NetBackup
481
Troubleshooting with the Debug Logs
13:58:46.819 [1780.3476] <2> open_file_rec_remote: mediaid = BE0001
13:58:46.819 [1780.3476] <2> open_file_rec_remote: keyword = 22
13:58:46.819 [1780.3476] <2> open_file_rec_remote: path = /
13:58:46.819 [1780.3476] <2> open_file_rec_remote: client = adaj
13:58:46.819 [1780.3476] <2> open_file_rec_remote: depth = 2
13:58:46.819 [1780.3476] <2> open_file_rec_remote: dirs_only = 0
In the above text:
Host dell_2 is the name of the media server that contains the Backup Exec catalogs
corresponding to the image of client (adaj). The NetBackup image has a keyword (22)
which is the Backup Exec backupset number on the Backup Exec media having a Media
Manager media ID BE0001.
bpcd will be launched on host dell_2 and will launch bptm to obtain the ADAMM GUID
corresponding to Media Manager media ID of BE0001. This can be seen by searching the
bpcd debug log on the media server host for the following text:
13:58:47.029 [3792.2544] <2> bpcd main: BPCD_GET_FILE_REC_RQST
13:58:47.029 [3792.2544] <2> bpcd_get_file_rec: received mediaid: BE0001
13:58:47.029 [3792.2544] <2> bpcd_get_file_rec: received keyword: 22
13:58:47.029 [3792.2544] <2> bpcd_get_file_rec: received path: /
13:58:47.029 [3792.2544] <2> bpcd_get_file_rec: received client: adaj
13:58:47.029 [3792.2544] <2> bpcd_get_file_rec: received dirs_only: 0
13:58:47.029 [3792.2544] <2> bpcd_get_file_rec: received depth: 2
13:58:47.029 [3792.2544] <2> createProcessWithOutput: CreateProcess of
>D:\nb\NetBackup\bin\bptm.exe -guid -ev BE0001 -cmd<
13:58:47.710 [3792.2544] <2> MediaID2MediaGuid: Backup Exec media id BE0001 has
guid {6EE3FFEF-B111-4EDD-97C1-78931D988268} (voldb: dell_2)
482
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Troubleshooting with the Debug Logs
Examples
Example 1: The bplist command did not specify the -flops parameter, or the Backup
Exec Backups or the Normal and Backup Exec Backups option was not selected in the
user interface. The bprd debug log indicates that client_flops has not been set.
14:38:09.215 [3316.2376] <2> fileslist:
client_flops = 0
Example 2: If the NetBackup Volume Manager service is not running on the media server
that contains the Backup Exec catalogs corresponding to the image, the bpcd and bptm
debug logs indicate the problem.
The following is from the bpcd log on the media server that contains the Backup Exec
catalogs corresponding to the image:
15:08:26.614 [3792.3596] <2> bpcd main: BPCD_GET_FILE_REC_RQST
15:08:26.614 [3792.3596] <2> bpcd_get_file_rec: received mediaid: BE0001
15:08:26.614 [3792.3596] <2> bpcd_get_file_rec: received keyword: 22
15:08:26.624 [3792.3596] <2> bpcd_get_file_rec: received path: /
15:08:26.624 [3792.3596] <2> bpcd_get_file_rec: received client: adaj
15:08:26.624 [3792.3596] <2> bpcd_get_file_rec: received dirs_only: 0
15:08:26.624 [3792.3596] <2> bpcd_get_file_rec: received depth: 3
15:08:26.644 [3792.3596] <2> createProcessWithOutput: CreateProcess of
>D:\nb\NetBackup\bin\bptm.exe -guid -ev BE0001 -cmd<
15:09:04.267 [3792.3596] <16> MediaID2MediaGuid: Error - can’t get GUID from
string
15:09:04.267 [3792.3596] <16> MediaID2MediaGuid: couldn’t obtain media guid for
Backup Exec media id BE0001
The following is from the bptm log on the media server that contains the Backup Exec
catalogs corresponding to the image:
15:09:04.207 [4160.3616] <16> vmd_connect: unable to connect to vmd:
Error number: (10061)
15:09:04.217 [4160.3616] <16> query_one_volume: query_onevol request
status: cannot connect to vmd (70)
15:09:04.237 [4160.3616] <16> GetMediaGuid: Media Manager error 70,
cannot connect to vmd, host = dell_2
The bptm log above indicates that it could not connect to vmd, perhaps because vmd was
not running.
Example 3: If the Backup Exec services are not running on the media server that contains
the Backup Exec catalogs corresponding to the image, the bpcd debug logs indicate the
problem:
Appendix D, Backup Exec Tape Reader for NetBackup
483
Troubleshooting with the Debug Logs
15:29:59.695 [3292.3280] <2> bpcd main: BPCD_GET_FILE_REC_RQST
15:29:59.695 [3292.3280] <2> bpcd_get_file_rec: received mediaid: BE0001
15:29:59.695 [3292.3280] <2> bpcd_get_file_rec: received keyword: 22
15:29:59.695 [3292.3280] <2> bpcd_get_file_rec: received path: /
15:29:59.695 [3292.3280] <2> bpcd_get_file_rec: received client: adaj
15:29:59.695 [3292.3280] <2> bpcd_get_file_rec: received dirs_only: 0
15:29:59.695 [3292.3280] <2> bpcd_get_file_rec: received depth: 3
15:29:59.695 [3292.3280] <2> createProcessWithOutput: CreateProcess of
>D:\nb\NetBackup\bin\bptm.exe -guid -ev BE0001 -cmd<
15:29:59.975 [3292.3280] <2> MediaID2MediaGuid: Backup Exec media id BE0001 has
guid {6EE3FFEF-B111-4EDD-97C1-78931D988268} (voldb: dell_2)
15:29:59.985 [3292.3280] <2> bpcd_get_file_rec: Successfully loaded beutil.dll
15:29:59.985 [3292.3280] <2> bpcd_get_file_rec: Obtained pointer to
BEopen_file_rec
15:29:59.985 [3292.3280] <2> bpcd_get_file_rec: Obtained pointer to
BEread_file_rec
15:29:59.985 [3292.3280] <2> bpcd_get_file_rec: Obtained pointer to
BEclose_file_rec
15:29:59.995 [3292.3280] <16> BEopen_file_rec: Unable to connect to the Backup
Exec engine on the local host
15:29:59.995 [3292.3280] <2> bpcd_get_file_rec: closing connection
15:30:00.005 [3292.3280] <2> FreeBELibrary: Successfully unloaded beutil.dll
Backup Exec File Restore Problems
The NetBackup user interfaces restore Backup Exec files using the NetBackup-internal
C_BPRESTORE_4_5 restore protocol.
To determine if the restore request has reached bprd, check whether or not the following
line appears in the bprd debug log:
16:10:56.824 [2540.3248] <2> process_request: command C_BPRESTORE_4_5
(80) received
The NetBackup user interfaces and commands must explicitly indicate that a list of
Backup Exec files or both Backup Exec and NetBackup files need to be restored. To
determine if the correct restore options have been specified, check that the following text
appears in the bprd debug log:
If only Backup Exec files need to be restored:
16:10:59.618 [2540.3248] <2> restorefiles:
484
clnt_flops = 524288
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Troubleshooting with the Debug Logs
If both Backup Exec and NetBackup files need to be restored:
16:10:59.618 [2540.3248] <2> restorefiles:
clnt_flops = 1048576
If the user interfaces are being used to restore Backup Exec images, then client_flops
should be set correctly as above. If bprestore was used, ensure that the -F command
line parameter has been set correctly.
If the correct file list request has reached bprd, bprd will launch bpcd on the media
server that contains the Backup Exec catalogs whose images are being restored. This can
be seen in the bprd debug log:
16:11:00.570 [2540.3248] <2> restorefiles: Restoring from image =
adaj_1007712098 (browse_client = adaj, requesting_client = adaj, user = root)
16:11:00.580 [2540.3248] <2> open_BE_restore_connection: mediahost = dell_2
16:11:00.580 [2540.3248] <2> open_BE_restore_connection: browse_client = adaj
16:11:00.580 [2540.3248] <2> open_BE_restore_connection: requesting_client =
adaj
16:11:00.580 [2540.3248] <2> open_BE_restore_connection: destination_client =
adaj
16:11:00.580 [2540.3248] <2> open_BE_restore_connection: client_type = 13
16:11:00.580 [2540.3248] <2> open_BE_restore_connection: mediaid = BE0001
16:11:00.580 [2540.3248] <2> open_BE_restore_connection: keyword = 22
16:11:00.580 [2540.3248] <2> open_BE_restore_connection: obj_desc = NULL
16:11:00.580 [2540.3248] <2> open_BE_restore_connection: keep = 1
16:11:00.580 [2540.3248] <2> open_BE_restore_connection: progress_file =
/G/nb/NetBackup/logs/user_ops/adonijah/logs/NBWIN007
16:11:00.580 [2540.3248] <2> open_BE_restore_connection: rename_file = NONE
16:11:00.580 [2540.3248] <2> open_BE_restore_connection: commit = 0
16:11:00.580 [2540.3248] <2> open_BE_restore_connection: dirByteCount = 0
16:11:00.580 [2540.3248] <2> open_BE_restore_connection: tempDirectory =
16:11:00.580 [2540.3248] <2> open_BE_restore_connection: mountDatabase = 0
16:11:00.580 [2540.3248] <2> open_BE_restore_connection: bePathByteCount = 19
16:11:00.580 [2540.3248] <2> open_BE_restore_connection: beRedirectionPath =
\f$\temp\be_restore
In the above text:
mediahost dell_2 is the name of the media server that contains the Backup Exec catalogs
corresponding to the image of destination_client (adaj). The NetBackup image has a
keyword (22), which is the Backup Exec backupset number on the Backup Exec media
having a Media Manager media ID of (BE0001).
Appendix D, Backup Exec Tape Reader for NetBackup
485
Troubleshooting with the Debug Logs
bpcd will be launched on host dell_2 and will launch bptm to obtain the ADAMM GUID
corresponding to Media Manager media ID BE0001. This can be seen in the bpcd debug
log on the media server host for text such as the following:
16:11:00.950 [1660.3324] <2> bpcd main: BPCD_RESTORE_IMAGE_FILES_RQST
16:11:00.960 [1660.3324] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: browse_client= adaj
16:11:00.960 [1660.3324] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: requesting_client= adaj
16:11:00.960 [1660.3324] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: destination_client= adaj
16:11:00.960 [1660.3324] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: client_type= 13
16:11:00.960 [1660.3324] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: mediaid= BE0001
16:11:00.960 [1660.3324] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: keyword= 22
16:11:00.980 [1660.3324] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: obj_desc= NULL
16:11:00.980 [1660.3324] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: keep= 1
16:11:00.980 [1660.3324] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: progress_file=
/G/nb/NetBackup/logs/user_ops/adonijah/logs/NBWIN007
16:11:00.980 [1660.3324] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: rename_file= NONE
16:11:00.980 [1660.3324] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: commit= 0
16:11:00.980 [1660.3324] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: dirByteCount= 0
16:11:00.980 [1660.3324] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: tempDirectory= NONE
16:11:00.980 [1660.3324] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: mountDatabase= 0
16:11:00.980 [1660.3324] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: beFilePathLen= 19
16:11:00.980 [1660.3324] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: beRedirectionPath=
\f$\temp\be_restore
16:11:01.010 [1660.3324] <2> createProcessWithOutput: CreateProcess of
>D:\nb\NetBackup\bin\bptm.exe -guid -ev BE0001 -cmd<
16:11:01.992 [1660.3324] <2> MediaID2MediaGuid: Backup Exec media id BE0001 has
guid {6EE3FFEF-B111-4EDD-97C1-78931D988268} (voldb: dell_2)
The previous text indicates that bptm obtained the ADAMM GUID
{6EE3FFEF-B111-4EDD-97C1-78931D988268} corresponding to Media Manager media ID
BE0001 from the Media Manager volume database on host voldb (dell_2).
A portion of the bpcd debug log below shows the Backup Exec files being added to the
restore selection list and the restore job being launched on host dell_2:
16:11:04.185 [1660.3324] <2> StartRestoreJob: adding Backup Exec path:
util\mykill to selection list
16:11:04.185 [1660.3324] <2> StartRestoreJob: adding Backup Exec file:
pkill.cpp to selection list
16:11:04.185 [1660.3324] <2> GetRedirectionDeviceAndPath: NT Share Name f$
486
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Troubleshooting with the Debug Logs
16:11:04.185 [1660.3324] <2> SetRestoreJobProperties: Device Name: \\ADAJ\f$
16:11:04.185 [1660.3324] <2> SetRestoreJobProperties: Path: temp\be_restore
16:11:06.318 [1660.3324] <2> SetBEDrivesToUnknown: Obtained 2 drives
16:11:09.162 [1660.3324] <2> write_BE_restore_progress: sending job status
message to bprd: JOB_START:DELL_2
A portion of the bpcd debug log below shows that the Backup Exec job was successfully
completed:
16:12:17.889 [1660.3324] <2> StartBERestoreJob: Backup Exec Job Status: 5
16:12:17.889 [1660.3324] <2> write_BE_restore_progress: sending job status
message to bprd: JOB_SUCCESS
16:12:19.311 [1660.3324] <2> FreeBELibrary: Successfully unloaded beutil.dll
A portion of the bprd debug log below shows bprd receiving the JOB_START and
JOB_SUCCESS status from bpcd:
16:11:09.162 [2540.3248] <2> close_BE_restore_connection: recieved JOB_START
from bpcd
16:12:17.889 [2540.3248] <2> close_BE_restore_connection: recieved JOB_SUCCESS
from bpcd
16:12:17.889 [2540.3248] <2> close_BE_restore_connection: sending disconnect
request to bpcdor command line.
By looking at the debug logs, the exact stage where a file restore problem occurred can be
determined.
Examples
Example 1: If the bprestore command did not specify the -F parameter, the bprd
debug log indicates that client_flops has not been set:
16:22:54.735 [3476.2644] <2> restorefiles:
clnt_flops = 0
Example 2: If the NetBackup Volume Manager service is not running on the media server
that contains the Backup Exec catalogs corresponding to the image, the bpcd and bptm
debug logs indicate the problem. The following is an example bpcd log on the media
server that contains the Backup Exec catalogs corresponding to the image:
16:25:25.918 [1600.4028] <2> bpcd main: BPCD_RESTORE_IMAGE_FILES_RQST
16:25:25.918 [1600.4028] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: browse_client= adaj
16:25:25.918 [1600.4028] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: requesting_client= adaj
16:25:25.918 [1600.4028] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: destination_client= adaj
16:25:25.918 [1600.4028] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: client_type= 13
16:25:25.918 [1600.4028] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: mediaid= BE0001
Appendix D, Backup Exec Tape Reader for NetBackup
487
Troubleshooting with the Debug Logs
16:25:25.918 [1600.4028] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: keyword= 22
16:25:25.918 [1600.4028] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: obj_desc= NULL
16:25:25.918 [1600.4028] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: keep= 1
16:25:25.918 [1600.4028] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: progress_file=
/G/nb/NetBackup/logs/user_ops/adonijah/logs/NBWIN008
16:25:25.918 [1600.4028] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: rename_file= NONE
16:25:25.918 [1600.4028] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: commit= 0
16:25:25.918 [1600.4028] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: dirByteCount= 0
16:25:25.918 [1600.4028] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: tempDirectory= NONE
16:25:25.918 [1600.4028] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: mountDatabase= 0
16:25:25.918 [1600.4028] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: beFilePathLen= 19
16:25:25.918 [1600.4028] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: beRedirectionPath=
\f$\temp\be_restore
16:25:25.918 [1600.4028] <2> createProcessWithOutput: CreateProcess of
>D:\nb\NetBackup\bin\bptm.exe -guid -ev BE0001 -cmd<
16:26:03.431 [1600.4028] <16> MediaID2MediaGuid: Error - can’t get GUID from
string Cannot
16:26:03.431 [1600.4028] <16> MediaID2MediaGuid: couldn’t obtain media guid for
Backup Exec media id BE0001
The following is an example bptm log on the media server that contains the Backup Exec
488
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Troubleshooting with the Debug Logs
16:21:19 (97.001) Unable to start Backup Exec restore job on host
DELL_2. Unable to connect to the Backup Exec engine on host DELL_2
16:21:19 (97.001) Status of restore from image created 12/07/2001
01:31:38 PM = the restore failed to recover the requested files
16:21:21 (97.xxx) INF - Status = the restore failed to recover the
requested files.
The above text indicates that the Backup Exec services are not running on media server
dell_2.
Example 4: If a Backup Exec restore job has been launched with an invalid restore path,
the bpcd log file indicates the error. In the example below, the user intends to redirect to
D:\public\restored on a Windows machine. The path should be specified as
\D$\public\shared (if D: is shared as D$). However, the path was incorrectly
specified as D:\public\restored. The bpcd log below shows the error:
16:26:59.684 [1516.1420] <2> bpcd main: BPCD_RESTORE_IMAGE_FILES_RQST
16:26:59.684 [1516.1420] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: browse_client=
redeemer
16:26:59.684 [1516.1420] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files:
redeemer
requesting_client=
16:26:59.694 [1516.1420] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files:
redeemer
destination_client=
16:26:59.694 [1516.1420] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: client_type= 13
16:26:59.694 [1516.1420] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: mediaid= ISV181
16:26:59.694 [1516.1420] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: keyword= 7
16:26:59.694 [1516.1420] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: obj_desc= NULL
16:26:59.694 [1516.1420] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: keep= 1
16:26:59.694 [1516.1420] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files:
progress_file= /D/VERITAS/NetBackup/logs/user_ops/birk/logs/NBWIN001
16:26:59.694 [1516.1420] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: rename_file= NONE
16:26:59.694 [1516.1420] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: commit= 0
16:26:59.694 [1516.1420] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: dirByteCount= 0
16:26:59.694 [1516.1420] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: tempDirectory= NONE
16:26:59.694 [1516.1420] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: mountDatabase= 0
16:26:59.694 [1516.1420] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: beFilePathLen= 18
16:26:59.694 [1516.1420] <2> bpcd_restore_image_files: beRedirectionPath=
D:\Public\Restored
Appendix D, Backup Exec Tape Reader for NetBackup
489
Troubleshooting with the Debug Logs
As shown above, the redirection path (beRedirectionPath) has been specified as
D:\Public\Restored. Since the browse_client (redeemer) is the same as the
destination_client (redeemer), and since the browse_client is of type Windows
(client_type = 13), the destination client is of type Windows. Since we are restoring to
Windows, the path should be of the format \D$\Public\Restored. But the path was
incorrectly formatted and the Backup Exec job was not started. This can be seen in the
bpcd log below.
16:27:00.555 [1516.1420] <16> GetRedirectionDeviceAndPath: Format of
Redirection path is not correct. Correct format for NT target is
"\Share-Name\Directory1"
16:27:00.555 [1516.1420] <16> SetRestoreJobProperties: Error in
redirection
16:27:00.555 [1516.1420] <16> StartRestoreJob: Restore Job properties
could not be set.
16:27:00.555 [1516.1420] <2> write_BE_restore_progress: sending job
status message to bprd: JOB_NO_START_R:REDEEMER
16:27:00.555 [1976.988] <2> bpcd main: BPCD_LOG_RQST_NO_STATUS
16:27:00.555 [1516.1420] <2> FreeBELibrary: Successfully unloaded
beutil.dll
Example 5: If a Backup Exec restore job requires media that has been misplaced, the
restore job fails. The progress log of the restore job indicates the location of the Backup
Exec job log file that contains the reason for the failure. Following is an example of such a
NetBackup progress log:
13:49:42 2/5/2002: Restore Started
13:50:01 (11.xxx) Media id A00000 is needed for the restore.
13:50:01 (11.001) Restoring from image created 12/17/2001 01:27:18 PM
13:50:10 (11.001) Backup Exec restore job started on host ANTRIKSH
13:52:10 (11.001) Backup Exec restore job failed. See file
’\\ANTRIKSH\C$\nbu\BackupExec\Data\BEX09.txt’ for details
13:52:12 (11.001) Status of restore from image created 12/17/2001
01:27:18 PM = the restore failed to recover the requested files
13:52:13 (11.xxx) INF - Status = the restore failed to recover the
requested files.
490
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Troubleshooting with the Debug Logs
In the following log file, the message “User canceled a Physical Volume Library
operation” implies that Backup Exec could not get the required media from NetBackup
Media Manager. This can happen when the media is misplaced.
For example: Backup Exec job progress log (BEX09.txt):
Error - Mount failed.
^ ^ ^ ^ ^
User canceled a Physical Volume Library operation.
Unable to acquire device for the specified pool and media
^ ^ ^ ^ ^
User canceled a Physical Volume Library operation.
The adamm.log file in the Backup Exec install path indicates the ADAMM GUID of the
media that was required for the restore. The adamm.log file indicates whether or not the
media was misplaced. In the following example log, the text “MountMedia failure requested media not found” indicates that the Backup Exec media having ADAMM GUID
C4B3BBAE-8B29-4823-ACE5-EBD546E1574B was misplaced.
The Backup Exec install path can be obtained from the following registry value:
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\VERITAS\Backup Exec\Install\Path
This is the adamm.log file in the Backup Exec install path:
[1012] 02/05/02 13:52:07 MountMedia failure - requested media not
found.
[1012] 02/05/02 13:50:10 PvlSession::Mount(
{C4B3BBAE-8B29-4823-ACE5-EBD546E1574B}, 1, 1, 4294967295 )
Job ID = 689276194, Job Name = "Restore 2915851e"
Drive Pool = {FFFFFFFF-0000-0000-0000-000000000000} "NetBackup
Drives"
Media Set = {00000009-0004-0000-0000-000000000000} "Backup
Exec and Windows NT Backup Media"
ERROR = 0xA000810F (E_PVL_USER_ABORTED)
How to locate misplaced Backup Exec media
If the media are robotic and have barcodes, plus the robotic library has a barcode reader, a
NetBackup robot inventory update must be run on the robot in which the media reside.
Appendix D, Backup Exec Tape Reader for NetBackup
491
Troubleshooting with the Debug Logs
This problem is more likely to occur with non-barcoded robotic media. The NetBackup
media id of the Backup Exec media required for the restore can be obtained from the
NetBackup job progress log. For example:
13:50:01 (11.xxx) Media id A00000 is needed for the restore.
The NetBackup Media Manager volume database can be queried to determine the
ADAMM GUID (ADAMM GUID field of a Media Manager volume database record), the
description and residence (robot and slot number) of the media id. (The media id is
A00000 in the above example.) The Backup Exec cartridge label of the media can be
determined from the “description” field of the NetBackup Media Manager volume
database record.
If the ADAMM GUID (corresponding to the media id in the NetBackup Media Manager
volume database) is the same as the GUID obtained from the adamm.log
(C4B3BBAE-8B29-4823-ACE5-EBD546E1574B, in the above example), then the wrong
media may be present in the robot and slot indicated by the NetBackup Media Manager
volume database. Verify whether the correct Backup Exec media, identified by ADAMM
GUID and cartridge label, is actually present in the robot and slot as indicated by the
NetBackup Media Manager volume database record (corresponding to media id A00000,
in the above example).
A physical inventory of the robot can be performed to update the NetBackup Media
Manager volume database. Refer to the section “Updating the Media Manager Volume
Database with Respect to Backup Exec Media” in the NetBackup DataCenter System
Administrator’s Guide.
If the ADAMM GUID corresponding to the media id in the NetBackup Media Manager
volume database is not the same as the GUID obtained from the adamm.log, then
different ADAMM GUIDs are associated with the same media id in the NetBackup Media
Manager volume databases of the locally configured drives.
Run beconv with the -check_consistency option, to detect inconsistencies in the
NetBackup Media Manager volume database. Refer to the section “Using beconv with the
-check_consistency Option” in the NetBackup DataCenter System Administrator’s Guide.
492
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Glossary
access control list (ACL)
Security information associated with files on some file systems.
ACS
Automated Cartridge System. ACS can refer to any of the following:
◆
A type of Media Manager robotic control. This robot type is supported only by
NetBackup DataCenter servers.
◆
The StorageTek (STK) system for robotic control.
◆
The highest-level component under STK’s ACS library software, which refers to a
specific standalone robotic library or to multiple libraries connected with a media
passthru mechanism.
active job
A job for which NetBackup is currently processing backup or restore data.
activity logs
See “debug logs.”
activity monitor
A NetBackup administration utility that displays information about NetBackup jobs and
provides limited control over them.
administration client
See “remote administration console.”
administrator
A user that is granted special privileges to install, configure, and manage the operation of
a system, network, or application.
493
AIT
Sony Advanced Intelligent Tape, a type of tape drive or media type.
alternate-client restore
See “redirected restore (different client).”
alternate-target restore
See “redirected restore (different target).”
alternate path restore
See “redirected restore (different path).”
alternate read server
A server used to read a backup image which was originally written by a different media
server. The media server specified as Alternate Read Server must have access to the media
containing the backup image or images it is configureb6 it coad
494
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
back up
The act of copying and saving files and folders to storage media.
backup
Refers to the process of copying and saving files and directories to storage media. For
example, the backup is complete. This term can also refer to the collection of data that
NetBackup saves for a client during a backup or archive. For example, duplicate the backup.
Backup is two words when used as a verb. For example, back up the file.
backup, archive, and restore interface
The name of the NetBackup Microsoft Windows and Java based user interfaces for clients.
On servers these interfaces can be started through the NetBackup Administration
Console.
backup window
The period of time during which backups can begin.
block size
The number of bytes in each block of data written on the media during a backup.
bp
A backup, archive, and restore utility for users on NetBackup UNIX clients. It has a
character-based, menu interface that can be run from terminals that do not have X
Windows capabilities.
bpadm
An administrator utility that runs on NetBackup UNIX servers. It has a character-based,
menu interface that can be run from terminals that do not have X Windows capabilities.
bp.conf file
A NetBackup configuration file on UNIX servers and also on UNIX, Macintosh, and OS/2
clients.
bp.ini file
NetBackup initialization file for Novell NetWare target clients.
bpcd
NetBackup Client service on Windows and the NetBackup Client daemon on UNIX.
Glossary
495
bprd
NetBackup Request Manager service on Windows and NetBackup Request daemon on
UNIX.
cancel a job
Terminating a job and removing it from the job queue.
carousel
See “robotic library.”
catalogs
Internal NetBackup and Media Manager databases. These catalogs contain information
about configuration, media, devices, status, errors, and the files and directories in the
stored backup images.
CDF
Context-dependent file, which is a type of directory structure on a Hewlett-Packard
system.
changer
See “robotic library.”
class
See “policy.”
client
The system with the files to back up, archive, or restore.
client-user interface
See “user interface.”
cluster
See master and media server cluster.
command lines
Commands that users can execute either from the system prompt or in scripts.
compression
The process of compacting data to enable more efficient transmission and storage.
496
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
configuration
The parameters that govern the behavior of an application. This term can also refer to the
manner in which a network or system is laid out or connected (for example, a network
configuration).
consolidated eject
A process of ejecting media for more than one Vault session at a time. A Consolidated
Eject can be performed for one or more logical vaults at one time.
consolidated report
A process of generating reports for more than one Vault session at a time. A Consolidated
Report can be performed for one or more logical vaults at one time. Consolidated reports
are organized by report title, not by vault.
cpio
A UNIX command that can be used for copying files to or from a cpio archive on disk or
tape.
ctime
The time that a UNIX inode was changed.
cumulative-incremental backup
A backup that is scheduled by the administrator on the master server and backs up files
that have changed since the last successful full backup. All files are backed up if no prior
backup has been done. Also see “differential-incremental backup.”
daemon
A program on a UNIX system that runs in the background and performs some task (for
example, starting other programs when they are needed). Daemons are generally referred
to as services or processes on Windows server systems.
database-agent clients
Clients with additional NetBackup software that is designed to back up relational
databases.
database-extension clients
See “database-agent clients.”
Glossary
497
debug logs
Logs that can be optionally enabled for specific NetBackup and Media Manager programs
and processes and then used to investigate problems.
destination storage unit
A storage unit to which Vault sends the data from a duplication operation. If the
duplicated backup images are to be vaulted, then the destination storage unit must
correspond to the robotic volume group.
device delays
Delays caused by the device that are beyond the control of the storage application. An
example is the time required to position tape under the read and write heads.
device host
A host (that has Media Manager installed) where a drive or robotic control is attached or
is defined.
device monitor
A Media Manager administration utility that provides monitoring and manual control of
Media Manager storage devices. For example, an administrator or computer room
operator can use this utility to manually reset devices or set them to the UP or DOWN
state.
DHCP
Dynamic host configuration protocol. This TCP/IP protocol automatically assigns
temporary IP addresses to hosts when they connect to the network.
differential-incremental backup
Scheduled by the administrator on the master server and backs up files that have changed
since the last successful incremental or full backup. All files are backed up if no prior
backup has been done. Also see “cumulative-incremental backup.”
directory depth
The number of levels below the current directory level that the NetBackup interfaces
show in their directory and file list displays.
directory tree
The hierarchical structure in which files are organized on a disk. Each directory lists the
files and directories that are directly below it in the tree. On UNIX, the topmost directory
is called the root directory.
498
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
disaster recovery
Recovering data from backups after a disk crash or other catastrophe.
disk
Magnetic or optical disk storage media.
disk-image backup
A bit-by-bit rather than a file system backup of a disk drive on a Windows platform.
DLT
Digital-linear tape or tape drive type.
Domain Name Service (DNS)
A program that handles name translation for network communications.
drive cleaning
The use of a special cleaning tape to clean the heads on a drive.
duplicate image
A copy of a backup image.
eject
Move media out of a robotic library.
encryption
Provides additional security by encrypting backup data on the client. This capability is
available only with the NetBackup Encryption option.
entry and exit ports
See “media access port.”
exclude list
A list that designates files or directories to exclude from automatic backups.
expiration (image)
The date and time when NetBackup stops tracking a backup image.
Glossary
499
expiration (volume)
The date and time when the physical media (tape) is considered to be no longer usable.
external media ID
This is an identifier written on a media cartridge or canister to help the operator identify
the volume before inserting it into a drive or robot. For labeled media, the external media
ID should be the same as the media ID recorded on the media.
EVSN
See “external media ID.”
FlashBackup
A special type of raw-partition backup that requires the NetBackup FlashBackup
separately-priced option (this option is available only for NetBackup DataCenter).
flush level
Controls how often Netbackup clears its log files on a Novell NetWare or Microsoft
Windows client platform.
fragment
A part of a backup or archive image. NetBackup can be configured to divide images into
fragments when they exceed a certain size or span tapes.
frequency (backup)
How often NetBackup performs scheduled backups. For example, if the frequency is
seven days then backups occur once a week.
FROZEN media state
If a volume is FROZEN, NetBackup keeps it indefinitely and can restore from it but not
use it for further backups or archives.
full backup
A backup that copies, to a storage unit, all files and directories that are beneath a specified
directory.
FULL media state
If this appears in a report or listing, it indicates the volume is FULL and cannot hold more
data or be used for further backups.
500
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
global attributes
NetBackup configuration attributes that affect all policies.
GDM Dashboard
The name for the Global Data Manager interface. The Dashboard enables monitoring job
and drive activity on multiple master servers, as well as providing alerts to problem
conditions.
GDM Managed Server
A NetBackup master server that appears as a managed master server in the left pane of
the GDM Dashboard.
GDM Server
A NetBackup master server that has the Global Data Manager license activated. When
logging into this host, the user can monitor the activity on multiple master servers using
the GDM Dashboard interface. If the host has installed the Advanced Reporter option, the
reports show information on multiple master servers.
Global Data Manager (GDM)
A separately-priced option (for UNIX servers) that provides an interface with a tree view
where the administrator can view and administer multiple master servers. The server
where the option is installed is called a GDM Server.
Global Device Database
A single host that serves as the repository for global device
configuration information. When you install NetBackup, by default the
master server is configured as the global device database host.
GNU tar
A public domain version of the UNIX tar program.
goodies directory
A directory containing programs, scripts, and other files that are not formally supported.
GUI
Graphical user interface.
Glossary
501
hard link
On UNIX, a hard link is a pointer to the inode for the data. On a Windows server, a hard
link is a directory entry for a file. Every file can be considered to have at least one hard
link. On NTFS volumes each file can have multiple hard links, and a single file can appear
in many directories (or even in the same directory with different names).
heap level
A parameter for memory-heap debugging on a Novell NetWare or Windows NetBackup
client.
hierarchical storage management
The process of automatically migrating selected files from a managed file system to
specified migration levels on secondary storage, while maintaining transparent access to
those files.
host
A computer that executes application programs.
host name
Name by which a host computer is identified by programs and other computers in the
network.
HSM
See storage migrator.
image
The collection of data that NetBackup saves for an individual client during each backup or
archive. The image contains all the files, directories, and catalog information associated
with the backup or archive.
import
The process of recreating NetBackup records of images so the images can be restored.
include list
A list that designates files or directories to add back in from the exclude list.
incremental backup
See “cumulative-incremental backup” and “differential-incremental backup.”
502
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
inject
Move media into a robotic library.
inport
See “media access port.”
inode
A UNIX data structure that defines the existence of a single file.
install_path
Directory where NetBackup and Media Manager software is installed. The default on
Windows servers is C:\Program Files\VERITAS and on UNIX it is /usr/openv.
jbpSA
The Java-based NetBackup interface for performing user backups, archives, and restores.
jnbSA
The Java-based NetBackup interface for administrators.
job
A parcel of work submitted to a computer. NetBackup jobs are backups, archives, or
restores.
kernel
The nucleus of an operating system.
keyword phrase
A textual description of a backup.
kill a job
See “cancel a job.”
label
Identifier of a tape or optical disk volume. A recorded label includes a media ID.
A barcode label allows a barcode scanner to be used for media tracking.
library
See “robotic library.”
Glossary
503
link
See “hard link” or “symbolic link.”
LMF - Library Management Facility
A Media Manager designation for a category of robot. For the specific vendor types and
models in this category, see the VERITAS support web site.
This robot type is supported only by NetBackup DataCenter servers.
load
(noun) Amount of work that is being performed by a system or the level of traffic on a
network. For example, network load affects performance.
(verb) Copy data to internal memory. For example, load the installation program.
(verb) Used to indicate tape drive initialization done when new media is being added.
logs
Files where a computer or application records information about its activities.
mailslot
See “media access port.”
man pages
Online documentation provided with UNIX computer systems and applications.
Master and media server cluster
A NetBackup master server and the remote media servers that it is using for additional
storage. It is possible to configure clusters only with NetBackup DataCenter servers.
NetBackup BusinesServer supports only a single server, the master.
Master of Masters
A NetBackup host where Global Data Manager software is installed. When logging into
this host, the interface has a tree view where the administrator can view and administer
multiple master servers.
master server
The NetBackup server that provides administration and control for backups and restores
for all clients and servers in a master and media server cluster. NetBackup BusinesServer
supports only a single server and it is the master.
504
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
media
Physical magnetic tapes, optical disks, or magnetic disks where data are stored.
media access port
A slot or other opening in a robot where you can insert or remove a tape without having
to access the interior of the robot. After inserting a tape, you move it to a slot by using an
inject command. Prior to removing a tape, you move it to the port by using an eject
command. The inject and eject commands are supported through the add and move
screens in the Media Manager administration interface.
media host
NetBackup server to which the job (client) is sending the data.
media ID
An identifier that is written on a volume as part of the recorded label.
Media Manager
Software that is part of NetBackup and manages the storage devices and removable
media.
Media Manager Host
Host where Media Manager is installed (may have devices attached).
media server
A NetBackup server that provides storage within a master and media server cluster. The
master can also be a media server. A media server that is not the master is called a remote
media server. NetBackup BusinesServer does not support remote media servers.
menu interface
A character-based interface for use on terminals that do not have graphical capabilities.
mount
Make a volume available for reading or writing.
mount point
The point where a file system on a disk logically connects to a system’s directory structure
so the file system is available to users and applications.
Glossary
505
MPX
See “multiplexing.”
mtime
The point in time when a UNIX or NTFS file is modified.
multiplexing
The process of sending concurrent-multiple backups from one or more clients to a single
storage device and interleaving those images onto the media.
multiplexed group
A set of backups that were multiplexed together in a single multiplexing session.
NDMP
Network data management protocol. NetBackup requires the NetBackup for NDMP
separately-priced option to support NDMP.
NetBackup Client service
NetBackup Windows service that runs on clients and servers and listens for connections
from NetBackup servers and clients in the network. When a connection is made, this
service starts the necessary programs.
NetBackup configuration options
On UNIX servers and on UNIX and Macintosh, clients, these settings are made in the
bp.conf file. On NetWare target and OS/2 clients, they are in the bp.ini file. On
Windows servers and Windows clients, these settings are called properties and are made
through the Backup, Archive, and Restore interface or the Host Properties dialog in the
NetBackup Administration Console.
NetBackup databases
See catalogs.
NetBackup Database Manager service
NetBackup Windows service that runs on the master server and manages the NetBackup
internal databases (called catalogs). This service must be running on the master server
during all NetBackup administrative operations.
506
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
NetBackup Device Manager service
The NetBackup Windows service that runs on a NetBackup server and starts the robotic
control processes and controls the reservation and assignment of volumes. This service
runs only if the server has devices under Media Manager control. The process is ltid.
NetBackup properties
Same as NetBackup configuration options but are called NetBackup properties on
Microsoft Windows platforms.
NetBackup Request Manager service
The NetBackup Windows service that runs on the master server and starts the scheduler
and receives requests from clients.
NetBackup Volume Manager service
A NetBackup Windows service that runs on a NetBackup server, allows remote
administration of Media Manager, and manages volume information. The process is vmd.
NIS
Network information service.
NLM
NetWare loadable module.
NFS
Network file system.
nonrobotic
See “standalone.”
ODL
Optical disk library. This robot type is supported only by NetBackup DataCenter servers.
offsite volume group
A volume group in which media will appear after having been ejected from the robot for
vaulting. When Vault ejects media it is moved from the robotic volume group to the
off-site volume group.
Glossary
507
offsite volume pool
A volume pool that contains media that is to be ejected and vaulted. Backup images
written to an off-site volume pool by an original NetBackup backup policy or by Vault’s
duplication feature will be ejected and vaulted. More than one off-site volume pool can be
specified for the Eject step of a Vault profile.
original backup
A backup image created by a backup job. A single backup image or all backup images
created by an Inline Tape Copy (multiple copy) configuration are considered original
backups. A backup image created by a duplication job is not an original backup.
outport
See “media access port.”
partitions
The logical partitions into which a magnetic disk is divided.
patch
A program that corrects a problem or adds a feature to an existing release of software.
path length
Number of characters in a pathname.
pathname
The list of directories in the path to a destination directory or file.
PC clients
NetBackup clients that have Microsoft Windows, Macintosh, or IBM OS/2 operating
systems.
peername
The name by which a computer identifies itself when establishing connections to other
systems.
policy
Defines the backup characteristics for a group of one or more clients that have similar
backup requirements.
508
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
port
A location used for transferring data in or out of a computer.
Also see “media access port.”
primary copy
The copy of an image that NetBackup uses to satisfy restores. When NetBackup
duplicates an image, the original is designated as the primary copy.
privileges
The tasks or functions that a user, system, or application is authorized to perform.
profile
A vault profile is a way to save configuration settings. Specific parameters for duplication,
catalog backup, eject, and report or any combination of these steps, are configured within
a profile.
progress report
Log where NetBackup records events that occur during user operations.
proxy restore
A proxy restore allows the user to restore files that he has write access to, on a machine
other than his desktop. The files must be in a backup of the machine to which they are
being restored.
QIC
Quarter-inch-cartridge tape.
queued job
A job that has been added to the list of jobs to be performed.
raw-partition backup
Bit-by-bit backup of a partition of a disk drive on UNIX. On Windows, this is called a
disk-image backup.
rbak
The program that Apollo clients use to read data from tape during a restore.
Glossary
509
recorded media ID
This is an identifier written as part of the label on a volume and used by Media Manager
to ensure that the correct volume is mounted. The recorded media ID should match the
external media ID.
redirected restore (different client)
Restoring files to your client when they were originally backed up from a different client.
The administrator using the interface on the master server can direct a restore to any client
(this variation is called a server directed restore).
redirected restore (different target)
On a Novell NetWare server platform running the NetBackup target version of client
software, this operation restores files to a different target than the one from which they
were backed up.
redirected restore (different path)
Restores files to a different directory than the one from which they were backed up.
registry
A Microsoft Windows database that has configuration information about hardware and
user accounts.
remote administration console
A Windows NetBackup client that has the administration interface software installed and
can be used to administer NetBackup servers.
remote media server
A media server that is not the master. Note that only NetBackup DataCenter supports
remote media servers. NetBackup BusinesServer supports only a single server, the master.
residence
In Media Manager, information about the location of each volume is stored in a volume
database. This residence entry contains information, such as robot number, robot host,
robot type, and media type.
resource
A Novell NetWare term that refers to a data set on the target. For example, in DOS,
resources are drives, directories, and files. Also see “target service.”
510
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
restore
(verb) The act of restoring selected files and directories from a previous backup or archive
and returning them to their original directory locations (or to a different directory).
(noun) The process of restoring selected files and directories from a previous backup and
returning them to their original directory locations (or to a different directory).
retention level
An index number that corresponds to a user-defined retention period. There are 10 levels
from which to choose (0 though 9) and the retention period associated with each is
configurable. Also see “retention period.”
retention period
The length of time that NetBackup keeps backup and archive images. The retention
period is specified on the schedule.
robotic arm
The component of a robotic library that physically selects the media (tape or optical disk).
robotic library
Refers to a robot and its accompanying software. A robotic library includes a collection of
tapes or optical platters used for data storage and retrieval. For example, a Tape Library
DLT (TLD) refers to a robot that has TLD robotic control.
robotic volume group
A volume group from which media will be ejected and vaulted. When Vault duplicates
backups, they are duplicated to media in the robotic volume group.
root
The highest level directory in a hierarchical directory structure. In MS-DOS, the root
directory on a drive is designated by a backslash (for example, the root on drive C is C:\).
On UNIX, the root directory is designated by a slash (/).
Also, a UNIX user name having administration capability.
RS-232
An industry-standard interface for serial communications and sometimes used for
communicating with storage peripherals.
Glossary
511
RSM Interface
Application in Windows 2000 used to manage Removable Storage Manager (RSM)
devices.
RSM - Removable Storage Manager
A Media Manager designation for a category of robot. For the specific vendor types and
models in this category, see the VERITAS support web site.
Also, a component of the Windows 2000 operating system that manages storage devices.
RVSN
See “recorded media ID.”
schedules
Controls when backups can occur in addition to other aspects of the backup, such as: the
type of backup (full, incremental) and how long NetBackup retains the image.
SCSI
Small computer system interface. This is a type of parallel interface that is frequently used
for communicating with storage peripherals.
server-directed restore
Using the user interface on the master server to restore files to any client. Only the
administrator can perform this operation.
server independent restore
Restoring files by using a NetBackup server other than the one that was used to write the
backup. This feature is available only with NetBackup DataCenter.
server list
The list of servers that a NetBackup client or server refers to when establishing or
verifying connections to NetBackup servers. On a Windows server and Microsoft
Windows clients, you update the list through a dialog box in the interface. On a UNIX
server and UNIX and Macintosh clients, the list is in the bp.conf file. On NetWare target
and OS/2 clients, the list is in the bp.ini file.
service
A program on a Windows server system that runs in the background and performs some
task (for example, starting other programs when they are needed). Services are generally
referred to as daemons on UNIX systems.
512
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
session
An instance of NetBackup checking its schedules for backups that are due, adding them to
its worklist, and attempting to complete all jobs in the worklist. For user backups and
archives, a session usually consists of a single backup or archive.
Session (Vault)
A vault session consists of executing a particular profile or profiles.
shared drives
See “Shared Storage Option (SSO).”
Shared Storage Option (SSO)
A separately priced VERITAS software option that allows tape drives (standalone or in a
robotic library) to be dynamically shared among multiple NetBackup and Storage
Migrator servers.
This option is supported only on NetBackup DataCenter servers.
SMDR
Storage management data requestor, a Novell NetWare program that provides its services
transparently to all SMS modules and lets remote and local modules communicate with
one another.
SMS
Novell NetWare storage management services.
source volume group
A volume group from which Vault can select backups to duplicate. This parameter is used
to restrict the list of backups from all backups that reside on media in any volume group
to backups that reside on media in a single volume group. Where a volume group
corresponds to a particular robot, the profile will duplicate only backups on media in that
robot. The Source Volume Group is normally only specified if you have multiple robots
attached to the same server, for example you want to duplicate backups that reside in
robot 0 to media that reside in robot 1.
SSO
See “Shared Storage Option (SSO).”
stacker
Usually a small robotic library that contains one drive only. See “robotic library.”
Glossary
513
standalone
A qualifier used with drives and media to indicate they are not associated with a robot.
For example, a standalone tape drive is one where you must manually find and insert
tapes before using them. A standalone volume is one that is located in a standalone drive
or is stored outside of a drive and designated as standalone in the volume configuration.
status code
A numerical code, usually accompanied by a troubleshooting message, that indicates the
outcome of an operation.
storage migrator
Refers to the VERITAS Storage Migrator line of hierarchical storage management
products for UNIX and Windows. These products make extra room on a disk by
transparently moving data to other storage and then transparently retrieving the data
when it is needed by a user or application.
Storage Migrator is available only for NetBackup DataCenter servers.
storage unit
Refers to a storage device where NetBackup or Storage Migrator stores files. It can be a set
of drives in a robot or consist of one or more single tape drives that connect to the same
host.
SUSPENDED media state
If a volume is SUSPENDED, NetBackup can restore from it but cannot use it for backups.
NetBackup retains a record of the media ID until the last backup image on the volume
expires.
symbolic link
On a UNIX system, this is a pointer to the name of the file that has the source data.
TapeAlert
Allows reactive cleaning for most drive types and is a function of the tape drive.
tape format
The format that an application uses to write data on a tape.
tape marks
A mark that is recorded between backup images on a tape.
514
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
tape overhead
The space required for data that is not part of the backup images. For example, tape marks
and catalogs of what are on the tape are considered overhead.
tape spanning
Using more than one tape to store a single backup image.
tar
Tape Archive program that NetBackup uses to extract backup images during a restore.
target
See “target service.”
target service
A Novell NetWare service that needs storage management. The SMS views all services
(for example, print services, communication services, workstations) as targets.
Target Service Agent
A Target-service agent is a Novell NetWare agent that prepares the target's data for SMS
during a backup and for the target during a restore.
TLD - Tape Library DLT
A Media Manager designation for a category of robot. For the specific vendor types and
models in this category, see the VERITAS support web site.
TLH - Tape Library Half-inch
A Media Manager designation for a category of robot. For the specific vendor types and
models in this category, see the VERITAS support web site.
This robot type is supported only by NetBackup DataCenter servers.
TLM - Tape Library Multimedia
A Media Manager designation for a category of robot. For the specific vendor types and
models in this category, see the VERITAS support web site.
This robot type is supported only by NetBackup DataCenter servers.
TL4 - Tape Library 4MM
A Media Manager designation for a category of robot. For the specific vendor types and
models in this category, see the VERITAS support web site.
Glossary
515
TL8 - Tape Library 8MM
A Media Manager designation for a category of robot. For the specific vendor types and
models in this category, see the VERITAS support web site.
timeout period
The period of time that an application has allotted for an event to occur.
TIR
See “true image restore.”
tpconfig
A Media Manager administration utility for configuring devices which is started from the
command line. On UNIX, it has a character-based menu interface that can be run from
terminals that do not have X Windows capabilities. tpconfig also has a command line
interface.
transfer rate
The rate at which computer information is transferred between a source and a destination.
transport
See “robotic arm.”
true image restore
Restores the contents of a directory to what it was at the time of any scheduled full or
incremental backup. Previously deleted files are ignored.
TS8 - Tape Stacker 8MM
A Media Manager designation for a category of robot. For the specific vendor types and
models in this category, see the VERITAS support web site.
TSA
See “Target Service Agent.”
TSD - Tape Stacker DLT
A Media Manager designation for a category of robot. For the specific vendor types and
models in this category, see the VERITAS support web site.
516
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
TSH - Tape Stacker Half-inch
A Media Manager designation for a category of robot. For the specific vendor types and
models in this category, see the VERITAS support web site.
This robot type is supported only by NetBackup DataCenter servers.
unassigned media
Media that contain no valid images. A piece of unassigned media has an entry in the
volumes database but no entries in the images database. Unassigned Media do not have a
“time assigned” in the Media section of the GUI.
user interface
The program used to perform user backups, archives, and restores.
user operation
A backup, archive, or restore that is started by a person on a client system.
Vault
Vault is a separately-priced NetBackup option that provides offsite backup management.
Vault automatically duplicates specified backup images, and automates the process of
offsite media rotation (a critical component of any backup or disaster recovery strategy).
Vault manages offsite storage and retrieval of media for original backups, duplicate
backups, and catalog backups. Additionally, NetBackup Vault generates reports to track
the location and content of each piece of media.
vault
In the context of the NetBackup Vault, a vault is logical entity associated with a particular
robot that acts as a designated holding place for backups that will eventually be sent to a
physical offsite vault. The term ‘vault’ is used to refer both to the process, and to the
physical storage location of a set of tapes offsite.
vault process
Vaulting is the process of choosing backup images to duplicate or eject, optionally
duplicating backups, ejecting duplicate or original media, storing it at an offsite location,
and later returning expired media to your robot. Vaulting is an integral part of the disaster
recovery process.
verbose flag
Configuration file entry that causes a higher level of detail to be written in the logs.
Glossary
517
verify
An operation that compares the list of files that are actually on a volume with what
NetBackup has recorded as being on it. The data that is on the media is not verified.
vmadm
A Media Manager administrator utility for managing volumes. It runs on UNIX and has a
character-based, menu interface that can be run from terminals.
vm.conf
A Media Manager configuration file with entries that include the servers that can manage
local devices and default media ID prefixes for media that do not contain barcodes.
volume
Media Manager volumes are logical units of data storage or cleaning capability on media
that have been assigned media IDs and other attributes, which are recorded in the Media
Manager volume database.
volume configuration
Refers to configuration information that is stored in the Media Manager volume database.
volume database
An internal database where Media Manager keeps information about volumes. All hosts
(where Media Manager is installed) have a volume database. However, the database is
empty unless the host is designated as a volume database host.
volume database host
The host (where Media Manager is installed) that contains information about the volumes
that Media Manager uses in a device. Because NetBackup BusinesServer supports only a
single server, the volume database host is always on the same server.
volume group
A set of volumes that are configured within Media Manager to reside at the same physical
location (for example, in a specific robot).
volume pool
A set of volumes that are configured within Media Manager to be used by a single
application and are protected from access by other applications and users.
wakeup interval
The time interval at which NetBackup checks for backups that are due.
518
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
wildcard characters
A character that can be used to represent other characters in searches.
Microsoft Windows
(noun) Describes a line of operating systems developed by Microsoft, Inc.
For more information on the Windows operating systems that NetBackup supports, refer
to the VERITAS support web site at http://www.support.veritas.com.
Windows
(adjective) Used to describe a specific product or clarify a term. Some examples are:
Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows NT, Windows 2000, Windows servers, Windows
clients, Windows platforms, Windows hosts, and Windows GUI.
Windows servers
A term that defines the Windows server platforms that NetBackup supports; those
platforms are: Windows NT and 2000.
Windows clients
A term that defines the Windows client platforms that NetBackup supports; those
platforms are: Windows 95, 98, ME, NT, 2000, XP (for 32- and 64-bit versions), and LE.
Windows Display Console
A NetBackup-Java interface program that runs on Windows 2000, NT, 98, and 95
computers. Users can start this interface on their local system, connect to a UNIX system
that has the NetBackup-Java software installed, and then perform any user operations
that their permissions allow.
WORM media
Write-once, read-many media for optical disks. NetBackup BusinesServer does not
support WORM media.
xbp
The X Windows-based backup, archive, and restore program for users on NetBackup
UNIX clients.
Glossary
519
520
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
Index
Numerics
3pc.conf file 123
A
acssel, description 459
acsssi, description 459
acstest 471
activity logs. See debug logs
ADAMM 475
ADAMM_GUID 477
admin log 45
admincmd, directory 440
Administration interface
activity logging 53
errors 51
All Log Entries report 43
Alternate client restores
host.xlate file 469
altnames file 450
application server status codes (Java
interface) 52
asc value 124
ascd, description 459
ascq value 124
associate.bat file 54
Audience for manual ix
auto-configuration problems 12
avrd, description 459
B
Backup Exec
beconv problems 473
bephyinv problems 476
file browse problems 477
file restore problems 478
import problems 477
restoring files 477, 478
services 478
tape reader 473
Backup process
files 422
Macintosh clients 429
multiplexing 424
NetBackup databases 430
NetWare clients 428
UNIX clients 422
Windows 98/95 clients 426
Windows NT/2000 clients 427
Backup Status report 43
base NetBackup license key 76
beconv 473
bephyinv 475, 476
bin
Media Manager 458
UNIX client 440
BP 437
bp
description 441
bp log 46
bp.conf file
UNIX client/server 440
BP.NLM 441
bpadm
description 441
bparchive
description 441
bparchive log 46
bpbackup
description 442
bpbackup log 47
bpbkar
description 442
bpbkar and fsclone 63
bpbkar log 47
BPBKAR32 427, 442
bpblr
description 442
521
bpbrm
description 442
bpbrm log 45
BPCD 428, 436, 437
bpcd
description 443
Mac client log 48
server log 45
UNIX client log 47
BPCD.NLM 443
BPCDW32 426, 435
BPCDW32.EXE 443
bpclntcmd utility 28
bpdbjobs
description 443
bpdbjobs log 45
bpdbm
description 444
bpdbm log 45
bpdm
description 444
bpdm log 45
bperror command 55
bphdb
description 444
bpimport 477
BPINETD 427, 436
bpinetd log 46
bpjava-msvc 444, 445
bpjava-msvc log 53
bpjava-usvc log 53
bplist 477
description 445
bplist log 47
bpmount log 47
bprd
description 445
bprd log 45
bprecover 112, 401, 404, 405, 409, 410, 411,
412, 413, 415, 416
bprestore
description 445
bprestore log 47
bpsched
description 446
bpsched log 45
bpsrv log 47
BPSRV.EXE 446
BPSYS.EXE 446
522
bptm
description 446
bptm log 45
C
Catalog recovery
identify media 410
procedure 411
class database file 450
Client Backups report 43
Client, NetBackup
activity logs
Mac clients 48
configured name 467
debug logs
Windows and NetWare clients 46
installation problems 11
multiple hostnames 467
NT disk recovery 406
peername 467
software location
UNIX clients 440
testing configuration 16, 19
CLIENT_CONNECT_TIMEOUT 58, 73
CLIENT_READ_TIMEOUT 58, 73
clone (fsclone, removing) 63
clone (mirror, removing) 64
Communications problems
PC clients 21
compression device 15
config file 450
Configuration database 450
configuration device file does not exist 15
Configuration problems 11
D
Daemons
Media Manager 458
NetBackup 441
robotic 451
robotic control 451
Database directory, Media Manager 458
Database extension 419
Databases
Media Manager
device 458
volume 458
NetBackup
backup process 430
description 450
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
db directory, NetBackup 440
debug level 48, 53
debug logs 44, 53
NetBackup 458
vmd 458
Define the problem 1
Device configuration problems 12
Device database 458
Directory structure
Media Manager 457
NetBackup
UNIX client/server 439
Disaster recovery 399
Disk recovery
master when NT intact 399
media server 405
NT client 406
NT master server 399
total on master 402
DNS (see Domain Name Service)
Domain Name Service
hostnames 469
drive
drive limit exceeded 14
type not determined 15
drive_mount_notify script 453
drive_unmount_notify script 453
driver directory 458
drives, too many 13
Duration to Retain Logs 45
E
file list
symbolic link 60
file pathname (max length) 56
Files
archive process 422
backup process 422
host.xlate 469
restore process 432
-flops on bplist 478
format directory 458
frozen image
source
for symbolic link 60
frozen image (removing) 64
fsckptadm command 63
fsclone frozen image 63
Functional overview
introduction 419
Media Manager
device management 453
directories and files 457
programs and daemons 458
startup 451
volume management 453
NetBackup
backup and archive 422
directories and files 439
programs and daemons 441
restores 432
startup 420
G
Error codes (see Status codes)
Error database 450
evaluation license key 76
Event viewer logging option 49
exception errors in Java Admin interface 51
exclude_list
UNIX client 440
expired license key 76
Extended Frozen Image Services 64
external mapping files 401, 404
gethostbyname 154
getpid 155
goodies directory 458
goodies, directory 440
GUID 474
H
Help files
Media Manager 458
UNIX client 440
Host name entries, checking 25
host.xlate file 26, 469
F
failure_history file 450
Fastrax 58, 73
fi.conf file 147
file
restore problems (Backup Exec) 478
File database 450
Index
I
IDR 406
Images database 450
Images on Media report 43
import 477
523
include_list
UNIX client 440
inetd 10
inetd, Mac client log 48
installation
Linux 10
Installation problems 10
Intelligent Disaster Recovery (IDR) 406
Introduction to troubleshooting 1
bpsrv 47
nbwin 47
tar 47
user_ops 47
reports, NetBackup 43
server activity
admin 45
bpbrm 45
bpcd 45
bpdbjobs 45
bpdbm 45
bpdm 45
bprd 45
bpsched 45
bptm 45
user progress 44
logs
activity. See debug
debug, introduction 44
Logs directory
UNIX client/server 440
ltid, description 460
J
Java interface
debug logging 53
troubleshooting background 51
jbpSA, overview 447
JBPSimple.properties file 53
Jobs database 450
K
key value 124
L
Launch.properties file 53
license key 76
license problems 13, 15
links (in file list) 60
Linux 10
listing Backup Exec and NetBackup files 478
lmfs description 460
Log level
Macintosh clients 48
Windows and NetWare clients 48
Logs
overview 41
debug, enabling detailed 53
event viewer logging option 49
Mac client activity
bpcd 48
inetd 48
NT Event Viewer Application 44
PC client activity
bp 46
bparchive 46
bpbackup 47
bpbkar 47
bpcd 47
bpinetd 46
bplist 47
bpmount 47
bprestore 47
524
M
mapping files (external) 401, 404
Master server, test procedure 16, 19
maximum pathname length 56
Media Contents report 43
Media database 450
Media List report 43
Media Log Entries report 43
Media Manager
functional description 450
Media server, test procedure 19
Media Summary report 43
Media Written report 43
message
finding message text from status code 55
Messages, NetBackup 173, 364
mirror (VxVM snapshot) 61
mirror frozen image (removing) 64
misc file 458
mover.conf file 123
Multiplexed backups 424
multiplexing 71
N
NBNW95 428, 437
NBNW95.EXE 448
NBNWNT 428, 437
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
NBNWNT.EXE 448
NBWIN 426, 427, 435, 436
nbwin log 47
NBWIN.EXE 448
ndmpmoveragent, overview 447
NetBackup Administration Console
debug logging 53
errors 51
NetBackup Client service
start and stop 9
NetBackup Database Manager service
start and stop 9
NetBackup Device Manager service
start and stop 9
NetBackup Request Manager service
start and stop 9
NetBackup Volume Manager service
start and stop 9
NetBackupBPCD 429, 438, 448
NetBackupListen 429, 438, 449
Network connections, multiple 467
Network problems
PC clients 21
Novell
values affecting restore 73, 74
O
odld, description 460
Operating system errors 52
output, redirect to a file 54
P
pass-thru not supported 15
patches (installing during recovery) 401,
404, 407
pathname length 56
Preliminary troubleshooting procedure 7
Problems report 43
Procedures
recovery
master when NT intact 399
media server disk 405
NetBackup catalogs 409
NT client disk 406
NT master server disk 399
total on master 402
troubleshooting
communications problems 21
host names and services 25
installation and configuration 10
Index
introduction 7
master server and clients 16
media server and clients 19
preliminary 7
Processes (see Functional overview)
Programs
Media Manager 458
NetBackup 441
Progress logs, user 44
R
Raw partitions
backup process 422
restore process 432
Recording information 2
Recovery procedures
importing media 410
master when NT intact 399
NetBackup catalogs 409
NT client disk 406
NT master server disk 399
server disk 405
total on master 402
RedHat 10
redirect output to a file 54
Related manuals x
Release notes, online copy 440
removing a frozen image clone 63, 64
Reports, NetBackup 43
Restore process 432
NetWare client 437
Windows 98/95 client 435
Windows NT/2000 client 436
restore type
for Backup Exec files 477, 478
restoring Backup Exec files 478
robot
drive number unknown 14
robot limit exceeded 14
type not determined 14
unknown 14
Robot drive selection 453
Robotic control daemons 451
Robotic daemons 451
Robotic test utility 471
acstest 471
RSM robot 471
tl4test 472
tl8test 472
525
tldtest 472
tlhtest 472
ts8test 472
tsdtest 472
robtest 471
RSM robot 471
rsmd, description 461
symbolic links 60
SYMINIT failed 64
T
tape reader (Backup Exec) 473
tar log 47
tar, NetBackup 449
TAR32 436
Test utility, robotic 471
third-party copy 123
and multiplexing 71
tl4d, description 461
tl4test 472
tl8cd, description 462
tl8d, description 461
tl8test 472
tldd, description 462
tldtest 472
tlhcd, description 463
tlhd, description 463
tlhtest 472
tlldcd, description 462
tlmd, description 463
tpautoconf 304
tpcommand 287
tpconfig, overview 464
Troubleshooting procedure
communication problems
PC clients 21
general
introduction 16
master server and clients 16, 19
media server and clients 19
host name and services entries 25
installation 10
preliminary 7
ts8d, description 465
ts8test 472
tsdd, description 464
tsdtest 472
tshd, description 464
S
Scheduler, bpsched 45
serialization problems 12
Server
disk recovery 405
installation problems 10
NetBackup debug logs 44
NT disk recovery 399
recover master, NT intact 399
test procedure for master 16, 19
test procedure for media server 19
total recovery of master 402
ServerFree Agent
pathname length 56
Services entries, checking 25
slots, too many 13
snaplist command 62
snapoff command 62
snapshot
mirror (VxVM) 61
stale 62
Software version, determining
Macintosh clients 72
Media Manager 458
NetWare nontarget clients 72
NetWare target clients 72
UNIX client/server 440
Windows clients 72
Windows NT servers 71
stale snapshots 62
Startup
Media Manager process 451
NetBackup 420
status code
finding message from 55
Status codes, NetBackup
sorted by code 55
sorted by message 173, 364
stderr 51
stdout 51
SuSE 10
526
U
user_ops log 45
Utility, robotic test 471
V
vault 56
Verbose option 46
VERITAS NetBackup ix
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000
VERITAS Volume Manager 61
Version, software (see Software version,
determining)
vlteject 154
vltoffsitemedia 154
vltopmenu 154, 155
vltrun 153, 154
vm.conf file 458
vmadm, overview 465
vmd
overview 465
Index
Volume database 458
vxassist command 61
vxvm frozen image method 61
vxvol command 61
W
Windows Display Console 54
X
xbp, overview 449
xinetd 10
527
528
NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide - Windows NT/2000